Tigercat 620D 630D SKIDDER SERVICE MANUAL - PDF DOWNLOAD by www.heydownloads.com

620D/630D SKIDDER

SERVICE MANUAL

SERIAL NUMBER 6205201 TO 6206200 SERIAL NUMBER 6303001 TO 6304000

ISSUE 3.0 JULY 2018 Tigercat Industries Inc. P.O. Box 637 Brantford, Ontario Canada N3T 5P9 Tel: (519) 753-2000 Fax: (519) 753-8272

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Introduction

Tigercat 620D/630D SKIDDER TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION.....................................................................................................................................v S.A.E. STANDARDS (FOPS, OPS, ROPS)...........................................................................................vi NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES................................................................................. vii SAFETY...................................................................................................................................................1 CONTROLS AND OPERATION..............................................................................................................2 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE.....................................................................................................3 ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTERS..........................................................................................................6 ENGINE START AND STOP...................................................................................................................7 DRIVE.....................................................................................................................................................8 BRAKES AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS .................................................................................................9 OIL COOLER AND FAN........................................................................................................................10 STEERING AND CENTER JOINT.........................................................................................................11 GRAPPLE, ARCH AND BOOM.............................................................................................................12 WINCH..................................................................................................................................................13 DOZER BLADE.....................................................................................................................................14

CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm. 620D/630D Available Literature Operator’s Manual ...............................................................................Part No. 35005A Service Manual (This Manual)...............................................................Part No. 35006A 620D Parts Catalog...............................................................................Part No. 35583A 630D Parts Catalog...............................................................................Part No. 35007A Vehicle Moving and Transporting Instructions.......................................Part No. 33545A

iii

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Introduction

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Introduction

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder INTRODUCTION An Operator's manual, Service manual and a Parts catalog are provided by Tigercat to assist the dealer, customer and operator in becoming familiar with the features of the 620D/630D Skidder. Serial numbers:620D 630D

6205201 to 6206200 6303001 to 6304000

The 620D/630D Skidder is designed for skidding trees in selective felling and clear felling applications in plantations and natural stands. The operator's manual will assist the operator with the techniques of proper and safe operation of the 620D/630D Skidder. The service manual contains safety and servicing procedures and a preventive maintenance schedule to assist in repair and to ensure optimum machine performance. For manual part numbers, see the title page in each manual. Section 1 in both the operator's manual and the service manual contains safety information that must be followed. As well, throughout the rest of the manuals WARNING and CAUTION notices are displayed where necessary, drawing attention to possible hazards when performing certain procedures. Only trained personnel should be allowed to operate or work on the machine. The information contained in this manual is current at time of printing. Improvements to the machine are on-going and may not be covered, therefore in these cases contact your Tigercat dealer for the appropriate information. The phrase "and up" appearing in this manual after the serial number implies that the related information is current for any machine serial number HIGHER than the serial number preceding the "and up". Tigercat reserves the right to make changes to the machine after this manual release date that may not immediately appear in this manual. Every effort is made to send out updates on a regular basis. If the machine in question was built after the release date of this manual and there is a discrepancy, call Tigercat service department. The release date appears on the first page. The Company reserves the right to change information contained herein at any time without prior notice.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Introduction

S.A.E. STANDARDS ROLL-OVER PROTECTION STRUCTURES (ROPS) FALLING OBJECTS PROTECTION STRUCTURES (FOPS) OPERATOR PROTECTION STRUCTURES (OPS) * MODIFICATIONS AND REPAIRS:

The integrity of the ROPS, FOPS, OPS structure and its continued ability to provide the level of protection it was designed for could be seriously affected by any modifications to the structure, its mounting or to the chassis to which it is attached. Tigercat emphasizes that the certification of approval of the ROPS, FOPS, OPS structure will become void if any such modifications take place. Tigercat may officially grant approval for modifications only by: i)

Written approval of repairs or modifications signed by the Tigercat Engineering Manager; or

ii) Approved modifications officially released by Tigercat. Both of the above are provided that the work is carried out in the factory approved manner. Unauthorized modifications and/or repairs made or contributed to by a customer or a Tigercat distributor may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the customer or Tigercat distributor will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in creating this situation. Tigercat will not be held responsible for situations arising from having created unauthorized modifications/ changes to the structure. Operator's cabs are designed to ROPS, FOPS, OPS standards so that they will withstand force and absorb energy during a roll-over (ROPS), when resisting the impact of a falling object (FOPS) and minimize the possibility of operator injury from penetrating objects (OPS). When a permanent deflection of the structure occurs, the structure can no longer provide the original designed level of protection and should be replaced. Attempts to straighten the structure, particularly by the application of heat, can reduce still further the structures remaining capability to protect. The mounting and the frame or chassis to which the cab is attached is considered an integral part of the ROPS, FOPS, OPS and is included in the design, test and certification of the product. Contact the Tigercat Service department before attempting any modifications or repair to roll-over protective structures. PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES CERTIFICATION

Tigercat Industries Inc.

FOR USE ON ALL Tigercat 600 SERIES MACHINES THIS OPERATOR ENCLOSURE MEETS THE FOLLOWING PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE STANDARDS: ISO 8082:2003 (Roll Over) Maximum Machine Mass 23 360kg / 51,500lb ISO 8083:2006 (Falling Object) Drop Energy Level: 11,600J ISO 8084:2003 (Operator) TO MAINTAIN OPERATOR PROTECTION AND PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES CERTIFICATION • All damaged protective structures must be replaced, not repaired. • Any alterations must be approved by manufacturer. MANUFACTURED BY

Tigercat Industries Inc. Brantford, Ontario, Canada 30590AUNI R1

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Introduction

NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES The installation of any unauthorized attachment or changes made of any kind to this Tigercat product could affect the product's ability to perform as originally intended. The product's integrity, stability and safety could be at serious risk. IT IS Tigercat POLICY THAT NO CHANGES ARE TO BE MADE TO ITS PRODUCTS INCLUDING DELETIONS OR ADDITIONS OTHER THAN A Tigercat APPROVED OPTION FITTED IN THE FACTORY APPROVED MANNER. Official approval to make changes or install options is only as follows: i)

The relevant options for that product must be shown or listed on current Tigercat documentation or literature such as a printed specification sheet, price list, parts manual, or product literature issued by Tigercat.

ii) Approved options or product changes authorized in writing by the Tigercat Engineering Manager. Authorization by any other person is unacceptable. Unauthorized changes made or contributed to by a person or organization may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the person or organization will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in creating this situation. Weight is an important factor when considering the addition of options or an attachment, Refer to your Tigercat distributor for information on maximum permissible operating weight and the effect the addition of various options may have on your machine. Tigercat will not be held responsible for any situation that may arise resulting from Non-approved Field Product Changes to its product. Should Tigercat become involved in a suit resulting from changes made to the product without proper authorization by Tigercat as stated above, Tigercat will take whatever action is appropriate to protect its interests. The product warranty policy and the certification on any safety items installed on the modified product will become NULL and VOID if the above policy is not adhered to as specified. Non-approved product changes also nullify warranties given to Tigercat by its component manufacturers.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

vii

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Introduction

viii

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SECTION 1 - SAFETY

ISSUE 6.1, OCTOBER 2013

Read and understand this Safety section prior to operating any equipment. Read and understand all manuals for any attachments or accessories. CONTENTS - SECTION 1 ARTICULATION LOCK............................................................................................................................. 1.30 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH......................................................................................................... 1.10 BATTERY SAFETY.................................................................................................................................... 1.8 CAB EXITS.................................................................................................................................................1.9 CAB SAFETY CABLE.............................................................................................................................. 1.14 CAB SUPPORT BRACE.......................................................................................................................... 1.14 COOLING SYSTEM................................................................................................................................. 1.13 EMERGENCY CAB EXITS......................................................................................................................... 1.9 EXHAUST FUMES................................................................................................................................... 1.16 FIRE PREVENTION................................................................................................................................. 1.22 DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES....................................................................................... 1.26 FIRE PREVENTION GUIDELINES....................................................................................................... 1.22 WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED............................................................... 1.25 WHAT TO DO TO PREPARE FOR A MACHINE FIRE......................................................................... 1.23 WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS............................................................................. 1.24 FIRST AID..................................................................................................................................................1.6 FLUID INJECTION INJURY..................................................................................................................... 1.17 FLUID LEAKS..........................................................................................................................................1.13 GREASE INJECTION INJURY................................................................................................................. 1.18 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE HAZARD........................................................................................................ 1.13 LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS....................................................................................................... 1.19 LOOSE CLOTHING HAZARD.................................................................................................................. 1.14 NOISE LEVEL INSIDE CAB....................................................................................................................... 1.3 PARKING THE MACHINE........................................................................................................................ 1.10 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING......................................................................................................................... 1.4 SAFETY LABELS..................................................................................................................................... 1.27 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, GENERAL....................................................................................................... 1.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, OPERATING.................................................................................................... 1.9 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, SERVICING................................................................................................... 1.12 SAFETY SYMBOLS................................................................................................................................... 1.4 SIGNAL WORDS........................................................................................................................................ 1.4 VIBRATION LEVELS INSIDE CAB............................................................................................................ 1.3 WELDING, PRIOR TO............................................................................................................................. 1.12 WORKING WITH OIL................................................................................................................................. 1.6

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

1.2

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

VIBRATION AND NOISE LEVEL INSIDE CAB

Noise Level Inside Cab dB (mean)

As per Tigercat test ETR00131 Microphone direction: Left Right Driving max speed 83 82 Driving low speed 76 75

Vibration Level - Whole-body

As per Tigercat test ETR00074 & ISO 2631-1:1997(E) Weighted rms acceleration (m/s2) SeatSeat-buttocks Health Comfort back Driving max speed (Highest motor speed) 0.2590 x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.5990 0.2510 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.3070 0.4280 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.3320  0.6610 0.5597 0.3880 Wear suitable hearing protective device such as Driving max speed (Lowest motor speed) earmuffs or earplugs to protect against noise. 0.1050 x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.2280 Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause 0.1110 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.1090 permanent hearing loss. This machine exceeds 0.2480 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.1170 70dB(A) in the cab and exceeds 85dB(A) when  0.3270 0.2913 0.1420 Noise Level Inside Cab dB (mean) servicing machine engine. Arch/Boom/Grapple As per TigercatOperation test ETR00131 0.1070 x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.2240 Microphone direction: Check with your local Safety Left Commission Right0.0912to detery-axis (right-to-left) 0.1190 Driving max speed 82 mine hearing protection 83 is required at these levels. 0.1480 0.2290 z-axisif(buttocks-to-head) Driving low speed 76 75  0.3010 0.2687 0.1600

Vibration Level - Whole-body

Vibration Level - Hand/Arm

As per Tigercat test ETR00074 & ISO 2631-1:1997(E) Weighted rms acceleration (m/s2) 2 Weighted rms acceleration (m/s Seat-) PedalSeat-buttocks Health Comfort back foot Seat Control Steering Driving max speed (Highest motor speed)Joystick Panel Wheel 0.2590 x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.5990 0.2660 Driving max speed0.2510 (Highest motor speed) 0.2730 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.3070  0.4280 1.170 0.758 0.355 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.3320 0.4520  0.5597 motor 0.3880 Driving max 0.6610 speed (Lowest speed) 0.2040 Driving max speed (Lowest motor speed)  0.313 0.241 0.608 0.1050 x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.2280 0.0682 Arch/Boom/Grapple Operation 0.1110 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.1090 0.0864  0.2480 0.478 0.189 1.060 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.1170 0.2280  0.3270 0.2913 0.1420 0.0950 Arch/Boom/Grapple Operation 0.1070 x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.2240 0.1630 0.0912 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.1190 0.1210 0.2290 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.1480 0.2060  0.3010 0.2687 0.1600 0.0966

Vibration Level - Hand/Arm

Weighted rms acceleration (m/s2) Seat Control Joystick Panel Driving max speed (Highest motor speed)  1.170 0.758 Driving max speed (Lowest motor speed)  0.313 0.241 Arch/Boom/Grapple Operation  0.478 0.189

Steering Wheel 0.355 0.608 1.060

1.3

Pedalfoot 0.2660 0.2730 0.4520 0.2040 0.0682 0.0864 0.2280 0.0950 0.1630 0.1210 0.2060 0.0966

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

SAFETY SYMBOLS

Remember that safety is a prime responsibility of all. To minimize the risks and promote safety at all times, this section of the operator’s manual details a number of safety rules which should always be followed and obeyed.

This safety alert symbol means ATTENTION! BECOME ALERT! YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED!

Always read the operator’s manual before operating the machine. Pay close attention to WARNINGS and HAZARD identifications.

The safety alert symbol identifies important safety messages on machines, safety signs, in manuals, or elsewhere. When you see this symbol, be alert to the possibility of personal injury or death. Follow the instructions in the safety message.

Study all the safety messages in this manual and on the labels on the machine carefully.

Understanding Signal Words

DANGER DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Follow all instructions from safety inspector and supervisors.

WARNING

You must be fully trained to operate this piece of equipment. Know the capabilities and the limitations of the equipment. Learn the most efficient operating techniques.

WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

Do not let an untrained person operate the machine.

CAUTION CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.

Use recommended protective clothing and safety devices such as gloves, safety boots, safety hat, goggles, and ear protection when necessary.

1.4

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

These safety rules highlight both general and specific measures the operator should be familiar with and adhere to. More specific measures are illustrated with pictograms which may also be attached to the machine in locations pertinent to their respective message. Keep safety labels in good condition. Repair or replace damaged labels.

WARNING

Avoid mounting or dismounting the machine in areas with slippery surfaces. Dry, deice, clean up or cover slippery surfaces with an anti-slip material before mounting or dismounting the machine. Wear suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against noise. Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause permanent hearing loss.

WARNING Do not walk on machine surfaces with steel cleated foot wear. Steel cleats on steel surfaces are slippery and do not provide a safe foot hold.

Always use the handrails and steps provided when mounting and dismounting from the machine.

WARNING It is not recommended to walk on machine surfaces that are not designated walking areas. No attempt should be made to walk on angled steel surfaces or surfaces that are irregular in shape.

Do not jump off the machine at any time.

Walking surfaces on the machine must be covered with anti-slip materials to provide a safe foot hold and prevent slipping.

Do not try to climb onto or off of a moving machine. Do not use the joystick as a handle when entering or leaving the cab.

These anti-slip surfaces should be maintained on a regular basis. If the surface shows signs of wear, the anti-slip material must be replaced immediately.

When mounting or dismounting the machine always use the 3 point technique - Use one hand with 2 feet or 2 hands with one foot.

1.5

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

To reduce the risk of fire, machines should be completely cleaned of debris at least daily, particularly around the engine exhaust components. Hydraulic oil leaks, excess grease, fuel and oil accumulation (including spillage) should be eliminated immediately, always shut off engine before cleaning machine.

Check all fluid levels. Do not operate the machine with any of the exhaust system, safety covers, or other devices removed. Do not operate the machine with the cab retaining pins removed. Always install retaining pins and fasten front guards to cab roof after lowering the cab.

Maintain a clean cab interior, clear away trash or debris. Machine should be washed completely at every major service. Inspect the machine daily for signs of damage or unusual wear, to ROPS, FOPS, OPS structures. The machine should be inspected daily for signs of fluid leaks, damage, unusual wear, or faulty operation. Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and systems immediately.

Keep a first aid kit in an easily accessible location on the vehicle at all times.

Check window and door guards for damage.

Working with oil

Check protective windows for cracks, a damaged window has reduced strength to stop flying objects. All damaged windows must be replaced with original equipment.

Direct contact with oil implies a risk of skin complaints (example: eczema). Strict hygiene should always be observed. Some advice which should be observed:

Check windows for scratching, crazing and cloudiness that could impair clear visibility all round the machine.

• • •

Do not operate the machine with any defective or inoperable components.

•

• • • • • •

Oils used in this machine may be hot enough to cause serious burns. Avoid contact with oil, particularly heated oil. Oil on the skin should be washed off immediately with soap and water. Wear protective gloves. Hands should be clean before putting on gloves. Apply protective cream to the hands to make washing easier. Don't put oily rags in your pockets. Oil soiled clothing should be changes as soon as possible. Always keep an extra overall handy, but not in the machine where it can become dirty. Cuts and abrasions must be attended to immediately. Clean them and apply first-aid. Avoid breathing in oil fumes. Wash hands and arms frequently (example: at each meal break or as often as possible).

Safety Hazards - Viton Seals O-rings and other seals manufactured of Viton material (fluorine rubber) produce a highly corrosive acid (Hydrofluoric) when subjected to temperatures above. 600°F(315°C). This contamination can have extreme consequences on human tissue since it is almost impossible to remove after contact. 1.6

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

The following procedures are recommended when inspecting equipment that has been subjected to high temperatures such as fire: •

Visually inspect any seals or gaskets which have suffered from heat; they will appear black and sticky.

•

If these are found, Do Not Touch!!!

•

Determine the material composition of any seals or gaskets, If fluro-elastomer seals (Viton, fluorel, or tecmoflon) have been used, the affected area must be decontaminated before undertaking further work. Natural rubber and nitrile materials are not hazardous.

•

Disposable heavy duty gloves (neoprene) must be worn and the affected area decontaminated by washing thoroughly with limewater (Calcium Hydroxide solution).

•

If State/Provincial, local or job site regulations require even greater safety distances than stated above, adhere strictly to these regulations for your own protection. If the machine must be transported, make sure that it is adequately secured to the transporting vehicle. Refer to TRANSPORTING INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 2. Stopping the engine immediately after it has been working under load can result in overheating and premature wear of the engine components. Reduce engine speed to LOW IDLE and let run for approximately 5 minutes to allow gradual dissipation of heat and also to reduce turbo speed. This will also prevent loss of coolant by after boil and possible hot spot damage to the engine. Even though the brakes are fully engaged, block the wheels to prevent movement during transport.

Any cloths, residue and gloves must be safely discarded after use.

Install articulation lock whenever the machine is to be transported.

NOTE: Burning discarded items is not recommended except in an approved incineration process where the dangerous products are treated by alkaline scrubbing. Safety Hazards - Operating Maintain a charged fire extinguisher on the vehicle at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT. Do not carry passengers either in the cab or anywhere else on the machine. The vehicle seating accommodation is for one operator only.

Be aware when performing service and maintenance tasks that surfaces and grab handles in and around the engine and cooling system may become very hot when the engine has been running. Contact with hot surfaces may cause injury.

Do not allow anyone to operate the machine who may not be physically fit or who may be under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

Comply with instructions in this manual and also your company’s regulations for the operation of this machine.

When operating the machine, ensure there is adequate clearance on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments. Additional clearance may be necessary where the ground is uneven.

Read, understand and follow all general safety precautions specified by grapple head manufacturer. Access to a cell phone or radio to call for assistance in an emergency is advised. Be aware that signal strength for cell phones and radios changes with terrain and location.

Extreme caution should be exercised when approaching any area where overhanging electrical powerlines are present. Serious injury or death by electrocution can result if the machine or any of its attachments are not kept a safe distance from these lines.

WARNING

Do not move any part of the machine or load within 10 feet (3m) plus 2 times line insulator length of any electric lines.

Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

1.7

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

Avoid Injury from Backover Accidents

WARNING

Before moving machine, be sure all persons are clear of the area.

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.

Always be alert for bystanders moving into the work area. Use horn to warn bystanders before moving the machine. When using a signal person, keep the person in view at all times. Always be sure the signal person is clear before backing up.

If acid is accidentally splashed into your eyes, flush immediately with clean water and get medical attention.

To avoid backover accidents:

Do not attempt to charge a frozen battery; it can explode.

•

Disconnect battery before working on electrical systems. Remove ground terminal first when disconnecting. Connect ground terminal last when reconnecting.

•

Do not short out battery terminals for any reason. Serious burns or an explosion can result.

•

CAUTION Lead-acid batteries contain sulfuric acid which can severely damage eyes or skin on contact. Always wear a safety face shield, rubber gloves and protective clothing to reduce risk of accidents. Lead-acid batteries produce flammable and explosive gasses. Keep arcs, sparks, open flames and lighted tobacco a safe distance from the batteries.

• •

1.8

Always look around before you back up. Be sure that everyone is clear. Keep reverse warning alarm in working condition. The reverse warning alarm must sound when the machine is moving in reverse. Use a signal person when backing up if view is obstructed. Always keep the signal person in view. Learn the meaning of all flags, signs and markings on the job site and who is responsible for signalling. Keep windows, mirrors and lights in good condition. Dust, heavy rain, fog, snow etc. can reduce visibility. As visibility decreases, reduce speed and use proper lighting.

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety CAB EXITS

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

There are three ways to exit the cab in case of an emergency. 1. Left hand cab door, one of the two main points of entry. 2. Right hand cab door, one of the two main points of entry.

3. Sliding windows in the cab doors, this is a third cab exit for use if the cab doors become blocked.

Shut off engine when refuelling - DO NOT refuel the engine while smoking or near open flame or sparks.

It is important that the operator of the machine be familiar with these emergency exits and how to use them.

Attach a grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refuelling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

All three exits should be checked to make sure that they are operational and will function in an emergency.

Check that no other personnel have moved into a hazardous area before starting the machine.

IMPORTANT ! Unlock both doors before operating machine to allow opening from the outside in case of an emergency. Make sure that the doors are operational, open the doors twice, once using the exterior handle and once using the interior latch handle.

Sound the machine horn before starting the machine. The operator's seat is equipped with a lap

For additional information, refer to EMERGENCY EXITS in SECTION 3. Secure loose items in cab. Prior to commencing work, check all equipment controls to ensure that the machine responds correctly. Make sure that all safety screens and guards are installed and properly secured.

belt. Use this restraint system at all times when operating the machine. Start the engine by following the instructions in this manual. Refer to OPERATING MACHINE in SECTION 2.

WARNING • EXPLOSION HAZARD. • DO NOT USE ETHER. • ENGINE EQUIPPED WITH HEATER STARTING AID. • USE OF ETHER COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. 36782BENG R0

Never use a liquid staring aid to start an engine. Before moving the machine to the worksite, check to ensure that all doors, panels, and access covers are installed properly and secured. 1.9

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety When parking the machine:

Do not open an escape hatch or the cab doors to increase ventilation when operating the machine.

WARNING

•

Park on level ground ONLY and engage parking brake

•

Do not park on a hillside or incline.

•

Before leaving the operator's cab, lower the grapple and dozer blade onto the ground and engage the parking brake.

•

Stop the engine and release pilot system pressure by performing the following steps:

Keep the cab doors closed when driving or steering the machine to prevent accidental entry of branches and debris into the cab.

1. Fully apply brake foot pedal repeatedly until there is no pedal resistance. This may take a minimum of 150 applications.

Keep cab doors closed and use seat belt when driving or steering the machine to prevent being thrown from the operator's cab. Never operate the winch from the ground. Control it only from the operator’s seat. Never use the parking brake to slow down or stop the machine except in an emergency.

2. Pressure may remain in the system after completing all of the above steps. Use caution when loosening hydraulic connections. •

Keep the parking brake properly adjusted at all times.

Prior to performing any service work or maintenance on the machine, stop the engine, remove the ignition key and store it in a safe place.

Keep service brakes properly adjusted and check for proper operation of the service brake. Refer to SERVICE BRAKE ~ CHECKING BRAKE AND ACCUMULATOR FOR PROPER OPERATION in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. Always rest the grapple and dozer blade on the ground when operation is stopped, regardless if the engine is running or shut off. Never work alone. Regularly inform other crew members of your intentions, location and length of time to perform duties.

E625C-111

•

Park machine at least 50 feet (15 meters) away from other equipment and in a cleared area. In the event of a fire, this distance will minimize the chance of the fire spreading to other equipment.

WARNING

Do not leave the operator's cab while the winch line is under tension. Before leaving the operator's cab, lower the grapple and dozer blade to the ground and engage the parking brake. If out of the operator’s cab for an extended period shut the machine off.

Turn the battery disconnect switch off if the vehicle is to be parked for an extended period of time (Example - overnight).

When the engine is running, DO NOT allow anyone in areas of the machine where they may be crushed by moving components. Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use, the risk zone is 60 m (200 feet).

1.10

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety CAUTION Do not open cab doors or window screens when machine is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force.

WARNING

Never operate the boom or grapple over the heads of bystanders. When reeling in winch cable, make sure all personnel are far enough away in case of rolling logs or whipping cables.

Check for correct tire air pressure. If the pressure is too low it will result in swaying. If the pressure is too high it will result in bouncing. Refer to also to TIRE PRESSURES in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

Use only prearranged and approved signalling practices.

If the machine is to travel on public roads, use accessory lights (when installed) and other caution devices to alert operators of other vehicles of your presence. Ensure your machine meets all regulatory requirements.

Obey flagger's signal and signs Operate the machine only from a seated position in the operator’s seat. Do not carry passengers either in the cab or anywhere else on the machine.

When transporting the machine, ensure that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments to avoid contact with power or telephone lines, bridge structures, etc.

If vision is limited by dust, smoke, fog or snow, stop the machine until visibility is restored. Do not work below or behind a skidder parked on a grade.

Before transporting the machine check to ensure that all doors, panels and access covers are installed properly and secured.

When working on slopes, travel straight up or down the slope to prevent roll-over. NEVER travel across a STEEP slope or side hill: • • • • • • •

Before moving the machine, lift the grapple and dozer blade off the ground and keep them high enough to clear obstacles such as stumps.

Read, understand and follow all general safety precautions specified by winch manufacturer and in this manual.

If you travel across a MODERATE slope, NEVER make an uphill turn as this could cause a tip-over situation. Keep load low and close to skidder for best stability. A load of logs will change the handling and stability of the skidder. Always be prepared to dump the load in case of emergency. Never approach an unstable log from the downhill side. Do not winch in a load at a sharp angle. This could cause your machine to tip over. Do not overload your skidder as this can create an unstable condition and cause a roll-over.

When operating the winch do not work with a damaged cable. Broken wire or strands, or a decrease in the diameter of a cable are warning signs of a damaged cable. Do not anchor a double or two part line to the winch. Read, understand and follow all general safety precautions specified by grapple head manufacturer.

1.11

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety Prior to welding on any part of the machine, it should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher should be made available at the welding location.

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Care must be taken in attaching the welding machine grounding clamp so current does not pass through bearings, especially the centre joint bearing. Also, turn off the battery disconnect switch and disconnect the positive (+) battery cable from both batteries. This machine is equipped with sensitive electronic control equipment, prior to welding:-

Conduct maintenance inspections at least as frequently as recommended in section 3 of the operator's manual.

IMPORTANT

24 VOLT

When servicing or repairing equipment, shut the engine down, and disconnect the positive (+) battery cable from both batteries.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Install a “DO NOT START ENGINE” sign on the operator’s cab door and in the engine compartment when making repairs to the machine.

DISCONNECT THE TWO MULTI-PIN PLUGS FROM THE ENGINE CPU

DISCONNECT 4 PIN ENGINE POWER CONNECTOR

Before performing maintenance or repair work on any equipment, consult the manufacturer’s instruction manual and follow recommended procedures.

620C-81

ENGINE CPU DISCONNECT -LEFT SIDE T3 ENGINE (6205201-6206000, 6303001-6303800)

The radiator and the engine cooling system should be cleaned and serviced daily to maintain moderate engine temperatures. This machine may be equipped with an optional variable pitch cooling fan, fan blade pitch is hydraulically varied to control the flow and direction of air through the cooling assembly. Exercise care when working in this area with the engine running. If the FAN CONTROL SWITCH is in the AUTOMATIC position, the fan could go into CLEAN mode at any time when the engine is running. Always ensure that the fan guard is in place when the engine is running.

DISCONNECT ENGINE GROUND CONNECTION

620C-90

ENGINE GROUND DISCONNECT - RIGHT SIDE T3 ENGINE (6205201-6206000, 6303001-6303800)

Tier 3 Engines: Disconnect the engine CPU (Central Processing Unit) by unplugging the four pin engine power connector and the two multipin connectors from the left side of the engine. Also disconnect the engine ground connection at the chassis. 1.12

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

DISCONNECT THE MULTI-PIN PLUG FROM THE ENGINE CPU

620D-220

Pressure can be maintained in a hydraulic system long after the power source and pump have been shut down. Lower grapple and dozer blade to the ground and relieve trapped pressure from the brake accumulator before performing work on components, or disconnecting any hoses. For the procedure to RELIEVE PRESSURE, refer to PARKING THE MACHINE in THIS SECTION.

ENGINE CPU DISCONNECT -LEFT SIDE T4i ENGINE (6206001-6206200, 6303801-6304000)

DISCONNECT ENGINE GROUND CONNECTION

620D-219

ENGINE GROUND DISCONNECT - RIGHT SIDE T4i ENGINE (6206001-6206200, 6303801-6304000)

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

Tier 4i Engines: Disconnect the engine CPU (Central Processing Unit) by unplugging the multipin connector from the left side of the engine.

Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

Also disconnect the engine ground connection at the chassis.

WARNING

Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause serious personal injury, blindness, or death. If any fluid is injected into the skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with treating this type of injury. Never use your bare hands to check for fluid leaks.

Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. When searching for leaks, wear work gloves and use a wrench or piece of wood to move hydraulic hoses. Do not grab hold of hydraulic hoses. Wear safety goggles for eye protection.

1.13

WARNING, HOT FLUIDS AND HOT MACHINE SURFACES CAN CAUSE SERIOUS BURNS! •

Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

•

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

•

DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 100°F (38°C)!

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

Do not change any pressure or relief setting unless Tigercat authorized instruction has been obtained.

SAFETY CABLE

Use the proper tool for the job. Repair or replace worn or damaged tools including lifting equipment immediately.

E620C-16

Keep your hands, feet, head, and loose clothing away from power driven parts. Tie long hair behind your head. Remove rings and other jewellery to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts.

CAB AT FULL TILT SUPPORTED BY SAFETY CABLE

SUPPORT BRACE

WARNING E620C-17

TILTED CAB SUPPORTED BY SUPPORT BRACE

Before working under cab, machine must be parked on level ground. Cab must be fully tilted with safety cable completely tight or cab support brace must be installed between frame and cab to prevent injury. Refer to TILTING THE CAB in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for complete instructions.

Always be aware of machine pinch points that could cause injury. Never place body parts within the range of motion of the working parts of the machine. Always wear your safety gloves when handling cables, chokers or logs.

The hydraulic cylinder is to raise and lower cab, it must not be used as a support. Never stand under an object supported with hydraulics. Always use safety stands or a locking device.

CAUTION Do not open cab doors or window screens when machine cab is tilted . The doors and screens are heavy and will swing out with considerable force.

1.14

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety BOLT ON ACCESS PANELS MAINTENANCE ACCESS DOORS

630D-03

ARTICULATION LOCK IN STRAIGHT LOCKED POSITION

620D-210

630D-01

ACCESS PANELS RIGHT SIDE

ARTICULATION LOCK IN ARTICULATED LOCKED POSITION

Before working in the centre joint area, install the frame articulation lock between the frames to prevent accidental articulation and injury. Always replace the lock bar in its storage position after use.

DOOR PROP

WARNING DO NOT work below or behind a machine that is parked on a grade.

620D-207

WARNING

MAINTENANCE ACCESS DOOR (RIGHT SIDE SHOWN)

CAUTION

Failure to follow all of the above instructions could result in serious injury or death from crushing.

Always use the door props provided to safely hold access doors open while in use. The engine compartment access panels are bolted in place. Whenever bolts are removed panels can fall during the process of removing them from the machine.

All handles should be hand tight only at all times. This is particularly important for easy access to the pressurized water system in the event of a fire or other emergency. Refer also to FIRE PREVENTION in THIS SECTION.

1.15

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

If the engine is running inside a building, ensure that sufficient ventilation is available to prevent a build-up of toxic exhaust fumes. Run the engine only when it is necessary for testing or adjustments. Work in a ventilated area. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, use an exhaust pipe extension to remove toxic exhaust fumes. If you don't have an exhaust pipe extension, either work outside, or open the shop doors.

Dispose of fluids properly. Do not pour fluids into the ground, stream, pond. Before draining any fluids, know the proper way to dispose of them.

1.16

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

FLUID INJECTION INJURY

WARNING

Hydraulic and diesel fuel systems on forestry machines operate at very high pressures, often 207 bar (3000 psi) and above. If a loose connection or a defect in a hose should occur, a fine, high velocity stream of fluid will result. Even for systems pressurized to as little as 7 bar (100 psi), this fluid stream can penetrate human skin as if it were a hypodermic needle.

Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and could result in death or serious injury. If any fluid is injected under the skin, a medical doctor familiar with the treatment of this type of injury must surgically remove it within a few hours. In the event of any suspected fluid injection injury • Report the injury to your supervisor immediately. • Seek professional medical attention immediately. As always the best defence against suffering the effects of fluid injection is to prevent the accident from occurring in the first place. When searching for possible fluid leaks • Never search for leaks with your bare hands. Always wear thick protective gloves. • Be sure to wear safety goggles for eye protection. • Keep all body parts well away from the area being investigated for leaks.

Initially, an accidental fluid injection beneath the skin may only produce a slight stinging sensation. There is a danger that you will tend to ignore this, thinking that it will get better with time. Most often, it does not! Within a very short time the wound may begin to throb painfully, indicating that tissue damage has already begun. Similarly fluid injected directly into a blood vessel can spread rapidly through your circulatory system. The human body has little ability to purge injected fluid. Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and could result in death or serious injury. If any fluid is injected under the skin, a medical doctor familiar with the treatment of this type of injury must surgically remove it within a few hours.

•

Time becomes critical as tissue damage progresses rapidly. The longer you delay getting professional medical attention, the more damage can occur. Although fluid injection accidents are rare, the resulting injury has on occasion required the amputation of a finger, a hand or in some cases the entire limb. The longer the delay in getting professional medical aid, the further up the limb the tissue damage can spread. An injury of this type can become very serious or even fatal if not dealt with promptly and properly.

1.17

Use the end of a long piece of wood to move hoses or other obstacles. • Place the end of a long piece of wood in the suspected path of any fluid stream. Never use any part of your body. • Recognize that the source of the leak and the fluid streaming from it may be very small and not easily visible. You may only be able to see the fluid that accumulates as a result of the fluid stream. When performing any service work • Stop the engine and relieve all diesel fuel or hydraulic pressure before disconnecting any lines or otherwise working on the system. • Never grab any hydraulic or diesel fuel connectors or hoses when they are subjected to pressure. • Always ensure that hoses are rated for the pressures to which they will be subjected. • Never use any hoses that you suspect could be defective.

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

GREASE INJECTION INJURY WHEN USING PNEUMATIC GREASE GUNS Pneumatic grease guns can deliver grease at pressures from 17 - 400 Bar (246 - 5801 psi). It takes less than 7 Bar (100 psi) to inject a substance through human skin. ALWAYS get professional medical treatment immediately after any type of injection injury. Provide the physician with information on the type of grease, the pressure setting of the gun, and similar details. The amount of fluid injected, type of fluid (or material), pressure at which it was injected, and the elapsed time between injection and surgery all influence the chances of successful treatment for this type of serious injury. Prior to using a high pressure pneumatic grease gun perform the following: •

All operators of high pressure pneumatic grease guns MUST be trained in the hazards of its operations and the treatment for such injuries.

•

DO NOT OPERATE a high pressure pneumatic grease gun unless you have been trained in the proper operation and are aware of all safety precautions of such a tool.

•

Wear protective clothing such as gloves, safety hat and safety glasses.

•

Inspect all parts of the grease gun for wear and tear and replace all worn or damaged parts.

•

Ensure that protective shrouds are installed on all grease gun nozzles as safety devices.

•

Remove dirt and grease from grease fittings prior to greasing.

•

Replace any defective grease fittings on equipment with new fittings immediately.

•

When badly positioned fittings are identified, replace them with angled or swivel fittings for easier access.

1.18

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety LIGHTNING SAFETY

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS

In spite of the popular myth that being struck by lightning is an unlikely event, the facts show that lightning strikes occur frequently. As a result loggers are at high risk because their work is outdoors and close to known strike points such as tall trees and heavy equipment. Loggers can increase their chances of avoiding a lightning strike by following a few simple safety practices. 1. Designate a member of your crew to

WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE? Lightning is a discharge of the electricity produced by a thunderstorm. As the thunderstorm develops, many small particles of ice within the storm clouds bump together. These collisions create a positive charge at the top of a cloud and a negative charge at the bottom. As this continues a second positive charge builds up on the ground beneath the cloud, concentrated around high objects such as hills, trees, buildings, equipment and even people.

•

Monitor daily weather forecasts

•

Observe local weather conditions

•

Alert all other members of the crew when a possible lightning threat develops.

2. Don’t start or continue any work that cannot be stopped immediately, when a storm moves nearby. 3. Anticipate a high-risk situation and take action early by moving to a low-risk location. Do not hesitate. If there is lightning, you are in danger.

When the difference between the electrical charge in the cloud and on the ground becomes great enough to overcome the resistance of the insulating air between them, an electrical current flows instantly. This is a lightning strike.

4. Obey the rule - If you see lightning, Flee. If you hear thunder, Clear. 5. Do not follow the now obsolete guideline to take shelter when the time between seeing lightning and hearing thunder is 30 seconds or less. This does not provide sufficient time to ensure safety. Always follow step 4.

The electrical potential in a lightning strike can be as much as 100 million volts. Lightning strikes can occur over very large distances, even as much as 60 km (37 miles). Lightning travels both in front of and behind a thunderstorm and so strikes happen even when rain has not started or has stopped. Lightning can hit in the same place, many times and often spreads out over 18 m (60 feet) within the soil around the strike point.

6. Remain in your safe location for 30 minutes after the last sight of lightning or the last sound of thunder. The safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed, substantially constructed building, a house, office, school, shopping area, etc. These are the safest because of the electrical wiring and plumbing that they contain. Should lightning strike, the electrical current will travel through the wiring or plumbing into the ground. When such a building is nearby, always seek shelter there first.

Thunder always accompanies lightning. When lightning occurs, the air through which it travels is instantaneously heated to a temperature more than 28,000°C (50,000°F). The air expands rapidly due to this heating, then quickly contracts as it cools. It is this contracting shock wave that we hear as thunder. In many areas of the world, lightning strikes are second only to flooding as the greatest cause of storm related deaths and injuries. Although only 10% of lightning strike victims are killed, virtually all from cardiac or respiratory arrest, over 70% of those that survive suffer severe, life-long injury and disability. The symptoms of a lightning strike include memory loss, fatigue, chronic pain, dizziness, sleeping difficulty and the inability to complete several tasks at one time. 1.19

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety WHAT TO DO IF YOU ARE OUTSIDE AND SEE LIGHTNING OR HEAR THUNDER. If you can, get inside. 1. Run to the nearest building, motor vehicle or fully enclosed ROPS equipment cab immediately. Being anywhere outside is not safe. 2. If inside a building:

Unfortunately loggers do not often work close to buildings and therefore other alternatives need to be considered. Sheds, weather shelters, hunting blinds, tents and other partially open or small structures are not safe against lightning strikes as they lack the electrically grounded components of larger buildings. They are intended for sun or rain protection only. Do not seek shelter from lightning strikes inside these structures.

•

Don’t watch the lightning storm from open windows or doorways. Stay in inner rooms.

•

Stay well away from corded telephones, electrical appliances, lighting fixtures, radio microphones, electrical sockets and plumbing pipes and fixtures.

3. If inside a motor vehicle or fully enclosed ROPS equipment cab:

The second safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed car, van, truck or bus with a metal roof and metal sides. The electrical energy of a lightning strike to these vehicles is carried to ground by the conducting outer metal surfaces. This is called the skin effect. Do not seek safety from lightning strikes in vehicles with fiberglass or plastic body shells or in convertible top vehicles. None of these are safe, as they do not offer skin effect lightning protection. Heavy forestry equipment such as a skidder, loader, feller buncher, forwarder, etc. with a fully enclosed rollover protective structure (ROPS) cab take advantage of the skin effect and are therefore safe in electrical storms. However machines with a rollover canopy only are not safe against lightning strikes as they are open to electrically conductive rainwater and do not benefit from the skin effect. Operators of this equipment must abandon their machines and get to a safer location before lightning strikes. Note that the rubber tires on motor vehicles and heavy equipment do not increase safety from lightning strikes. Lightning has already travelled a great distance through the air to strike the vehicle. In comparison a few inches of rubber in a tire offers absolutely no additional insulation.

1.20

•

Under no circumstances whatsoever step outside of the vehicle or off the equipment to move to another shelter. Very dangerous electrical pathways to ground may go through you.

•

Shut down all operation, turn off the engine, close all doors and raise all windows.

•

Sit squarely in the seat with your hands in your lap and your feet flat on the floor mat.

•

Do not touch any metallic objects referenced to the outside of the vehicle. Do not touch any door and window handles, control levers, foot pedals, steering wheels, cab interior walls and any other inside to outside metal objects.

•

Do not touch any radio or telephone connected to an outside antenna.

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety What to do if you feel your skin tingling, your hair stands on end, light metal objects vibrate or you hear a crackling sound. 1. Lightning is probably about to strike. You only have a few seconds to act. 2. Put your feet together. Crouch down like in a baseball catcher’s position. Hold your head down. Cover your ears to protect them against the noise of the thunder. 3. Do not lie flat on the ground. By touching as little of the ground as possible, the lightning may not move across the ground to you.

If you are caught outside and have no where else to go.

What to do if a co-worker has been struck by lightning.

1. Avoid wide-open areas where you project above the surrounding landscape.

1. The victim does not carry any electrical charge. There is no danger to anyone helping this person. You can touch him or her immediately.

2. Seek shelter in a low place, such as a ditch, ravine, valley, canyon or cave. 3. Get away from open water such as ponds or streams.

2. Call your local emergency response telephone number immediately.

4. Do not take shelter under any isolated tall trees or small groups of trees.

3. If the victim has no pulse, their heart has stopped or they have stopped breathing, start cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) or mouth –to-mouth resuscitation immediately. Use a portable defibrillator if one is available.

5. Seek shelter amongst the dense, thick growth of the shortest trees. 6. Avoid entering any small enclosures or shelters.

4. Be careful about staying in the storm to take care of the victim. You can get hit by lightning too. If you can, move the victim to a building as soon as possible.

7. Do not seek shelter under any motor vehicle or heavy equipment. 8. Keep clear of any materials that can conduct electricity such as wire fences and gates, metal pipes, poles, rails and tools.

To further increase your awareness about lightning safety, see the following web sites.

9. Stay at least 15m (50 feet) away from metal objects such as a fuel tank, a vehicle or machinery without a cab, motorcycle, ATV, etc.

National Weather Service Lightning Safety http://www.lightningsafety.noaa.gov National Lightning Safety Institute http://www.lightningsafety.com

10. Stay at least 5m (16 feet) apart from any other members of a group so that lightning won’t travel between you. 11. Do not use the telephone except for emergencies.

1.21

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety 4. Clean out all accumulated forest debris (twigs, pine needles, branches, bark, leaves, saw dust, small wood chips) and any other combustible materials from inside the machine belly pans or lower machine structures as well as from areas in proximity to the engine, fuel and hydraulic oil systems no less frequently than at the completion of each work shift.

FIRE PREVENTION

5. Inspect the machine regularly for any signs of diesel fuel or hydraulic system leakage. Check for worn or eroded fuel or hydraulic lines before starting up any equipment.

When working in a forest environment, it is impossible to prevent combustible debris from collecting in tight corners of the machine. This debris, in itself, may cause a fire; however, when mixed with fuel, oil or grease in a hot or confined place, the danger of fire is greatly increased.

6. Clean up any grease, diesel fuel, hydraulic and lubricating oil accumulation and spillage immediately.

The following fire prevention guidelines should be used to supplement the operator’s fire prevention efforts. In no case should the guidelines be used, or assumed, as replacements for diligent operator efforts at preventing fires. The following guidelines will help to keep your equipment up and running efficiently and keep the risk of fire to a minimum. 1. Maintain a CHARGED fire extinguisher on the machine at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT. 2. Remove debris and blow out dust regularly from the air intake doors, engine radiator and charge air cooler, hydraulic oil cooler, diesel fuel cooler and air conditioning condenser core to prevent overheating of the engine and hydraulics and to maintain efficient operation of the machine. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER AND RADIATOR in SECTION 2. 3. Blow off all forest debris and fine organic material accumulated near hot engine exhaust components (turbocharger and exhaust manifold as well as exhaust pipes and muffler) at the completion of each work shift or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present. Visual inspection after blow off to ensure thorough cleanliness is vital. Engine exhaust systems provide numerous small pockets where saw dust, small wood chips and other flammable forest debris can gather. Even small accumulations close to hot exhaust components can ignite and smolder. If dislodged this smoldering debris can fall into other areas of the machine and thereby spread a fire.

7. Steam clean the engine, hydraulic pumps, transmission, brake, fuel and hydraulic tank compartments and all machine belly pans at least once a month or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present. 8. Use only nonflammable solutions for cleaning the machine and components. 9. Inspect the exhaust system daily for any signs of leakage. Check for worn, cracked, broken or damaged pipes or muffler. Also check for missing or damaged bolts or clamps. Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately. Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires. Do not operate the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired. 10. During daily operation of the machine, the occurrence of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation, the machine must be shut down immediately and not put back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed. 11. Park the machine at least 15 METERS (50 feet) away from other equipment at the end of each shift. 12. Never leave the machine parked with boom, arch or blade suspended off the ground. Should their supporting hydraulic hoses burn through during a fire, pressurized hydraulic oil may be injected into the fire and the boom, arch or blade will fall rapidly to the ground.

1.22

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

13. Turn the battery disconnect switch to OFF at shut down to de-energize all electrical circuits.

EQUIPMENT FIRES ADVERSELY EFFECT YOUR ABILITY TO LOG, MAY INCREASE YOUR INSURANCE PREMIUMS DRAMATICALLY OR PREVENT YOU FROM OBTAINING INSURANCE COVERAGE AT ALL.

14. Remain with the machine for at least 45 minutes at the end of operations while the machine cools.

WHAT TO DO TO PREPARE FOR A MACHINE FIRE

15. Remove all keys, lock equipment and fuel cap at the end of operations to reduce the risk of vandalism. 16. Be cautious when smoking. An open flame, a lighted cigarette, etc., should not be permitted around any vehicle, especially during fuelling operations or when the fuel system is open to the atmosphere or when servicing batteries. 17. AFTER transporting (trucking) a machine from one job site to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that may have repositioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey. 18. Before starting repair work, such as welding, the surrounding area should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher should be close by. 19. Store rags and other combustible materials in a safe, fireproof location. 20. Do not use the machine on top of or to push piles of burning timber. A machine fire will most probably result.

1.23

•

Prevent the fire from happening in the first place by ensuring that all machine systems are frequently inspected and always well maintained.

•

Ensure that any hand held fire extinguishers are charged and in working order. Fire extinguishers require routine care. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for inspection and maintenance shown on the label of the fire extinguisher and in the extinguisher manufacturer's manual.

•

Ensure that any pressurized water systems on the machine (if applicable) are charged and in working order. Refer to PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3.

•

Ensure that you have the proper fire extinguishers on site. Most fires involving mobile forestry equipment will be Class A or B. Dry chemical extinguishers should be rated ABC and pressurized water extinguishers should be rated A. Class A fires involve ordinary combustibles such as wood, cloth, paper, rubber and many plastics, Class B fires occur with flammable liquids such as diesel fuel, oil and grease and Class C fires apply to energized electrical equipment.

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder •

•

Ensure that the nozzle of any hand held extinguisher and pressurized water system available on the machine and at the work site fits within the fire extinguisher access holes in the doors of the machine. Ensure that your fire detection system* is in working order. Refer to FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM in SECTION 2. Ensure that your fire suppression system** is charged and in working order. Refer to FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM in SECTION 2. Ensure that you are familiar with the recommended procedures for fire contained in the emergency action plan of your company. Ensure that you follow all national, state / provincial and local regulations dealing with fire fighting in effect in your specific geographic region. Regulations will vary from region to region but most will usually require that: 1. Workers assigned to fire fighting duties must be physically capable of performing them safely and effectively. 2. Workers designated to use fire fighting equipment as part of an emergency action plan must receive full and proper training from a qualified instructor. 3. Whenever portable fire extinguishers are provided for use in the workplace, training must be provided to familiarize workers with the general principles of fire extinguisher use and the hazards involved with fire fighting. 4. Training must be provided upon initial employment and at least annually thereafter. Ensure that after you have received the training as outlined above, that you know how to use the fire extinguisher, the pressurized water system (if applicable) and the fire

Safety WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS •

If operating the machine when a fire occurs: 1. Lower all working attachments to the ground. 2. Shut the engine off. 3. Activate the fire suppression system**. 4. Radio or call for help. Be certain to report a fire immediately. 5. Exit the machine taking fire extinguisher and pressurized water system hose (if applicable) with you. 6. At all times ensure your own personal safety and the safety of anyone that may be in the area. Approach any fire with extreme caution. All fires can be very dangerous and life threatening. 7. Only if you can safely do so, turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

•

Before deciding to fight the fire, be certain that: 1. The fire is small and not rapidly spreading. 2. There is always a clear, safe escape route to your back. 3. You have received training in the use of the available fire extinguishing systems and are confident that you can operate them effectively. 4. If in any doubt about whether or not to fight the fire – DON’T. Instead stand well clear of the fire and wait for help to arrive. 5. Be aware that engine coolant , diesel fuel or hydraulic hoses could fail during a fire. If this happens, hot coolant, fuel or oil could possibly be ignited by the fire.

suppression system** on your machine. There is not enough time available to read instructions during a fire emergency. Ensure that all information necessary for you to immediately contact all sources of help (local fire department, etc) in the event of a fire emergency is recorded and readily available at all times.

1.24

6. If possible a dry chemical fire extinguisher or fire suppression system** should be used first to fight a machine fire. Then immediately afterwards use the pressurized water hose supplied with the machine (if applicable) or a pressurized water extinguisher (if available). A fire suppressed by dry chemical may re-ignite from the heat retained by any debris or hot machine components in the area. The water will cool the area, reducing the chances of re-ignition.

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder •

Safety

Use the PASS method. This is the most effective use of a fire extinguisher. •

•

WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED

Pull the pin at the top of the extinguisher that keeps the handle from being pressed. Break the plastic seal as the pin is pulled.

•

Before returning the machine to work. 1. Ensure that the cause of the fire is determined and all appropriate repairs are completed.

Aim the nozzle at the base of the fire. Do not aim the nozzle at the flames. In order to put out the fire, you must extinguish the fuel, not the flames. Hose nozzles are often clipped to the extinguisher body. Release the hose before taking aim.

2. Ensure that the fire detection system*

or the fire suppression system** is properly serviced and in working order (if applicable).

Squeeze the handle to release the pressurized extinguishing agent. The handle can be released at any time to stop the discharge.

3. Ensure that all extinguishers used in fighting the fire are replaced or recharged. •

Sweep from side to side at the base of the fire until the fire is completely out or the fire extinguisher is empty

Notify your equipment dealer and / or Tigercat Industries Inc. by completing an incident report, Tigercat form number 5101.

*NOTE: Fire detection systems are offered by

Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire detection systems if not installed on your machine.

**NOTE: Dry chemical fire suppression systems

are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire suppression systems if not installed on your machine.

20229A

• • •

• •

TYPICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE

Place the nozzle of the fire extinguisher into the appropriate fire extinguisher access hole and discharge the extinguisher. Only if you can safely do so, open the access panels to the machine in the area of the fire. Failing all attempts to access the machine compartment, discharge the extinguisher through the mesh or any available openings on the machine. Ensure that the machine and all components have cooled down sufficiently after a fire so that re-ignition does not occur. Remain with the machine until help arrives.

1.25

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES Both ABC dry chemical fire extinguishers and fire suppression systems discharge a chemical powder to extinguish the fire. The chemical makeup and the small particle size of the powder as well as the force of the discharge all contribute to the fire fighting capability. These same characteristics also permit the powder to penetrate into and fully cover all components in the vicinity of the discharge.

3. In areas exposed to heat during the fire, the dry chemical powder will melt forming a coating that cakes or crusts on all surfaces.

The following are recommendations for the cleanup and neutralizing of areas exposed to dry chemical powder. Workers performing this work should wear protective clothing, safety goggles and a fine particle dust mask to minimize their personal exposure to the dry chemical powder. Ensure that all electrical systems have been completely de-energized prior to any cleanup. 1. In areas of the machine that remained cool and dry during the fire, the dry chemical will stay in powder form. Be certain to clean these areas immediately to prevent any settled residual powder from coming into contact with moisture whether through direct contact or humidity in the air. Remove the powder residue by blowing off with air, sweeping, dusting or vacuuming using a HEPA filter capable of trapping the small dry chemical particles. Then wipe all surfaces with a damp cloth. 2. In areas exposed to moisture, the dry chemical powder will combine with water to form a paste that is mildly acidic. Note that all surfaces covered by this dry chemical paste including electrical contacts are vulnerable to corrosive attack. To neutralize the acidic paste on large surfaces, spray or wash these areas with a mixture of 3 parts hot water to 1 part baking soda. Allow this mixture to stand for several minutes before rinsing with warm water. Wash the area with a mild soap and water solution. Rinse thoroughly with water. Blow-dry to remove all residual water. Cleaning of electrical contacts should be done using an electrical contact cleaner that has no flash or fire point and is non-corrosive and non-conductive such as CRC Contact Cleaner 2000.

1.26

To break down the caked dry chemical, spray or wash these areas with a 50/50 mixture of hot water and isopropyl alcohol. Allow this mixture to stand in place for several minutes. The caked dry chemical when exposed to moisture is also mildly acidic. Therefore when the break down procedure has been completed, follow this immediately with the neutralizing procedure as described in step 2.

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety NO RIDERS

SAFETY LABELS SAFETY LABELS The following safety labels must be periodically cleaned and inspected to maintain legibility. Replace any illegible, damaged or removed label. EMERGENCY EXIT HAND TIGHTEN ONLY

The sliding windows in the cab doors can be used as a third cab exit. The screens on the outside of these windows can be released by handles both on the inside and the outside of the cab. All handles should be hand tight only at all times. This will prevent entrapment during an emergency by providing an exit point through the sliding windows if the cab doors are blocked. Refer also to EMERGENCY CAB EXITS in THIS SECTION.

NO RIDERS INSIDE OR OUTSIDE OF THE MACHINE . Do not carry passengers either in the cab or anywhere else on the machine. The vehicle seating accommodation is for one operator only. Persons riding on the outside of the machine are subject to hazards such as falling off the machine, crush hazards, thrown object hazards and many other hazards WHICH COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. If any person attempts to climb onto the machine during operation, STOP THE MACHINE IMMEDIATELY. Do Not Operate the machine until other personnel are a safe distance away from the machine.

1.27

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

USE SEAT BELT

READ OPERATOR'S MANUAL

USE SEAT BELT. The seat belt supplied with this seat must be used at all times when operating this machine.

READ OPERATOR'S MANUAL. Always read the operator’s manual before operating the machine. Pay close attention to WARNINGS and HAZARD identifications. Study all the safety messages in this manual and on the labels on the machine carefully.

1.28

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

OPERATOR'S MANUAL LOCATION

REMOVE IGNITION KEY BEFORE SERVICING THE MACHINE!

This label indicates the storage location of the operator's manual.This labelis located on the outside of the operator's manual case inside the cab.

Prior to performing any service work or maintenance on the machine, stop the engine, REMOVE THE IGNITION KEY and store it in a safe place.

1.29

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

CRUSH HAZARD

ARTICULATION LOCK

This label warns of the crush zone in the center joint area. This can occur when the machine steering is used. DO NOT WORK IN THIS AREA UNTIL THE ARTICULATION LOCK BAR IS INSTALLED! REAR CHASSIS

Before working in the center joint area, INSTALL THE CHASSIS ARTICULATION LOCK BAR between the chassis and center joint to prevent accidental articulation which could result in death or serious injury.

630D-02

RETAINING PINS

ARTICULATION LOCK STORED POSITION

Refer to ARTICULATION LOCK in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for complete instructions. 630D-03

630D-01

ARTICULATION LOCK IN STRAIGHT LOCKED POSITION

ARTICULATION LOCK IN ARTICULATED LOCKED POSITION

43304BUNI R0

1.30

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

CRUSH HAZARD

ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD

This label warns of the crush zone by a down force when the cab is in the partial tilt position. DO NOT WORK IN THIS AREA UNTIL THE CAB TILT SUPPORT LOCK IS IN PLACE! Before working under the cab when the cab is in the partial tilt position, be sure the CAB TILT SUPPORT LOCK is in place.

36779BUNI R0

Never stand or work under an object supported with hydraulics. Always us‑e safety stands or a locking device. Refer to TILTING THE CAB in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for complete instructions.

This label warns of an ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD (rotating parts) zone. The label is located on each side of the engine cooling fan which is near the engine serpintine drive belt. DO NOT PLACE HANDS OR FINGERS IN THIS AREA. Rotating parts such as pulleys, belts and drives can cause entanglement of body parts resulting in serious injury. KEEP HANDS AND FINGERS CLEAR OF ROTATING BELT, DRIVE OR PULLEY! Before performing any service work on these parts or in this area, shut engine off and wait for rotating parts to come to a complete stop.

1.31

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

KEEP CLEAR

DO NOT USE WINCH FOR HOISTING

43424BUNI R0

This label warns persons outside the cab to keep clear of the machine while in use. Always keep clear of an operating machine. When approaching an operating machine on foot, stay at least 60 m (200 feet) away until the operator recognizes your presence. Make sure that all equipment has been shut down before advancing to the machine. Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use, the risk zone is 60 m (200 feet).

43225BUNI R0

This label warns of a crush zone by a down force if the winch is used as a hoist. DO NOT use winch for hoisting. The winch on this machine is intended only for use as a retrieval device. Refer to OPERATING MACHINE ~ OPERATING WINCH and SKIDDING ~ CABLE SKIDDING in SECTION 2 for instructions regarding the safe use and proper operation of the winch.

Before moving machine, be sure all persons are clear of the area. Always be alert for bystanders moving into the work area. Use horn to warn bystanders before moving the machine. When using a signal person, keep the person in view at all times.

1.32

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

DO NOT LOOSEN CAP UNTIL COOL

STORED ENERGY HAZARD

33952AUNI R0

This label warns of a STORED ENERGY HAZARD. This label is located on the right side of the front chassis below the cab.

This label warns of a PRESSURE AND FLUID SPRAY HAZARD when the coolant in the radiator is hot.

The machine is equipped with an accumulator. The accumulator has stored hydraulic pressure. Servicing the accumulator or any hydraulic components before releasing pressure could result in death or serious injury.

Shut off engine. Only remove coolant filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

DO NOT SERVICE ACCUMULATOR BEFORE RELEASING PRESSURE by applying brakes repeatedly with the engine OFF until there is no pedal resistance. This may take a minimum of 150 applications.

1.33

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder FLUID SPRAY HAZARD

Safety EXPLOSION HAZARD

WARNING • EXPLOSION HAZARD. • DO NOT USE ETHER. • ENGINE EQUIPPED WITH HEATER STARTING AID. • USE OF ETHER COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. 36782BENG R0

This label warns of a FLUID SPRAY HAZARD. This label is located above the pressurized water system fill plug . The machine is equipped with a pressurized water system. A water tank is incorporated into the dozer blade and is pressurized to 60 psi (4 Bar). Contact with fluid under pressure may cause injury. DO NOT SERVICE PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM until air pressure is fully released by depressing the water system spray nozzle.

This label warns of an EXPLOSION HAZARD. This label is located on the end of the air cleaner (air filter housing). The engine is equipped with a heater starting aid, DO NOT USE ETHER to assist in starting the engine. USING ETHER COULD CAUSE AN EXPLOSION WHICH COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.

Tank fill plug has a cross drilled vent hole. Do not replace with standard plug. Refer also to PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

1.34

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

CRUSH HAZARD

HAND TIGHT ONLY - ALL HANDLES

This indicates that all handles should be hand tight only at all times.

This label warns of a CRUSH HAZARD. This label is located in the rear chassis control valve compartment.

This label is located on the screen protecting the sliding windows on both cab doors. The sliding windows in the cab doors can be used as a third cab exit. The screens on the outside of these windows can be released by handles both on the inside and the outside of the cab. Refer also to EMERGENCY CAB EXITS in THIS SECTION.

Movement of booms and cylinders could result in death or serious injury. DO NOT perform work on valves or piping until boom and attachment are lowered to the ground and engine is shut off.

This label also located on the storage compartment on the left side of the dozer blade.

In a case where operator controls cannot be used to lower suspended machine elements due to an engine stall or other machine malfunction, suspended elements can be lowered manually. Refer to DEPRESSURIZING SUSPENDED MACHINE ELEMENTS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

1.35

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder FIRE PREVENTION!

READ UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW THE FIRE PREVENTION GUIDELINES IN THIS MANUAL. These guidelines provide all the necessary action required to preventing fires on this machine. DO NOT OPERATE THIS MACHINE until you have read these instructions and have performed any necessary maintenance required that will prevent the potential of a fire from starting on this machine.

Safety PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM INSIDE HAND TIGHTEN ONLY

This label indicates the location of the pressurized water system and indicates that the compartment handle should be hand tight only at all times. This label is located on the outside of the pressurized water system compartment on the right side of the dozer blade. All handles should be hand tight only at all times. This is particularly important for easy access to the pressurized water system in the event of a fire or other emergency. Refer also to FIRE PREVENTION in THIS SECTION.

It is also important to note that fire prevention inspections and maintenance MUST BE PERFORMED FREQUENTLY (several times per day). A clean combustible free machine as well as frequent inspections of the exhaust components, hydraulic hoses and electrical cables and performing any necessary repairs immediately will help prevent fires. Maintain a CHARGED fire extinguisher on the machine at all times, know where it is and KNOW HOW TO USE IT! Refer also to FIRE PREVENTION in THIS SECTION.

1.36

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE

This label indicates the location of each FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE. The label is installed on each fire extinguisher hole on the engine hood. Refer also to FIRE PREVENTION in THIS SECTION.

1.37

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Safety

1.38

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SECTION 2 - CONTROLS & OPERATION

ISSUE 6.1, OCTOBER 2013

Read and understand the entire manual including Safety section prior to operating any equipment. Read and understand all manuals for any attachments or accessories. CONTENTS - SECTION 2

ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS............................................................................................................. 2.98 ARTICULATION LOCK........................................................................................................................... 2.130 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH....................................................................................................... 2.101 CAB CONTROLS..................................................................................................................................... 2.11 BRAKE PEDAL ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING..................................................................................... 2.11 STATIONARY SEAT & STEERING WHEEL.................................................................................... 2.12 COMPUTER DISPLAY......................................................................................................................... 2.26 CONTROL PANEL A/C HEATER CONTROLS - AIR CONDITIONER............................................................................. 2.24 A/C HEATER CONTROLS - AIR SOURCE....................................................................................... 2.24 A/C HEATER CONTROLS - FAN CONTROL................................................................................... 2.25 A/C HEATER CONTROLS - TEMPERATURE.................................................................................. 2.24 AUX (OPTIONAL)............................................................................................................................. 2.18 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SELECTOR SWITCH................................................................................... 2.21 FAN CONTROL SWITCH, COOLING............................................................................................... 2.18 HORN, SAFETY ALERT - SWITCH.................................................................................................. 2.21 IGNITION SWITCH (6205611-6206200, 6303501-6304000)............................................................ 2.25 LIGHTS - SWITCH............................................................................................................................ 2.18 MAXIMUM SPEED CONTROL DIAL STATIONARY SEAT & STEERING WHEEL................................................................................. 2.25 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH.............................................................................................................. 2.20 WINCH CONTROL LEVER............................................................................................................... 2.23 WINCH SELECT SWITCH................................................................................................................ 2.22 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SELECTOR SWITCH...................................................................................... 2.21 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK(S) ON/OFF SWITCH....................................................................................... 2.16 DIRECTION SELECTION SWITCH ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING..................................................................................... 2.14 DOZER BLADE CONTROL LEVER..................................................................................................... 2.17 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL, RIGHT JOYSTICK TRIGGER............................................................... 2.17 ENGINE SPEED/TRAVEL PEDALS ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING..................................................................................... 2.11 STATIONARY SEAT & STEERING WHEEL.................................................................................... 2.12 FOOT PEDALS, FORWARD FACING AND REAR FACING ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING..................................................................................... 2.11 BRAKE PEDAL.............................................................................................................................. 2.11 TRAVEL/ENGINE SPEED PEDAL................................................................................................ 2.11 HORN, SAFETY ALERT - SWITCH...................................................................................................... 2.21 IGNITION SWITCH (6205201-6205610, 6303001-6303500)........................................................................................... 2.26 (6205611-6206200, 6303501-6304000)............................................................................................ 2.25

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

INSTRUMENT PANEL.......................................................................................................................... 2.26 ALARM LIGHT.................................................................................................................................. 2.26 AUXILIARY POWER OUTLET.......................................................................................................... 2.27 COMPUTER DISPLAY...................................................................................................................... 2.26 COMPUTER USB PLUG................................................................................................................... 2.27 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION.......................................................................................... 2.27 IGNITION SWITCH (6205201-6205610, 6303001-6303500)........................................................... 2.26 LIGHTER...........................................................................................................................................2.27 MASTER ALARM.............................................................................................................................. 2.26 STORAGE COMPARTMENT............................................................................................................ 2.27 LEFT HAND JOYSTICK (ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING) DIRECTION SELECTION SWITCH.................................................................................................. 2.14 MAXIMUM SPEED CONTROL......................................................................................................... 2.15 STEERING........................................................................................................................................2.14 MAXIMUM SPEED CONTROL ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING..................................................................................... 2.15 STATIONARY SEAT & STEERING WHEEL.................................................................................... 2.25 PARKING BRAKE LEVER.................................................................................................................... 2.13 RIGHT HAND JOYSTICK ARCH AND BOOM CONTROLS....................................................................................................... 2.16 BOOM AND ARCH CONTROLS....................................................................................................... 2.16 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK(S) ON/OFF SWITCH................................................................................... 2.16 GRAPPLE CONSTANT PRESSURE SWITCH................................................................................. 2.16 GRAPPLE OPEN/CLOSE................................................................................................................. 2.17 GRAPPLE ROTATE CONTROLS..................................................................................................... 2.16 TRIGGER SWITCH, ENGINE SPEED CONTROL........................................................................... 2.17 ROTATING SEAT KICK LEVER............................................................................................................ 2.28 SEAT.....................................................................................................................................................2.29 SEAT - GRAMMER............................................................................................................................... 2.31 SEAT, ROTATING SEAT KICK LEVER................................................................................................. 2.28 STEERING JOYSTICK......................................................................................................................................... 2.14 STEERING WHEEL.......................................................................................................................... 2.15 TRAVEL/ENGINE SPEED PEDALS ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING..................................................................................... 2.11 STATIONARY SEAT & STEERING WHEEL.................................................................................... 2.12 WARNING MESSAGES................................................................................................. SEE COMPUTER WINCH CONTROL LEVER.................................................................................................................. 2.23 WINCH SELECT SWITCH.................................................................................................................... 2.22 CAB VENTILATION AIR VENTS...........................................................................................................................................2.92 FILTER, FRESH AIR............................................................................................................................. 2.92 FILTER, RECIRCULATING AIR, A/C UNIT........................................................................................... 2.92 CARE OF THE MACHINE...................................................................................................................... 2.124 CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS........................................................................................ 2.124 CAUTIONS......................................................................................................................................2.126 CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS.......................................................................................................... 2.126 CONCEALING HAIRLINE SCRATCHES........................................................................................ 2.126 FIRE PRECAUTIONS..................................................................................................................... 2.127 GRAFFITI REMOVAL...................................................................................................................... 2.127 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE............................................................................................... 2.125 RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS...................................................................................................... 2.125 RESISTANCE TO WATER.............................................................................................................. 2.125 CENTER JOINT..................................................................................................................................... 2.119 CLEANING A/C CONDENSER AND COOLING ASSEMBLY................................................................ 2.128 COLD IDLE OPERATION....................................................................................................................... 2.112 COLD IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT...................................................................................................... 2.113 2.2

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

COMPUTER.............................................................................................................................................2.34 ADJUSTMENT MENU EXAMPLE - ADJUSTMENT MENU NAVIGATION............................................................................ 2.44 ADJUSTMENT MENU - ENGINE SETTINGS...................................................................................... 2.41 AUTO RPM.......................................................................................................................................2.41 COLD IDLE SPEED.......................................................................................................................... 2.41 ENGINE HIGH IDLE ADJUST........................................................................................................... 2.41 ADJUSTMENT MENU - FAN SETTINGS (IF EQUIPPED)................................................................... 2.42 CLEAN DURATION........................................................................................................................... 2.42 CLEAN FREQUENCY....................................................................................................................... 2.42 FAN AUTO CLEAN............................................................................................................................ 2.42 ADJUSTMENT MENU - SERVICE SETTINGS.................................................................................... 2.42 FRONT TIRE SIZE............................................................................................................................ 2.43 HYDRAULIC OIL GRADE................................................................................................................. 2.42 PROGRAM MODE............................................................................................................................ 2.43 STEER ADJUST (JOYSTICK STEERING ONLY)............................................................................. 2.43 STEER INVERT (JOYSTICK STEERING ONLY)............................................................................. 2.43 COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM....................................................................................................... 2.35 COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS............................................................................ 2.35 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE.................................................................................... 2.39 ENGINE MENU - ENGINE FUNCTIONS.............................................................................................. 2.37 BOOST..............................................................................................................................................2.40 CHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE........................................................................................................ 2.40 COOLANT TEMPERATURE............................................................................................................. 2.39 ENGINE HOURS............................................................................................................................... 2.40 ENGINE SPEED............................................................................................................................... 2.39 ENGINE VOLTAGE........................................................................................................................... 2.40 ENG % TORQUE.............................................................................................................................. 2.39 OIL PRESSURE................................................................................................................................ 2.39 ENGINE MENU - FUEL INFORMATION.............................................................................................. 2.38 FUEL RATE....................................................................................................................................... 2.38 TOTAL FUEL USED.......................................................................................................................... 2.38 TRIP AVERAGE FUEL RATE............................................................................................................ 2.38 TRIP FUEL USED............................................................................................................................. 2.38 ENGINE TACHOMETER GAUGE........................................................................................................ 2.39 FUEL GAUGE............................................................................................................................. 2.38, 2.48 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE......................................................................................... 2.47 INFORMATION MODE MENU.............................................................................................................. 2.46 DRIVE MOTOR SPEED.................................................................................................................... 2.47 DRIVE PRESSURE FORWARD....................................................................................................... 2.47 DRIVE PRESSURE REVERSE........................................................................................................ 2.47 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE................................................................................................... 2.47 HYDROSTATIC CIRCUIT TEMPERATURE...................................................................................... 2.47 MACHINE HOURS............................................................................................................................ 2.47 MACHINE VOLTAGE........................................................................................................................ 2.48 TRAVEL SPEED............................................................................................................................... 2.48 INFORMATION MODE MENU - FUEL INFORMATION....................................................................... 2.48 FUEL RATE....................................................................................................................................... 2.48 TOTAL FUEL USED.......................................................................................................................... 2.48 TRIP AVERAGE FUEL RATE............................................................................................................ 2.48 TRIP FUEL USED............................................................................................................................. 2.48 MAIN MENU.........................................................................................................................................2.36 MAIN MENU PAGE............................................................................................................................... 2.49 MAIN MENU PAGE - ADJUST MENU.................................................................................................. 2.50

2.3

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

MAIN MENU PAGE - INFO MENU....................................................................................................... 2.56 LOGS................................................................................................................................................2.57 MODULES......................................................................................................................................... 2.57 MAIN MENU PAGE - MEASURE MENU.............................................................................................. 2.51 MAIN MENU PAGE - PREFERENCES MENU..................................................................................... 2.52 DATE/TIME ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................................................. 2.54 DISPLAY ADJUSTMENT.................................................................................................................. 2.53 LANGUAGE ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................. 2.56 MD3 COMPUTER ELECTRONIC CONTROL & DISPLAY................................................................... 2.34 MESSAGES..........................................................................................................................................2.58 ALERT MESSAGES (YELLOW)....................................................................................................... 2.72 CRITICAL MESSAGES (RED)......................................................................................................... 2.59 ERROR MESSAGES (RED)............................................................................................................. 2.68 INFORMATION MESSAGES (BLUE)............................................................................................... 2.84 MESSAGES - ALERT DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER FIRST LEVEL ALERT.................................................................... 2.83 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER SECOND LEVEL ALERT............................................................... 2.83 DRIVE CHARGE FILTER BYPASSED.............................................................................................. 2.74 DRIVE CHARGE SYSTEM PRESSURE LOW................................................................................. 2.75 ENGINE AIR INTAKE FILTER RESTRICTED................................................................................... 2.74 ENGINE VOLTAGE HIGH................................................................................................................. 2.79 ENGINE VOLTAGE LOW.................................................................................................................. 2.79 EXHAUST TEMPERAURE HIGH..................................................................................................... 2.83 FUEL LEVEL LOW............................................................................................................................ 2.74 FUEL - WATER IN FUEL................................................................................................................... 2.76 HARDWARE FAILURE - COUT........................................................................................................ 2.78 HARDWARE FAILURE - DIN............................................................................................................ 2.78 HARDWARE FAILURE - DOUT........................................................................................................ 2.78 HARDWARE FAILURE - VIN............................................................................................................ 2.78 HARDWARE FAULT - MD3............................................................................................................... 2.77 HARDWARE FAULT - XA2................................................................................................................ 2.77 HARDWARE FAULT - XS2................................................................................................................ 2.77 JOYSTICK & PEDAL INTERLOCK................................................................................................... 2.76 MACHINE VOLTAGE HIGH.............................................................................................................. 2.75 MACHINE VOLTAGE LOW............................................................................................................... 2.74 MODULE HIGH SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ALERT.................................................................................. 2.81 MODULE HIGH TEMPERATURE - ALERT....................................................................................... 2.80 MODULE LOW SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ALERT................................................................................... 2.82 SERVICE BRAKE PRESSURE LOW............................................................................................... 2.75 START THE DPF REGENERATION ?.............................................................................................. 2.83 MESSAGES - CRITICAL DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER FOURTH LEVEL ALERT............................................................... 2.67 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER THIRD LEVEL ALERT................................................................... 2.67 DRIVE MOTOR CLUTCH PRESSURE HIGH................................................................................... 2.62 DRIVE MOTOR CLUTCH PRESSURE LOW................................................................................... 2.60 DRIVE MOTOR CLUTCH SLOW RESPONSE................................................................................. 2.62 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL LOW..................................................................................................... 2.64 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE HIGH.................................................................................... 2.64 ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - CRITICAL............................................................................. 2.66 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW........................................................................................................ 2.65 ENGINE OVERSPEED..................................................................................................................... 2.65 ENGINE OVERSPEED MAX............................................................................................................ 2.66 ENGINE STOP.................................................................................................................................. 2.64 HARDWARE FAULT - ENGINE......................................................................................................... 2.63 HARDWARE FAULT - MD3............................................................................................................... 2.63 HARDWARE FAULT - XA2................................................................................................................ 2.63 2.4

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

HARDWARE FAULT - XS2................................................................................................................ 2.63 HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL LOW.......................................................................................................... 2.60 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH......................................................................................... 2.61 INTAKE MANIFOLD TEMPERATURE HIGH.................................................................................... 2.65 INTERLOCK SYSTEM...................................................................................................................... 2.61 LH DRIVE MOTOR SPEED SENSOR FAULT.................................................................................. 2.62 RH DRIVE MOTOR SPEED SENSOR FAULT OR CLUTCH SLIP.................................................. 2.62 TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH.................................................................................. 2.61 MESSAGES - ERROR CURRENT OUTPUT ERROR (COUT)............................................................................................. 2.71 DIGITAL INPUT ERROR (DIN)......................................................................................................... 2.71 DIGITAL OUTPUT ERROR (DOUT)................................................................................................. 2.71 MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR.................................................................................................... 2.69 MODULE VREF ERROR.................................................................................................................. 2.70 VOLTAGE INPUT ERROR (VIN)....................................................................................................... 2.71 MESSAGES - INFORMATION MACHINE STEERING INVERT DISABLED..................................................................................... 2.86 SETUP MODE - DRIVE MOTOR SETUP......................................................................................... 2.85 SETUP MODE - DRIVE PUMP POR SETUP................................................................................... 2.85 SETUP MODE - DRIVE PUMP REGULATION SETUP.................................................................... 2.85 SETUP MODE - ENGINE HP TEST.................................................................................................. 2.85 SETUP MODE - FUNCTION SETUP................................................................................................ 2.85 SETUP MODE - MAX CURRENT SETUP MODE............................................................................ 2.85 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER.............................................................................................................. 2.87 ALERT WARNING LEVELS.................................................................................................................. 2.88 DPF ICONS..........................................................................................................................................2.87 PARKED ACTIVE DPF REGENERATION............................................................................................ 2.90 SENSOR MODULE.............................................................................................................................. 2.87 DOORS AND ACCESS PANELS............................................................................................................. 2.98 ENGINE AIR CLEANER AIR CLEANER.................................................................................................................................... 2.102 AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE................................................................................................... 2.103 AIR PRECLEANER............................................................................................................................ 2.102 ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - ALERT......................................................................................... 2.79 ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - CRITICAL.................................................................................... 2.66 FIRE EXTINGUISHER, PORTABLE........................................................................................................ 2.93 FIRE PREVENTION FIRE EXTINGUISHER, PORTABLE..................................................................................................... 2.93 PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM..................................................................................................... 2.101 FUEL TANK............................................................................................................................................2.100 FUSE AND RELAY PANELS CAB......................................................................................................................................................2.94 ELECTRICAL BOX............................................................................................................................... 2.96 GRAPPLE, OPERATING........................................................................................................................ 2.118 HYDRAULIC FILTERS........................................................................................................................... 2.104 HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP............................................................................................................ 2.105 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK.......................................................................................................................... 2.104 MOVING INSTRUCTIONS................................................................................. SEE SEPARATE BOOKLET

2.5

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

OPERATING MACHINE......................................................................................................................... 2.106 CENTER JOINT.................................................................................................................................. 2.119 COLD IDLE OPERATION................................................................................................................... 2.112 COLD IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................... 2.113 OPERATING GRAPPLE..................................................................................................................... 2.118 OPERATING WINCH.......................................................................................................................... 2.119 PRE-START CHECKS........................................................................................................................ 2.106 RESTARTING AN ENGINE THAT HAS RUN OUT OF FUEL............................................................. 2.116 STARTING ENGINE........................................................................................................................... 2.110 STARTING IN COLD WEATHER.........................................................................................................2.111 STOPPING ENGINE........................................................................................................................... 2.116 SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP........................................................................................................ 2.115 TRAVELLING WITHOUT A LOAD...................................................................................................... 2.117 PARKING BRAKE LEVER........................................................................................................................ 2.13 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH..................................................................................................................... 2.20 PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS.................................................................................................................. 2.7 PRE-START CHECKS........................................................................................................................... 2.106 RADIO, AM/FM CD................................................................................................................................... 2.93 RADIO, CB (IF EQUIPPED)..................................................................................................................... 2.93 RETRIEVAL POINTS............................................................................................................................. 2.131 ROTATING SEAT KICK LEVER............................................................................................................... 2.28 SKIDDING..............................................................................................................................................2.120 CABLE SKIDDING.............................................................................................................................. 2.123 EFFECT OF ARCH/BOOM GEOMETRY ON WEIGHT DISTRIBUTION......................................................................................................... 2.121 GRAPPLE SKIDDING........................................................................................................................ 2.122 SAFETY..............................................................................................................................................2.120 SKIDDING TECHNIQUE.................................................................................................................... 2.120 STARTING ENGINE............................................................................................................................... 2.110 STEERING JOYSTICK STEERING......................................................................................................................... 2.14 STEERING WHEEL.............................................................................................................................. 2.15 STEREO, AM/FM CD............................................................................................................................... 2.93 STOPPING ENGINE.............................................................................................................................. 2.116 SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP............................................................................................................ 2.115 SYSTEM WARNING MESSAGES..................................................................................... SEE COMPUTER TILT CAB..............................................................................................................................SEE SECTION 3 TOWING INSTRUCTIONS..................................................................................................................... 2.134 TOWING INSTRUCTIONS - EHS TRANSMISSION.............................................................................. 2.136 TRANSMISSION DIPSTICK................................................................................................................... 2.101 TRANSMISSION OIL FILL LOCATION.................................................................................................. 2.101 TRANSPORTING INSTRUCTIONS....................................................................................................... 2.132 LIFTING POINTS................................................................................................................................ 2.133 TIE DOWN POINTS............................................................................................................................ 2.133 WINCH, OPERATING............................................................................................................................ 2.119

2.6

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS Diagrams in pictorial form are used to represent machine function operation. Some of the symbols are signs, characters, figures, or any components related to the operation of the machine. They are a simple universal language of symbols or pictograms that illustrate a function or component without the use of words. Pictograms are installed on or in close proximity to the switch or device used to activate or deactivate the machine function or they may be a sign used on a warning or indicator light of a function that is operating or advising of an alarm condition. Examples of these pictograms are the turtle speed such as SLOW =

or FAST =

and the rabbit

that are often used to describe

The pictograms used on this machine are as follows:

= Boom UP

= Adjustment Menu Icon

= Brake

= Air Conditioner ON =Cigarette Lighter, 24 Volt = Air Conditioner OFF = Control lever, multidirectional = Air Source, Fresh Air

= Control lever, dual direction

= Air Source, Recirculate

= Critical Message Symbol

= Alert Message Symbol

= Differential Locks (ON/OFF)

= Arch IN = Differential Lock, Front = Arch OUT = Differential Locks, Front and Rear = Auxiliary Power Outlet 12 V = Differential Lock, Rear = Battery CONNECT = Dozer Blade DOWN = Battery DISCONNECT = Dozer Blade UP = Boom DOWN

2.7

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation = Fuel Information, Computer

= Engine Cold Idle

= Fuel

= Engine Coolant Temperature

= Fuel Diesel = Engine DPF Regen Icon = Fuel Reset = Engine DPF INHIBIT Regen Icon = Grapple CLOSE

= Engine HEST - High Exhaust System Temperature

= Grapple Constant Pressure = Engine Fan, Variable Pitch, Full On = Grapple OPEN = Engine Fan, Variable Pitch, Auto = Grapple Rotate Clockwise = Engine Fan, Variable Pitch, Clean = Grapple Rotate Counter Clockwise = Engine Menu Icon = Hand tighten only = Engine Run = Horn = Engine Start = Hydraulic oil level = Engine Stop = Hydraulic Oil Temperature = Engine Speed Control = Imperial/Metric Toggle Symbol

= Engine speed/travel

= Information Menu Icon

= Engine Wait to start

= Information Message Symbol

= Error Message Symbol

= Lights, Work

= Foot Pedal Control

2.8

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation = Travel Direction

= Maximum speed control

= Travel Direction (Seat Forward Facing)

= OFF = ON

= Travel Direction (Seat Rear Facing)

= Parking Brake = Travel FORWARD

= Speed FAST or HIGH = Speed SLOW or LOW

= Travel FORWARD (Seat Forward Facing) = Steer Left = Travel FORWARD (Seat Rear Facing) = Steer Left (Seat Forward Facing) = Travel REVERSE = Steer Left (Seat Rear Facing) = Travel REVERSE (Seat Forward Facing) = Steer Right = Travel REVERSE (Seat Rear Facing) = Steer Right (Seat Forward Facing) = Ventilation Blower Fan = Steer Right (Seat Rear Facing) = Volume, FULL

= Temperature

= Volume, EMPTY

2.9

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

= Winch = Winch Brake (Dynamic)

= Winch Freespool

= Winch IN

2.10

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

IMPORTANT ! This manual is applicable to factory installed machine functions and controls. It does not take into account any changes or modifications made after shipment. Verify all functions before operating this machine.

CAB CONTROLS 2

1 2

E625C-23

FORWARD FACING FOOT PEDALS (SEAT FACING FRONT OF MACHINE)

E625C-22

1. TRAVEL/ENGINE SPEED PEDAL (ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING) Press the foot pedal to drive in the direction selected on the direction selection switch on the left hand joystick. The position of the foot pedal is directly proportional to the travel/engine speed of the machine. NOTE: A backup alarm will sound when travelling in reverse based on the position of the operator's seat. Refer also to LEFT HAND JOYSTICK ~DIRECTION SELECTION SWITCH in THIS SECTION. 2. BRAKE PEDAL (ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING) Press the foot pedal to apply the hydraulic brakes in the front axle. This will also apply braking to the rear axle since they are mechanically locked together by the drive shafts and transmission. NOTE: As a safety precaution before working on or around the machine; After the engine has been turned off, depress this pedal repeatedly until there is no pedal resistance to relieve any pressure that may be stored in the hydraulic system. This may take a minimum of 150 applications.

REAR FACING FOOT PEDALS (SEAT FACING REAR OF MACHINE)

Check service brake for proper operation daily. Refer to SERVICE BRAKE – CHECKING BRAKE AND ACCUMULATOR FOR PROPER OPERATION in SECTION 3. FORWARD FACING PEDALS AND REAR FACING PEDALS (ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING) The rotating seat cab is equipped with two sets of pedals one set forward facing and the other set rear facing. Note that control of machine travel is automatically transferred by the computer control system from the forward facing travel/engine speed pedal to the rear facing travel/engine speed pedal based on the position of the operator's seat. Both brake pedals operate regardless of seat position. For safe operation of all controls the operator's seat must be locked in either the forward facing or rear facing position. Refer also to ROTATING SEAT KICK LEVER in THIS SECTION. FRONT AND REAR ORIENTATION NOTE: The dozer blade is considered to be at the front of the machine. The attachment is considered to be at the rear of the machine. Therefore in the forward facing position the operator's seat is facing the dozer blade and in the rear facing position the operator's seat is facing the attachment. 2.11

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

3 4

620C-92

TRAVEL/ ENGINE SPEED PEDALS (STATIONARY SEAT & STEERING WHEEL) Press the RIGHT foot pedal to drive FORWARD. Press the LEFT foot pedal to drive in REVERSE. The position of the foot pedal is directly proportional to the travel/engine speed of the machine. NOTE: A backup horn will sound when travelling in reverse.

4. BRAKE PEDAL (STATIONARY SEAT & STEERING WHEEL) Depress the foot pedal to apply the hydraulic brakes in the front axle. This will also apply braking to the rear axle since they are mechanically locked together by the drive shafts and transmission. NOTE: As a safety precaution before working on or around the machine; After the engine has been turned off, depress this pedal repeatedly until there is no pedal resistance to relieve any pressure that may be stored in the hydraulic system. This may take a minimum of 150 applications. Check service brake for proper operation daily. Refer to SERVICE BRAKE ~ CHECKING BRAKE AND ACCUMULATOR FOR PROPER OPERATION in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. 2.12

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation Keep the brake properly adjusted at all times.

635D-56A

The parking brake linkage must be kept properly adjusted at all times and should be serviced (adjusted and lubricated) every 500 hours during normal operating conditions. Refer to PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT in SECTION 9 of the SERVICE MANUAL.

PARKING BRAKE ~ ENGAGED POSITION

Note that some machines are equipped with a parking brake switch. Refer to PARKING BRAKE SWITCH in THIS SECTION.

WARNING 635D-56

PARKING BRAKE ~ DISENGAGED POSITION

PARKING BRAKE LEVER (IF EQUIPPED) PULL up on handle to ENGAGE parking brake. PUSH down on the handle to DISENGAGE parking brake.

When a cab door is opened the main pump unloading valve is activated reducing main pump pressure to machine functions. This prevents accidental or improper operation of the controls from anywhere but the operator's seat.

This parking brake lever operates a disc brake calliper on the transmission. In an emergency the parking brake can be engaged manually to slow down or stop the machine.

As part of the interlock system machines equipped with parking brake lever is manually operated. The operator should always engage the parking brake when leaving the cab.

NOTE: The parking brake must be ENGAGED to START the engine, and DISENGAGED to DRIVE the machine. The drive prevent logic circuit prevents the machine from being driven when the parking brake is ON.

Do not alter or bypass this safety feature. Once the doors are shut and the parking brake is DISENGAGED the safety of both the operator and all persons outside the cab becomes the responsibility of the operator.

A limit switch is attached to the brake lever housing. When the brake lever is in the ON position the limit switch is activated. When the brake lever is in the fully OFF position the limit switch is de-activated. The signal is sent to the computer control system.

Do not allow machine controls to be activated without an operator in the cab. The parking brake, door interlock switches, and computer system interlock features are safety devices and must not be defeated in any way.

2.13

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder 6a

Controls and operation

FORWARD FACING SEAT

REAR FACING SEAT E625C-11

Operating in the woods requires quick steering changes and this is produced by a rapid movement of the steering control, which will quickly change the vehicle's direction.

LEFT HAND JOYSTICK

6. LEFT HAND JOYSTICK

(ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING)

For safe operation of all controls the operator's seat must be locked in either the forward facing or rear facing position. Refer also to ROTATING SEAT KICK LEVER in THIS SECTION.

Steering Move the joystick to the RIGHT* to articulate the machine to the RIGHT* . Move the joystick to the LEFT* to articulate the machine to the LEFT* .

6a. DIRECTION SELECTION SWITCH (ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING)

*NOTE: Steering control is automatically adjusted by the computer control system based on the position of the operator's seat. Therefore LEFT articulation and RIGHT articulation as described above are considered to be left and right as viewed by the operator either from the forward facing seat position or the rear facing seat position.

This switch selects the direction of travel for the travel/engine speed pedal in use (either forward facing or rear facing). This is a three position switch. Place switch in the forward position to travel in a FORWARD* direction . Place switch in the center position for neutral.

It should also be noted that the machine steering invert function can be disabled. Refer to COMPUTER ~ MESSAGES INFORMATION ~ MACHINE STEERING INVERT DISABLEd and COMPUTER ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU - SERVICE SETTINGS ~ STEER INVERT (JOYSTICK STEERING ONLY) in THIS SECTION.

Place switch in the rear position to travel in a REVERSE* direction . *NOTE: Control of machine travel is automatically transferred by the computer control system from the forward facing travel/ engine speed pedal to the rear facing travel/ engine speed pedal based on the position of the operator's seat. Therefore FORWARD and REVERSE as described above are considered to be forward and reverse as viewed by the operator either from the forward facing seat position or the rear facing seat position.

This machine is equipped with variable ratio load sensing steering. The speed that the vehicle responds to the steering control input will vary, depending on the speed at which the steering control is moved. When operating on the road, a slow movement of the steering control will not overcorrect and will steer a straight normal course.

Refer also to FOOT PEDALS, FORWARD FACING AND REAR FACING ~TRAVEL/ ENGINE SPEED PEDAL and ROTATING SEAT KICK LEVER in THIS SECTION.

2.14

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

6b. MAXIMUM SPEED CONTROL (ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING)

rapid movement of the steering wheel, which will quickly change the vehicle's direction.

The maximum speed control allows the operator to set the maximum travel speed of the machine to maintain a given travel speed without having to feather the drive pedal.

The lever on the left side of the Steering Column allows the selection of Telescopic and Tilt options. The horn button is located in the center of the steering wheel.

Push control forward to increase the maximum travel speed.

QUICK STEER VALVE (OPTIONAL)

Pull control back to decrease the maximum travel speed of the machine.

This machine is equipped with Variable Ratio Load Sensing Steering. The speed that the vehicle responds to the steering wheel input will vary; depending on the angle the steering wheel is turned. Turning the steering wheel ±50° results in controlled flow, from zero to full steering flow.

This control can be used while the machine is in motion. Caution: Setting the maximum speed control to the minimum setting lowers maximum travel speed only, it will NOT prevent the machine from travelling when the forward or reverse travel controls are used.

When operating on the road, turning the steering wheel only a few degrees in either direction will result in slower steering, not overcorrect and will steer a straight normal course. Operating in the woods requires quick steering changes and this is produced by fully turning the steering wheel (± 50°), which will fully lock steering and quickly change the vehicle’s direction. The lever on the left side of the Steering Column allows the selection of Telescopic and Tilt options.

The horn button is located in the center of the steering wheel.

139-3

7. STEERING WHEEL

(STATIONARY SEAT & STEERING WHEEL) METERED STEER VALVE This machine is equipped with Variable Ratio Load Sensing Steering. The speed that the vehicle responds to the steering wheel input will vary, depending on the speed at which the steering wheel is moved. When operating on the road, a slow movement of the steering wheel will not overcorrect and will steer a straight normal course. Operating in the woods requires quick steering changes and this is produced by a

2.15

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation 8b

8. RIGHT HAND JOYSTICK

NOTE: Standard dual arch grapple skidder controls are shown. Non-standard machines or machines modified after shipment may use this joystick to control some other functions. Always verify all functions before operating this machine. 635C-02

Boom Move the joystick BACK to RAISE boom.

RIGHT HAND JOYSTICK

8c Differential Locks ON/OFF - One push button (Top right - RIGHT BUTTON)

the

This switch activates differential locks in the front, rear or both axles depending on the position of the differential lock selector switch on the control panel. Axle(s) are locked to provide torque to both wheels.

Move the joystick FORWARD to LOWER the boom. Arch Move the joystick to the RIGHT to tilt arch OUT .

Press button to activate differential lock(s). Push button a second time to deactivate.

Move the joystick to the LEFT to tilt arch IN .

The differential locks can be engaged or disengaged while the machine is in motion. The differential lock icon on the main menu of the computer display will be illuminated when the front, rear or front and rear differential locks are engaged ( , or ).

8a Grapple Rotate - Two push buttons (Top left) Push LEFT BUTTON to rotate grapple COUNTER CLOCKWISE . Push RIGHT BUTTON to rotate grapple CLOCKWISE .

This machine is equipped with a 10 minute AUTO-OFF feature which automatically deactivates the differential lock(s) after 10 minutes have passed.

8b Constant Pressure (grapple) - One push button (Top right - LEFT BUTTON) Push this button and release it to maintain a constant pressure HOLD on the grapple load and help prevent slipping. Constant pressure is released when the grapple is opened.

Refer also to CAB CONTROLS ~ CONTROL PANEL ~ DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SELECTOR SWITCH in THIS SECTION. IMPORTANT! Use differential locks sparingly and for brief periods and only when additional traction is needed or serious damage may occur.

The grapple constant pressure icon on the main menu of the computer display will be illuminated when the grapple constant pressure switch is activated. Also refer to GRAPPLE, OPERATING in THIS SECTION.

2.16

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

8d Grapple open/close - Two push buttons (Bottom) Push LEFT BUTTON to CLOSE grapple

Push RIGHT BUTTON to OPEN grapple

LOCATED TO THE RIGHT OF THE JOYSTICK ON THE RIGHT ARM REST

8e. Engine Speed Control - Trigger Pull this trigger to increase engine speed when performing machine functions which do not require machine travel. Release trigger to return to engine idle speed. Refer also to COMPUTER ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU - ENGINE SETTINGS ~ AUTO RPM in THIS SECTION. E625C-12

DOZER BLADE CONTROL LEVER

9. DOZER BLADE CONTROL LEVER Pull the lever BACK to RAISE blade.

the dozer

Push the lever FORWARD to LOWER dozer blade.

the

The control lever will return to the center neutral position when released. NOTE: Always travel with the dozer blade in the raised position to avoid obstacles.

CAUTION Never use the dozer blade to remove tree stumps or large boulders.

WARNING When leaving the cab, always lower the grapple and dozer to the ground, engage the parking brake and turn the ignition switch off. If leaving the Skidder unattended, also remove the ignition key and switch the battery disconnect switch to the OFF position .

2.17

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder 3

5 E625C-27X

Controls and operation

CONTROL PANEL (6205201 TO 6205610, 6303001 TO 6303500)

CONTROL PANEL

completely in an automatic mode. The computer control system will automatically control the fan pitch to minimize system energy losses and improve performance based on the temperature of the charge air, engine coolant and hydraulic oil. The computer system automatically adjusts fan air flow to the minimum required level to maintain optimal operating conditions.

1. LIGHTS FRONT - SWITCH This switch turns on working lights. 2. LIGHTS REAR - SWITCH This switch turns on working lights. 3. AUX (OPTIONAL) Applicable to optional light packages.

Automatic control of fan air flow to match your operating conditions can lower fuel consumption and reduce operating costs. In high temperature operating conditions the fan air flow is increased to improve cooling ability and efficient operation of the cooling assembly and air conditioning systems. In low temperature operating conditions fan air flow is reduced, as less cooling is required for efficient operation of the cooling assembly.

4. AUX (OPTIONAL) Applicable to optional light packages. 5. FAN CONTROL - SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED - VARIABLE PITCH FAN) This is a three position switch, labelled / / (FULL ON/ AUTOMATIC/ CLEAN). This switch controls the operation of the optional Flexxaire® cooling fan.

In addition, when this switch is in the AUTOMATIC position, the system will automatically cycle through an auto clean cycle.

The Flexxaire® cooling fan blade pitch is hydraulically varied to control the flow and direction of air through the cooling assembly AUTOMATIC Position - AUTOMATIC is the normal operating position for the fan control switch. When the switch is in the AUTOMATIC position, the fan will operate

The auto clean cycle is adjustable through the computer control system menu (ADJUSTMENT MENU ~ FAN SETTINGS). Refer also to COMPUTER ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU - FAN SETTINGS in THIS SECTION.

2.18

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder 16

15 54827B

Controls and operation 3

CONTROL PANEL (6205611 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000)

Note that when the switch is in the AUTOMATIC position and the fan has stopped due to low charge air, engine coolant and hydraulic oil temperatures, turning ON the A/C will cause the computer system to immediately place the fan blades at a pitch to provide 30% air flow. This is to ensure that sufficient air flow is available for the cab A/C even while the machine is still warming up.

engine enclosure to eliminate potential overheating and poor machine performance caused by overheating. Ensure that there are no personnel standing directly to the sides of the machine when performing this operation, as dust and debris will fly out.

FULL ON Position - When the switch is in the FULL ON position, the computer control system is overridden and the fan will run at FULL air flow (blades pitched to 100%), for cooling regardless of charge air, engine coolant or hydraulic oil temperatures. Normally the fan control switch is placed in the AUTOMATIC position for optimal cooling. The FULL ON position is intended for use in the event of a temporary failure of the control system.

The auto clean cycle is adjustable through the computer control system menu (ADJUSTMENT MENU ~ FAN SETTINGS). Refer also to COMPUTER ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU - FAN SETTINGS in THIS SECTION.

When the CLEAN cycle is complete the fan automatically returns to normal air flow direction.

It is also important to manually clean debris from the machine on a regular basis to maintain low machine operating temperatures. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER AND COOLING ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION.

CLEAN Position - Momentarily pressing the switch to the CLEAN position will manually start the automatic clean cycle, reversing the flow of air (there is no need to hold the switch down). The pitch of the fan blades is changed and the direction of airflow through the engine enclosure is reversed. This change in airflow blows debris from the machines

2.19

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder 3

5 E625C-27X

Controls and operation 4

CONTROL PANEL (6205201 TO 6205610, 6303001 TO 6303500)

6. PARKING BRAKE SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED)

operator's seat. As part of the interlock system machines equipped with parking brake switches automatically engage the parking brake whenever a cab door is open. Refer also to COMPUTER – MESSAGES CRITICAL – INTERLOCK SYSTEM in THIS SECTION.

This is a three position switch which operates the parking brake. Momentarily press the top of this switch (ON) to ENGAGE the parking brake. The parking brake icon on the main menu of the computer display will be illuminated when the parking brake is engaged. The switch will spring return to the center position.

The parking brake must be kept properly adjusted at all times and should be serviced every 500 hours during normal operating conditions. Refer to PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT in SECTION 9 of the SERVICE MANUAL. For later machines refer to PARKING BRAKE (6205611 to 6206200, 6303501 to 6304000) – PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

Momentarily press the bottom of this switch (OFF) to DISENGAGE the parking brake. The switch will spring return to the center position. In an emergency the parking brake can be engaged manually to slow down or stop the machine.

Note that some machines are equipped with a parking brake lever. Refer to PARKING BRAKE LEVER in THIS SECTION.

NOTE: The parking brake must be ENGAGED to START the engine, and DISENGAGED to DRIVE the machine. NOTE ALSO: The interlock system prevents the machine from being driven and function controls from being operated while the parking brake is ENGAGED.

SWITCH

E625C-108

2.20

ACTUATOR ON DOOR

INTERLOCK SWITCHES ON CAB DOORS

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder 16

54827B

Controls and operation

CONTROL PANEL (6205611 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000) 7. HORN, SAFETY ALERT - SWITCH

WARNING

This is a two position "momentary" switch. Press and hold this switch to sound the safety alert horn.

This machine is equipped with a controls safety interlock system. This system is intended to ensure machine functions are activated only when the operator is in the cab with the doors shut. The interlock system prevents the machine from being driven and function controls from being operated while the parking brake is ENGAGED. When a cab door is opened the main pump unloading valve is activated reducing main pump pressure to machine functions. This prevents accidental or improper operation of the controls from anywhere but the operator's seat. As part of the interlock system machines equipped with parking brake switches automatically engage the parking brake whenever a cab door is open. Do not alter or bypass this safety feature. Once the doors are shut and the parking brake is DISENGAGED the safety of both the operator and all persons outside the cab becomes the responsibility of the operator. Do not allow machine controls to be activated without an operator in the cab. The parking brake, door interlock switches, and computer system interlock features are safety devices and must not be defeated in any way.

Always use this horn prior to starting the engine and to alert other personnel in the area of your presence. 8. DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SELECTOR SWITCH This is a three position switch,

Placing this switch in the (FRONT) position selects the front axle differential locks for activation via the differential lock switch on the right hand joystick. Placing this switch in the (FRONT AND REAR) position selects both the front and rear axle differential locks for activation via the differential lock switch on the right hand joystick. Placing this switch in the (REAR) position selects the rear axle differential locks for activation via the differential lock switch on the right hand joystick. Refer also to CAB CONTROLS ~ DIFFERENTIAL LOCK(S) ON/OFF SWITCH in THIS SECTION.

2.21

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder 3

5 E625C-27X

Controls and operation

CONTROL PANEL (6205201 TO 6205610, 6303001 TO 6303500)

9. WINCH SELECT SWITCH

WARNING

FOR CARCO WINCH This is a three position switch, O / I /

Place this switch in the O (OFF) position to de-activate the winch control lever and prevent accidental operation of the winch. Place this switch in the I (ON) position to activate the winch control lever. The winch icon on the main menu of the computer display will be illuminated when the winch selector switch is in the I (ON) position. Place this switch in the (FREESPOOL) position to disconnect the drive motor from the drum in the winch and allow the cable to be freely pulled from the spool by hand. The freespool function is intended for use in pulling the cable by hand only and must not be used when the cable is loaded. Improper use of the freespool function will result in damage to the winch.

When operating Carco winches the load MUST be removed from the cable before placing the winch control in the freespool position to avoid damage to the winch which could cause a safety hazard. Attempting to engage or disengage the freespool function with a load on the cable will cause damage to clutch halves, piston, final planetary gearing and/or output shaft. Damage to freespool components can cause a sudden loss of load control which could result in death or serious injury. FOR ALLIED WINCH This is a three position switch, O / I /

Free spool must be turned off to activate a pull with the winch. The winch freespool icon on the main menu of the computer display will be illuminated when the winch selector switch is in the position.

Place this switch in the (FREESPOOL) position to disconnect the drive motor from the drum in the winch and allow the cable to be freely pulled from the spool. Free spool

Refer also to WINCH CONTROL LEVER in THIS SECTION . 2.22

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder 16

15 54827B

Controls and operation

CONTROL PANEL (6205611 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000)

must be turned off to activate a pull with the winch. The winch freespool icon on the main menu of the computer display will be illuminated when the winch selector switch is in the position.

can then be pulled from the drum by the operator by hand. The freespool function is intended for use in pulling the cable by hand only and must not be used when the cable is loaded. Improper use of the freespool function will result in damage to the winch.

Refer also to WINCH CONTROL LEVER in THIS SECTION .

Refer also to WINCH SELECT SWITCH in THIS SECTION.

10. WINCH CONTROL LEVER

FOR ALLIED WINCH

FOR CARCO WINCH Place the winch select switch (to the left of the lever) in the I (ON) position. Push and hold the winch control lever FORWARD to release the dynamic brake for dropping a load on the fly or drive away from a load with slight tension on the cable. The control lever will return to the centre neutral position when released. The neutral or centre position actuates the winch pinion brake and prevents the drum from rotating. Place the winch select switch (to the left of the lever) in the I (ON) position. Pull and hold the winch control lever BACK to wind in the winch cable . The control lever will return to the centre neutral position when released.

The dynamic brake position is not used for Allied Winch applications. The neutral or centre position actuates the winch pinion brake and prevents the drum from rotating. Place the winch select switch (to the left of the lever) in the I (ON) position. Pull and hold the winch control lever BACK to wind in the winch cable . The control lever will return to the centre neutral position when the handle is released. Placing the winch select switch (to the left of the lever) in the (FREESPOOL) position permits the cable to unwind freely. The cable can then be pulled from the drum by the operator.

Placing the winch select switch (to the left of the lever) in the (FREESPOOL) position permits the cable to unwind freely. The cable

Refer also to WINCH SELECT SWITCH in THIS SECTION. 2.23

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation 3

CONTROL PANEL (6205201 TO 6205610, 6303001 TO 6303500)

E625C-27X

11. AIR CONDITIONER

13. TEMPERATURE CONTROL This is a variable, rotary control used to adjust the temperature of air in the cab for heating or air conditioning. The blue area of the scale indicates cooler temperatures the red area indicates warmer temperatures. Temperature is adjusted by regulating the flow of engine coolant into the heater core.

This is a two position rocker switch used to turn the air conditioner ON or OFF. In the

position the air condition is ON.

In the

position the air conditioner is OFF.

12. AIR SOURCE This is a two position rocker switch used to add fresh air to the cab. In the cab.

ENGINE

position fresh air is brought into the SHUT-OFF VALVE

In the position air from the cab is recirculated along with fresh air. Refer also to CAB VENTILATION in THIS SECTION.

HOSE TO A/C HEATER UNIT

E620C-13

HOT WATER SHUT OFF VALVE

If the hot water shut off valve is closed the temperature control will have no effect on cab air temperature for heating or cooling. During times when cab heating is not required the HOT WATER SHUT OFF VALVE, on the heater hose from the engine, may also be closed to prevent hot water from seeping through the heater unit, thereby reducing the cooling effect. 2.24

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder 1

15 54827B

Controls and operation 3

CONTROL PANEL (6205611 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000) 16. IGNITION SWITCH - 3 POSITION (6205611-6206200, 6303501-6304000)

14. FAN CONTROL This is a rotary, four position switch (0/1/2/3). When the switch is in the 0 position the cab air fan is OFF. When the switch is in the 1, 2 or 3 position the fan is activated at one of three fan speeds.

STOP position - All electrical power fed through the ignition switch is turned "OFF" RUN position - Connects the battery to all functions. Used for normal machine operation.

15. MAXIMUM SPEED CONTROL DIAL (STATIONARY SEAT & STEERING WHEEL)

START position - This position energizes the starter motor and will crank over the engine.

The maximum speed control dial allows the operator to set the maximum travel speed of the machine to maintain a given travel speed without having to feather the drive pedals.

NOTE - Parking Brake must be ENGAGED to start the engine. Refer also to STARTING ENGINE in THIS SECTION.

Turn the dial to the right to increase the maximum travel speed. Turn the dial to the left to decrease the maximum travel speed of the machine. This control can be used while the machine is in motion. Caution: Turning the maximum speed control dial completely to the left (minimum setting) lowers maximum travel speed only, it will NOT prevent the machine from travelling when the forward or reverse travel pedals are used.

2.25

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder 1

Controls and operation 3

8 46071B

INSTRUMENT PANEL (6205201-6205610, 6303001-6303500)

INSTRUMENT PANEL

3. ALARM LIGHT This light flashes to alert the operator that an alarm condition has been detected and should be dealt with immediately. All warning messages can be viewed on the computer display on the instrument panel.

1. IGNITION SWITCH - 3 POSITION (6205201-6205610, 6303001-6303500) STOP position - All electrical power fed through the ignition switch is turned "OFF" RUN position - Connects the battery to all functions. Used for normal machine operation.

Refer to the COMPUTER ~ MESSAGES in THIS SECTION. 4. MASTER ALARM

START position - This position energizes the starter motor and will crank over the engine.

This alarm will sound to alert the operator that an alarm condition has been detected and should be dealt with immediately. All warning messages can be viewed on the computer display on the instrument panel. Refer to the COMPUTER ~ MESSAGES in THIS SECTION.

NOTE - Parking Brake must be ENGAGED to start the engine. Refer also to STARTING ENGINE in THIS SECTION. 2. COMPUTER DISPLAY The computer display is the operator interface with the computer control system. Refer to COMPUTER in THIS SECTION for complete operating details.

2.26

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation 3

INSTRUMENT PANEL (6205611-6206200, 6303501-6304000)

56583BUNI

5. LIGHTER 24V Cigarette lighter is supplied.

8. COMPUTER USB PLUG Plug in a laptop with appropriate IQAN software for software updates, diagnostics and some adjustments.

IMPORTANT

24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Refer also to COMPUTER in THIS SECTION and SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information.

6. AUXILIARY POWER OUTLET 12 V A 12 volt outlet is provided for portable devices such as cell phones.

9. ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION

7. STORAGE COMPARTMENT 8

Plug a remote electronic diagnostic device into this connection such as a laptop computer with appropriate engine manufacturer's programming to perform engine performance analysis and tuning.

NOTE: This operation can only be performed by a trained service technician.

630D-04X

REMOVE COVER TO ACCESS

2.27

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder ROTATING SEAT KICK LEVER

Controls and operation DISABLED and COMPUTER ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU - SERVICE SETTINGS ~ Steer Invert (Joystick steering only) in THIS SECTION.

(ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING)

FRONT AND REAR ORIENTATION NOTE: The dozer blade is considered to be at the front of the machine. The attachment is considered to be at the rear of the machine. Therefore in the forward facing position the operator's seat is facing the dozer blade and in the rear facing position the operator's seat is facing the attachment.

E625C-18

ROTATING SEAT KICK LEVER

This lever releases the seat to rotate between forward facing position and the rear facing position. To rotate from the forward facing position to the rear facing position kick the left side of the lever and rotate the seat to the right until the seat locks in the rear facing position. To rotate from the rear facing position to the forward facing position kick the right side of the lever and rotate the seat to the left until the seat locks in the forward facing position. For safe operation of all controls the operator's seat must be locked in either the forward facing or rear facing position. A limit switch located in the seat pedestal sends a signal to the computer control system indicating the position of the operator's seat. Note that control of machine travel is automatically transferred by the computer control system from the forward facing pedal to the rear facing pedal based on the position of the operator's seat. Both brake pedals operate regardless of seat position. Refer also to FOOT PEDALS, FORWARD FACING AND REAR FACING ~TRAVEL/ENGINE SPEED PEDAL and LEFT HAND JOYSTICK ~DIRECTION SELECTION SWITCH in THIS SECTION. Note that steering control is automatically adjusted by the computer control system based on the position of the operator's seat. Refer also to LEFT HAND JOYSTICK ~ STEERING in THIS SECTION. It should also be noted that the machine steering invert function can be disabled. Refer to COMPUTER ~ MESSAGES INFORMATION ~ MACHINE STEERING INVERT

2.28

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder OPERATOR’S SEAT - AIR RIDE ADJUSTMENTS

Controls and operation SEAT ADJUSTMENTS

WARNING The seat belt supplied with this seat must be used at all times when operating this machine.

LUMBAR HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT (NOT SHOWN)

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES The spring assisted height adjustment is controlled by the height adjustment lever located on the front left side of the seat chassis. The four height settings: top, bottom and two in between, provide a total height adjustment of 3".

BACK ANGLE ADJUSTMENT KNOB

To raise the seat Firmly lift up on the height adjustment lever and partially lift your body weight from the seat. When the seat rises to the desired height, FIRMLY PUSH DOWN on the lever into the locking position (a click should be heard). To lower the seat Firmly lift up on the height adjustment lever and add body weight to the seat until the seat is at the desired height. FIRMLY PUSH DOWN on the lever into the locking position (a click should be heard).

RIDE ADJUSTMENT KNOB 720E-001

NOTE: Later machine seats may be equipped with a fixed (bolted) two position height adjustment. The second position provides a total height increase of 1". Four bolts are used to reposition the seat for height adjustment.

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT LEVER FORE/AFT SLIDE LEVER

LUMBAR HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT

AIR RIDE ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES After adjusting the seat height, the ride adjustment can be made by pulling or pushing the air ride control valve knob. To stiffen the air ride For a stiffer ride push on the air ride adjustment knob to increase the air pressure in the suspension air bag.

332-6

To soften the air ride For a softer ride, pull on the air ride adjustment knob to decrease the air pressure in the suspension air bag.

VIEW FROM RIGHT REAR OF SEAT

ARMREST ADJUSTMENT

SEAT - HORIZONTAL POSITION Move and hold fore/aft slide leaver. Roll seat forwards or backward to the desired position relative to the foot pedal controls.

2-WAY ADJUSTABLE LUMBAR To increase lumbar support pressure, turn lumbar adjustment knob clockwise. To decrease lumbar support pressure, turn lumbar adjustment knob counterclockwise

ARMREST ADJUSTMENT Each armrest has 2 adjustments to place it in the desired position. Loosen adjustment knobs to reposition armrest height and fore/aft position.

BACKREST - ANGLE ADJUSTMENT Rotate backrest angle adjustment knob to place backrest at the desired angle.

2.29

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

2.30

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder OPERATOR’S SEAT - GRAMMER WARNING The seat belt supplied with this seat must be used at all times when operating this machine.

SHOULDER HARNESS SEAT BELT ADJUSTERS

Controls and operation 3. Pull out on the two lap belt adjusters to allow the belt to slide through and extend the lap belt. 4. Buckle the lap belt. 5. Pull the seat belt ends on each side of the lap belt to tighten the lap belt. Lap belt should be snug to allow proper operation of the seat belt and the seat air suspension system. 6. EARLIER SHOULDER HARNESS Pull the seat belt ends on each side of the shoulder harness to tighten the shoulder straps. LATER SHOULDER HARNESS Fasten the shoulder harness connector. 7. Shoulder straps should be snug to allow proper operation of the seat belt and the seat air suspension system. SEAT ADJUSTMENTS

LAP BELT SEAT BELT ADJUSTERS

600E-031

SEAT BELT ADJUSTMENT (EARLIER SHOULDER HARNESS)

SHOULDER HARNESS CONNECTOR

This seat is equipped with a weight adjustment air suspension system for operator comfort and safety. IMPORTANT! For proper operation of the weight adjustment air suspension system for operator comfort and safety the seat must be individually adjusted for each new operator before operating the machine. In addtion weight adjustment should be done at the beginning of each operator’s shift to ensure optimal operation of the weight adjustment air suspension system. NOTE: Joystick pods and armrests can be rotated up out of the way for ease of entry and exit from the cab.

LAP BELT SEAT BELT ADJUSTERS 600E-035

A. WEIGHT ADJUSTMENT Operator must be sitting in the seat with the machine parked on level ground for proper weight adjustment.

SEAT BELT ADJUSTMENT (LATER SHOULDER HARNESS)

SEAT BELT ADJUSTMENT This seat is equipped with a manually adjustable four point seat belt harness.

Before performing the initial weight adjustment, place the shock absorber lever in position 1 (soft). In addition, for more accurate weight adjustment release previous settings by pressing down on the weight adjustment lever until all air has been released and the seat suspension bottoms out.

1. Sit in the seat. 2. EARLIER SHOULDER HARNESS Place the shoulder harness over shoulders and pull out on the shoulder harness belt adjusters to allow the belt to slide through and extend the harness.

Pull up briefly on the weight adjustment lever to begin the weight adjustment. The operator should sit absolutely still during this process.

LATER SHOULDER HARNESS Place the shoulder harness over shoulders.

2.31

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder D G

Controls and operation C 3 MEDIUM

2 4 1 SOFT 5 HARD

SHOCK ABSORBER SETTINGS then be adjusted as needed for operator preference and/or operating conditions.

600E-032

B SHOWN IN

POSITION 1 (SOFT)

IMPORTANT! When setting weight and height adjustments shock absorber lever should first be placed temporarily in position 1 (soft).

600E-030

C. SEAT ANGLE ADJUSTMENT Pull the left handle upward and adjust the angle of the seat by moving the front edge of the seat cushion up or down until it is in the desired position. Release the handle to lock the seat cushion in position.

E K

D. SEAT DEPTH ADJUSTMENT Pull the right handle upward and adjust the depth of the seat by moving the seat cushion forward/backward until the seat depth is adjusted to the desired position. Release the handle to lock the seat cushion in position.

SHOWN F WITH COVER ON

600E-029

E. ARMREST ANGLE ADJUSTMENT Turn adjusting knob toward the outside of the seat to raise the angle of the armrest. Turn the adjusting knob toward the inside of the seat to lower the angle of the armrest.

Once weight adjustment is done it is recommended that operators adjust all other seat adjustments before adjusting the height of the seat further as any further height adjustment places limits on the effectiveness of the seat's air suspension system.

IMPORTANT! When setting weight adjustment shock absorber lever should first be placed temporarily in position 1 (soft). IMPORTANT! Weight adjustment should be done at the beginning of each operator’s shift to ensure optimal operation of the weight adjustment air suspension system.

600E-033

SHOWN WITH COVER REMOVED

ARMREST HEIGHT ADJUSTING NUT

ARMREST HEIGHT Armrest height can be adjusted if required. Carefully remove the snap on cover by pulling out on both sides to access the adjusting nut. Loosen the hexagon nut (13mm), adjust the armrest to the desired height and retighten the nut. Replace the plastic cover.

B. SHOCK ABSORBER (5 SETTINGS) The shock absorber lever setting can be varied adjusting the cushioning effect to suit operating conditions. Turn the lever to the desired position and release. Five positions are available from 1 (soft) to 5 (hard). Position 3 (medium) is recommended as an initial setting which can 2.32

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder D G

Controls and operation I.

SEAT HEATER/COOLER This is a three position switch.

Seat Heater ON - press top of switch. OFF - Centre position. Seat Cooler ON - Press the bottom of switch. J. LUMBAR SUPPORT

B SHOWN IN

POSITION 1 (SOFT)

The two lumbar support switches individually adjust the curvature of the upper and lower areas of the backrest for operator comfort.

Increase curvature by pressing "+" or reduce curvature by pressing "-". Upper or lower backrest curvature is individually adjusted by using the upper or lower switches respectively. When maximum curvature adjustment is reached pressing "+" will no longer cause an adjustment and the switch should be released.

600E-030

E J

K. BACKREST ANGLE ADJUSTMENT Lean forward and pull up the locking lever to release the backrest catch. Adjust backrest angle to the desired position. Release the lever to lock in place. IMPORTANT! The locking lever must latch when released to lock the seat in position. It should not be possible to move the seat when it is locked.

SHOWN

F WITH

COVER ON

600E-029

G. SEAT FORWARD/BACK POSITION RELATIVE TO JOYSTICK PODS

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT Once weight adjustment is done it is recommended that operators adjust all other seat adjustments before adjusting the height of the seat further as any further height adjustment places limits on the effectiveness of the seat's air suspension system.

Pull up on locking lever and move seat forward/backward to position the seat comfortably for operation of the joysticks. Release the locking lever to lock in place.

Height adjustment is possible after the initial weight adjustment process. Pull up on weight/ height lever to raise seat height. Push down on weight/height lever to lower height.

IMPORTANT! The locking lever must latch with an audible click when released to lock the seat in position. It should not be possible to move the seat when it is locked.

End stops (top and bottom) limit height adjustment in order to guarantee minimum spring travel and proper operation of the air suspension. If the seat height is adjusted manually beyond an end stop it will be readjusted to a height with adequate suspension travel.

H. SEAT FORWARD/BACK POSITION Pull up on lever and move seat (and joystick pods) forward/backward to position the seat comfortably for operation of the foot pedals. Release the lever to lock in place. IMPORTANT! The lever must latch with an audible click when released to lock the seat in position. It should not be possible to move the seat when it is locked.

IMPORTANT! When setting height adjustment shock absorber lever should first be placed temporarily in position 1 (soft).

2.33

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation MD3 COMPUTER

COLOUR DISPLAY

MD3 COMPUTER, ELECTRONIC CONTROL AND DISPLAY

620D-28A

MD3 COMPUTER ELECTRONIC CONTROL & DISPLAY

MD3 COMPUTER USB PLUG

ALARM MD3 COMPUTER LIGHT

MASTER ALARM

The MD3 computer, electronic control and display is the operator interface with the electronic control system. The MD3 is the central unit in the control system which works as both a master controller and a display unit. It has a backlit colour graphic transflective display for reading system information. The front of the MD3 consists of a control panel with a display and nine buttons. The buttons are arranged on the bottom and right hand side of the display. • F1 through F4 function buttons

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Pushing this button equals ’enter’. Saves the value or confirms the selection you have made.

, . Programmed buttons that are configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as an input. • Up and down arrow buttons

• Menu button . Always brings up the Menu page. It is not programmable.

• ’Esc’ or BACK button

Returns you to the previous display page. May be configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as a virtual input.

Navigation buttons that are used to scroll through selections on a menu page. The buttons are configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as a virtual input. • OK button

2.34

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder MD3 COMPUTER MODULE

Controls and operation

9 PIN ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR 615C-001

XA2-A1* EXPANSION MODULE FRONT CHASSIS 2 (IF EQUIPPED)

XS2 EXPANSION MODULE CAB

XA2-A0 EXPANSION MODULE FRONT CHASSIS

ENGINE ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

*IF EQUIPPED

COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS

COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM The MD3 computer control system is part of a network of components (shown above). The system is made up of the following components: • • • • • •

MD3 Computer and Display Module XS2 Expansion Module (Cab) XA2-A1 Expansion Module (Front Chassis 2) (if equipped*) XA2-A0 Expansion Module (Front Chassis) Engine Electronic Control Module Various controls, switches, sensors and valves not shown.

LOCATED IN CAB BEHIND LEFT KICK PANEL

630D-14

The MD3 computer is the main controller in the system. The MD3 computer program is the operating system for the computer display as well as the control system for the machine operating parameters.

XS2-A0 MODULE - CAB

LOCATED UNDER CAB, RIGHT REAR - REMOVE COVER TO ACCESS MODULES

The engine electronic control module provides electronic information to the MD3 computer via the J1939 CAN BUS link. This information is displayed on the computer display.

XA2-A0 FRONT CHASSIS

XA2-A1 FRONT CHASSIS 2 (*IF EQUIPPED)

NOTE: The computer control system is softwarebased. This software may be updated after the machine is in service as a part of on-going product improvement programs and service newsletters. The information contained in this manual is accurate at the time of printing. Improvements to the machine and/or software are on-going and may not be covered. In these cases contact your Tigercat dealer for appropriate information.

615C-007

2.35

XA2 MODULES

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder 1

2A 2B

Controls and operation 4B

13 12 6

MAIN DISPLAY

620D-28

MD3 COMPUTER MAIN MENU

11. ALARM INDICATORS - Press F4 to select

1. ** PARKING BRAKE - ENGAGED/DISENGAGED

12. HYDRAULIC OIL GRADE INDICATOR

2A. ** REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCK - ENGAGED/DISENGAGED

14. FUEL LEVEL GAUGE

13. HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE 15. *** DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF)

2B. ** FRONT DIFFERENTIAL LOCK - ENGAGED/DISENGAGED 3. *GRAPPLE CONSTANT PRESSURE ON/OFF 4A. * WINCH ON/OFF (

)

4B. * WINCH FREE SPOOL (

)

16. *** HIGH EXHAUST SYSTEM TEMPERATURE (HEST) 17. *** INHIBIT ACTIVE REGENERATION OF DPF * When the icon is illuminated, function is ON.

5. * COLD IDLE ON/OFF

** When the icon is illuminated, function is ENGAGED.

6. ENGINE TACHOMETER GAUGE 7. ENGINE MENU - Press F1 to select

*** T4i ENGINES ONLY (6206001 TO 6206200, 6303801 TO 6304000) Refer to DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER ~ DPF ICONS in THIS SECTION for more information.

8. ADJUSTMENT MENU - Press F2 to select 9. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE 10. INFORMATION MENU - Press F3 to select

2.36

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

ENGINE MENU

ENGINE FUNCTIONS T3 ENGINE (6205201-6206000, 6303001-6303800) Press the F1 button to select the fuel information display.

From the main menu press the F1 button to select the engine display.

Press the F2 button to toggle the cold idle function ON/OFF. Refer to COLD IDLE OPERATION and COLD IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT in THIS SECTION.

When selected the engine menu icon is on display and the engine functions will also be displayed.

Press the F3 button to toggle between metric and imperial units of measure. Press the back button to return to the main menu.

The engine functions on display are as follows: • • • • • • • •

Engine Speed - rpm Engine Torque - % Coolant Temperature - °F or °C Engine Oil Pressure - psi or bar Turbocharger Boost Pressure - psi or bar Charge Air Temperature - °F or °C Voltage - V Engine Hours - h

2.37

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

FUEL INFORMATION T3 ENGINE (6205201-6206000, 6303001-6303800)

ENGINE FUNCTIONS T4i ENGINE (6206001 TO 6206200, 6303801 TO 6304000)

Press the F1 button to reset the trip average fuel rate and trip fuel used functions.

Press the F1 button to toggle between metric and imperial units of measure.

Press the F2 button to toggle between imperial and metric units of measure.

Press the F2 button to toggle the cold idle function ON/OFF. Refer to COLD IDLE OPERATION and COLD IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT in THIS SECTION.

Press the back button to return the engine display.

1. Fuel Rate - US gph or L/h (instantaneous)

Press the F3 button to Actuate the DPF Regeneration cycle (diesel particulate filter). Refer to DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER in THIS SECTION for more information.

This display indicates the current rate of fuel consumption in gallons per hour.

Press the back button again to return to the main menu.

2. Total Fuel Used - US gal or L This display indicates the total fuel used during the life of the machine. 3. Trip Average Fuel Rate - US gph or L/h This display indicates the average fuel consumption rate for the machine since last reset. 4. Trip Fuel Used - US gal or L This display indicates the total fuel used since last reset.

FUEL GAUGE The fuel level gauge is shown on the main menu.

2.38

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

1. Engine Speed (rpm)

3. Coolant Temperature - °F or °C

This display indicates engine speed in rpm.

This display indicates the current engine coolant temperature.

Maintaining Correct Engine RPM

If temperature rises above the recommended temperature, alarm will sound, check the following:

It is important that the engine speeds be correct at all times: Cummins QSB Series Engine: Low Idle 950 RPM (No Load) High Idle 2200 RPM (No Load)*

• Plugged air intake access panel screens • Plugged radiator. DO NOT continue to operate machine.

NOTE: The above values are measured with the hydraulic and engine oil at normal operating temperatures and no functions activated.

Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER AND COOLING ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION. NOTE: Coolant temperature can also be monitored using the engine coolant temperature gauge shown on the main menu.

Engine idle speed defaults to 950 rpm when the engine is started.

Refer to the COMPUTER ~ MESSAGES in THIS SECTION for more information about the hydraulic oil temperature warning.

NOTE ALSO: Engine speed can also be monitored using the engine tachometer gauge shown on the main menu.

4. Oil Pressure (psi or bar) This display indicates engine oil pressure.

* Refer also to COMPUTER ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU - ENGINE SETTINGS ~ ENGINE HIGH IDLE ADJUST and AUTO RPM in THIS SECTION.

If oil pressure falls too low, an alarm will sound. Refer to the COMPUTER ~ MESSAGES in THIS SECTION.

2. Eng % Torque (%) This display indicates the percentage of maximum engine torque being consumed at the current engine rpm level. With engine speed at IDLE (no load) and hydraulic oil at operating temperature the reading should be: Parking Brake ENGAGED

13-16%

Readings with the parking brake DISENGAGED should be a maximum of 4% higher than the reading with the parking brake ENGAGED. If the readings are outside this range investigate the cause. NOTE: The above readings are at normal operating temperatures. During cold start-ups it is not unusual for readings to be significantly higher until normal operating temperatures are reached. 2.39

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

5. Boost ( psi or bar)

ADJUSTMENT MENU

This display indicates air intake manifold boost pressure in psi. 6. Charge Air Temperature (°F or °C) This display indicates the charge air cooler temperature reading. If temperature rises above the recommended temperature, alarm will sound, check the following:

• Plugged air intake access panel screens • Plugged charge air cooler. DO NOT continue to operate machine. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER AND COOLING ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION. Refer also to COMPUTER ~ MESSAGES in THIS SECTION for more information about the hydraulic oil temperature warning.

From the main menu press F2 button to select the ADJUSTMENT MENU. When selected the adjustment menu icon is on display and all the adjustment selections will also be displayed.

7. Engine Voltage (volts) This display indicates engine voltage levels. Normal operating range for the electrical system is between 20 and 30 volts. If engine voltage goes outside the normal range, an alarm will sound. Refer to COMPUTER ~ MESSAGES in THIS SECTION. A reading in excess of 30 volts indicates a possible faulty voltage regulator. A reading less than 20 volts indicates a possible faulty battery or alternator.

IMPORTANT

24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 8. Engine Hours - h

The adjustment selections are as follows:

This display indicates the total number of hours the engine has run.

•

Engine Settings - Shown first by default.

•

Fan Settings - Press F2 to select

•

Service Settings - Press F3 to select Press the back button to return to the main menu.

2.40

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation Auto RPM Max rpm* Off 2000 rpm 1800 rpm 1600 rpm When the Auto RPM function is set to the default setting of Max rpm the engine speed will automatically increase proportionally with operation of all joystick functions to a maximum of 2200 rpm. Note that if the engine high idle adjust setting is lower than the Auto RPM setting engine speed will be limited to the lower speed setting. The Auto RPM function can also be set to 2000 rpm, 1800 rpm or 1600 rpm.

ENGINE SETTINGS Press the F1 button to select the Engine Settings Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU.

When the Auto RPM function is OFF engine rpm must be increased by the operator using the travel/engine speed pedals or the engine speed control trigger on the right joystick.

The engine settings menu will appear. Press F1 (Adjust) to adjust engine settings.

Cold Idle Speed Range 950 to 1500 rpm (1200* rpm)

Press the back button to return the Engine Settings Menu display.

* NOTE: Reset default settings are marked.

Press the back button again to return to the main menu.

Refer to COMPUTER ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU ~ EXAMPLE ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU NAVIGATION for an example of adjustment menu navigation.

The adjustable engine settings are: Engine High Idle Adjust

Refer also to COLD IDLE OPERATION and COLD IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT in THIS SECTION.

Range 1800 to 2200* rpm This parameter allows the operator to adjust engine high idle speed limit, this limit will be in effect whenever the grapple constant pressure function is NOT activated. This function is intended to allow the automatic reduction of the engine high idle speed limit when travelling without a load.

2.41

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

FAN SETTINGS (IF EQUIPPED)

SERVICE SETTINGS

Press F2 button to select Fan Settings Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU. Note that this menu is applicable only for machines equipped with the optional variable pitch fan.

Press F3 button to select the Service Settings Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU. The service settings menu will appear. Press F3 (Adjust) to adjust service settings

The fan settings menu will appear.

Press the back button to return the Service Settings Menu display.

Press F2 (Adjust) to adjust fan settings Press the back button to return the Fan Settings Menu display.

Press the back button again to return to the main menu.

The adjustable service settings are: Hydraulic Oil Grade

The adjustable fan settings are:

ISO 22* Petro CAN MV 22 ISO 32 Petro CAN MV 36 ISO 46 Esso Univis Ultra 46 Petro CAN MV 60 ISO 68

Fan Auto Clean On* or Off Clean Frequency Range 1 to 420 minutes (*30 minutes) Clean Duration Range 5 to 20 seconds (*15 seconds)

This information is used by the machine program to adapt hydraulic oil temperature warning messages for the operating range of each Hydraulic Oil Grade.

* NOTE: Reset default settings are marked. Refer to COMPUTER ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU ~ EXAMPLE ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU NAVIGATION for an example of adjustment menu navigation.

Hydraulic oil grade information is shown on the main menu below the hydraulic oil temperature gauge. Refer also to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for hydraulic oil operating range information.

2.42

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation Steer Invert (Joystick steering only)

Refer also to COMPUTER ~ MESSAGES - CRITICAL ~ HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH in THIS SECTION for more information about the hydraulic oil temperature warning.

On* or Off When ON the joystick steering control is automatically adjusted by the computer control system based on the position of the operator's seat. Therefore LEFT articulation and RIGHT articulation are considered to be left and right as viewed by the operator either from the forward facing seat position or the rear facing seat position.

Refer to COMPUTER ~ INFORMATION MODE MENU ~ HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE in THIS SECTION for hydraulic oil temperature information display. Front Tire Size

When OFF the joystick steering invert function is disabled. Steer joystick direction does not change when operator is facing rearward. Therefore LEFT articulation and RIGHT articulation are considered to be left and right as viewed by the operator from the forward facing seat position regardless of the position of the operator's seat. The machine steering invert disabled information message will be shown each time the machine is started to inform the operator that the steer invert function has been disabled.

Not Configured 28L 24.5 30.5L 35.5L DH73 This information is used by the machine program to accurately calculate and display machine travel speed. Program Mode Normal* Engine HP Test Mode Drive Motor Setup Mode Drive Pump POR Setup Mode Drive Pump Regulation Setup Function Setup Mode Max Current Setup Mode (if equipped)

Machine Steering Steering invert disabled. Steer joystick direction does not change when operator is facing rearward.

* NOTE: Reset default settings are marked. Refer to COMPUTER ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU ~ EXAMPLE ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU NAVIGATION for an example of adjustment menu navigation.

Refer also to LEFT HAND JOYSTICK ~ STEERING, ROTATING SEAT KICK LEVER and COMPUTER ~ MESSAGES INFORMATION ~ MACHINE STEERING INVERT DISABLED in THIS SECTION.

IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally. Other program modes are used for service/setup procedures only.

Steering Fine Control (Joystick steering only)

When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

Off* Slow Fast

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

This setting adjusts the response of steering controls to adjust to site conditions and/or operator preference. When OFF steering response is standard.

Steer Adjust (Joystick steering only)

When Slow steering response will be slower.

Range 50 to 100% (75*%) This setting adjusts the performance of the joystick steering function. A lower setting will result in a slower response. A higher setting will result in a quicker response. 2.43

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

EXAMPLE ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU:

From the main menu press F2 button to select the ADJUSTMENT MENU.

Press the arrow up or arrow down buttons to scroll to the setting to be adjusted. Press the F2 button to reset to default setting. Press F2 (Yes) or F3 (No) to confirm.

The engine settings menu will appear by default. Press F1 (Adjust) to adjust engine settings

2.44

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

Press the OK button to go to the adjustment display.

To reset to default setting press the F2 button. Press F2 (Yes) or F3 (No) to confirm.

Press the arrow up or arrow down buttons to make the adjustment. Press the OK button to confirm the setting.

Press the back button to return to the adjustment menu. Press the back main menu.

2.45

button again to return to the

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation Press the F1 button to toggle between imperial and metric units of measure.

INFORMATION MODE MENU

Press the F2 button to select the fuel information display (if applicable) Press the back button to return to the main menu.

Press the F3 button to access the information menu. When selected the information menu icon is on display and the information functions will also be displayed.

The information functions on display are as follows: • • • • • • • •

Hydraulic Oil Temp -°F or °C Drive Pressure Forward - psi or bar Drive Pressure Reverse - psi or bar Drive Motor Speed - rpm Hydrostatic Circuit Temperature -°F or °C Machine Hours - h Machine Voltage - V Travel Speed - mph or km/h

2.46

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation Hydraulic oil grade information is shown on the main menu below the hydraulic oil temperature gauge. Operating outside the recommended operating range will shorten hydraulic component life. Refer to COMPUTER ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU - SERVICE SETTINGS ~ HYDRAULIC OIL GRADE in THIS SECTION for hydraulic oil grade selection settings information. Refer also to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for hydraulic oil operating range information. Refer also to COMPUTER ~ MESSAGES - CRITICAL ~ HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH in THIS SECTION for more information about the hydraulic oil temperature warning.

INFORMATION FUNCTIONS 1. Hydraulic Oil Temperature (°F or °C) This display indicates the current hydraulic oil temperature registered in the main hydraulic tank.

2. Drive Pressure Forward - psi or bar This display indicates forward drive pressure.

If the temperature rises above the recommended operating range for the type of hydraulic oil in use, alarm will sound, check the following: • • • • • •

3. Drive Pressure Reverse - psi or bar This display indicates reverse drive pressure. 4. Drive Motor Speed - rpm

Plugged oil cooler Malfunction in a hydraulic system High loads on the hydraulic system Malfunction of the cooling fan Low hydraulic oil level Correct Hydraulic Oil Grade Selection

This display indicates the drive motor speed in rpm. 5. Hydrostatic Circuit Temperature -°F or °C (if equipped) This display indicates the hydrostatic circuit temperature as read by the temperature sensor located on the drive pump.

If hydraulic oil temperature rises above the recommended operating range DO NOT continue to operate the machine.

6. Machine Hours - h This display indicates the total number of hours the machine has run.

NOTE ALSO: Hydraulic oil temperature can also be monitored using the hydraulic oil temperature gauge shown on the main menu. The alarm must not be used to monitor the hydraulic oil. The operator must use the hydraulic oil temperature gauge on the main menu of the computer display, together with the operating range chart in SECTION 3 to prevent damage to the hydraulic system.

2.47

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

7. Machine Voltage - V This display indicates voltage levels in the electrical system. Normal operating range for the electrical system is between 20 and 30 volts. If voltage goes outside the normal range, an alarm will sound. Refer to COMPUTER ~ MESSAGES in THIS SECTION. A reading in excess of 30 volts indicates a possible faulty voltage regulator. A reading less than 20 volts indicates a possible faulty battery or alternator.

IMPORTANT

FUEL INFORMATION T4i (6206001 TO 6206200, 6303801 TO 6304000)

24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 8. Travel Speed - mph or km/h

Press the F1 button to toggle between imperial and metric units of measure.

This display indicates machine travel speed. Note that front tire size information is used by the machine program to accurately calculate and display machine travel speed. Refer to COMPUTER ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU SERVICE SETTINGS ~ FRONT TIRE SIZE to check or update front tire size settings.

Press the F2 button to reset the trip average fuel rate and trip fuel used functions. Press the back button to return the information display. Press the back button again to return to the main menu. 1. Fuel Rate - US gph or L/h (instantaneous) This display indicates the current rate of fuel consumption in gallons per hour. 2. Total Fuel Used - US gal or L This display indicates the total fuel used during the life of the machine. 3. Trip Average Fuel Rate - US gph or L/h This display indicates the average fuel consumption rate for the machine since last reset. 4. Trip Fuel Used - US gal or L This display indicates the total fuel used since last reset.

FUEL GAUGE The fuel level gauge is shown on the main menu.

2.48

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

MAIN MENU PAGE From any menu page.

Press the menu button to go to the main menu page. The main menu page displays the following selections: •

Adjust - Press F1 to select

•

Measure - Press F2 to select

•

Preferences - Press F3 to select

•

Info - Press F4 to select Press the back button to return to the page which was displayed when the main menu page was selected.

OR Press the menu button again to return to the page which was displayed when the main menu page was selected.

2.49

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder ADJUST MENU

Controls and operation ENGINE ADJUST GROUP*

FAN ADJUST GROUP* (IF EQUIPPED)

From the main menu page press the F1 button (Adjust) to access the adjust menu.

SERVICE ADJUST GROUP*

The following menu items can be selected: •

Engine Adjust Group*

•

Fan Adjust Group* (if equipped)

•

Service Adjust Group*

Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection. *NOTE: Marked menu items can also be accessed from the main menu. Refer to COMPUTER ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU in THIS SECTION for more information. NOTE ALSO: Service technicians may have access to more options through this menu. Refer to SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information. Press the back button (or F1) to return to the main menu page. 2.50

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder MEASURE MENU

Controls and operation

The following menu items can be selected. From the main menu page press the F2 button (Measure) to access the measure menu.

• • • • • • • • • • • • •

Voltage Inputs Digital/Frequency Inputs Digital Outputs Current Outputs J1939 Parameter Inputs Drive/HP Test Function Valve Variable Pitch Fan Differential Locks Module Diagnostics Carco Winch control commands Hydrostatic Set-up Engage/Release Time

Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection. This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians. Refer to SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information. Press the back button (or F1) to return to the main menu page.

2.51

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

PREFERENCES MENU

From the main menu page press the F3 button (Preferences) to access the preferences menu.

The following menu items can be selected for adjustment. •

Display - Press F1 to select

•

Date/Time - Press F2 to select

•

Language - Press F3 to select Press the back button to return to the main menu page.

2.52

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

DISPLAY ADJUSTMENT From the preferences menu press the F1 button to access display adjustment.

Screen Saver Adjustment Press F3 to access the screen saver adjustment.

•

Main Menu Page - Press F1 to select

Use the Arrow Up and Arrow Down buttons to scroll through the choices. Three choices are available:

•

Backlight - Press F2 to select Screen Saver - Press F3 to select

•

SCREEN SAVER OFF

•

DIMMED - Timeout - Dimmed light

•

BLACK - Timeout

The following menu items can be selected:

Press the back button to return to the preferences menu.

After making a selection press the OK button to confirm selection.

Backlight Adjustment Press F2 to access the backlight adjustment. Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down buttons to adjust the display backlight. The range is 10 to 100. The default setting is 100. When the desired setting is selected press the OK button to confirm the setting. A good rule to follow is the lower the number the longer the life of the display unit.

2.53

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

DATE/TIME ADJUSTMENT

Date Adjustment

From the preferences menu press the F2 button to access date/time adjustment.

Press F1 to access the date adjustment.

The following menu items can be selected:

Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to scroll through the YEAR list to select the year.

•

Date - Press F1 to select

Press the OK button to confirm year selected.

•

Time - Press F2 to select Press the back button to return to the preferences menu.

When the year has been confirmed the display will highlight the MONTH. Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the month. Press the OK button to confirm month selected.

2.54

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation Time Adjustment Press F1 to access the time adjustment.

When the month has been confirmed the display will highlight the DAY. Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the day.

Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the HOUR.

Press the OK button to confirm day selected.

Press the OK button to confirm selection.

The display will return to the Date/Time menu.

When the hour has been confirmed the display will show the MINUTES highlighted.

Press the back button to return to the preferences menu.

Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the minute. Press OK button to confirm the selection. The display will return to the DATE/TIME menu screen. Press the back button to return to the preferences menu.

2.55

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

LANGUAGE ADJUSTMENT

INFO MENU

From the preferences menu press the F2 button to access language adjustment screen.

From the main menu page press the F4 button

The languages available for selection will be shown. Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to move to the preferred language. Press OK to confirm the selection. The display will return to the LANGUAGE menu screen. Press the back button to return to the preferences menu.

(Info) and the access the info menu. The machine ID information will be displayed on the screen. The following menu items can be selected: •

Modules - Press F1 to select

•

Logs - Press F3 to select Press the back button to return to the main menu page.

2.56

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

MODULES

LOGS

From the Info menu press F1 to select the modules menu.

Press F3 from the info menu page to select logs. This menu lists the logs available in the machine program and the number of records within each log.

This menu provides information on the following machine modules: • • • •

Display (MD3 Computer Module) Cab Module (XS2 Module) Front Chassis Module (XA2 Module) Cummins Engine ECM

The records are a list of all the fault occurrences in each log. Records cannot be cleared by operators. Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection. This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians. Refer to SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information. Press the back button (or F1) to return to the main menu page.

Shown above the MD3 module has been selected. Specific information for the MD3 is displayed on the screen. Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection. This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians. Refer to SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information. Press the back button (or F1) to return to the main menu page.

2.57

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder MESSAGES ALARM MD3 COMPUTER LIGHT

Controls and operation

MASTER ALARM

INSTRUMENT PANEL The MD3 computer displays messages, activates the master alarm and alarm light whenever a system fault occurs. Note that the computer control system will automatically perform a bulb test at engine start up to ensure that master alarm and alarm light are functioning. Refer to STARTING ENGINE in THIS SECTION. There are different types of Messages and Alarms, they appear on the screen as a block message. The types of messages are: • • • •

CRITICAL MESSAGE - Colour RED ERROR MESSAGE - Colour RED ALERT MESSAGE - Colour YELLOW INFORMATION MESSAGE - Colour BLUE

Messages can be hidden or acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (Hide or OK). All messages that have been hidden or acknowledged are stored in the computer. In some instances it will be necessary to immediately stop the machine, shut the engine OFF and repair the problem causing the message. Active fault messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button. Recalled messages will be displayed in order starting with the highest priority first.

NOTE: When contacting Tigercat Customer service about any message or warning it is very important to write down and communicate the whole message (all text shown on the screen). This will greatly reduce troubleshooting time.

2.58

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder CRITICAL MESSAGES (RED)

Controls and operation

Critical messages advise the operator that a critical machine fault is about to occur or a system fault has occurred. Critical messages have the highest level of priority and are used to alert operator that immediate action must be taken to prevent damage to machine or to ensure operator safety. When a critical message is displayed, the master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash continuously. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

A list of CRITICAL MESSAGES is as follows: Hydraulic Oil Level Low Drive Motor Clutch Pressure Low Drive Motor Overspeed Transmission Oil Temperature High Interlock System Hydraulic Oil Temperature High LH Drive Motor Speed Sensor Fault

The message will give brief details of the fault and advise what action is necessary. In some instances the machine requires immediate action to correct the problem which requires the operator to STOP machine operation, SHUT THE ENGINE OFF and service the machine to correct the problem.

RH Drive Motor Speed Sensor Fault or Clutch Slip Drive Motor Clutch Slow Response Drive Motor Clutch Pressure High Hardware Fault - MD3 Hardware Fault - Engine Hardware Fault - XS2 Hardware Fault - XA2 Engine Stop Engine Coolant Temperature High Engine Coolant Level low Engine Intake Manifold Temperature High Engine Oil Pressure Low Engine Overspeed Engine Overspeed Max Engine Fault Code Messages - Critical Diesel Particulate Filter Third Level Alert Diesel Particulate Filter Fourth Level Alert

However, if the machine cannot be stopped immediately for safety reasons, the operator can hide the message. In this instance the machine should only be operated long enough to move the machine to a safe location then STOP machine operation and SHUT THE ENGINE OFF before serious machine damage can occur! Messages can be hidden by pressing the F2 button (Hide). Critical messages flash the critical symbol above the F4 button when active messages are hidden. The symbol will continue to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive. Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button.

2.59

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder CRITICAL MESSAGES

Controls and operation

Drive Motor Hydraulic Oil

Overspeed. Reduce travel speed.

Level Low.

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL LOW

LH Drive Motor

This warning will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when the main hydraulic tank oil level is low.

Overspeed. Reduce travel speed.

Stop the engine immediately when this alarm is activated. Operating machine with a low hydraulic oil level can cause hydraulic pumps to fail. When this alarm is activated stop the engine and look for signs of broken hoses or other leaks. Repair leaks and refill the main hydraulic tank to FULL mark on the sight gauge with grapple head fully open, grapple head and dozer blade on the ground. Restart engine and inspect for leaks.

Drive Motor Clutch Pressure Low.

DRIVE MOTOR CLUTCH PRESSURE LOW (IF EQUIPPED WITH EHS TRANSMISSION) This warning will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when the drive motor clutch pressure is low.

RH Drive Motor Overspeed. Reduce travel speed.

DRIVE MOTOR OVERSPEED This warning will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when the drive motor is overspeeding. Reduce speed immediately when this alarm is activated to prevent damage to the machine. Operating drive motors at high speeds will damage the drive motors. Note that machines equipped with an EHS transmission have separate warnings for left hand and right hand drive motors.

Stop the machine immediately when this alarm is activated and check the EHS transmission for proper operation.

2.60

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

Transmission Oil

Hydraulic Oil

Temperature High

TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH (IF EQUIPPED WITH EHS TRANSMISSION)

Temperature High.

HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH

This message will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when the transmission oil temperature is high.

This warning will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when the oil temperature exceeds the recommended operating range for the type of hydraulic oil in use.

Stop the machine immediately when this alarm is activated and check the EHS transmission for proper operation.

If the temperature rises above the recommended operating range for the type of hydraulic oil in use check the following: • • • • • •

Plugged oil cooler Malfunction in a hydraulic system High loads on the hydraulic system Malfunction of the cooling fan Low hydraulic oil level Correct Hydraulic Oil Grade Selection

If hydraulic oil temperature rises above the recommended operating range DO NOT continue to operate the machine.

Interlock System Door open or park brake on! Machine drive disabled.

INTERLOCK SYSTEM This warning will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound to a alert the operator that the interlock system has disabled the machine drive. The interlock system prevents the machine from being driven and function controls from being operated while the parking brake is ENGAGED. The parking brake is operated using the parking brake switch or lever. This message indicates that the interlock system has been activated by operation of the parking brake control or by opening a cab door, while the machine was in motion.

This alarm must not be used to monitor the hydraulic oil. The operator must use the hydraulic oil temperature gauge on the main menu, together with the operating range chart in SECTION 3 to prevent damage to the hydraulic system. Hydraulic oil grade information is shown on the main menu below the hydraulic oil temperature gauge. Operating outside the recommended operating range will shorten hydraulic component life. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU SERVICE SETTINGS – HYDRAULIC OIL GRADE in THIS SECTION for hydraulic oil grade selection settings information. Refer also to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for hydraulic oil operating range information. Refer to COMPUTER – INFORMATION MODE MENU – HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE in THIS SECTION for hydraulic oil temperature information display.

2.61

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

LH Drive Motor

Drive Motor Clutch

Speed sensor fault

Slow response.

LH DRIVE MOTOR SPEED SENSOR FAULT (IF EQUIPPED WITH EHS TRANSMISSION)

DRIVE MOTOR CLUTCH SLOW RESPONSE (IF EQUIPPED WITH EHS TRANSMISSION)

This message will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when a speed sensor fault is detected in the left hand drive motor.

This message will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when there is a delay in clutch response. Stop the machine immediately when this alarm is activated and check the EHS transmission for proper operation. Air may be present in the circuit causing slow clutch response, check to ensure suction line is tight.

Stop the machine immediately when this alarm is activated and check the speed sensor for proper operation. Check for proper sensor functionality, wiring, connectors and calibration. Refer to DRIVE MOTOR SPEED SENSOR INSTALLATION in SECTION 8 of the SERVICE MANUAL.

RH Drive Motor

Drive Motor Clutch

Speed sensor fault or clutch slip.

Pressure High.

RH DRIVE MOTOR SPEED SENSOR FAULT OR CLUTCH SLIP (IF EQUIPPED WITH EHS TRANSMISSION)

DRIVE MOTOR CLUTCH PRESSURE HIGH (IF EQUIPPED WITH EHS TRANSMISSION) This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when the drive motor clutch pressure is high.

This message will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when a speed sensor fault is detected in the right hand drive motor or the clutch is slipping. Stop the machine immediately when this alarm is activated. Check for proper sensor functionality, wiring, connectors and calibration first. Refer to DRIVE MOTOR SPEED SENSOR INSTALLATION in SECTION 8 of the SERVICE MANUAL. Check EHS transmission for clutch slip and proper operation only if speed sensor is found to be ok.

Stop the machine immediately when this alarm is activated and check the EHS transmission for proper operation.

2.62

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

Hardware Fault - MD3

Hardware Fault - XS2

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

HARDWARE FAULT - MD3

HARDWARE FAULT - XS2

This warning will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the MD3 Display module has been hidden.

This warning will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the XS2 Cab module has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

A VREF error is an example of the type of hardware fault which will be the original active fault which triggers this message.

A VREF and no contact errors are examples of the type of hardware fault which may be the original active fault which triggers this message.

Hardware Fault - Engine

Hardware Fault - XA2

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

HARDWARE FAULT - ENGINE

HARDWARE FAULT - XA2

This warning will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the Engine has been hidden.

This warning will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the XA2 Front Chassis module has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

No contact error is an example of the type of hardware fault which may be the original active fault which triggers this message.

A VREF and no contact errors are examples of the type of hardware fault which may be the original active fault which triggers this message.

2.63

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

Engine Stop

SPN: 111 FMI: 1 1 of 1

Critical engine fault active - contact dealer.

Engine coolant level low Below normal, severe.

ENGINE STOP

ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL LOW

This warning will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when the engine stops while the ignition switch is in the RUN position and/or when critical engine alarms are triggered.

This warning will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when the coolant level drops below a safe operating level. The sensor is located in the surge tank.

Refer to engine manufacturer's manual for specific information regarding the engine.

If this light comes on when the engine is running, stop the engine immediately and correct the fault. With engine running, top up radiator using correct solution of coolant antifreeze. Refer to SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS CHART in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

WARNING

Engine Coolant

DO NOT remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot, release of pressurized coolant can cause serious burns. Shut off engine. Only remove engine radiator filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

Temperature High

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE HIGH This warning will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when engine temperature exceeds recommended engine temperature. When this alarm is activated check for:

• •

Plugged air intake access panel screens Plugged radiator.

DO NOT continue to operate machine. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER AND COOLING ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION.

2.64

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

SPN: 105 FMI: 0 1 of 1

Engine Overspeed

Intake manifold temperature high Above normal, most severe

Apply service brakes to reduce travel speed.

INTAKE MANIFOLD TEMPERATURE HIGH

ENGINE OVERSPEED

This warning will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when engine charge air cooler temperature exceeds recommended termperatures.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when engine speed exceeds the recommended engine overspeed limit.

When this alarm is activated check for: •

Plugged air intake access panel screens

•

Plugged charge air cooler.

Apply service brakes to reduce travel speed and avoid engine overspeed. It is important to keep engine speed within the recommended operating range to avoid costly damage to the engine itself and to other machine components affected by engine overspeed. Operating at engine speeds outside the recommended operating range will result in costly damage and reduce the expected life of the engine and other machine components affected by engine overspeed.

DO NOT continue to operate machine. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER AND COOLING ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION.

SPN: 100 FMI: 1 1 of 1

Whenever this message is displayed a second message follows once engine speed has been reduced to a level within normal limits. The second message indicates to the operator the maximum engine speed level which triggered the engine overspeed message. Refer also to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – ENGINE OVERSPEED MAX in THIS SECTION.

Engine Oil Pressure Low Below normal, most severe

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW This warning will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when engine oil pressure falls below 10psi (0.7Bar). Stop the engine when this alarm is activated. Check engine oil levels. Refer to STARTING ENGINE in THIS SECTION for more information.

2.65

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

Engine Overspeed Max

SPN: 612 FMI: 2 1 of 1

3750 rpm. Reduce speed when skidding.

Crankshaft speed/position signal lost Erratic or intermittent

ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - CRITICAL

ENGINE OVERSPEED MAX This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound after an engine overspeed message has been triggered to indicate to the operator the maximum engine speed level which triggered the engine overspeed message. This message is intended to remind operators to reduce speed when skidding to suit operating conditions and avoid engine overspeed. It is important to keep engine speed within the recommended operating range to avoid costly damage to the engine itself and to other machine components affected by engine overspeed. Operating at engine speeds outside the recommended operating range will result in costly damage and reduce the expected life of the engine and other machine components affected by engine overspeed. Refer also to COMPUTER – MESSAGES CRITICAL – ENGINE OVERSPEED in THIS SECTION.

Critical engine fault message(s) will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical engine fault message is received from the engine electronic control module. They provide the SPN code (suspect parameter number) and the FMI code (fault mode identifier) as well as a message describing the fault (when available). Critical engine fault codes are higher priority messages than alert level engine fault code messages. Critical messages can be hidden but immediate action must be taken, STOP machine operation and service engine immediately to resolve the cause of the fault. An example of a critical engine fault message is shown above. Note that some less common engine fault codes will appear without a message describing the fault. Make a note of the SPN and FMI codes and contact service for more information. Refer to engine manufacturer's manual for specific information regarding the engine.

2.66

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

Diesel Particulate Filter

Stop machine. Regeneration no longer possible. The DPF must be serviced.

Regeneration cycle required. Refer to operator's manual.

DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER THIRD LEVEL ALERT T4i (6206001-6206200, 6303801-6304000) This alert message indicates a DPF third alert level. The DPF Icon will begin flashing and an engine fault code (FC1921) is displayed on the Display Module. The engine ECM will begin to derate the engine fuel system. A parked active regeneration must be performed by the operator. When this warning occurs the machine must be taken to a safe area as soon as possible to perform a parked active regeneration of the DPF filter. Refer also to DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER and DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER – PARKED ACTIVE DPF REGENERATION in THIS SECTION for more information.

DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER FOURTH LEVEL ALERT T4i (6206001-6206200, 6303801-6304000) This alert message indicates a DPF fourth alert level. The DPF Icon will begin flashing and engine fault codes (SPN 3251 FMI 0) are displayed on the Display Module. In addition a critical engine stop warning will be displayed. The engine ECM will severely derate the engine fuel system. STOP THE ENGINE the DPF filter is severely clogged. A parked active regeneration cannot be performed by the operator. A service only regeneration is possible but can only be performed by the engine manufacturer's authorized service technician. Contact the engine manufacturer's service representative for assistance. Refer also to DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER in THIS SECTION for more information.

2.67

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

ERROR MESSAGES (RED) Error messages advise the operator that a critical machine fault is about to occur or a system fault has occurred. Error messages are computer system generated and are generally triggered by computer system error and fault related conditions. Error messages have the second highest level of priority and are used to alert operator that immediate action must be taken to prevent damage to machine or to ensure operator safety.

A list of some types of ERROR MESSAGES is as follows:

Error messages are activated whenever a fault such as an electrical connection is broken/ disconnected. Most error messages are due to computer system hardware or connection faults.

Module No Contact Error Module VREF Error Voltage Input Error (VIN)

When an error message is displayed, the master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash continuously. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

Digital Input Error (DIN) Digital Output Error (DOUT) Current Output Error (COUT)

The message will give brief details of the fault and advise what action is necessary.

* Note that not all error messages are shown.

In some instances the machine requires immediate action to correct the problem which requires the operator to STOP machine operation, SHUT THE ENGINE OFF and service the machine to correct the problem. However, if the machine cannot be stopped immediately for safety reasons, the operator can hide the message. In this instance the machine should only be operated long enough to move the machine to a safe location then STOP machine operation and SHUT THE ENGINE OFF before serious machine damage can occur! Messages are acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (OK). To recall active messages turn key off and on. On screen messages will indicate to the operator that an active hardware fault has been hidden. Error messages flash the critical symbol

or the

above the F4 button when active messages are hidden depending on the type of error message. The symbol will continue to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive. Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button.

2.68

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder ERROR MESSAGES

Controls and operation XS2-A0

MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR

Cab Module

The module no contact error message will be displayed to indicate a loss of communication with or power to a module. The module is identified on the display screen.

No contact

When a module goes loses contact all machine functions controlled by that module cease and all messages associated with that module are triggered. If the problem is with the CAN wires all modules beyond the problem module will also be affected.

XA2-A0

Front Chassis Module

Note that if the MD3 display module has a loss of power or other malfunction the screen may go blank and all machine functions controlled by the computer system will be affected..

No contact

Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

XA2-A1

Front Chassis Module 2 No contact

J1939-B0

Cummins QSB 6.7L No contact

2.69

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

MODULE VREF ERROR

MD3

The module VREF message will be displayed to indicate a problem related to the 5 V reference signal coming from the module.

Display VREF error

The module is identified on the display screen. This message indicates a problem with a sensor, connecting wires or the 5V reference signal itself. Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

XS2-A0

Cab Module VREF error

XA2-A0

Front Chassis Module VREF error

XA2-A1

Front Chassis Module 2 VREF error

2.70

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder Cab Module Pin C1:25

Travel Direction Select VIN High error

Controls and operation CURRENT OUTPUT ERROR (COUT) Current output error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a current output signal from a computer system module. The module and pin number are identified on the display screen. The heading identifies the signal destination and the text indicates the type of error.

VOLTAGE INPUT ERROR (VIN) Voltage input error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a voltage input signal to a computer system module. The module and pin number are identified on the display screen.

The display is similar to the voltage input error message shown above. Once acknowledged these message will be replaced with a hardware failure message for the corresponding module when active faults recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - ALERT – HARDWARE FAILURE in THIS SECTION.

The heading identifies the signal source and the text indicates the type of error. An example of a voltage input error message is shown above. DIGITAL INPUT ERROR (DIN) Digital input error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a digital input signal to a computer system module. The module and pin number are identified on the display screen. The heading identifies the signal source and the text indicates the type of error. The display is similar to the voltage input error message shown above. DIGITAL OUTPUT ERROR (DOUT) Digital output error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a digital output signal from a computer system module. The module and pin number are identified on the display screen. The heading identifies the signal destination and the text indicates the type of error. The display is similar to the voltage input error message shown above.

2.71

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder ALERT MESSAGES (YELLOW)

Controls and operation

Alert messages advise the operator that machine operation will be compromised. Alert messages have the third level of priority and are used to indicate to the operator that action is required to prevent future damage to the machine. All alert message will give brief details of the fault and advise what action is necessary. Action should be taken to service the machine to correct the problem at the earliest opportunity to prevent future damage to the machine.

There are two types of alert messages: Alert programmed messages generally triggered by machine function related conditions.

Alert messages flash the alert symbol above the F4 button when active messages are hidden.

When an alert message is displayed, the master alarm and light will sound and flash three times to alert the operator of the message. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it. Messages can be hidden by pressing the F2 button (Hide).

Alert computer system generated messages are generally triggered by computer system error and fault related conditions.

Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button. The symbol will continue to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive.

When a system generated alert message is displayed he master alarm and light will sound and flash three times to alert the operator of the message.

Note that if both a critical level fault and an alert level fault are present the critical symbol will take priority until the critical fault becomes inactive.

The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it. Note that active hardware fault alert messages are acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (OK). To recall these messages turn key off and on. On screen messages will indicate to the operator that an active hardware fault has been hidden.

2.72

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

A list of ALERT MESSAGES is as follows: Fuel Level low. Engine Air Intake Filter Restricted Drive Charge Filter Bypassed Machine Voltage Low. Machine Voltage High Transmission Filter Bypassed Service Brake Pressure Low Drive Charge System Pressure Low Joystick & Pedal Interlock Joystick Button Interlock Fuel Water In Fuel Hardware Fault - MD3 Hardware Fault - XS2 Hardware Fault - XA2 Hardware Failure - VIN Hardware Failure - DIN Hardware Failure -DOUT Hardware Failure -COUT Engine Voltage Low Engine Voltage High Engine Fault Code Messages - Alert Exhaust Temperaure High Diesel Particulate Filter First Level Alert Diesel Particulate Filter Second Level Alert Start The DPF Regeneration ? Some types of computer system generated alert messages are listed below: Module High Temperature - Alert Module High Supply Voltage - Alert Module Low Supply Voltage - Alert * Note that not all system generated alert messages are shown.

2.73

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

ALERT MESSAGES Drive Charge Filter Bypassed. Service machine to correct.

Fuel Level low.

DRIVE CHARGE FILTER BYPASSED This warning will be displayed when an oil flow restriction in excess of 50 psi (3.5 Bar) is encountered at the hydrostatic oil charge filter. This pressure build up also opens the filter bypass valve in the filter head allowing oil to bypass the filter element.

FUEL LEVEL LOW This warning will be displayed when the fuel level falls below 5% of full. Refer to FUEL TANK in THIS SECTION for tank capacities.

When this happens the filter requires immediate service. If alarm sounds during cold start-ups, the engine speed should be reduced and the warm-up procedure continued. Note that the bypass warning will only be displayed when hydraulic oil temperature is above 85°F (29°C) and the filter is in bypass mode.

Engine Air Intake Filter Restricted. Service Machine to correct.

ENGINE AIR INTAKE FILTER RESTRICTED

Machine Voltage

This warning will be displayed when a signal is received from the restriction indicator switch on the engine air cleaner.

Low. Service machine to correct.

When this happens the engine air cleaner requires immediate service. Refer to AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

MACHINE VOLTAGE LOW This warning will be displayed when machine voltage readings of less than 20 volts are detected. Machine voltage readings indicate voltage levels in the electrical system. When this alarm is activated investigate the cause immediately.

2.74

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

Machine Voltage

Service Brake

High. Service machine to correct.

Pressure Low. Service machine to correct.

MACHINE VOLTAGE HIGH

SERVICE BRAKE PRESSURE LOW

This warning will be displayed when machine voltage readings of greater than 30 volts are detected.

This warning will be displayed when service brake pressure falls below 800 psi (55 Bar). When this warning is activated check first for leaks in the brake circuit. If no leaks are found check for proper operation of the brake pedal valve, accumulator, check valve and brake pressure sensor.

Machine voltage readings indicate voltage levels in the electrical system. When this alarm is activated investigate the cause immediately.

For more information about the service brake circuit refer to SECTION 9 of THE SERVICE MANUAL.

Transmission Filter

Drive Charge System

Bypassed. Service machine to correct.

Pressure Low. Service machine to correct.

DRIVE CHARGE SYSTEM PRESSURE LOW

TRANSMISSION FILTER BYPASSED This message will be displayed when an oil flow restriction in excess of 50 psi (3.5 bar) is encountered at the transmission filter. This pressure build up also opens the filter bypass valve in the filter head allowing oil to bypass the filter element.

This warning will be displayed when drive charge pressure falls below 250 psi (17 Bar). The charge pressure is monitored at the forward and reverse pressure sensors on the drive pump. When this warning is activated check the charge filter for proper operation then, if necessary, check the charge pressure using a gauge.

When this happens the filter requires immediate service. If alarm sounds during cold start-ups, the engine speed should be reduced and the warm up procedure continued. Note that the bypass message will only be displayed when transmission oil temperature is above 40°F (4°C) and the filter is in bypass mode.

Refer to DRIVE PUMP PRESSURE CHECKS in SECTION 8 of THE SERVICE MANUAL. Refer also to COMPUTER – MESSAGES ALERT – DRIVE CHARGE FILTER BYPASSED warning in THIS SECTION.

2.75

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

Joystick & Pedal Interlock

SPN: 97 FMI: 15 1 of 1

Release active joystick or pedal

Water in Fuel Above normal.

JOYSTICK & PEDAL INTERLOCK

FUEL - WATER IN FUEL

This message will be shown when joystick or pedal function control is activated before the parking brake is disengaged. Function operation is prevented until the control is released.

This warning will be displayed when water is detected in the fuel by the engine computer system.

This interlock prevents unintended operation of machine functions.

Refer to engine manufacturer's manual for specific information regarding the engine.

Joystick Button Interlock Release depressed joystick button.

JOYSTICK BUTTON INTERLOCK This message will be shown when a joystick button function control is activated before the parking brake is disengaged. Function operation is prevented until the control is released. This interlock prevents unintended operation of machine functions.

2.76

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

Hardware Fault - MD3

Hardware Fault - XS2

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

HARDWARE FAULT - MD3

HARDWARE FAULT - XS2

This warning will be displayed when an alert level active hardware fault related to the MD3 Display module has been hidden.

This warning will be displayed when an alert level active hardware fault related to the XS2 Cab module has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

High temperature, low supply voltage and high supply voltage module alert messages are examples of the type of hardware fault which will be the original active faults which trigger this message.

Hardware Fault - XA2 Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

HARDWARE FAULT - XA2 This warning will be displayed when an alert level active hardware fault related to the XA2 Front Chassis module has been hidden. To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on. High temperature, low supply voltage and high supply voltage module alert messages are examples of the type of hardware fault which will be the original active faults which trigger this message.

2.77

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

Hardware Failure - VIN

Hardware Failure - DOUT

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

HARDWARE FAILURE - VIN

HARDWARE FAILURE - DOUT

This warning will be displayed when a voltage input error message has been hidden.

This warning will be displayed when a digital output error message has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

Hardware Failure - DIN

Hardware Failure - COUT

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

HARDWARE FAILURE - DIN

HARDWARE FAILURE - COUT

This warning will be displayed when a digital input error message has been hidden.

This warning will be displayed when a current output error message has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

2.78

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

SPN: 110 FMI: 16 1 of 1

SPN: 168 FMI: 18 1 of 1

Engine coolant temperature high Above normal, severe

Engine voltage low Below normal, severe

ENGINE VOLTAGE LOW

ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - ALERT

This warning will be displayed when engine voltage readings of less than 20 volts are detected.

Alert engine fault message(s) will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when an alert engine fault message is received from the engine electronic control module.

When this alarm is activated investigate the cause immediately.

SPN: 168 FMI: 16 1 of 1 Engine voltage high Above normal, severe

ENGINE VOLTAGE HIGH

They provide the SPN code (suspect parameter number) and the FMI code (fault mode identifier) as well as a message describing the fault (when available). Alert engine fault codes are lower priority messages than critical level engine fault code messages. Alert messages can be hidden but action (service engine) is required to resolve the cause of the fault. An example of an alert engine fault message is shown above.

This warning will be displayed when engine voltage readings of greater than 30 volts are detected.

Note that some less common engine fault codes will appear without a message describing the fault. Make a note of the SPN and FMI codes and contact service for more information.

When this alarm is activated investigate the cause immediately.

Refer to engine manufacturer's manual for specific information regarding the engine. NOTE: Contact your Tigercat dealer to obtain an Engine Fault Codes chart. An up to date copy should be kept in the Manual’s Box (in the cab). The chart is updated regularly by the engine manufacturer, so it is important to check periodically with the Tigercat dealer to ensure that you have a current copy of the Engine Fault Codes chart.

2.79

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

MODULE HIGH TEMPERATURE - ALERT

MD3

Module high temperature alert message will be displayed to indicate that the computer control system has detected high temperature readings in a system module.

Display High temperature

The module is identified on the display screen. The temperature reading value is also displayed.

Value: 75 °C

XS2-A0

Cab Module High temperature

Value: 75° C

XA2-A0

Front Chassis Module High temperature

Value: 75° C

XA2-A1

Front Chassis Module 2 High temperature

Value: 75° C

2.80

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

MODULE HIGH SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ALERT

MD3

Module high supply voltage alert message will be displayed to indicate that the computer control system has detected high supply voltage readings in a system module.

Display High supply voltage

The module is identified on the display screen. The voltage reading value is also displayed.

Value: 34 V

XS2-A0

Cab Module High supply voltage

Value: 34 V

XA2-A0

Front Chassis Module High supply voltage

Value: 75° C

XA2-A1

Front Chassis Module 2 High supply voltage

Value: 75° C

2.81

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

MODULE LOW SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ALERT

MD3

Module low supply voltage alert message will be displayed to indicate that the computer control system has detected low supply voltage readings in a system module.

Display Low supply voltage

The module is identified on the display screen. Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - ALERT – HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

XS2-A0

Cab Module Low supply voltage

XA2-A0

Front Chassis Module Low supply voltage

XA2-A1

Front Chassis Module 2 Low supply voltage

2.82

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

Diesel Particulate Filter

Exhaust Temperature

Regeneration cycle required soon. Refer to operator's manual.

High exhaust system temperature present.

DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER SECOND LEVEL ALERT T4i (6206001-6206200, 6303801-6304000)

EXHAUST TEMPERAURE HIGH T4i (6206001-6206200, 6303801-6304000) This alert message will be displayed when the HEST Icon is illuminated (yellow), it indicates that the exhaust temperature is High or that an active regeneration is in progress.

This alert message indicates a DPF second alert level. The DPF Icon will begin flashing and an engine fault code (FC2639) is displayed on the Display Module.

Refer also to DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER in THIS SECTION for more information.

When this warning occurs the machine must be taken to a safe area as soon as possible to perform a parked active regeneration of the DPF filter. Refer also to DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER and DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER – PARKED ACTIVE DPF REGENERATION in THIS SECTION for more information.

Diesel Particulate Filter Regeneration cycle required within the next few hours. Refer to operator's manual.

Start DPF Regeneration ? Is it safe to start a Regeneration Cycle for the diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)? Refer to operator's manual. Abort

DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER FIRST LEVEL ALERT T4i (6206001-6206200, 6303801-6304000) This alert message indicates a DPF first alert level. The DPF Icon turns ON (illuminated yellow) and an engine fault code (FC2639) is displayed on the Display Module. These alert the operator that a parked active regeneration of the DPF filter must be performed within the next few hours of engine operation. The machine must be taken to a safe area within this time frame and a parked active regeneration of the DPF filter must be performed.

Initiate

START THE DPF REGENERATION ? T4i (6206001-6206200, 6303801-6304000) This alert message is part of the parked active regeneration procedure. WARNING: DO NOT perform an active regeneration in areas that PROHIBIT this operation (example: near refuelling stations or in any areas where fire hazard warning levels are high). Refer to DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER – PARKED ACVTIVE DPF REGENERATION in THIS SECTION for complete procedure and safety information.

Refer also to DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER and DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER – PARKED ACTIVE DPF REGENERATION in THIS SECTION for more information.

2.83

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder INFORMATION MESSAGES (BLUE)

Controls and operation

Information messages give the operator information regarding an event or problem condition while the event or problem exists. Information messages have lowest priority and are used to give the operator information that is useful to the operator, but requires no action to prevent immediate or future damage to the machine When an information message is displayed on the screen the message will either automatically disappear when the condition no longer exists or stay on the screen until the operator acknowledges the message.

A list of the INFORMATION MESSAGES is as follows:

Information messages can be acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (OK). Acknowledged information messages are removed from the screen.

Setup Mode - Drive Pump POR Setup

Setup Mode - Engine HP Test Setup Mode - Drive Motor Setup Setup Mode - Drive Pump Regulation Setup Setup Mode - Function Setup Setup Mode - Max Current Setup (if equipped*) Machine Steering Invert Disabled * NOTE: Used for machines equipped with EHS transmission only.

Information messages do not have an indicator after they have been acknowledged. Most information messages that have been acknowledged cannot be reviewed. Recurrence of an event or problem condition related to an information message may cause the message to be shown again. Restarting the machine may also cause the message to be shown again.

2.84

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder INFORMATION MESSAGES SETUP MODE One of these warnings will be displayed until the message is acknowledged when the machine is placed in a service program mode: • Engine HP Test Mode • Drive Motor Setup Mode • Drive Pump POR Setup Mode • Drive Pump Regulation Setup • Function Valve Setup Mode • Max Current Setup Mode (if equipped) Setup Program Modes are intended for setup and testing and should only be used by qualified Tigercat service technicians or on specific instructions from a service technician.

Controls and operation IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally. Other program modes are used for service/setup procedures only. When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged. In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

NOTE ALSO:

Setup Mode

•

In Engine HP Test, Drive Motor Setup, Drive Pump POR Setup, Drive Pump Regulation and Max Current Setup Modes the arch and boom are deactivated. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

Drive Pump POR Setup for service use only. Return to Normal Mode to operate machine.

•

In Function Setup Mode the drive pedals and steering are deactivated. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

Setup Mode

For more information on the setup mode settings refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU SERVICE SETTINGS – PROGRAM MODE in THIS SECTION.

Drive Pump Regulation Setup for service use only. Return to Normal Mode to operate machine.

Setup Mode

Engine HP Test for service use only. Return to Normal Mode to operate machine.

Function Valve Setup for service use only. Return to Normal Mode to operate machine.

Setup Mode

Drive Motor Setup for service use only. Return to Normal Mode to operate machine.

Max Current Setup Mode for service use only. Return to Normal Mode to operate machine.

2.85

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

Machine Steering Steering invert disabled. Steer joystick direction does not change when operator is facing rearward.

MACHINE STEERING INVERT DISABLED This message will be displayed each time the machine is started when the joystick steering invert function is disabled. When the the joystick steering invert function is disabled. Steer joystick direction does not change when operator is facing rearward. Therefore LEFT articulation and RIGHT articulation are considered to be left and right as viewed by the operator from the forward facing seat position regardless of the position of the operator's seat. For more information regarding the steer invert function setting refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU - SERVICE SETTINGS – STEER INVERT (JOYSTICK STEERING ONLY) in THIS SECTION. Refer also to LEFT HAND JOYSTICK – STEERING, ROTATING SEAT KICK LEVER and COMPUTER – MESSAGES - INFORMATION – MACHINE STEERING INVERT DISABLED in THIS SECTION.

2.86

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF)

Controls and operation

T4i (6206001-6206200, 6303801-6304000)

This machine is equipped with a Tier 4 Diesel Engine, that is designed to meet stringent exhaust emission standards of the US EPA. The engine exhaust emission system is equipped with a two stage catalytic filter (Diesel Particulate Filter) This exhaust emission aftertreatment system uses Catalyzed Continuously Regenerating Technology to reduce exhaust emissions.

DPF FILTER

OUTLET 620D-234

DPF FILTER

DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF)

DPF ICONS DPF ICON

DPF SENSOR TABLE DPF INLET 620D-235

DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF)

To ensure optimum performance of the filter and engine, the diesel particulate filter system monitors engine exhaust pressure and temperature to determine alert level. The DPF Icons (shown as graphic pictures on the main menu display of the computer) alert the operator when the filter needs cleaning by performing an active regeneration when illuminated.

Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Alarm Icon DPF Icon - When this icon is illuminated (yellow), it indicates the diesel particulate filter is becoming filled and operator's assistance is required to perform an active regeneration.

IMPORTANT ! Refer to the diesel engine manufacturer's operation manual for further details and operation instructions of the DPF exhaust emission aftertreatment system.

Along with the illumination of the DPF icon warning messages are displayed to indicate when the DPF filter needs cleaning. Refer to DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER ~ ALERT WARNING LEVELS in THIS SECTION. NOTE: The parking brake must be ENGAGED to perform an active regeneration. Refer also to DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER ~ PARKED ACTIVE DPF REGENERATION in THIS SECTION for complete information on performing an active regeneration.

2.87

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation AFTERTREATMENT DEVICE OPERATION Engine Work Cycles and the effect on the DPF System: During typical machine operation the engine works at high idle with a continuous load on the engine. During this type of operation (Working Duty Cycle) the engine performs a passive regeneration of the DPF system cleaning the filter continuously. However, if the engine is operated at low idle and light loads (Light Duty Cycle) for an extended period the engine cannot perform a passive regeneration, trapped soot particles accumulate in the filter and an active regeneration will be required to clean the filter.

INHIBIT - Inhibit (REGENERATION DISABLE) This mode disables active regeneration of the diesel particulate filter. This machine is always in "Inhibit" mode. The only time it is not is when a manual active regeneration is initiated. Once it is initiated only the parking brake being disengaged or shutting off the engine will interrupt an active regeneration.

To ensure optimum performance of the DPF filter and engine, the diesel particulate filter system monitors engine exhaust pressure and temperature and alerts the operator via the DPF Icon on the display unit and alert and critical warning messages are displayed when the DPF filter needs cleaning.

High Exhaust System Temp (HEST) Lamp

DPF First Alert Level: - DPF Icon ON

HEST Icon - When this Icon is illuminated (yellow), it indicates that the exhaust temperature is High or that an active regeneration is in progress.

The DPF Icon turns ON (illuminated yellow) and an engine fault code (FC2639) is displayed on the Display Module. These alert the operator that a parked active regeneration of the DPF filter must be performed within the next few hours of engine operation. The machine must be taken to a safe area within this time frame and a parked active regeneration of the DPF filter must be performed.

ALERT WARNING LEVELS

Refer to DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER ~ PARKED ACTIVE DPF REGENERATION in THIS SECTION. 2.88

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation occurs the machine must be taken to a safe area as soon as possible to perform a parked active regeneration of the DPF filter. Refer to DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER ~ PARKED ACTIVE DPF REGENERATION in THIS SECTION.

DPF Second Alert Level: - DPF Icon Flashing The DPF Icon will begin flashing, an engine fault code (FC2639) and an Alert message are displayed on the Display Module. When this warning occurs the machine must be taken to a safe area as soon as possible to perform a parked active regeneration of the DPF filter.

DPF Fourth Alert Level: DPF Icon Flashing At this point in time the DPF Icon will be flashing, engine fault codes (SPN 3251 FMI 0) and an Critical message are displayed on the Display Module. In addition a critical engine stop warning will be displayed. The engine ECM will severely derate the engine fuel system. STOP THE ENGINE the DPF filter is severely clogged. A parked active regeneration cannot be performed by the operator. A service only regeneration is possible but can only be performed by the engine manufacturer's authorized service technician. Contact the engine manufacturer's service representative for assistance.

Refer to DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER ~ PARKED ACTIVE DPF REGENERATION in THIS SECTION.

DPF Third Alert Level: DPF Icon Flashing and Critical Display Message ON At this point in time the DPF Icon will be Flashing, an engine fault code (FC1921) and a critical message are displayed on the Display Module. The engine ECM will begin to derate the engine fuel system. A parked active regeneration must be performed by the operator. When this warning 2.89

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

PARKED ACTIVE DPF REGENERATION (NON-MISSION REGENERATION)

WARNING

WARNING Warning, Fire and Burn Hazard! The high exhaust system temperature produced during an active exhaust system REGEN cycle can cause potential fire damage and inflict serious burn injuries.

WARNING, HOT FLUIDS, HOT MACHINE SURFACES AND HIGH EXHAUST SYSTEM TEMPERATURES CAN CAUSE SERIOUS BURNS!

Park the machine in a safe area where there are no flammable or combustible materials present and where the engine exhaust is a safe distance from personnel and property. Keep all personnel clear of the machine. Clean the engine, machine surfaces in and around the engine compartment and engine exhaust system area of all debris and combustible material before activating the DPF system REGEN switch. Failure to follow all of the above instructions will result in a fire which could cause severe property damage, serious burn injury or death.

•

Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

•

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

•

DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below (38°C) 100°F!

4. Clean the engine, machine surfaces in and around the engine compartment and engine exhaust system area of all debris and combustible material.

To perform a parked active regeneration (nonmission regeneration) of the Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) follow this procedure:

5. Start the engine and engage the parking brake. DO NOT increase the idle speed during the active regeneration cycle.

IMPORTANT: Refer to the diesel engine manufacturer's operation manual for complete details and operation instructions of the exhaust emission aftertreatment device system. A parked active regeneration is only required when the DPF filter Icon appears on the Computer Display. WARNING: DO NOT perform an active regeneration in areas that PROHIBIT this operation (example: near refuelling stations or in any areas where fire hazard warning levels are high). NOTE; Read and understand the Fire Prevention instructions in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL. 1. Park the machine in a safe area where there are no flammable or combustible materials present and where the engine exhaust is a safe distance from personnel and property. Shut engine OFF.

6. Select the engine menu. Press F1 the main menu.

2. Keep all personnel clear of the machine. High exhaust system temperature can cause severe burn injury. 3. Allow the engine and machine surfaces to cool down to below (38°C) 100°F.

2.90

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation 9. When the REGENERATION cycle is complete and the HEST Icon has turned off the machine can be returned to normal operations.

7. Press the F3 button to actuate the REGENERATION information box.

8. Press the F4 button to initiate the active REGENERATION cycle. Observe the HEST Icon on the computer display, it will turn ON. The REGENERATION cycle will take approximately 20-40 minutes (depending upon soot load). NOTE: DO NOT disengage the parking brake or operate any machine function controls during the REGENERATION cycle unless it is absolutely necessary. Disengaging the parking brake will deactivate and interrupt the REGENERATION cycle which will have to be continued as soon as it is safe to do so. IMPORTANT: If during the REGENERATION cycle smoke or fire is detected STOP THE ENGINE, investigate and resolve the cause of smoke or fire.

2.91

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder CAB VENTILATION

Controls and operation

1. AIR VENTS

The Air Conditioner/Heater package has 8 air outlets in the cab. • 2 in the top half of the left door post. • 2 in the top half of the right door post. • 2 on the rear dash, below the window. • 1 behind seat on the lower right. • 1 behind seat on the lower left. NOTE: To increase flow to a given vent, other vents must be closed in order to redirect the air.

193-8

R.H. DOOR POST VENTS - 2

2. FILTER, RECIRCULATING AIR - A/C UNIT 1

Air in the cab is drawn into the A/C-HEATER unit via this filter and recirculated. The filter is located at the base of the A/C unit. It should be cleaned or replaced on a regular basis. This is done by removing two thumb screws in the filter box cover. 3. FILTER - FRESH AIR

151-11

When the air source switch is in the ON position , outside air is drawn into the cab air conditioning unit through this filter and mixed with interior air from the cab. To reduce dust in the cab area, use the FRESH AIR option with the A/C on. This pressurizes the cab, forcing dust out and reducing dust coming in. The FRESH AIR filter is accessible from outside of the cab, at the back between the lights. The filter should be inspected on a regular basis and cleaned/replaced when severely plugged or wet. This is done by removing 6 bolts (3/8”) and removing the air inlet cover. Next remove two nuts (1/4”) and remove the filter box cover. This will allow access to the filter.

REAR DASH VENTS - 2 2

151-9

VENTS BEHIND SEAT - 2 3

WARNING - These filters may require cleaning or replacement more frequently under extreme operating conditions.

E620C-09

2.92

FRESH AIR FILTER

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

LOCATED IN OPERATOR'S CAB

E625C-105

CHARGE GAUGE

E625C-107

FIRE EXTINGUISHER, PORTABLE

AM/FM STEREO CD

A portable fire extinguisher is located in the operator's cab. The extinguisher should be checked daily to ensure that it is charged. The pointer on the charge gauge should point to the green region. If the indicator falls out of this green area, the extinguisher should be serviced immediately. Refer also to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL.

With two front mounted speakers. Consult the manufactures instruction manual for additional information.

610-15

RADIO - CB (IF EQUIPPED) Consult the manufacturer's instruction manual for additional information.

2.93

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

CAB FUSE AND RELAY PANEL The fuse panel is located in the left rear of the cab behind the seat. The fuses and relays are protected beneath a panel which can be opened by removing two screws.

IMPORTANT

24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM E625C-120

10A

20A

10 9

15A

20A

10A

5 4

20A

30A

20A

10A

FUSE AND RELAY PANEL

FUSES

1 - SPARE 2 - CIGARETTE LIGHTER 3 - HVAC SYSTEM 4 - KEY POWER 5 - SPARE 6 - HORN 7 - AIR SEAT 8 - ACCESSORY POWER 9 - 12V CONVERTER 10 - SPARE 11 - WORK LIGHTS FRONT 12 - WORK LIGHTS REAR 13 - WORK LIGHTS AUXILIARY 1 14 - WORK LIGHTS AUXILIARY 2 15 - HVAC SWITCHES 16 - SPARE 17 - XS2 MODULE 18 - XA2 MODULE 19 - AC COMPRESSOR/FRESH AIR BLOWER 20 - MD3 MODULE 21 - REAR CHASSIS SENSORS 22 - ECM POWER 23 - SENSORS 24 - SWITCHES 25 - INTERIOR LIGHT 26 - SPARE 27 - START/PARK BRAKE 28 - SPARE

RELAYS

1 - PARK BRAKE OFF 2 - PARK BRAKE ON 3 - START SOLENOID 4 - UNLOADING VALVE OFF 5 - WORK LIGHTS AUXILIARY 2 6 - WORK LIGHTS AUXILIARY 1 7 - WORK LIGHTS FRONT 8 - WORK LIGHTS REAR 9 - A/C COMPRESSOR/FRESH AIR BLOWER 10 - HVAC FAN 11 - REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SELECTOR 12 - SPARE DIODE HOLDER 13 - SPARE 14 - PARK BRAKE SIGNAL 15 - MD3 DISCONNECT 16 - ACCESSORY POWER

41949BENG R2

CAB FUSE AND RELAY PANEL (6205201 TO 6206000, 6303001 TO 6303800)

2.94

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

E625C-120

10A

20A

10 9

15A

20A

10A

5 4

20A

30A

20A

10A

FUSE AND RELAY PANEL

FUSES

RELAYS

1 - PARK BRAKE OFF 2 - PARK BRAKE ON 3 - START SOLENOID 4 - UNLOADING VALVE OFF 5 - WORK LIGHTS AUXILIARY 2 6 - WORK LIGHTS AUXILIARY 1 7 - WORK LIGHTS FRONT 8 - WORK LIGHTS REAR 9 - A/C COMPRESSOR/FRESH AIR BLOWER 10 - HVAC FAN 11 - REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SELECTOR 12 - SPARE DIODE HOLDER 13 - SPARE 14 - STARTER LOCK OUT 15 - MD3 DISCONNECT 16 - ACCESSORY POWER

52004BENG R0

CAB FUSE AND RELAY PANEL (6206001 TO 6206200, 6303801 TO 6304000)

2.95

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

FUSES AND RELAYS (ELECTRICAL BOX)

625C-95

ELECTRICAL BOX (LEFT SIDE FRONT CHASSIS)

ELECTRICAL BOX FUSES AND RELAYS (6205201 TO 6206000, 6303001 TO 6303800)

2.96

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder FUSES AND RELAYS (ELECTRICAL BOX)

Controls and operation

620D-203

ELECTRICAL BOX (LEFT SIDE FRONT CHASSIS)

100A

150A

8 5.1K

6 5.1K

9 5.1K

12345678910 -

7 5.1K 10 5.1K

GRID HEATER SOLENOID START SOLENOID CAB POWER 1 GRID HEATER SPARE ENGINE STOP LAMP SPEED SENSOR 1 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE CHARGE BYPASS SPEED SENSOR 2 52001BENG R0

ELECTRICAL BOX FUSES AND RELAYS (6206001 TO 6206200, 6303801 TO 6304000)

2.97

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

CHASSIS

MAINTENANCE ACCESS DOORS BOLT ON ACCESS PANELS

BOLTS

620D-237

ACCESS PANELS LEFT SIDE BOLT ON ACCESS PANELS

MAINTENANCE ACCESS DOORS

620D-208

FRONT DOOR

DOORS AND ACCESS PANELS FRONT DOOR TO OPEN:

620D-239

Park machine on level ground and lower the grapple and dozer to the ground. Remove the two bolts from the left side of the door and swing open. When the maintenance is complete, close the door and reinstall bolts. Do not operate DOZER with door open. If the ground is not level, ensure that the door swings towards the downhill side to prevent it from swinging closed on the operator/mechanic.

CAUTION Park on level ground to prevent unexpected door closing.

2.98

ACCESS PANELS RIGHT SIDE

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

ACCESS PANELS This machine is equipped with bolt on access panels to provide service access.

DOOR PROP

620D-207

MAINTENANCE ACCESS DOOR (RIGHT SIDE SHOWN)

Some panels are equipped with a maintenance access door to provide quick access for routine daily maintenance. Maintenance access doors are equipped with a door prop to hold them open while in use as shown above. Always ensure that all access panels are secured in place and all access doors are closed and secured before operating the machine.

CAUTION Always use the door props provided to safely hold access doors open while in use. The engine compartment access panels are bolted in place. Whenever bolts are removed panels can fall during the process of removing them from the machine.

2.99

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

620D-211

Controls and operation

STANDARD FUEL TANK

FUEL TANK Located in the rear chassis, the fuel reservoir consists of two tanks interconnected. There is one filling location (right tank). The filler tube also contains a fuel tank filler screen.

HIGH CAPACITY FUEL TANK 620D-212 REFUELING Park machine on level ground, shut off engine and allow machine to cool.

The filler screen should be removed and cleaned every 125 Hours (reach in and lift it out). Replace the screen if it is damaged.

A sending unit is installed and connected to the computer display on the instrument panel. The standard fuel tank has a capacity of 81 US gal (305 L). There is also a high capacity fuel tank available for machines without winches. It is a single 145 US gal (550 L) replacement tank.

D DO NOT refuel while smoking or near an open flame or sparks. Clear obstructions from steps and handles needed to access fuel tank. Open cover on top of fuel tank (if equipped)and clear any debris from around the fill cap. Remove filler cap slowly to allow pressure to escape from tank. Inspect fill cap gasket. Inspect fuel strainer located under the fill cap for debris or damage. Attach a grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refuelling tank or nozzle is so equipped. Fill tank until fuel level reaches the strainer or the full mark on the sight gauge if equipped. Do not leave nozzle unattended or spillage may occur. Remove nozzle and ground strap (if applicable), then install fill cap hand tight before closing fill cap cover. Before restarting the machine, check that no other personnel have moved into the hazardous area and sound the horn.

2.100

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM WATER TANK

WATER CONTROL VALVE

DOZER BLADE

BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH

E625C-117

BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH LEFT SIDE ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HOSE STORAGE COMPARTMENT

BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH Located in the engine compartment on the left side of the machine, this switch is wired to the positive side of the battery. When in the OFF position it completely disconnects all the machine's electrical circuits from the battery and isolates the engine control module (ECM) power fuses.

BELOW RIGHT HAND CAB DOOR

TRANSMISSION DIPSTICK

630D-15

TRANSMISSION OIL FILL LOCATION

TRANSMISSION DIPSTICK AND FILL LOCATION

TRANSMISSION DIPSTICK

The transmission dipstick is located below the right hand cab door.

SHUT-OFF VALVE IN CLOSED POSITION 620C-41

PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM

A water tank is incorporated into the dozer blade and is pressurized to 60 psi (4 bar). A valve controls the flow of water from the tank to a hose located in the hose storage compartment on the dozer blade. The control valve incorporates an air charge valve, a pressure gauge and a relief valve on the outlet side of the valve. A ball valve is installed on the outlet side of the valve and is used to shut off the water supply to the hose. This shut-off valve should be in the CLOSED position when the system is not in use. The pressure gauge on the valve should read 60 psi (4 bar) check system pressure daily. Refer to PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3. All handles should be hand tight only at all times. This is particularly important for easy access to the pressurized water system in the event of a fire or other emergency.

TRANSMISSION OIL FILL LOCATION The transmission oil fill is located below the right hand cab door.

Refer also to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL. 2.101

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

ENGINE AIR CLEANER

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

AIR CLEANER

IMPORTANT ! For peak engine performance and maximum fuel economy, please ensure that the air precleaner is regularly checked and cleaned as required. All intake air tubes and clamps should be thoroughly inspected on a regular basis and any damaged or missing components should be replaced immediately.

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

635D-128

ENGINE AIR CLEANER (LATER DESIGN)

620D-238

AIR CLEANER

ENGINE AIR CLEANER (EARLIER DESIGN)

AIR PRECLEANER The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements. It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. The air precleaner should be checked every 8 hours to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the discharge louver area. Clean as required.

2 1

IMPORTANT ! The air precleaner must be check every 8 hours and cleaned as required.

If the inlet/precleaner is plugged causing a restriction to airflow, reduced engine performance and increased fuel consumption may result. If a plugged inlet/precleaner is left too long excessive air intake restriction may damage the rubber air intake tube. A damaged air intake tube will lead to ingestion of dirt into the engine which may result in engine failure. Note that the air filter restriction indicator may not function properly if the air intake tube is damaged. Engine failures due to improper maintenance are not covered by Tigercat or Engine Manufacturer’s Warranty and any such claim will be denied.

630C-19

CENTRI® PRECLEANER OPERATION

OPERATION: 1. Air enters the precleaner. 2. Specially designed vanes move dirty air toward the impeller. 3. The spinning impeller spins the air creating centrifugal force to separate contaminants from the clean air. 4. Contaminants are blown out the discharge louver. 5. Clean air enters the intake to the air cleaner.

2.102

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

AIR CLEANER

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

The air cleaner on this machine uses two filter elements, a primary element and a safety element accessible from the left side of the engine compartment. To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important that the elements be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals.

FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED)

AIR CLEANER

A filter restriction indicator is mounted to the output side of the filter, this should show green when the engine is running under load. Service is required if the indicator shows red. Later machines may be equipped with a switch used to send a signal to the computer control system in the event of a filter restriction.

635D-129

ENGINE AIR CLEANER (EARLIER DESIGN)

Engine Air Intake Filter Restricted. Service Machine to correct. AIR CLEANER

FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

When a signal is received from the restriction indicator switch on the engine air cleaner a warning message will be displayed. Refer to COMPUTER~MESSAGES - ALERT~ENGINE AIR INTAKE FILTER RESTRICTED in THIS SECTION. AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE This rubber valve on the tube of the air cleaner housing should be checked at the beginning of every shift (8 hours). If this valve is missing, damaged or has become hard, it will cause the air cleaner to become ineffective. The valve should suck closed at 1/3 throttle

620D-240

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

This valve should be replaced every 1000 hours. Remove the unloader valve from the tube of the air cleaner housing. Check and clean the valve. A good valve should be soft and flexible. If it is plugged, be sure to check the filter elements as they may need replacing as well. Reattach the valve to the tube. When operating in high dust conditions, the unloader valve should be checked and squeezed every 2 hours to release dust buildup.

ENGINE AIR CLEANER (LATER DESIGN)

A filter restriction indicator is connected to the outlet side of the air filter. Replace the primary air filter when the indicator shows RED. This indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After replacing the filter, reset the indicator by pressing the reset button. NOTE: Replace the safety element every third primary filter change. In addition refer to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE and AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL

2.103

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

MAIN HYDRAULIC OIL TANK HYDRAULIC TANK

Located at the rear of the engine compartment, the hydraulic tank has a capacity of 26.4 US gal (100 L). A sight gauge accessible through the right rear access panel, indicates the HIGH and LOW level of the main hydraulic oil tank.

DOUBLE ELEMENT FILTER

BREATHER

SIGHT GAUGE

BLUE ELEMENT

Always keep the hydraulic oil level between the HIGH and LOW calibrations. A low hydraulic oil level can result in severe damage to pumps. Check hydraulic oil level and fill tank with grapple head fully open, grapple head and dozer blade on the ground. Fill tank until hydraulic oil level reaches the sight gauge full mark. Note that the oil level will drop 2 to 3 in (2 to 7.5 cm) when all cylinders are extended. A hydraulic oil level switch is connected to the computer control system. On earlier machines the hydraulic oil level switch is mounted on the hydraulic tank. On later machines the hydraulic oil level switch is incorporated into the base of the sight gauge. This switch triggers the hydraulic oil level low warning.

HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

630D-05

HYDRAULIC TANK

Refer also to COMPUTER ~ MESSAGES CRITICAL ~ HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL LOW in THIS SECTION. HYDRAULIC FILTERS

SIGHT GAUGE

The hydraulic cooling circuit contains a two element, full flow, 7 micron filter with a built in 25 psi (1.7 bar) bypass valve. It is recommended that all machines use two different filter elements:

1 white, Tigercat high performance, full flow hydraulic oil filter element.

For additional information on these filters refer to FILTERS and SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS in SECTION 3.

DOUBLE ELEMENT FILTER

BREATHER

BLUE ELEMENT

LEVEL SWITCH

1 blue, Tigercat water absorbing, full flow hydraulic oil filter element.

The charge circuit contains a single element, full flow, Tigercat hydraulic filter with a restriction indicator sending unit and a third port bypass valve.

HYDRAULIC TANK, FILTERS AND SIGHT GAUGE (EARLIER DESIGN)

HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP

620D-202

2.104

CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

HYDRAULIC TANK, FILTERS AND SIGHT GAUGE (LATER DESIGN)

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

TO TANK VIA FILTERS

HYDRAULIC OIL FILL SUCTION HOSE STORAGE LOCATION SHUT-OFF VALVE IN OFF POSITION

HAND FILL PUMP

QUICK CONNECT TO SUCTION HOSE (STORED IN STEP COMPARTMENT BELOW LEFT HAND CAB DOOR)

630D-05X

620C-27

HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP

HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP The hydraulic hand fill pump, located on the front of the hydraulic tank (right side access), is used to add oil to the hydraulic oil tank. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. TO ADD OIL TO THE MAIN HYDRAULIC TANK: Park machine on level ground, lower dozer blade and grapple onto the ground. Open right rear engine compartment access panels. Get the hydraulic oil fill suction hose from its storage location in the step compartment below the left cab door. Clean the suction hose, connect to hydraulic hand pump and remove cap. Open oil fill shut-off valve, insert end of suction tube into supply drum and operate pump. The oil is pumped directly into the hydraulic tank via the double element filter. The pump should always be operated at a medium speed with a steady motion.

HYDRAULIC OIL FILL SUCTION HOSE STORAGE LOCATION BELOW LEFT HAND CAB DOOR

IMPORTANT ! Contaminated hydraulic fluid can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs. Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals. Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. Use of hydraulic filters other than the Tigercat brand could lead to severe wear and rapid failure of hydraulic system components. IMPORTANT ! Close shut-off valve after filling. Replace cap on suction tube, wipe dry, disconnect and store. Swing pump handle up and lock. Replace all access covers.

2.105

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

OPERATING MACHINE Before operating this machine, ensure that the proper lubrication and maintenance schedule has been performed as outlined in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. 3. When computer checks are complete place ignition switch in the OFF position.

For the Diesel Engine supplied with this machine, refer to the engine manufacturer's operating manual. Any personnel who are to operate this machine must be fully trained in safety and operating procedures by a competent person. Read and understand the entire manual before operating the machine. PRE-START CHECKS:

620D-211

FUEL TANK

4. Check fuel sight gauge. Refer to FUEL TANK in THIS SECTION for standard tank capacity information.

1. Place the ignition switch in the RUN position (engine NOT running). Check for any alarms noted on the computer display and investigate the cause. Refer to COMPUTER in THIS SECTION.

SIGHT GAUGE

ICON ILLUMINATED (RED) WHEN PARKING BRAKE IS ENGAGED

630D-05

MAIN HYDRAULIC OIL SIGHT GAUGE

5. Check hydraulic tank oil level with grapple head fully open, grapple head and dozer blade on the ground. In this position the oil level should reach the full mark. Note that the oil level will drop 2 to 3 in (2 to 7.5 cm) when all cylinders are extended. 2. Check parking brake for proper operation and engage parking brake.

2.106

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation FUEL FILTER

FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR

DIPSTICK

LEFT SIDE OF ENGINE

DRAIN TAP

ENGINE OIL LEVEL

620C-81

(6205201-6206000, 6303001-6303800)

FUEL WATER SEPARATOR

620C-82

DIPSTICK

(6205201-6206000, 6303001-6303800)

LEFT SIDE OF ENGINE

SECONDARY FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR PRIMARY FUEL FILTER

620D-222

DRAIN VALVE

ENGINE OIL LEVEL

(6206001-6206200, 6303801-6304000)

6. Check the engine oil level. The level of the oil must be between the ADD and the FULL marks on the dipstick.

620D-221

FUEL WATER SEPARATOR

(6206001-6206200, 6303801-6304000)

8. Drain water from fuel line water separator.

BELOW RIGHT HAND CAB DOOR

FILLER CAP

TRANSMISSION DIPSTICK

TRANSMISSION OIL FILL LOCATION

TRANSMISSION DIPSTICK AND FILL LOCATION 7. Check transmission oil level. The level of the oil must be between the ADD and the FULL marks on the dipstick.

33952AUNI R0

630D-15

620C-36

ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL

9. Check the engine coolant level.

2.107

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

A/C COMPRESSOR BELT

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER

SERPENTINE BELT

AIR CLEANER

620C-83

CHECK CONDITION OF ENGINE BELTS (6205201-6206000, 6303001-6303800) AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE SERPENTINE BELT

A/C COMPRESSOR BELT

635D-128

ENGINE AIR CLEANER (EARLIER DESIGN)

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

AIR CLEANER

620D-205

CHECK CONDITION OF ENGINE BELTS (6206001-6206200, 6303801-6304000)

10. Check tension and condition of all engine belts.

620D-238

ENGINE AIR CLEANER (LATER DESIGN)

11. Check air intake precleaner for foreign material build-up in air intake area or discharge louver area. 12. Check air cleaner unloader valve (if equipped)

2.108

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

Controls and operation

FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED)

WATER TANK

WATER CONTROL VALVE

DOZER BLADE

AIR CLEANER HOSE STORAGE COMPARTMENT

635D-129

ENGINE AIR CLEANER (EARLIER DESIGN)

AIR CLEANER

FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

620C-41

PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM

15. Check pressurized water system. The pressure gauge should read 60 psi. This system should be tested once every month. Refer to PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. 16. Perform SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE as shown in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

620D-240

ENGINE AIR CLEANER (LATER DESIGN)

13. Check engine air cleaner restriction indicator.

17. Inspect machine for leaks , damaged or loose components and any other abnormal conditions. 18. Check tire pressures. 19. Check wheel bolts for tightness. 20. Be sure that all covers, guards and doors are securely fastened. 21. Unlock all cab doors. IMPORTANT! Unlock both doors before operating machine to allow opening from the outside in case of an emergency. Make sure that the doors are operational, open the doors twice, once using the exterior handle and once using the interior latch handle.

620C-10

CLEAN RADIATOR, OIL COOLER, CAC AND A/C CONDENSER

14. Clean radiator, oil cooler, CAC (charge air cooler) and A/C condenser. Remove debris from front door and screened access panels on both sides of the machine. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER AND COOLING ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION.

2.109

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder STARTING ENGINE

Controls and operation IMPORTANT ! After engine has started, keep engine speed low until engine oil pressure registers on computer display. If engine oil pressure does not register within 10 seconds, stop engine and investigate cause.

1. Ensure that PRE-START CHECKS have been performed and that the area is clear of personnel prior to starting the engine. 2. Parking brake ENGAGED. NOTE: The engine will not turn over unless the parking brake is ENGAGED.

NOTE: If the engine does not start after three attempts, check the fuel supply system. Absence of blue or white exhaust smoke during cranking indicates no fuel is being delivered.

3. Turn ignition key to RUN position and observe computer display.

CAUTION Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals. Start engine only from operator's seat. If engine stalls while operating the machine, turn the ignition key to the OFF position and REPEAT STEPS (1) THROUGH (6). 8. Before applying any load to the engine proceed with SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP. IMPORTANT ! Allow a cold engine to warm up at LOW IDLE for at least five minutes before applying any load. Check all gauges often during the warm-up period.

4. Wait for WAIT TO START warning on computer display to turn off.

NOTE: For cold weather conditions refer to COLD IDLE OPERATION on the following pages.

5. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up. 6. Turn ignition key switch to the START position to crank the engine. When engine is started place key switch in RUN position and observe computer display. Note that the computer control system will automatically perform a bulb test when the keyswitch is released to the RUN position. The alarm light will flash and the master alarm will sound briefly to test for proper operation. 7. Engine idle speed setting will automatically default to LOW IDLE. Keep engine speed low until engine oil pressure registers on computer display ( ENGINE MENU - ENGINE FUNCTIONS). Low engine oil pressure will trigger an alarm. Refer to COMPUTER ~ MESSAGES CRITICAL ~ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW.

2.110

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder STARTING IN COLD WEATHER

Controls and operation IMPORTANT ! Cold startups can result in pump failure, refer to "APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS" in SECTION 3 for recommended oil viscosities and temperature ranges.

Cold temperatures may require the use of the engine block heater and the engine oil pan heater. The engine is equipped with an intake air heater with a grid element.

NOTE: For cold weather conditions refer to COLD IDLE OPERATION on the following pages.

WARNING: Using starting fluid (or ether start aids) on an engine equipped with a grid heater element can cause an explosion. NEVER USE STARTING FLUIDS on an engine equipped with a grid heater element.

WARNING • EXPLOSION HAZARD. • DO NOT USE ETHER. • ENGINE EQUIPPED WITH HEATER STARTING AID. • USE OF ETHER COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. 36782BENG R0

The grid element preheats engine intake air during cold starts. The wait to start warning is shown on the computer display for the duration of the preheating phase of engine startup. To minimize cranking time during cold weather startups, ALWAYS wait for the wait to start warning on the computer display to turn off before cranking the engine. Before applying any load to the engine proceed with SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP. IMPORTANT ! To prevent damage to starter, do not engage starter motor for more than 15 to 20 seconds. Wait 2 minutes between each attempt to start the engine. If engine fails to start, refer to engine manufacturers operator's manual. NOTE: On later machines (6206001 TO 6206200, 6303801 TO 6304000) the engine is equipped with a STARTER LOCKOUT feature that prevents the starter motor from being engaged when the engine is running. The STARTER LOCKOUT also prevents the starter motor from being engaged if it has been engaged within the last 20 seconds or less. This feature prevents starter engagement for 2 minutes if the engine fails to start, refer to engine manufacturer operator's manual.

2.111

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder COLD IDLE OPERATION

Controls and operation

Cold Idle operation is provided to increase engine idle speed to assist in warming the engine and cab temperature in cold weather conditions. NOTE: To set COLD IDLE function ON the engine must be running and the parking brake must be ENGAGED. Disengaging the parking brake will turn the COLD IDLE function OFF.

TO TURN COLD IDLE OFF: When engine and cab have warmed to the desired temperature, cold idle can be turned off by pressing the F2 ( ) button again (at the engine display screen) or by disengaging the parking brake.

TO TURN COLD IDLE ON: From the main menu press the F1 button to select the engine display.

Press the F2 button to toggle the cold idle function ON. The cold idle icon at the top of the screen is illuminate when the cold idle function is ON. Refer to COLD IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT in THIS SECTION to adjust the cold idle speed setting if required.

2.112

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder COLD IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT

From the main menu press F2 button to select the ADJUSTMENT MENU.

Controls and operation

Press the arrow up or arrow down buttons to scroll to the setting to be adjusted. Press the F2 button to reset to default setting. Press F2 (Yes) or F3 (No) to confirm.

The engine settings menu will appear by default. Continued on next page

Press F1 (Adjust) to adjust engine settings

2.113

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder OR

Controls and operation OR

Press the OK button to go to the adjustment display.

To reset to default setting press the F2 button. Press F2 (Yes) or F3 (No) to confirm. Press the arrow up or arrow down buttons to make the adjustment.

Press the back button to return to the adjustment menu. Press the OK button to confirm the setting.

Press the back button again to return to the main menu.adjustment menu. Press the back main menu.

2.114

button again to return to the

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP

Controls and operation (l) Engage the parking brake. (m) Decrease engine idle speed to LOW IDLE.

Before commencing skidding operations, follow steps (a) through (n) to accomplish the following: • Warm up the hydraulic system.

CAUTION

• Test all systems for proper operation. • Inspect for hydraulic oil leaks. Ensure that the machine was parked on level ground at last shutdown:

Never use your bare hand to check for fluid leaks. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. When searching for leaks, wear work gloves and use a wrench or piece of wood to move hydraulic hoses. Do not grab hold of hydraulic hoses. Wear safety goggles for eye protection.

(a) Start engine. (b) Ensure that computer displays are indicating normal operating conditions. (c) Check that all personnel are clear of the machine. Disengage the parking brake. (d) Slowly raise and lower the arch, check for proper operation. With the grapple and dozer raised slightly off the ground:

(n) Leave the cab and visually check hose connections and cylinders for leaks. Check under the machine for oil leaks.

(e) Operate the grapple arms and check for proper operation. (f) Rotate grapple in each direction for several revolutions and check that it is operating correctly. (g) Raise and lower dozer blade (h) Steer the machine to the left and right. (i) When cold weather conditions exist, continue the process of warming up the hydraulic system by repeating steps (e) through (h) several times. As the hydraulic system warms up, engine speed can be increased gradually to the HIGH IDLE. (j) Observe all operations. If any operations are not functioning as they should, take the necessary steps to correct the problem. After completion of the warm-up and system testing, lower the dozer blade and grapple to the ground. (k) Check service brake for proper operation. Refer to SERVICE BRAKE ~ CHECKING BRAKE AND ACCUMULATOR FOR PROPER OPERATION in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

2.115

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation RESTARTING AN ENGINE THAT HAS RUN OUT OF FUEL

STOPPING ENGINE: CAUTION Stopping the engine immediately after it has been working under load can result in overheating and premature wear of the engine components. Follow the stopping procedure outlined below to allow the engine to cool. 1. Park machine on level ground and lower grapple and dozer blade to the ground. 2. Reduce engine speed to LOW IDLE and let run for approximately three to five minutes to allow gradual dissipation of heat and also to reduce turbo speed. This will also prevent loss of coolant by after boil and possible hot spot damage to the engine.

If the engine runs out of fuel, the fuel line is self priming. 1. Refill fuel tank completely. 2. Turn ignition key to RUN position and observe computer display. 3. Wait for WAIT TO START warning on computer display to turn off. 4. Turn ignition switch to the START position to crank engine. If it fails to start after 20 seconds, stop and wait for 2 minutes before trying again. 5. When engine starts, release ignition key to RUN position and observe the computer display.

3. Do not race engine before shut-off.

IMPORTANT ! To prevent damage to starter, do not engage starter motor for more than 15 to 20 seconds. Wait 2 minutes between each attempt to start the engine.

4. Parking brake ENGAGED. 5. Stop engine by turning ignition switch to the OFF position.

WARNING

If engine fails to start, refer to engine manufacturers operator's manual.

Before leaving the machine, park it in a safe position on level ground. Lower the grapple and dozer blade to the ground and engage parking brake. Never work behind, in front of, or below a skidder that has been parked on a grade. Take additional precautions by placing the wheels against a rock, tree or other secure object.

WARNING When leaving the cab, always lower the dozer blade to the ground, engage the parking brake and turn the ignition switch OFF. If leaving the Skidder unattended, also remove the ignition key and switch the battery disconnect switch to OFF

2.116

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder TRAVELLING WITHOUT A LOAD: Raise the grapple and place the dozer blade in the UP position. (1) Disengage parking brake. NOTE: Machine will not move if the parking brake is not fully off. (2) Check the position of the maximum speed control to ensure that it is set to the desired position. Using the maximum speed control the operator is able to set the maximum travel speed of the machine. This allows the operator to maintain any desired travel speed with full drive pedal operation. Machine travel speed reduction can still be achieved by not fully depressing the foot pedal. This control can be used while the machine is in motion. Caution: Setting the maximum speed control to the minimum setting lowers maximum travel speed only, it will NOT prevent the machine from travelling when the forward or reverse travel controls are used.

Controls and operation Refer to STEERING in THIS SECTION for more detailed steering control information. (5) Use differential locks sparingly and ONLY when additional traction is required. Never continuously drive the machine with the differential locks on. Serious damage to the axles can result from using the differential locks when they are not needed for additional traction. NOTE: This machine is equipped with a 10 minute AUTO-OFF feature which automatically deactivates the differential locks after 10 minutes have passed. NOTE: The high idle adjust function is available. This function is intended to allow the automatic reduction of the engine high idle speed limit when travelling without a load. Refer also to COMPUTER ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU - ENGINE SETTINGS ~ ENGINE HIGH IDLE ADJUST in THIS SECTION.

(3) ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING

Use the direction selection switch on the left hand joystick to choose forward or reverse and press the travel foot pedal to move the machine in that direction.

STATIONARY SEAT & STEERING WHEEL

Operate the drive travel pedals to move the machine forward or reverse.

(4) Be aware of the type of steering control (and steer valve option - if applicable) the machine is equipped with. Steering control operation varies with the type of controls in use. Generally, this machine is equipped with Load Sensing Steering. The speed that the vehicle responds to steering control input will vary, depending on the speed that the steering control is moved. When operating on the road, a slow movement of the steering control will not overcorrect and will steer a straight normal course. Operating in the woods requires quick steering changes and this is produced by a rapid movement of the steering control, which will quickly change the vehicles direction.

2.117

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

OPERATING GRAPPLE: DAILY INSPECTION/SERVICE Check the Operator’s Manual for your Grapple Lubricate all grease fittings Check all hydraulic fittings Check hoses for wear. Replace as required. Check for excessive wear at pin points. Inspect for trash accumulation and clean out. Check for excessive head swing and tighten the snubber to prevent damage to grapple or arch.

E620C-10

TYPICAL TIGERCAT GRAPPLE

OPERATION Grapple operations should always be performed while seated in the operator’s seat. The controls will return to neutral automatically when released. The Constant Pressure button on the joystick will provide a constant closing pressure to the tongs to take up the slack as the logs are lifted and settle together. This pressure is released when the grapple is opened. Refer to RIGHT HAND JOYSTICK in THIS SECTION for specific information on grapple operating controls.

2.118

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder OPERATING WINCH: Place the skidder in a safe, stable location, in line with the load. Lower the grapple and dozer blade to the ground to anchor the machine. Place the winch select switch in the (freespool) position. The winch freespool icon on the main menu of the computer display will be illuminated. This will allow the cable to unwind freely from the drum and also disconnects the drive motor from the winch drum.

Controls and operation CENTER JOINT: It is very important that the machine not be operated if there is any looseness in the center joint bearings. Refer to MAINTENANCE OF THE CENTER JOINT in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for visual checking procedures. For further information regarding adjustment and maintenance of the center joint refer to CENTER JOINT in SECTION 11 of the SERVICE MANUAL.

Make sure the cable is running freely through the fairlead rollers. Avoid winching at an angle to the skidder. Pull the cable from the drum and attach to object. Safety gloves should be worn. To retrieve the cable: Close cab door and disengage parking brake. Place the winch select switch (to the left of the lever) in the I (ON) position. Pull and hold the lever BACK to wind in the winch cable. For safety reasons this lever returns to the neutral (center) position when released and actuates the brake, which locks the drum. Avoid pulling the hook over the drum and through the throat of the winch. Refer also to WINCH SELECT SWITCH and WINCH CONTROL LEVER in THIS SECTION.

2.119

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SKIDDING

Controls and operation SKIDDING TECHNIQUE

WARNING

For more safety related information see also the Equipment Manufacturers Institute (EMI) Log Skidder Safety Manual for Operators and Mechanics supplied with this machine.

•

Only operate in areas where Skidder will be in a stable condition

SAFETY:

•

1. Know all Federal, State/Provincial and local rules which apply to your machine and job site.

Avoid felling and bucking areas. Sound your horn when entering.

•

Never travel across a STEEP slope or side hill.

•

Never make an uphill turn on a slope

2. NEVER operate this machine while under the influence of drugs or alcohol.

•

3. Know the limitations of your Skidder and Yourself as an operator.

Never approach an unstable log from the downhill side.

•

4. Check the work area for HAZARDS, both at ground level and overhead.

Do not work below machines that are parked on a hill.

•

Wear heavy gloves when handing the cables.

•

Use the PARKING BRAKE where appropriate.

•

Operate the winch ONLY FROM THE OPERATOR’S SEAT, never from outside the cab.

•

Do not winch at a sharp angle. This could cause your machine to tip over.

•

Overloading can make a machine unstable and create a roll-over condition.

5. Always wear and use your seat belt and other Personal Protective Equipment, such as: hard hat, safety shoes, safety glasses and heavy gloves. 6. Rain, snow, ice, loose gravel, soft ground, etc. will change the operating capabilities of your machine. 7. Keep all work surfaces and engine compartment clean and free of oil, grease, snow, ice and debris. Give special care to hand-holds, steps, pedals and floors.

•

8. Be constantly aware of the location of fellow workers. Especially those on foot.

Keep load low and close to skidder for best stability.

•

9. Your Skidder is a one person machine. No riders inside or outside.

A load of logs will change the handling and stability of the skidder.

•

Always be prepared to dump the load in case of emergency.

10. Be aware of what is happening around you. Maintain a safe operating distance between your machine and other equipment and workers. 11. Know the hand signals that are being used on your job site. 12. Keep skid roads, secondary trails and landing areas clear of debris and in good condition.

2.120

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

CORRECT KEEP LOAD LOW AND CLOSE TO SKIDDER FOR BEST STABILITY. BETTER WEIGHT DISTRIBUTION BETWEEN FRONT AND REAR OF MACHINE.

INCORRECT DECREASED STABILITY DUE TO LOAD POSITION. POORER WEIGHT DISTRIBUTION BETWEEN FRONT AND REAR OF MACHINE

EFFECT OF LOAD POSITION ON STABILITY AND WEIGHT DISTRIBUTION

2.121

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

GRAPPLE SKIDDING 1. The timber may be pre-bunched or left for single pick-up. Depending on sizes you may have to single skid or bunch before skidding. 2. Logs should be picked up 3 ft. (1 meter) from the butt end. 3. If you have to add more logs or bunch, place the butt end of the new logs crosswise on top of the load in an “X” pattern. Place the Grapple over the logs where they cross and pick up the complete load. 4. The articulation feature in the Skidder increases the reach to the left and right and increases the range of pick-up for the grapple. 5. When pushing or backing up with a load, you must have the logs lined up with the Skidder and backup in a straight line, since you are using the butt pan to push the logs.

WARNING Backup carefully. If a log strikes an object, it could be pushed forward through the grapple and into the operator's cab. When running empty, always keep grapple tongs closed to prevent striking the tires or the machine. 6. The articulation feature allows decking the logs from both sides of the pile. 7. Timber can be piled using the grapple or the dozer blade, depending on conditions. 8. The Dual Arch Skidder has the added ability to reach below ground level. This feature can be used to get the machine unstuck. Do not drop the load as it helps to support the weight of the machine. Pull the load up close to the butt pan and lower the grapple downwards to solid ground. This process will push the back end of the Skidder upward and forward. Continue to repeat this process until the Skidder is on solid ground.

2.122

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

CABLE SKIDDING: 1. Locate the skidder so that the winch cable will lay in a fairly straight line. 2. Lower the dozer and grapple to the ground to anchor the machine. Grapple may have to be raised, depending on winching angle and land terrain. 3. Chokers should be attached close to the butt end of the log. 4. If skidding multiple logs, attach furthest log away, to end of main cable, with closer logs ahead of it. 5. Winch in a straight line to prevent tip over problems. Note that cab doors must be closed and parking brake disengaged to operate the winch in function. 6. Draw the logs in as close as possible to the butt pan and as high as stability will permit. 7. Raise the grapple to a safe height and raise the dozer to its full height. 8. If you encounter soft ground or steep hills it may be necessary to drop the load “on the move” and allow the winch to “free spool” without stopping the skidder. Once on solid ground or on top of the hill, stop the skidder, lower the dozer and winch the load back into the butt pan. 9. Adjust your speed to the terrain, ground conditions and the load your skidding.

2.123

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

CARE OF THE MACHINE

CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS IN CAB

1. Ensure that all fluid levels are always at the proper level. Use the preventative maintenance schedule in SECTION 3 of this manual .

Most windows used in the cab are made from a polycarbonate resin thermoplastic. This material is a replacement for glass when improved strength, durability and safety is required.

2. Follow proper procedure for cleaning windows described in this section.

Polycarbonate material is expected to resist heavy impact from large branches and falling tree tops and to absorb high levels of energy when contacted by high velocity thrown objects such as wood chips, disc saw blade teeth or broken harvester head saw chain.

3. Apply grease to all lubrication points at required intervals. 4. Do not apply load to a cold engine. 5. Close and secure all doors and access covers. 6. Do not allow branches, twigs, leaves or pine needles to build up around radiator intake doors or anywhere else on the machine. Clean frequently but at least once daily. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER AND COOLING ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION. 7. Be sure that the grapple and dozer blade are resting on the ground before servicing or parking the machine.

The extreme operating environment seen in logging applications heightens the need to regularly inspect and properly maintain polycarbonate cab windows. Polycarbonate windows are an essential piece of operator protective equipment and should be maintained as such. It is important to note that cracks, chips, notches or scarring anywhere on the viewing surface or edges of the window will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts and therefore compromise effectiveness as operator safety protective equipment. Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately. Refer to the next section for detailed information regarding inspection and maintenance of polycarbonate windows.

2.124

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS

Daily inspection and maintenance is essential to confirm that the window’s ability to protect the operator has not been compromised.

The resistance of polycarbonate material to chemical exposure varies widely. Fortunately, polycarbonate materials have good resistance to diesel fuel, grease, hydraulic oil, kerosene and engine oil.

•

Inspect all windows daily and immediately after any impacts.

•

Check for any damage to the window material or steel structure in the area of the window mounting.

Other chemicals however can seriously weaken the polycarbonate.

•

The edges of the polycarbonate window must be evenly and fully supported on a flat surface around the entire window opening at all times. Bent or dented skylight structures must be replaced immediately. Bent or dented cab structures must be evaluated immediately for possible repair or replacement.

•

The edges of the polycarbonate window must be free from cracks, chips, notches or scarring and must not be pinched or stressed. These defects will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts. Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

•

Cracks, chips, notches or scarring anywhere on the viewing surface of the window will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts. Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

DO NOT permit any of the following chemicals to come into contact with polycarbonate windows: • • • • • • • • • • • • •

acetone air conditioning refrigerant ammonia anti-freeze benzene brake fluid carbon tetrachloride cutting oils gasoline lacquer thinner toluene turpentine xylene

RESISTANCE TO WATER

•

Bent, dented or missing window retaining parts must be replaced immediately.

•

Rubber materials used in mounting the window must be maintained in good condition.

•

Identification of the polycarbonate originally used by Tigercat is hot stamped in a corner of the window to identify its composition. Do not use any replacement window without proof of its material composition. Do not substitute with any other materials.

•

Skylights, cab structures, windows and window retaining parts must not be modified or replaced with components that are not approved by Tigercat.

Polycarbonate material has good resistance to water up to approximately 65°C (150°F). Above this temperature the effect of water is timetemperature related. This means that the higher the water temperature, the shorter the time before the polycarbonate is adversely affected. Exposing polycarbonate to repeated steam cleanings or high temperature pressure washing may result in crazing, a phenomenon that causes clouding of the surface. Crazing can ultimately result in a loss of physical strength and may precede a fracture.

2.125

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS

CAUTIONS

The viewing surfaces of polycarbonate cab windows are specially treated with a hard coating to provide enhanced resistance to abrasion and ultra-violet (UV) radiation.

•

DO NOT use abusive cleaning procedures either by hand or pressure washing on polycarbonate windows.

•

DO NOT use brushes, razor blades, scrapers, squeegees or other sharp tools on polycarbonate windows.

•

DO NOT clean polycarbonate windows when the daytime temperature is high or in direct sunlight.

•

DO NOT use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners on polycarbonate windows.

•

DO NOT use glass cleaners in either aerosol or non-aerosol containers to clean polycarbonate windows.

•

Failure to follow these cleaning instructions will shorten the service life of polycarbonate and may cause visual hazing, loss of light transmission and delamination of the polycarbonate hard surface coating.

The following instructions are provided to prolong the life of this protective hard coating. 1. Rinse the window thoroughly with lukewarm water 2. Using a soft cloth, cellulose sponge or chamois, gently wash the window with a mild solution of soap or detergent in lukewarm water. Do not scrub or use brushes or squeegees. Brand name soaps and detergents recommended for cleaning polycarbonate are: • Fantastik • Formula 409 • Hexcel F.O. 554 • Joy • Lysol • Mr. Clean • Neleco-Placer • Pine-Sol • Top Job 3. Rinse the window thoroughly with lukewarm water. 4. Dry the window with a moist soft cloth, cellulose sponge or chamois to prevent water spotting. 5. To remove grease or oil, first rub lightly with a good grade of VM&P Naphtha or isopropyl alcohol followed by the same rinse, wash, rinse and dry procedure described in steps 1 to 4.

CONCEALING HAIRLINE SCRATCHES The appearance of scratches and minor abrasions on the surfaces of polycarbonate windows can be minimized by using a mild automotive polish such as: • • •

Johnson’s Paste Wax Novus Plastic Polish #1 and #2 Mirror Glaze Plastic Polish

Be certain to clean the polycarbonate window as outlined prior to application of an automotive polish. Refer to CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS.

Refer also to RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS for a list of chemicals which should not be permitted to come into contact with polycarbonate windows.

2.126

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

GRAFFITI REMOVAL •

•

For removal of paints, marking pen inks, etc., the use of Butyl Cellosolve is generally effective. The use of masking tape, adhesive tape or lint removal tools works well for lifting off old weathered paints.

WINDOW SCREEN HANDKNOB

To remove labels, stickers, etc., the use of kerosene, VM&P Naphtha, or petroleum spirits is generally effective. When the solvent will not penetrate sticker material, apply heat (hair dryer) to soften the adhesive and promote removal. Refer also to RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS for a list of chemicals which should not be permitted to come into contact with polycarbonate windows.

FIRE PRECAUTIONS Polycarbonate window material will ignite when exposed to an ignition source in excess of 427°C (800°F). When working around polycarbonate windows, observe similar fire precautions to those in place for wood.

173-25

SIDE WINDOW SCREEN

SIDE WINDOW SCREENS The side window screens can be removed to clean the windows. Screens are provided for the personal protection of the operator and must be reinstalled immediately after cleaning the windows. A handknob is provided on both the inside and the outside. By unscrewing either (not both) of these knobs, the screen will be free to swing out on the hinges. Be aware that the screen will swing outwards with considerable force, if the door is open. All handles should be hand tight only at all times.

2.127

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

CLEANING A/C CONDENSER AND COOLING ASSEMBLY

CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC)

A/C CONDENSER HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER

The side by side A/C condenser, radiator, charge air cooler (CAC) and hydraulic oil cooler is mounted at the front of the machine. The engine fan draws air from the engine compartment, through the A/C condenser and cooling assembly and blows it out through the front door screen. The screened access panels on each side of the engine compartment act as debris screens to prevent debris from being drawn into the engine compartment.

RADIATOR

FRONT DOOR SCREEN

The A/C condenser and cooling assembly should be checked every 8 hours (every shift) for accumulation of twigs, leaves, pine needles and dust. This cooling assembly must be checked daily for debris and may have to be thoroughly cleaned on a weekly or monthly basis, depending on operating conditions. Compressed air or water may be used for cleaning. Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris contacting hot surfaces.

620C-10

CLEAN A/C CONDENSER AND COOLING ASSEMBLY

Avoid the risk of fire caused by debris accumulating on surfaces that may become hot during machine operation. Always use care when cleaning to ensure that debris removed from one area of the machine does not accumulate on other areas of the machine. For more information on fire prevention refer to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL. If an oil leak has occurred in this area it should be thoroughly power-washed with a mild soap to ensure that all of the oil is removed.

620D-237

CLEAN SCREENED ACCESS PANELS BOTH SIDES

CAUTION Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris contacting hot surfaces. If using compressed air for cleaning, use at 30psi or less. Always use personal protective equipment to guard against flying debris.

CAUTION Avoid the risk of fire caused by debris accumulating on surfaces that may become hot during machine operation. Always use care when cleaning to ensure that debris removed from one area of the machine does not accumulate on other areas of the machine. 2.128

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

USING THE FAN CLEAN FUNCTION TO REMOVE DEBRIS DURING OPERATION (IF EQUIPPED-VARIABLE PITCH FAN OPTION) The Flexxaire® cooling fan has a CLEAN function for use in cleaning debris from the machines engine enclosure. The pitch of the fan blades is changed and the direction of airflow through the engine enclosure is reversed. This change in airflow blows debris from the machine's engine enclosure to eliminate potential overheating and poor machine performance caused by overheating. Ensure that there are no personnel standing directly to the sides of the machine when performing this operation, as dust and debris will fly out. When the fan control switch is in the AUTOMATIC position, the system will automatically cycle through an auto clean cycle. The frequency and duration of the auto clean cycle is adjustable through the computer control system menu. Refer to FAN CONTROL SWITCH in THIS SECTION for more information. USING THE FAN CONTROL SWITCH IN THE EVENT OF AN ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE AND/OR HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE ALARM. In the event of an engine temperature and/or hydraulic oil temperature alarm: 1. Stop the machine. 2. Place the fan control switch in the FULL ON position until cooling is achieved. 3. If necessary use the CLEAN function to reverse fan flow and clean debris from the machine's engine enclosure 4. In severe operating conditions manual cleaning of debris may be required. 5. If the problem persists check engine coolant and/or hydraulic oil levels. Refer to OPERATING MACHINE ~ PRESTART CHECKS in THIS SECTION. 6. Return the fan control switch to the AUTOMATIC position and check for proper operation of the fan. In the event of a problem with the automatic control system the fan control switch should be placed in the FULL ON position while the machine is operating until the fan control can be properly repaired.

2.129

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

ARTICULATION LOCK ~ STRAIGHT LOCKED POSITION

ARTICULATION LOCK ~ ARTICULATED LOCKED POSITION

1. Position machine on level ground and steer machine into a straight ahead position.

1. Position machine on level ground and steer machine into a fully articulated position to the right.

2. Lower grapple and dozer blade to the ground, engage parking brake, stop engine and remove ignition key. ARTICULATION LOCK

REAR CHASSIS 630D-02

ARTICULATION LOCK

RETAINING PINS

ARTICULATION LOCK STORED POSITION

3. Remove both retaining pins from the articulation lock. Relocate articulation lock between front and rear chassis. Line up holes at each end of articulation lock with holes in chassis’ and secure in place with both retaining pins. 4. After work is completed, relocate articulation lock into storage position on rear chassis and hold in place with retaining pins.

630D-03

2. Lower grapple and dozer blade to the ground, engage parking brake, stop engine and remove ignition key.

REAR CHASSIS 630D-02

RETAINING PINS

ARTICULATION LOCK STORED POSITION

3. Remove both retaining pins from the articulation lock. Relocate articulation lock between front and rear chassis. Line up holes on the articulation lock with holes in chassis’ as shown and secure in place with both retaining pins. 4. After work is completed, relocate articulation lock into storage position on rear chassis and hold in place with retaining pins.

ARTICULATION LOCK IN STRAIGHT LOCKED POSITION

630D-01

2.130

ARTICULATION LOCK IN ARTICULATED LOCKED POSITION

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder RETRIEVAL POINTS

Controls and operation 3. REAR RETRIEVAL POINTS If the machine becomes immobile with its rear oriented towards the aiding machine, there are retrieval points located at the rear chassis on each end of the rear axle. These points are labeled 'I' and 'J' on the machine lifting/tiedown label.

Retrieval of the machine may be required, in the event that a machine becomes immobile due to terrain conditions that do not permit it to escape under its own power. Refer also to TOWING INSTRUCTIONS in THIS SECTION, in the event that the engine or drive system are not functioning well enough to allow the machine to move in tandem with the aiding machine.

These points must be used together in a retrieval situation. These points are designed to accept a lifting chain/hook in either a basket or choker hitch configuration. Warning: Use chains that are appropriately sized for the load to be retrieved. These points must be used together in a retrieval situation.

1. There are retrieval points located on both the front and rear of the machine to aid in its retrieval. 2. FRONT RETRIEVAL POINTS If the machine becomes immobile with its front oriented towards the aiding machine, there are two retrieval points located at the front of the front chassis in front of the heat exchanger. These points are labeled 'G' and 'H' on the machine lifting/tie-down label.

4. Once the immobile machine has been connected to the aiding machine, both machines can move in tandem to free the immobile machine.

These points must be used together in a retrieval situation. These points are designed to accept a lifting chain shackle. Warning: Use shackles and chains that are appropriately sized for the load to be retrieved.

H G

A B C D E

G,H

I,J

H I E

B,C

A,D F

J 43398BUNI R0

2.131

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder TRANSPORTING INSTRUCTIONS

Controls and operation CAUTION

The skidder may be transported with the wheels on or off.

As a fire prevention measure, AFTER transporting (trucking) a machine from one job sight to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that could have re-positioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulance caused by the journey. Refer also to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL.

With wheels on:•

DO NOT remove air from tires, this will result in damage to the tires!

With wheels off:•

If the wheels are removed the machine must be blocked so that the center joint is one inch or more above the truck bed.

With the wheels on or off:•

The dozer blade must be down on the truck bed.

•

The grapple must be closed and lowered to the truck bed.

ARTICULATION LOCK IN STRAIGHT LOCKED POSITION

630D-03

•

The articulation lock bar must be installed so that the machine is oriented in the straight locked position.

•

The machine must be cross chained (side to side) at both the front and rear axle area.

•

Chains must be attached to the grapple to prevent movement.

•

Additional chains may be installed on the two tow lugs (front of unit) and on the bottom cab access steps.

IMPORTANT ! When transporting the machine, chains must be used to prevent forward, reverse and side to side movement of the machine. Do not secure the machine to the truck ANYWHERE near the center joint area as this can seriously damage the center joint. Use only transport regulation chains for this purpose, example; 5/16" grade 7 with a tensile strength of 43500 kg (96,000lb)/chain. Using inferior or damaged chains could cause the load to shift.

H G

A B C D E

G,H

I,J

H I E

B,C

A,D F

J 43398BUNI R0

2.132

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

TIE DOWN POINTS 1. When a skidder is to be transported on a flat bed the articulation lock bar must be installed so that the machine is oriented in the straight locked position. 2. Chains must be used to prevent forward, reverse and side to side movement of the machine. Tie-down locations are provided on the machine for this purpose. All tie-down points must be used to ensure no movement of the machine, or it’s associated parts, occur during transport.

Controls and operation

6. The dozer blade is to be stored in a position with its blade tip supported by the flat bed platform. The dozer blade tie-down points are labelled 'F' on the machine lifting/tie-down label. A strap or chain is to be tightened across the top of the dozer blade arms to prevent movement. LIFTING POINTS Lifting of the machine should be done for transportation purposes only.

WARNING

3. The front axle of the machine must be cross chained from side to side. The front axle tie-down points are labeled 'A' and 'D' on the machine lifting/tie-down label. The chain should be wrapped around each end of the axle housing, without overlapping, and chained at a 45° angle in the forward, reverse and side to side directions. 4. In the case of a 4 wheeled machine, the rear axle of the machine must be cross chained from side to side of the flat bed. The rear axle tie-down points are labeled 'B' and 'C' on the machine lifting/tie-down label. The chain should be wrapped around each end of the axle housing, without overlapping, and chained at 45° angle in the forward, reverse and side to side directions. 5. The grapple is to be stored in a position with grapple tongs closed and supported by the flat bed platform. The grapple tie-down points are labelled 'E' on the machine lifting/tie-down label. A strap or chain is to be tightened across the top of the grapple box to prevent grapple movement.

Use shackles and chains that are appropriately sized for the load to be lifted. 1. The articulation lock bar must be installed so that the machine is oriented in the straight locked position. 2. There are two lifting points located at the front of the front chassis in front of the heat exchanger. These points are labeled 'G' and 'H' on the machine lifting/tie-down label. These points are designed to accept a lifting chain shackle. 3. Additionally there are lifting points located at the rear chassis on each end of the rear axle. These points are labeled 'I' and 'J' on the machine lifting/tie-down label. These points are designed to accept a lifting chain/hook in either a basket or choker hitch configuration. 4. All lifting points must be used during a lifting operation. 5. Position the hoist above the centre of gravity to ensure machine stability & levelling.

2.133

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

TOWING INSTRUCTIONS

PARKING BRAKE SUPPLY HOSE

A malfunction of the machines equipment may make towing necessary. Towing is only recommended over short distances. It is always better to make repairs at the point where the machine is parked whenever possible.

PARKING BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH

1. To facilitate towing, the transmission must be placed in NEUTRAL, this will disconnect the wheels from the hydraulic motors. The transmission disconnect lever is accessed from the right side, below the cab. A short bar is placed through the hole in the lever and pulled upwards to put the transmission into neutral. Note if equipped with an EHS transmission please refer to TOWING INSTRUCTIONS EHS TRANSMISSION in THIS SECTION.

620D-241

REMOVE PARKING BRAKE SUPPLY HOSE AND CONNECT TO REMOTE POWER SOURCE TO DISENGAGE PARKING BRAKE WHILE TOWING

On machines equipped a caliper parking brake [spring applied hydraulic release] (6205611 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000) manually release the parking brake. Refer to PARKING BRAKE (6205611 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000) ~ MANUAL RELEASE OF PARKING BRAKE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. Alternately this parking brake can be released with a remote power source as describe above for a drive line parking brake.

2. On machines equipped with a driveline parking brake (6205201 to 6205278, 6303001 to 6303092) remove parking brake supply hose from the manifold and connect to a remote power source. Pressurize circuit to 250 psi to disengage parking brake. On machines equipped with a parking brake lever (6205279 TO 6205610 , 6303093 TO 6303500) ensure that the parking brake is disengaged.

CAUTION

DISCONNECT LEVER

Before towing, the transmission must always be placed in NEUTRAL. Never tow a machine in gear. If the machine is subjected to hard pulling while in gear, the extremely high forces created will cause significant damage to the components of the hydrostatic drive system and the transmission. Never tow the machine at over 2 mph. This will cause significant damage to the transmission. Never press the forward or reverse pedals while the transmission is in neutral. This will cause significant damage to the transmission.

342-1

TRANSMISSION DISCONNECT LEVER SHOWN IN NEUTRAL

2.134

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Controls and operation

3. Raise the grapple and dozer blade off the ground and turn off the engine.

STEERING CYLINDERS

4. To allow the machine to steer while towing and prevent damage to the steering cylinders, cross hydraulic hoses on one of the steering cylinders. This will allow trapped oil to flow freely between the two steering cylinders, providing ease of turning with some dampening effect. 5. The machine will be towed from the front, making use of the towing lugs at front of machine behind the dozer blade.

SM47

Ensure a vehicle of equal power and size is used for towing. When going downhill, be sure to use a holdback vehicle as the machine is now without any effective braking. 6. When towing is completed, reconnect parking brake supply hose and steering cylinder hoses in their proper locations.

2.135

NORMAL HOSE CONNECTIONS

HOSES ON ONE CYLINDER CROSS CONNECTED FOR TOWING

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder TOWING INSTRUCTIONS

Controls and operation

(IF EQUIPPED WITH EHS TRANSMISSION) A malfunction of the machines equipment may make towing necessary. Towing is only recommended over short distances. It is always better to make repairs at the point where the machine is parked whenever possible. Prior to towing, be sure that the machine is either on level ground, or is secured by the tow vehicle to prevent the machine from rolling unexpectedly. IMPORTANT! Before towing, the transmission must always be disconnected from the drive wheels.

615C-025

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT

615C-024

MID DRIVE SHAFT

615C-023

MID DRIVE SHAFT

Never tow a machine in gear. If the machine is subjected to hard pulling while in gear, the extremely high forces created will cause significant damage to the components of the hydrostatic drive system and the transmission Never tow the machine at over 2 mph. 1. To facilitate towing, the drive shafts must be disconnected from the transmission. 2. Disconnect the front drive shaft at the front axle. 3. Remove the mid drive shaft. 4. Raise the grapple and dozer blade off the ground and turn off the engine. 5. To allow the machine to steer while towing and prevent damage to the steering cylinders, cross hydraulic hoses on one of the steering cylinders. This will allow trapped oil to flow freely between the two steering cylinders, providing ease of turning with some dampening effect. 6. The machine will be towed from the front, making use of the towing lugs at front of machine behind the dozer blade.

STEERING CYLINDERS

Ensure a vehicle of equal power and size is used for towing.

STEERING CYLINDERS

When going downhill, be sure to use a holdback vehicle as the machine is now without any effective braking. 7. When towing is completed, reinstall the mid drive shaft, reconnect the front driveshaft and reconnect the steering cylinder hoses in their proper locations. SM47

2.136

NORMAL HOSE CONNECTIONS

HOSES ON ONE CYLINDER CROSS CONNECTED FOR TOWING

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SECTION 3 - LUBRICATION & MAINTENANCE

ISSUE 6.1 OCTOBER 2013

CONTENTS - SECTION 3 AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3.33 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM, CHECKING........................................................................................... 3.42 APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS.............................................................................................................. 3.13 ARTICULATION LOCK............................................................................................................................. 3.37 AXLE LEVEL CHECK, FILL AND DRAIN LOCATIONS.......................................................................... 3.50 AXLE PINION SEAL GREASE FITTING.................................................................................................. 3.50 CAB SAFETY CABLE.............................................................................................................................. 3.45 CAB SUPPORT BRACE.......................................................................................................................... 3.45 CENTER JOINT LUBRICATION...................................................................................................................................... 3.36 MAINTENANCE.................................................................................................................................... 3.36 DEPRESSURIZING SUSPENDED MACHINE ELEMENTS.................................................................... 3.29 DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT............................................................................................................... 3.27 DRAINING HYDRAULIC TANK................................................................................................................ 3.26 DRAINING PARKING BRAKE OIL (6205201-6205278, 6303001-6303092)........................................... 3.28 DRAINING THE FUEL TANK................................................................................................................... 3.22 DRAINING TRANSMISSION OIL............................................................................................................. 3.28 EMERGENCY EXITS, CHECK MONTHLY................................................................................................ 3.7 FILLING HYDRAULIC TANK.................................................................................................................... 3.26 FILTERS CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER............................................................................................................. 3.25 FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR.................................................................................................... 3.20 FUEL TANK STRAINER....................................................................................................................... 3.20 HYDRAULIC OIL DOUBLE FILTERS................................................................................................... 3.23 SERVICING GUIDELINES FOR OIL FILTERS..................................................................................... 3.23 FIRE PREVENTION................................................................................................................................... 3.8 FLUID ANALYSIS PROGRAM.................................................................................................................. 3.4 FLUID SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES....................................................................................... 3.5 GENERAL MAINTENANCE....................................................................................................................... 3.7 GRAPPLE SNUBBER MAINTENANCE................................................................................................... 3.38 HOUR METER ~ MAINTENANCE............................................................................................................. 3.3 LUBRICATION AND SERVICE POINTS 6205201 TO 6205278, 6303001 TO 6303092...................................................................................... 3.14 6205279 TO 6206000, 6303093 TO 6303800...................................................................................... 3.16 6206001 TO 6206200, 6303801 AND 6304000.................................................................................... 3.18 NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3.3 FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION AND SERVICE REPORT................................................................... 3.3 INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION.................................................................................................. 3.3 OIL LOST FROM LEAKAGE...................................................................................................................... 3.7 PARKING BRAKE 6205611-6206200, 6303501-6304000 MANUAL RELEASE OF PARKING BRAKE......................................................................................... 3.30 PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT........................................................................................................ 3.30 PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE............................................................................... 3.40 REFILLING ENGINE COOLANT.............................................................................................................. 3.27

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE 8 HOURS................................................................................................................................................3.9 48 HOURS..............................................................................................................................................3.9 125 HOURS.......................................................................................................................................... 3.10 250 HOURS.......................................................................................................................................... 3.10 500 HOURS.......................................................................................................................................... 3.11 1000 HOURS........................................................................................................................................ 3.11 2000 HOURS........................................................................................................................................3.12 SEASONAL...........................................................................................................................................3.12 SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS 6205201 TO 6205278, 6303001 TO 6303092...................................................................................... 3.14 6205279 TO 6206000, 6303093 TO 6303800...................................................................................... 3.16 6206001 TO 6206200, 6303801 AND 6304000.................................................................................... 3.18 SERVICE BRAKE CHECKING BRAKE AND ACCUMULATOR FOR PROPER OPERATION.......................................... 3.32 STARTUP PROCEDURE AFTER MAJOR MAINTENANCE.................................................................... 3.52 TILTING THE CAB................................................................................................................................... 3.44 TIRE PRESSURES.................................................................................................................................. 3.60 TORQUE, FLUID CONNECTIONS.......................................................................................................... 3.56 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS - GENERAL............................................................................................... 3.55 WEIGHTS OF COMMERCIAL WOOD..................................................................................................... 3.59 WHEELS, INSTALLING.............................................................................................................................. 3.3 WINCH MAINTENANCE - ALLIED WINCH.............................................................................................. 3.46 WINCH MAINTENANCE - CARCO.......................................................................................................... 3.48

3.2

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FOR 620D/630D Skidder NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE *INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION:PERFORM THE INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION USING Tigercat FORM NUMBER 5339; "PDI AND 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT"

*FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION AND SERVICE REPORT:WITH THE OWNER'S MECHANIC PRESENT, PERFORM AN INSPECTION AND SERVICE ACCORDING TO THE Tigercat FORM NUMBER 5339; "PDI AND 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT" THIS MUST BE COMPLETED WITHIN THE FIRST 125 HOUR TIME FRAME. *IMPORTANT: TO QUALIFY FOR CONTINUED WARRANTY, THIS REPORT MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED TO Tigercat Industries Inc. WARRANTY DEPARTMENT.

IMPORTANT!

TIGHTENING POINTS FOR:THE FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT:~

WHEELS:

When installing wheels, ensure that all paint has been removed from the mating surfaces of both the wheel disc and the flange of the axle to ensure metal to metal contact.

All hydraulic connections Hose clamps Center joint pin securing bolts Transmission securing bolts Engine mounting bolts Axle mounting bolts Wheel retaining bolts Cab securing bolts Pin retainers Any other loose nut, bolt or fitting

For more complete instructions also refer to section 8 of the service manual.

HOUR METER ~ MAINTENANCE: Check the hour meter on a regular basis to determine your scheduled maintenance times. The intervals and times on the scheduled maintenance chart in this manual are for normal operating conditions.

NOTE: Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

If your machine is being operated in difficult or severe conditions, you should service your machine at shorter intervals.

Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

3.3

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

TIGERCAT FLUID ANALYSIS PROGRAM Effective for all 2007 model year 600'D' series skidders sold in North America, fluid sampling and analysis must be performed during the warranty period as per the schedule below. Warranty coverage of powertrain components, specifically hydrostatic pumps and motors, auxilliary pumps, axles, transfer case and driveshafts is contingent on performance of regular fluid sampling at the owner’s expense during the warranty period. Location Hydraulic Oil Transmission Axles – Front & Rear

620D 630D Model

First Sample Follow-up Samples 125 Hours Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months 125 Hours Every Oil Change (500 Hours or 3 Months) 125 Hours Every Oil Change (1000 Hours or 6 Months)

FIRST SAMPLE There will be no charge for the first fluid samples required to be taken during the 125-Hour Inspection Service that will be scheduled and performed by your Tigercat dealer. Refer to NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. FOLLOW-UP SAMPLES All follow-up samples must be taken as indicated in the chart above and will be the responsibility of the machine owner. Copies of all fluid analysis results must be forwarded to the Tigercat Warranty Department for continued warranty coverage. If samples are taken using the Tigercat Fluid Analysis Program, a copy of all results will automatically be sent to Tigercat. Tigercat Fluid Analysis Kits are available from your Tigercat dealer parts department. If required, arrangements can also be made with your Tigercat dealer to supply and perform all of the required followup fluid samples. Refer also to FLUID SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES in THIS SECTION for sample valve and drain plug locations. TIGERCAT FLUID ANALYSIS KITS Each kit includes a Pre-paid Sample Bottle and Sample Information Form. Pre-printed mailing labels are also included to ensure all samples are quickly returned directly to the lab for immediate analysis and results within 24 hours of receipt. The same type of sample bottle can be used for all types of fluid testing including: Hydraulic Circuits, Final Drives, Axles, Gearboxes, Engines, etc. To ensure accurate and meaningful results are obtained, each kit also includes detailed instructions on how properly collect, prepare and ship the fluid samples. Contact your Tigercat Dealer Parts Department to order Kits.

3.4

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

TIGERCAT FLUID ANALYSIS PROGRAM FLUID SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES Fill out the Sample Information Form (SIF) completely and accurately. When taking multiple fluid samples, fill out all of the required SIF forms in their entirety, prior to taking any fluid samples. Then, immediately package each completed SIF form together with the matching fluid sample in the black outer shipping container as each individual sample is taken. This will reduce the possibility of mixing up or incorrectly identifying the SIF forms and fluid samples. Incorrectly identified samples could result in a false warning alarm.

HYDRAULIC SAMPLE VALVE

The accuracy of the lab analysis results is very dependent on the quality of the fluid sample taken. Collection of clean fluid samples that are representative of the main body of fluid are essential if meaningful lab results are to be obtained. Erroneous readings may result if proper collection, handling, packaging and shipping practices are not followed prior to the sample being tested by the lab. To be able to accurately compare and trend the lab results over time, all follow-up samples should be consistently taken from the same location using the same techniques as all previous samples. •

Ensure that all sample valves and drain plugs are clean and free of debris.

•

Remove the sample bottle cap only when ready to take the sample. Keep the cap clean – do not put it in your pocket or let it get contaminated in any way.

•

Do not allow any airborne dirt, etc. to enter the sample bottle.

•

Avoid contamination of the sample – replace the sample bottle cap immediately after filling the bottle to approximately ¾ full.

620D-243

MAIN HYDRAULIC OIL

Hydraulic Oil Samples:

All samples taken should be immediately forwarded to the lab for processing. Contact your Tigercat dealer to purchase additional or replacement hydraulic sample valves or drain plugs. In cases where fluid samples must be pumped or otherwise drawn out of a reservoir or housing, a hand operated fluid suction pump is also available from your Tigercat dealer.

3.5

•

Hydraulic oil samples should be taken from the circulating oil flow at operating temperature, with no functions actuated, using sample valves that are permanently located on the machine whenever possible.

•

To obtain a representative oil sample, sample valves must be purged before the actual oil sample is taken. Drain a minimum of 3 or 4 ounces of oil into a separate container and discard this oil using approved recycling methods.

•

Replace the dust cover on the sample valve immediately after taking the oil sample and sealing the sample bottle.

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

TIGERCAT FLUID ANALYSIS PROGRAM Transmission and Axle Oil Samples: •

These samples can be taken during the oil change process.

•

To obtain a representative oil sample, ensure the oil is warm and has not settled very long (within 30 minutes of shutdown).

•

Place the required drain container under the machine to capture the used oil to be discarded using approved recycling methods.

•

Remove the drain plug and allow approximately 50% of the oil to drain, then place the sample bottle in the stream of draining oil to obtain a representative sample.

SAMPLE LOCATION / TRANSMISSION DRAIN 630C-100

TRANSMISSION OIL AXLE LEVEL CHECK AND FILL

AXLE LEVEL CHECK AND FILL (FAR SIDE)

AXLE DRAIN E620C-01

STANDARD DUTY AXLE DRAIN AND FILL LOCATIONS (REAR AXLE SHOWN) AXLE LEVEL CHECK AND FILL AXLE LEVEL CHECK AND FILL (FAR SIDE)

AXLE DRAIN 4634D01

SEVERE DUTY AXLE DRAIN AND FILL LOCATIONS (REAR AXLE SHOWN) 3.6

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

GENERAL Inspect the EXHAUST SYSTEM DAILY for any signs of LEAKAGE. Check for worn, cracked, broken, or damaged pipes or muffler. Also check for missing or damaged bolts or clamps. Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately. Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires, DO NOT OPERATE the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired.

CAUTION All handles, steps and platforms must be kept free of grease, oil, fuel, mud, snow and ice. Clean around filler caps before checking or adding fluids Release hydraulic pressures and clean around hydraulic fittings before breaking connection. Plug or cap immediately

During daily operation of the machine, the occurrence of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation, the machine must be shut down immediately and not put back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed.

Clean up spills as soon as possible Always use clean oil and containers Drain dirty oil while still warm Do not exceed recommended fluid levels Service all hydraulic filters after the failure of a pump, motor, cylinder or valve. Failures of this nature could contaminate the entire hydraulic system

Always have a fire extinguisher at hand

Top up diesel fuel AT END OF Each shift to reduce contamination by condensation

For safety; when leaving the cab or leaving machine unattended or during service, always lower grapple and dozer blade to the ground

Clean up oil spills on walking surfaces and top of engine enclosure immediately

For safety, always block or support grapple and dozer blade when working under them.

Before welding on machine be sure master switch is disconnected

CHECK EMERGENCY EXITS MONTHLY~

When welding secure ground connection as close to working position as possible to prevent arcing across machined surfaces or through bearings

Alternate exit routes are provided: the sliding windows in the cab doors. These are only to be used if the cab doors cannot be opened.

Clean away all branches, bark and chips. Clean up all traces of oil to avoid fires

It is therefore essential that these emergency exits be checked at least once per month to ensure they are fully operational.

*OIL LOST FROM LEAKAGE PER LEAKAGE RATE DAY ONE DROP IN 10 SECONDS 0.424 ONE DROP IN 5 SECONDS 0.852 ONE DROP PER SECOND 4.26 THREE DROP PER SECOND 14.2 DROPS BREAK INTO STREAM 90.83

LOST 0IL (LITERS) LOST 0IL (GALLONS) PER PER PER PER PER MONTH YEAR DAY MONTH YEAR 12.72 152.0 0.112 3.36 40.0 25.6 306.6 0.225 6.75 81.0 127.76 1533.1 1.125 33.75 405.0 425.86 5110.31 3.75 112.5 1350.0 2725.5 32706.0 24.00 720.0 8640.0

3.7

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

GENERAL FIRE PREVENTION Maintaining your machine properly will greatly extend its life and reduce your operating costs. Fire can result in a machine loss which can be financially devastating. 1. Pine needles and bark when allowed to accumulate, form a fuel source that when ignited is extremely difficult to extinguish. A thorough program of regular cleaning and washing will reduce the possibility of a fire starting. In the event a fire does start, the regular cleaning program will improve the chances of successfully extinguishing a fire. 2. Pay close attention to wiring and plumbing routings during maintenance, ensure that ALL wiring harnesses or hydraulic hoses are properly restrained and clamped to prevent damage from chaffing. 3. Read the fire suppression system manual and have the system serviced regularly by qualified personnel. 4. In case of fire lower the boom system to the ground and shut off the engine before discharging the fire suppression system. Also refer to the SAFETY section of this manual for additional information on how to prevent fires from starting on the machine.

3.8

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FREQUENTLY:~

Clean:~ • Potentially damaging limbs or sticks from machine

• Check engine cooling air intake screens for possible restriction.

• A/C condenser, oil cooler, radiator refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER AND COOLING ASSEMBLY in SECTION 2.

EVERY 8 HOURS (EVERY SHIFT):~

Check:~ • Service brake for proper operation. Refer to SERVICE BRAKE ~ CHECKING BRAKE AND ACCUMULATOR FOR PROPER OPERATION in THIS SECTION.

• Perform "frequently" maintenance check, and in addition:~ • Check engine coolant level • Check engine oil level • Drain secondary fuel filter/water separator

• All engine air intake system components (including charge air cooler) rubber elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware and repair immediately.

• Check air intake precleaner, clean as required • Check air cleaner unloader valve • Check air intake filter restriction indicator. Replace primary filter if indicator is in red zone. Replace secondary (safety) filter every third primary filter change to guarantee maximum performance and reliability.

• Charge Air Cooler for damage, wear, cracks, or leaks and repair immediately. • For leakage around hydraulic components and flexible hoses. See "Oil lost from leakage" chart.

• On later machines (6206001 to 6206200, 6303801 to 6304000), check aftertreatment (diesel particulate filter) exhaust piping.

• For loose nuts, bolts and fittings

• Check hydraulic oil level with grapple head fully open, grapple head and dozer blade on the ground.

• Condition and tension of fan belts. • Exhaust system for leaks. • Water pressure (60 psi [4 Bar]) for pressurized water system.

• Check winch sump oil level • Check transmission oil level with dipstick

If the water system has been operated, refer to PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION for refilling and charging instructions.

• Lubricate front axle pivot, 2-fittings, purge • Lubricate mid drive shaft 1-fitting, purge NOTE: Lubrication of mid drive shaft slip joint should be done with machine fully articulated and locked. Refer also to ARTICULATION LOCK ~ ARTICULATED LOCKED POSITION in THIS SECTION.

• Conduct an overall visual inspection. Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

• On machines later machines (6205279 to 6206200, 6303093 to 6304000) lubricate rear drive shaft bearing 1-fitting, purge

EVERY 48 HOURS

• Lubricate center joint bearings, 2-fittings, purge

• Check the center joint for looseness. Refer to CENTER JOINT MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION for instructions. If a problem is found corrective action should be taken immediately. Refer also to CENTER JOINT in SECTION 11 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more detailed checking and adjustment procedures.

• Lubricate steering cylinder ends, 4-fittings, purge • Lubricate arch cylinders and pivots, 6 or 12-fittings, purge • Lubricate dozer blade cylinders and pivots, 6-fittings, purge • Lubricate grapple snubbers, 2-fittings, purge • Lubricate grapple, 8-fittings, purge • Lubricate grapple yoke, 8-fittings, purge 3.9

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 125 HOURS:~

EVERY 250 HOURS:~

• Perform "frequently" maintenance

• Perform 8 hour maintenance

And in addition:~ • Lubricate grapple rotator shaft, 2-fittings, 5-shots

• Perform 125 hour maintenance And in addition:~ • Replace primary fuel filter and secondary fuel filter/water separator

• Carry out A/C system inspection; Refer to AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM, CHECKING in THIS SECTION

• Lubricate grapple pinion gear spline, 1-fitting, 5-shots, (Note: remove pipeplug to access)

Check:~ • Check oil level in front and rear axles. Refer to AXLE LEVEL CHECK, FILL AND DRAIN LOCATIONS in THIS SECTION.

• On machines with a driveline parking brake (6205201 to 6205278, 6303001 to 6303092) check parking brake oil level.

• Fluid level in batteries unless maintenance free • Engine rpm. • All hydraulic pressures • Hydraulic pump and motor securing bolts • Check fuel tank filler screen • Torque tightening points as per new machine maintenance • Proper operation of pressurized water system. Refer to PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION.

• Clean and thoroughly inspect all surfaces of the arch and boom for cracks. All cracks must be properly repaired in their early stages. Note that in most cases cracks will continue to grow in size and often lead to major structural damage. Failure to regularly inspect for cracks and immediately repair the boom system will void the structural warranty. Contact your Tigercat dealer for specific procedures required to correctly repair any cracks found. • Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

Visually check for damage to:• Arch and pivot linkage • Front and rear frame • Center joint area • Attachment Make repairs immediately Visually inspect for:• Frayed electrical wiring and hydraulic hose • Wear in any other components • Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

† Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

3.10

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 500 HOURS:~

EVERY 1000 HOURS:~

• Perform "frequently" maintenance

• Perform 8 hour maintenance

• Perform 125 hour maintenance

• Perform 250 hour maintenance

And in addition : ~ • Replace hydraulic oil double element filters (2 elements) † 1 white, high performance element. 1 blue, water absorbing element. • Replace charge pressure filter † • Replace oil in transmission. Sample transmission oil for testing. NOTE: Warranty coverage of powertrain components is contingent on performance of regular oil sampling at the owner’s expense during the warranty period. Refer to OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM in THIS SECTION for details. • Lubricate front drive shaft 1-fitting, purge • On machines with a driveline parking brake (6205201 to 6205278, 6303001 to 6303092) lubricate rear drive shaft, 1-fitting, purge • Check for proper adjustment of the parking brake. Refer to PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT in SECTION 9 of the SERVICE MANUAL. For later machines refer to PARKING BRAKE (6205611 to 6206200, 6303501 to 6304000) ~ PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. • Lubricate door hinges, 8-fittings, purge • Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

• Perform 500 hour maintenance And in addition replace oil in:~ • Replace air cleaner unloader valve • Check center joint preload with a dial indicator. Refer to CENTER JOINT ~ CHECKING CENTER JOINT PRELOAD in SECTION 11 of the SERVICE MANUAL. If a problem is found corrective action should be taken immediately, refer to CENTER JOINT PRELOAD ADJUSTMENT in SECTION 11 of the SERVICE MANUAL. • Replace oil in winch sump. • On machines with a driveline parking brake (6205201-6205278, 6303001-6303092) replace oil in parking brake. • Drain and refill front and rear axles. Refer to LUBRICATION AND SERVICE CHART in THIS SECTION for recommended gear oils. Refer also to AXLE LEVEL CHECK, FILL AND DRAIN LOCATIONS in THIS SECTION. Sample front and rear axle oil for testing. NOTE: Warranty coverage of powertrain components is contingent on performance of regular oil sampling at the owner’s expense during the warranty period. Refer to OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM in THIS SECTION for details. • Sample hydraulic oil from the main hydraulic tank for testing. NOTE: Warranty coverage of powertrain components is contingent on performance of regular oil sampling at the owner’s expense during the warranty period. Refer to OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM in THIS SECTION for details. • Drain and refill pressurized water system. Refer to PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. • Lubricate front axle pinion grease seal. • Lubricate rear axle pinion grease seal. • Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

† Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

3.11

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE 2000 HOURS:~ • Replace all air intake rubber components such as elbows and connectors - High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden. See AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION • Check all air intake tubing, rubber couplings and band clamps for signs of wear and leakage

• Drain and refill front and rear axles. Refer to LUBRICATION AND SERVICE CHART in THIS SECTION for recommended gear oils. Refer also to AXLE LEVEL CHECK, FILL AND DRAIN LOCATIONS in THIS SECTION. • Drain and refill pressurized water system. Refer to PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. • Perform service brake wear plate inspection. Refer to SECTION 8 in the SERVICE MANUAL.

5000 HOURS:~ • On later machines (6206001 to 6206200, 6303801 to 6304000), see the diesel engine manufacturer's repair location to clean or replace the aftertreatment device. IMPORTANT: Refer to the diesel engine manufacturer's operation manual for further details and operating instructions for the DPF exhaust emission aftertreatment system.

SEASONAL:~ • Drain and refill hydraulic oil tank with recommended hydraulic oil. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in THIS SECTION. Fill tank with grapple head fully open, grapple head and dozer blade on the ground until hydraulic oil level reaches the sight gauge full mark. Note that the oil level will drop 2 to 3 in (2 to 7.5 cm) when all cylinders are extended. Check to ensure that the hydraulic oil type selected in the computer program matches the oil type being used. Adjust oil type if needed. This will allow the program to optimize the cooling and s functions to best suite the oil being used. Hydraulic oil grade information is shown on the main menu below the hydraulic oil temperature gauge. Operating outside the recommended operating range will shorten hydraulic component life. Refer to COMPUTER ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU - SERVICE SETTINGS ~ HYDRAULIC OIL GRADE in SECTION 2, for hydraulic oil grade selection settings information.

3.12

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS Use only one of the following oils to fill or replenish the MAIN HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

3.13

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

MACHINES 6205201 TO 6205278, 6303001 TO 6303092

3.14

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

MACHINES 6205201 TO 6205278, 6303001 TO 6303092 Tigercat® Model 610D/620D/630D SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS

REFER TO Tigercat OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR FURTHER INFORMATION

ENGINE OIL/FILTER CUMMINS QSB SERIES

CHK

PRIMARY FUEL FILTER

•

SECONDARY FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR

DRN

34.4

9.1

•

QTY

2000 

1000 

500 

CHANGE COOLANT EVERY 2 YEARS

DESCRIPTION USG

CHK

CAPACITY LITERS

COOLING SYSTEM

250 

8

125 

SERVICE POINT NO.

SERVICE EVERY ITEM

60/40 ANTIFREEZE *

• SEE ENGINE MANUFACTURER'S MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR PROCEDURES, CAPACITIES AND REPLACEMENT INTERVALS

REP

FUEL TANK FILLER SCREEN

AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER/INLET HOOD

CHK

CLEAN AS REQUIRED

AIR INTAKE PRIMARY ELEMENT

CHK

AIR INTAKE SAFETY ELEMENT

CHK

CHECK FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR. REFER TO 8 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENCE FOR DETAILS.

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

CHK

REFER TO SECTION 3 IN MANUAL

AIR INTAKE CONNECTIONS

CHK

CHECK FOR LOOSE CLAMPS AND DAMAGED RUBBER COMPONENTS. REPLACE RUBBER COMPONENTS.

HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR (GAUGE ON TANK)

CHK

DRAIN AND REFILL AS REQUIRED BY SEASONAL OIL CHANGE (SEE HYDRAULIC OIL CHART)

HYDRAULIC FILTER, FULL FLOW, INCLUDES: 1 BLUE WATER ABSORBING ELEMENT * 1 WHITE HIGH PERFORMANCE FILTER

REP †

*NOTE: MUST USE: 1 BLUE FILTER ELEMENT 1 WHITE FILTER ELEMENT

CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

REP †

CHECK FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR ON FILTER WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT FULL AND WITH OIL FLOW

WINCH: ALLIED

CHK

PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM

CHK

TRANSMISSION

CAST

AXLES: FRONT REAR

PINION GREASE SEAL - FRONT AND REAR AXLE

AXLE-PIVOT (FRONT ONLY)

CHK

REP REP

100 26.4

TEST

CHK

MID DRIVE SHAFT

CHK

1.0

D/R

13.7

REFER TO WINCH MAINTENANCE IN SECTION 3 OF MANUAL. SEE ALSO WINCH MANUFACTURER'S MANUAL SEASONAL DRAIN AND REFILL FILL WITH MIL-L-2105C OR API-GL-5 LUBRICANT GRADE/WEATHER TEMPERATURE: BELOW -10ºF(-23ºC) USE 75W-90 UP TO 100ºF(38ºC) USE 80W-90 ABOVE 100ºF(38ºC) USE 85W-140

1.6

D/R ***

36 36

9.5 9.5

1 1

LUB

PURGE

ONE FITTING PER AXLE LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

PURGE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

PURGE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

PURGE

LUB LUB LUB **

REAR DRIVE SHAFT 19

3.8

D/R

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT 18

D/R

LUB

CENTER JOINT

LUB

CENTER JOINT BEARING PRELOAD

CHK 48 

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE  REFER TO SECTION 3 OF THE MANUAL FOR DETAILS

CHK

STEERING CYLINDERS

LUB

PURGE

SINGLE ARCH CYLINDER & PIVOTS

LUB

PURGE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

DOUBLE ARCH CYLINDER & PIVOTS

LUB

PURGE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

DOZER BLADE CYLINDER & PIVOTS

LUB

PURGE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

GRAPPLE, Tigercat GRAPPLE, OTHER MANUFACTURER

PARKING BRAKE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

SEE LUBRICATION POINTS DIAGRAM SEE GRAPPLE MANUFACTURER'S MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

CHK

LUBECHART-43915BENG R1.PDF

3.15

D/R

0.5

0.1

FILL WITH MIL-L-2105C OR API-GL-5 LUBRICANT GRADE/WEATHER TEMPERATURE: BELOW -10°F(-23°C) USE 75W-90 UP TO 100°F(38°C) USE 80W-90 ABOVE 100°F(38°C) USE 85W-140

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

MACHINES 6205279 TO 6206000 , 6303093 TO 6303800

3.16

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

MACHINES 6205279 TO 6206000 , 6303093 TO 6303800 Tigercat Model 620D/630D SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS

REFER TO Tigercat OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR FURTHER INFORMATION

COOLING SYSTEM

CHK

ENGINE OIL/FILTER CUMMINS QSB SERIES

CHK

3 3A

CHANGE COOLANT EVERY 2 YEARS

•

PRIMARY FUEL FILTER DRN

QTY

USG

DESCRIPTION

34.4 9.1

•

SECONDARY FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR

LITERS

CAPACITY 2000 

1000 

500 

250 

8

ITEM

125 

SERVICE POINT NO.

SERVICE EVERY

60/40 ANTIFREEZE *

• SEE ENGINE MANUFACTURER'S MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR PROCEDURES, CAPACITIES AND REPLACEMENT INTERVALS

•

REP

FUEL TANK FILLER SCREEN

AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER/INLET HOOD

CHK

CLEAN AS REQUIRED

AIR INTAKE PRIMARY ELEMENT

CHK

AIR INTAKE SAFETY ELEMENT

CHK

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

CHK

AIR INTAKE CONNECTIONS

CHK

HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR (GAUGE ON TANK)

CHK

HYDRAULIC FILTER, FULL FLOW, INCLUDES: 1 BLUE WATER ABSORBING ELEMENT * 1 WHITE HIGH PERFORMANCE FILTER

CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

WINCH: ALLIED CARCO

CHK

PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM

CHK

TRANSMISSION

CHK

AXLES, STANDARD DUTY: FRONT REAR AXLES, SEVERE DUTY: FRONT REAR

PINION GREASE SEAL - FRONT AND REAR AXLE

AXLE-PIVOT (FRONT ONLY)

CAST

CHECK FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR. REFER TO 8 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENCE FOR DETAILS.

REFER TO SECTION 3 IN MANUAL

CHECK FOR LOOSE CLAMPS AND DAMAGED RUBBER COMPONENTS. REPLACE RUBBER COMPONENTS.

DRAIN AND REFILL AS REQUIRED BY SEASONAL OIL CHANGE (SEE HYDRAULIC OIL CHART)

REP †

*NOTE: MUST USE: 1 BLUE FILTER ELEMENT 1 WHITE FILTER ELEMENT

REP †

CHECK FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR ON FILTER WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT FULL AND WITH OIL FLOW

REP REP

100 26.4

TEST

3.8 12

1 3

D/R

13.7

1.6

FILL WITH MIL-L-2105C OR API-GL-5 LUBRICANT GRADE 75W-90

D/R ***

37 9.8 40.5 10.7 36 9.5 36 9.5

1 1 1 1

FILL WITH MIL-L-2105C OR API-GL-5 LUBRICANT GRADE/WEATHER TEMPERATURE: BELOW -10°F(-23°C) USE 75W-90 UP TO 100°F(38°C) USE 80W-90 ABOVE 100°F(38°C) USE 85W-140

LUB

PURGE

ONE FITTING PER AXLE LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

PURGE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

D/R

CHK

LUB

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT

REFER TO WINCH MAINTENANCE IN SECTION 3 OF MANUAL . SEE ALSO WINCH MANUFACTURER'S MANUAL.

D/R

LUB

SEASONAL DRAIN AND REFILL

MID DRIVE SHAFT

LUB **

REAR DRIVE SHAFT BEARING

LUB

CENTER JOINT

LUB

CENTER JOINT BEARING PRELOAD

CHK 48 

STEERING CYLINDERS

LUB

PURGE

SINGLE ARCH CYLINDER & PIVOTS

LUB

PURGE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

DOUBLE ARCH CYLINDER & PIVOTS

LUB

PURGE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

DOZER BLADE CYLINDER & PIVOTS

LUB

PURGE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

PURGE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

1 PURGE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE  REFER TO SECTION 3 OF THE MANUAL FOR DETAILS

CHK

GRAPPLE, Tigercat GRAPPLE, OTHER MANUFACTURER

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

SEE LUBRICATION POINTS DIAGRAM SEE GRAPPLE MANUFACTURER'S MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

LUBECHART-48198BENG R5.PDF

3.17

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

MACHINES 6206001 TO 6206200, 6303801 TO 6304000 19

MID DRIVE SHAFT

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT 19 12 1 FTG/500

1 FTG/8

3A 7

6 1

25 14

REAR DRIVE SHAFT BEARING 19 1 FTG/8

GRAPPLE YOKE

8 FTG/8

GRAPPLE SNUBBERS 26 2 FTG/8 GRAPPLE ROTATOR 26 2 FTG/125 5 SHOTS

GRAPPLE PINION GEAR 26 1 FTG/250 5 SHOTS NOTE: REMOVE PIPEPLUG TO ACCESS

STEER CYLINDERS

4 FTG/8

ARCH

12 FTG/8 13

AXLE-PIVOT, FRONT 18 2 FTG/8

BOTH SIDES 25

11 25

8 12 2

15 CENTER JOINT

2 FTG/8

GRAPPLE

8 FTG/8

AXLE PINION

1 FTG/1000

AXLE PINION

1 FTG/1000

DOZER

6 FTG/8

LEGEND

* ANTIFREEZE SOLUTION MUST MEET GM 6038M SPECIFICATIONS - SEE MANUFACTURERS MAINTENANCE MANUAL ** STEER MACHINE FULLY BEFORE GREASING MID DRIVE SHAFT SLIP YOKE. *** MAY USE UP TO BUT NOT MORE THAN 1 LITER OF LUBRIZOL 6178, DSL-178, OR EQUA-TORQUE 2411 OR 2414 (FRONT AXLE ONLY, BRAKE NOISE REDUCTION). LUBRICATION POINT WITH A DESIGNATED NUMBER OF FITTINGS (2FTG) 2 FTG/125 AND HOURS BETWEEN SERVICING (125 ). JOINT TO BE PURGED. USE LITHIUM BASED GREASE CONTAINING MOLYBDENUM DISULFIDE. USE OF FILTERS OTHER THAN GENUINE Tigercat REPLACEMENT FILTERS IS NOT RECOMMENDED. ®

3.18

CHK REP DRN D/R LUB CLN

..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .....

HOURS CHECK REPLACE DRAIN DRAIN AND REFILL LUBRICATE CLEAN

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

MACHINES 6206001 TO 6206200, 6303801 TO 6304000 Tigercat Model 620D/630D SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS

REFER TO Tigercat OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR FURTHER INFORMATION

CHK

ENGINE OIL/FILTER CUMMINS QSB SERIES

CHK

PRIMARY FUEL FILTER

SECONDARY FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR

•

34.4

9.1

•

REP DRN

QTY

5000 

2000 

1000 

500 

CHANGE COOLANT EVERY 2 YEARS

DESCRIPTION USG

COOLING SYSTEM

CAPACITY LITERS

250 

8

ITEM

125 

SERVICE POINT NO.

SERVICE EVERY

60% ANTIFREEZE * 40% DISTILLED WATER

• SEE ENGINE MANUFACTURER'S MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR PROCEDURES, CAPACITIES AND REPLACEMENT INTERVALS. 1

REP

FUEL TANK FILLER SCREEN

AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER/INLET HOOD

CHK

CLEAN AS REQUIRED.

AIR INTAKE PRIMARY ELEMENT

CHK

AIR INTAKE SAFETY ELEMENT

CHK

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

CHK

AIR INTAKE CONNECTIONS

CHK

AFTERTREATMENT DEVICE

CHK

HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR (GAUGE ON TANK)

CHK

HYDRAULIC FILTER, FULL FLOW, INCLUDES: 1 BLUE WATER ABSORBING ELEMENT * 1 WHITE HIGH PERFORMANCE FILTER

CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

WINCH: ALLIED

CHECK FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR. REFER TO 8 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENCE FOR DETAILS.

REFER TO SECTION 3 IN MANUAL

CHECK FOR LOOSE CLAMPS AND DAMAGED RUBBER COMPONENTS. REPLACE RUBBER COMPONENTS.

DO NOT SERVICE. SEE CUMMINS AUTHORIZED REPAIR LOCATION TO CLEAN OR REPLACE AS NECESSARY. CHECK AFTERTREATMENT EXHAUST PIPING DAILY.

DRAIN AND REFILL AS REQUIRED BY SEASONAL OIL CHANGE. (SEE HYDRAULIC OIL CHART)

REP †

*NOTE: MUST USE: 1 BLUE FILTER ELEMENT. 1 WHITE FILTER ELEMENT.

REP †

CHECK FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR ON FILTER WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT FULL AND WITH OIL FLOW.

REP REP

CLN

100 26.4

CHK

PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM

CHK

TRANSMISSION

CHK

AXLES, STANDARD DUTY: FRONT REAR AXLES, SEVERE DUTY: FRONT REAR

PINION GREASE SEAL - FRONT AND REAR AXLE

AXLE-PIVOT (FRONT ONLY)

TEST

3.8

1.0

D/R

13.7

1.6

FILL WITH MIL-L-2105C OR API-GL-5 LUBRICANT GRADE 75W-90

D/R ***

37 9.8 40.5 10.7 36 9.5 36 9.5

1 1 1 1

FILL WITH MIL-L-2105C OR API-GL-5 LUBRICANT GRADE/WEATHER TEMPERATURE: BELOW -10°F(-23°C) USE 75W-90 UP TO 100°F(38°C) USE 80W-90 ABOVE 100°F(38°C) USE 85W-140

LUB

PURGE

ONE FITTING PER AXLE LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

PURGE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB LUB

MID DRIVE SHAFT

LUB **

REAR DRIVE SHAFT BEARING

LUB

REFER TO WINCH MAINTENANCE IN SECTION 3 OF MANUAL. SEE ALSO WINCH MANUFACTURER'S MANUAL.

D/R

CHK

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT 19

SEASONAL DRAIN AND REFILL.

1 PURGE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

1 PURGE

CENTER JOINT

LUB

CENTER JOINT BEARING PRELOAD

CHK 48 

STEERING CYLINDERS

LUB

PURGE

SINGLE ARCH CYLINDER & PIVOTS

LUB

PURGE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

DOUBLE ARCH CYLINDER & PIVOTS

LUB

PURGE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

DOZER BLADE CYLINDER & PIVOTS

LUB

DOOR AND SCREEN HINGES

GRAPPLE, Tigercat

LUB

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE  REFER TO SECTION 3 OF THE MANUAL FOR DETAILS.

CHK

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

PURGE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

PURGE

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

SEE LUBRICATION POINTS DIAGRAM

LUBECHART-52002BENG R3 .PDF

3.19

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

FILTERS

WARNING

IMPORTANT ! Failure to service and replace filters at the proper intervals specified in the manufacturer's manuals, could cause damage to the machine and result in the product warranty becoming NULL and VOID. Check Tigercat parts catalog for replacement filters.

The fuel pump high-pressure fuel lines and fuel rail contain very high pressure fuel. Never loosen any fittings while the engine is running. Personal injury and property damage can result. Changing the primary fuel filter:

PRIMARY FUEL FILTER AND SECONDARY FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR (CUMMINS QSB ENGINE) This machine is equipped with two fuel filters. The secondary fuel filter is a combination unit, with a replaceable fuel filter with drain valve and a reusable water in fuel sensor. For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS in THIS SECTION. Refer also to engine manufacturer's manual for more detailed information. PRIMARY FUEL FILTER PLUG

SECONDARY FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR

HAND PRIMER

1. Park machine on level ground, install articulation lock bar, lower dozer and grapple to the ground, stop engine, engage parking brake and block wheels. 2. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head. 3. Place rags below to catch the spillage of fuel. 4. Wearing face protection (in case of a fuel spray) unscrew the old filter. Dispose of any fuel and the fuel filter properly. 5. Check the seating area for the o-ring on the filter head and wipe clean. 6. Lubricate the o-ring on top of the new filter with clean engine oil. DO NOT PRE-FILL the new filter. 7. Screw the new filter on to the filter head as specified by the filter manufacturer. Note: Mechanical overtightening can damage the filter element.

DRAIN VALVE

8. Prime the fuel system using the hand primer on the secondary fuel filter/water separator before starting the engine.

WATER IN FUEL SENSOR

Loosen the plug on the top of the secondary fuel filter. Pump the hand primer until fuel begins to seep out around the loosened plug, continue to pump until no air bubbles are visible (approximately 30 pumps). Tighten the plug. Pump the hand primer 30 more times.

FUEL WATER SEPARATOR

620C-86

(6205201-6206000, 6303001-6303800)

HAND PRIMER

SECONDARY FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR

9. Start the engine and check for leaks. Refer to STARTING ENGINE in SECTION 2.

PRIMARY FUEL FILTER

WATER IN FUEL SENSOR

620D-221

WARNING

DRAIN VALVE

Drain fuel filter into a container and dispose of all fluids properly.

FUEL WATER SEPARATOR

(6206001-6206200, 6303801-6304000)

3.20

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

Changing the secondary fuel filter/water separator:

8. Install the water in fuel sensor in the new filter. (Inspect water in fuel sensor for damage and replace as required.)

1. Park machine on level ground, install articulation lock bar, lower dozer and grapple to the ground, stop engine, engage parking brake and block wheels.

9. Check the seating area for the o-ring on the filter head and wipe clean.

2. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head. 3. Use filter drain to drain fuel out of the filter for approximately 5 seconds. This will prevent fuel from running over the top of the filter when it is removed. 4. Disconnect the water in fuel sensor from the wiring harness. 5. Place rags below to catch the spillage of fuel. 6. Wearing face protection (in case of a fuel spray) unscrew the old filter. Dispose of any fuel properly .

10. Lubricate the o-ring on top of the new filter with clean engine oil. DO NOT PRE-FILL the new filter. 11. Screw the new filter on to the filter head as specified by the filter manufacturer. Note: Mechanical overtightening can damage the filter element. 12. Connect water in fuel sensor to the wiring harness. 13. Prime the fuel system using the hand primer on the secondary fuel filter/water separator before starting the engine. Loosen the plug on the top of the secondary fuel filter. Pump the hand primer until fuel begins to seep out around the loosened plug, continue to pump until no air bubbles are visible (approximately 30 pumps). Tighten the plug. Pump the hand primer 30 more times.

7. Remove the water in fuel sensor from the fuel filter. Dispose of the fuel filter properly. PRIMARY FUEL FILTER

PLUG

SECONDARY FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR

HAND PRIMER

14. Start the engine and check for leaks. Refer to STARTING ENGINE in SECTION 2. IMPORTANT ! Filters that are an integral part of the engine (fuel and lubricating oil) should be serviced and replaced according to the engine manufacturer's manual.

DRAIN VALVE WATER IN FUEL SENSOR

WARNING 620C-86

Drain fuel filter into a container and dispose of all fluids properly.

FUEL WATER SEPARATOR

(6205201-6206000, 6303001-6303800)

HAND PRIMER

SECONDARY FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR

PRIMARY FUEL FILTER

DRAIN VALVE

WATER IN FUEL SENSOR

620D-221

FUEL WATER SEPARATOR

(6206001-6206200, 6303801-6304000)

3.21

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

FUEL TANK STRAINER This is a stainless steel fuel strainer, screwed on to the inlet pipe of the engine fuel feed line inside at the bottom of the fuel tank. Changing or cleaning the strainer: NOTE: This should only be required if excessive quantities of foreign material has built up inside the tank.

LEFT HAND TANK

1. Park machine on level ground, install articulation lock bar, lower dozer and grapple to the ground , stop engine, engage parking brake and block wheels.

630D-07

2. Drain the fuel tank. Refer to DRAINING THE FUEL TANK in THIS SECTION.

REAR COVER

RIGHT HAND TANK

STANDARD FUEL TANKS FUEL TANK FILLER CAP

3. Remove the round fuel tank cover plate and “O” ring from the access hole.

REAR COVER

4. Before removing the strainer, clean any debris from the bottom of the tank and wipe it clean. 5. Remove the fuel strainer using the hex on the end of strainer. Carefully clean the strainer (it may be damaged by rough handling). 6. Check for a buildup of foreign materials where the strainer threads on to the pipe and elbow. 7. Reinstall the strainer using the hex on end. 8. Reinstall fuel tank cover plate with “O” ring. 9. Refuel and check for leaks. Start the engine and check for leaks again.

630D-08

HIGH CAPACITY FUEL TANK

DRAINING THE FUEL TANK 1. The fuel system is equipped with either two standard saddle tanks or a single high capacity tank.

2. Use the fuel gauge on the computer display or the dipstick to estimate the container capacity required to properly drain the fuel. Refer to FUEL TANK in SECTION 2 for tank capacities. 3. Remove the fuel tank filler cap. 4. Remove the drain plugs and drain the fuel into a suitable container. Note that both the left and right sides of the high capacity tank need to be drained to fully empty this tank. 5. Once the fluid has been drained replace the drain plugs and filler cap.

3.22

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

HYDRAULIC OIL DOUBLE ELEMENT FILTERS HYDRAULIC TANK

DOUBLE ELEMENT FILTER

HYDRAULIC FILTER SERVICING GUIDELINES

BREATHER

NEVER PRE-FILL HYDRAULIC FILTERS

SIGHT GAUGE

Tigercat does not recommend the pre-filling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil. Unfiltered oil used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit. Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors. The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always prefiltered before use.

BLUE ELEMENT

HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP

WARNING

CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

630D-05

HYDRAULIC TANK, FILTERS AND SIGHT GAUGE (EARLIER DESIGN)

The hydraulic oil cooling circuit contains a double filter head with a built in 25 psi (1.7 Bar) bypass valve. In the event of a clogged filter element or thicker oil on cold starts, this bypass filter will open and redirect oil around the filter element. It is recommended that all machines use two different filter elements:

WARNING, HOT FLUIDS AND HOT MACHINE SURFACES CAN CAUSE SERIOUS BURNS! •

Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

•

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

•

DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 100°F (38°C)!

1 white, Tigercat high performance, full flow hydraulic oil filter element 1 blue, Tigercat water absorbing, full flow hydraulic oil filter element. Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE and SERVICE AND LUBRICATION AND SERVICE POINTS in THIS SECTION. IMPORTANT ! Contaminated hydraulic fluid can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs. Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals. Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. Use of hydraulic filters other than the Tigercat brand could lead to severe wear and rapid failure of hydraulic system components.

3.23

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

Changing the filters: 1. Park machine on level ground, install articulation lock bar, lower dozer and grapple to ground, stop engine, engage parking brake and block wheels.

HYDRAULIC TANK

DOUBLE ELEMENT FILTER

BREATHER

2. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head. SIGHT GAUGE

3. Place rags below to catch the spillage of oil. 4. Wearing face protection (in case of an oil squirt), unscrew the old filter. Dispose of old filter and any oil properly.

BLUE ELEMENT

LEVEL SWITCH

5. The new Tigercat filter is supplied with two gaskets enclosed, examine the filter head closely to determine which gasket should be used and follow the instructions to ensure proper installation.

HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP TO TANK DRAIN HOSE

CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

FILTER HEAD

620D-202

GASKET

HYDRAULIC TANK, FILTERS AND SIGHT GAUGE (LATER DESIGN)

Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact. Tighten filter until top edge makes metal to metal contact with filter head. (approximately 1 1/2 additional turns after gasket contact)

FILTER ELEMENT FILTR_SEALS 2

SQUARE SECTION GASKET INSTALLATION

 Square Section Gasket Remove used gasket and clean groove in head. Apply clean oil to new gasket surfaces. Install new gasket into groove in filter head. Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact. Tighten filter an additional 3/4 turn.

DO NOT use bottom nut for filter installation or damage/leakage may result. Bottom nut is to assist in filter removal only. 6. Start the engine and check for leaks.

DO NOT use bottom nut for filter installation or damage/leakage may result. Bottom nut is to assist in filter removal only. FILTER HEAD

GASKET FILTER ELEMENT FILTR_SEALS 2

'O' RING GASKET INSTALLATION

 'O' Ring Gasket Remove used gasket and clean gasket seat in head. Apply clean oil to new gasket surfaces. Install new gasket on inside lip of filter. 3.24

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER The charge circuit contains a single element, full flow Tigercat hydraulic filter with a 50 psi (3.5 Bar) third port bypass valve. When a restriction is encountered, the bypass valve diverts oil back to tank via the third port to prevent unfiltered oil from entering the charge circuit. Changing a pressure filter: 1. Park machine on level ground, install articulation lock bar, lower dozer and grapple to ground, stop engine, engage parking brake and block wheels. 2. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head. 3. Place rags below to catch the spillage of oil. 4. Wearing face protection (in case of an oil squirt), unscrew the old filter. 5. Drain filter and dispose of any oil properly. 6. Check the seating area for the gasket on the filter head and wipe it clean. 7. This filter has an o-ring gasket. Replace o-ring as required and apply hydraulic oil to the gasket surface. 8. Screw on the new filter until the gasket makes contact with the seat in the filter head. 9. Hand tighten filter an additional 1/2 turn only. DO NOT use bottom nut for filter installation or damage/leakage may result. Bottom nut is to assist in filter removal only. 10. Start the engine and check for leaks.

3.25

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

DRAINING HYDRAULIC TANK

CAUTION

TO TANK VIA FILTERS

Perform the hydraulic tank drain when the hydraulic oil temperature is below 100°F (38°C), but warm enough to be viscous. HAND FILL PUMP

1. The hydraulic tank is equipped with a hose that routes from the bottom of the tank to the bottom of the front chassis belly pan. 2. The hose is plugged at the end and can be accessed by removing the belly pan door.

SHUT-OFF VALVE IN OFF POSITION

QUICK CONNECT TO SUCTION HOSE (STORED IN STEP COMPARTMENT BELOW LEFT HAND CAB DOOR)

3. The drain hose for the hydraulic tank can be lowered from the belly of the chassis and positioned in a drip pan. 4. Remove the plug in the hose end to drain tank. 5. Once fluid has been drained, replace the drain plug in the drain hose.

630D-05X

FILLING HYDRAULIC TANK

HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP

Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in THIS SECTION. Refer to SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS chart in THIS SECTION for hydraulic tank capacity. 1. Park machine on level ground, lower dozer blade and grapple onto the ground.

Use of hydraulic filters other than the Tigercat brand could lead to severe wear and rapid failure of hydraulic system components.

2. Open right rear engine compartment access panels. 3. Get the hydraulic oil fill suction hose from its storage location in the step compartment below the left cab door. Clean the suction hose, connect to hydraulic hand pump and remove cap. 4. Open oil fill shut-off valve, insert end of suction tube into supply drum and operate pump. The oil is pumped directly into the hydraulic tank via the double element filter. The pump should always be operated at a medium speed with a steady motion. Refer also to HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP in SECTION 2. Fill tank with grapple head fully open, grapple head and dozer blade on the ground until hydraulic oil level reaches the sight gauge full mark. Note that the oil level will drop 2 to 3 in (2 to 7.5 cm) when all cylinders are extended. 5. Close shut-off valve after filling. Replace cap on suction tube, wipe dry, disconnect and store. Swing pump handle up and lock. Replace all access covers.

3.26

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance REFILLING ENGINE COOLANT

DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT

The engine's coolant system must be filled at a rate no greater than 3 US gpm (13.2 L/min).

CAUTION DO NOT remove the coolant filler cap from a hot engine. Wait until coolant temp is below 122°F (50°C) before removing cap.

During the initial fill the system may appear to be full at approximately 3.5 US gal (13.2 L). Allow coolant to rest for 1 minute and continue to fill to total capacity.

Only remove coolant filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely. 1. The radiator is equipped with a hose to drain the contents of the radiator system fluid into a storage container.

IMPORTANT ! Ensure that the system is filled to total capacity prior to starting engine. After operating the engine under load allow the engine to cool, recheck engine coolant level and top off as required, up to an additional 1 US gal (3.8 L).

2. Remove the front nose belly pan in the front chassis.

Refer to SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS chart in THIS SECTION for coolant capacity.

3. Remove the radiator pressure cap. 4. The radiator is located on the right hand side of the heat exchanger. FILLER CAP

DRAIN HOSE

SHUT-OFF VALVE

33952AUNI R0

620C-36

ENGINE COOLANT FILLER CAP

CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC)

630D-06

A/C CONDENSER HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER

LOWER RADIATOR TUBE SPUD AND SHUT-OFF VALVE

RADIATOR

The lower radiator tube is equipped with a spud and shut-off valve. The drain hose is attached to the shut off valve.

FRONT DOOR SCREEN

5. Place the free end of the drain hose in a storage container and remove the gear clamp and bolt from the end of the hose. 6. Slowly open the shut-off valve to drain the radiator fluid. 7. Once fluid has been drained, close the shut-off valve and replace the gear clamp and bolt on the drain hose. 620C-10

3.27

COOLING ASSEMBLY

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

DRAINING PARKING BRAKE OIL (6205201-6205278, 6303001-6303092)

DRAINING TRANSMISSION OIL 1. The transmission is equipped with a plug to drain the contents of the transmission into a storage container.

1. The parking brake is equipped with a hose to drain the oil contents of the parking brake into a storage container.

2. Remove the belly pan in the front chassis closest to the articulation joint.

2. Remove the belly pan in the rear chassis closest to the articulation joint. 3. The hose is plugged at the end. Place the free end of the drain hose in a storage container and remove the plug. 4. Once fluid has been drained, replace the drain plug in the drain hose.

3. Remove the drain plug on the hydraulic motor side of the transmission (pic). 4. Once fluid has been drained, replace the drain plug in the transmission housing once draining has completed.

DRAIN HOSE

TRANSMISSION DRAIN

630D-001

PARKING BRAKE

630C-100

3.28

TRANSMISSION OIL

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

DEPRESSURIZING SUSPENDED MACHINE ELEMENTS When operator controls cannot be used to lower suspended machine elements due to an engine stall or other machine malfunction, suspended elements can be lowered manually using this procedure. 1. When suspended the dozer blade, grapple, and arch/boom will tend to extend the hydraulic cylinders supporting them due to gravity. 2. Remove the function valve cover in the rear chassis.

WARNING Use caution when working on top of the rear chassis, as there are many pinch areas between the arch, arch cylinders and winch. DO NOT move arch when workers are in this area.

Use caution and follow all safety warnings when working in this area. Never stand under an object supported with hydraulics. Always use safety stands or a locking device.

Do not work under the arch without properly supporting the arch/grapple assembly. NEVER move the arch/grapple assembly when workers are in this area.

3. Refer to the label in the valve compartment or this manual to locate valve section for the element you wish to lower. Locate the spool limiting set screw at the end of the spool section of interest.

Never stand under an object supported with hydraulics. Always use safety stands or a locking device.

4. Use a wrench to loosen the jam nut that secures the spool limiting set screw. Use an allen wrench to slowly turn the set screw clockwise (IN). Continue until the set screw starts to contact the spool inside the valve.

Movement of booms and cylinders could result in death or serious injury. DO NOT perform work on valves or piping until boom and attachment are lowered to the ground and engine is shut off.

5. At this point the spool will allow pressurized oil on the rod side of the cylinder to travel to the valve tank port and thus lower the implement. 6. Repeat steps 3 to 5 for all raised implements. 7. Restore spool limiting set screws to their factory setting and secure jam nuts prior to operating the machine.

Factory settings are dozer section 6mm from the end of the screw to the tightened jam nut, all other sections 10mm.

SPOOL LIMITING SET SCREW

620D-09

MAIN VALVE FUNCTIONS

MAIN VALVE SPOOL LIMITING SET SCREWS

32849AUNI R0

3.29

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder PARKING BRAKE 6205611-6206200, 6303501-6304000 (SPRING APPLIED HYDRAULIC RELEASE)

Lubrication and Maintenance PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT 6205611-6206200, 6303501-6304000 For proper adjustment the parking brake must be released during this procedure. 1. Park machine on level ground, install articulation lock bar, lower dozer and grapple to the ground and block wheels. Engine must be ON to operate parking brake switch for this procedure.

620D-223

PARKING BRAKE CALIPER (SPRING APPLIED HYDRAULIC RELEASE) 6205611-6206200, 6303501-6304000 MANUAL RELEASE OF PARKING BRAKE For towing purposes or in the event of a failure of the pressure release the parking brake can be released manually using the following procedure: 1. If possible, park machine on level ground, install articulation lock bar, lower dozer and grapple to the ground, stop engine and block wheels. 2. Remove the cover (turn counterclockwise). 3. Loosen the lock nut (M20) and turn the adjusting screw counterclockwise until the brake disc is free.

2. Change the program mode from NORMAL to FUNCTION SETUP MODE and press OK. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) ~SERVICE SETTINGS~Program Mode~Normal. Refer to COMPUTER ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

Note that a torque of 52 lbf-ft (70 Nm) will be required to loosen the adjusting screw and manually release the parking brake when the parking brake is engaged.

IMPORTANT !

CAUTION

When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

Once the disc is free the parking brake is inoperable. 4. Tighten the lock nut and reinstall the cover to protect to protect the brake from dirt. 5. When towing and/or repairs have been completed readjust the parking brake before resuming normal operations. IMPORTANT ! Note that for some machines equipped with an EHS transmission the towing procedure does not require release of the parking brake. Refer to TOWING INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 2 for full towing instructions for this machine to avoid any damage due to improper towing.

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message. 3. With the aid of an assistant in the cab disengage the parking brake by placing the parking brake switch in the OFF position. NOTE: As part of the interlock system this machine automatically engages the parking brake whenever a cab door is open. This prevents accidental or improper operation of the controls from anywhere but the operator's seat.

3.30

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

LOCK NUT

COVER

620D-224

ADJUSTING SCREW

4. Remove the cover (turn counter clockwise). 5. Loosen the lock nut (M20) and turn the adjusting screw clockwise until the two brake pads make contact with the brake disc. 6. Turn the adjusting screw counterclockwise 1/4 turn to set correct clearance.

14. Change the program mode from FUNCTION SETUP MODE back to NORMAL and press OK. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) ~SERVICE SETTINGS~Program Mode~Normal. Refer to COMPUTER ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

7. Engage the parking brake by placing the parking brake switch in the ON position. Hold the adjusting screw in position and tighten the lock nut.

IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally.

8. Cycle the parking brake OFF and ON, then OFF again. 9. With the parking brake OFF, verify correct clearance between the two brake pads and the brake disc with a feeler gauge. Correct clearance is .020-.060 in (0.5-1.5 mm).

Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only. When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

10. Reinstall the cover. 11. Remove articulation lock bar. 12. Engage the parking brake several times and check the braking efficiency on a slope.

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

13. If further adjustment is required repeat steps 1 to 12.

15. Stop engine.

3.31

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

SERVICE BRAKE CHECKING BRAKE AND ACCUMULATOR FOR PROPER OPERATION

Service Brake

The main pump supplies oil directly to the brake accumulator, via a check valve inside the main pump block to charge the accumulator to specified pressure. The accumulator is installed to ensure that the brake control remains responsive at all times by maintaining an optimum pilot pressure of 3000psi to the brake pilot valve. This oil from the accumulator side of the check valve is sent to the brake foot control valve.

Pressure Low. Service machine to correct.

8. If the Service Brake Pressure Low warning appears on the screen before the brake has been pumped 5 times from a full charge investigate the cause.

The accumulator when functioning properly will hold sufficient pressure for up to 5 brake applications after the engine stalls or is turned off, beyond this the pressure drops substantially.

Check first for leaks in the brake circuit. If no leaks are found check for proper operation of the brake pedal valve, accumulator, check valve and brake pressure sensor.

For more information about the service brake circuit refer to SECTION 9 of THE SERVICE MANUAL.

PROCEDURE: 1. Park machine on level ground, lower dozer and grapple to the ground, stop engine and engage parking brake and block wheels. 2. Release the pressure stored in the brake accumulator by fully applying the brake foot pedal repeatedly until there is no pedal resistance. This may take a minimum of 150 applications. 3. Start engine. NOTE: The engine will not turn over unless the parking brake is ENGAGED. 4. Disengage parking brake to fully charge the accumulator. Run engine for 10 seconds, then shut engine off. NOTE: When the parking brake is DISENGAGED full pressure is available from the main pump to the brake accumulator. 5. Engage the parking brake. 6. Fully apply the brake pedal 5 times. The accumulator pressure should remain above 800 psi (no warning on the computer display). As the pressure drops in the accumulator the brake pedal will become spongy. Once the pressure falls below 800 psi the Service Brake Pressure Low warning will appear on the screen.

3.32

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

AIR CLEANER

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

635D-128

ENGINE AIR CLEANER (LATER DESIGN)

620D-238

ENGINE AIR CLEANER (EARLIER DESIGN)

AIR PRECLEANER 4

IMPORTANT ! The air precleaner must be check every 8 hours and cleaned as required.

1 5

The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements. It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. The air precleaner should be checked every 8 hours to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the discharge louver area. Clean as required.

630C-19

CENTRI® PRECLEANER OPERATION

3.33

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

Lubrication and Maintenance

FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED)

AIR CLEANER AIR CLEANER

635D-129

FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

ENGINE AIR CLEANER (EARLIER DESIGN)

AIR CLEANER The air cleaner on this machine uses two filter elements, a primary element and a safety element accessible from the right side of the engine compartment. To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important that the elements be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals.

620D-240

Engine Air Intake Filter Restricted. Service Machine to correct.

ENGINE AIR CLEANER (LATER DESIGN)

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE This rubber valve on the tube of the air cleaner housing should be checked at the beginning of every shift. (8 hours) If this valve is missing, damaged or has become hard, it will cause the air cleaner to become ineffective. The valve should suck closed at 1/3 throttle. This valve should be replaced every 1000 hours. Remove the unloader valve from the tube of the air cleaner housing. Check and clean the valve. A good valve should be soft and flexible. If it is plugged, be sure to check the filter elements as they may need replacing as well. Reattach the valve to the tube. When operating in high dust conditions, the unloader valve should be checked and squeezed every 2 hours to release dust buildup.

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR A filter restriction indicator is connected to the outlet side of the air filter. Replace the primary air filter when the indicator shows RED. This indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After replacing the filter, reset the indicator by pressing the reset button. NOTE: Replace the safety element every third primary filter change.

3.34

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS

OUTLET TUBE

Check all air intake system components, rubber elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware at the beginning of every shift. (8 hours). Repair or replace defective parts immediately.

PRIMARY ELEMENT

Replace all air intake rubber components such as elbows and connectors every 2000 hours - High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden.

SAFETY ELEMENT

In addition to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE, the following instructions should also be noted. The most common and damaging servicing problems are:

AIRCLEANER

AIR FILTER ELEMENTS

IMPORTANT STEPS TO FOLLOW WHEN CHANGING FILTER ELEMENTS

OVER SERVICING Filter elements increase in dust cleaning efficiency as dust builds up on the media. Looks can be deceiving. A filter that looks dirty is actually more efficient than one that is clean. A filter with dust build up on the media reaches nearly 100% dust cleaning efficiency. Only when a filter is so clogged with dirt that air restriction goes beyond engine manufacturer's guidelines, should a filter be replaced.

1. Release the cover latch gently to reduce the amount of dust dislodged.

NOTE: This does not apply to oil filters.

5. Check your old filter, It can help you detect foreign material on the sealing surface that is causing leakage.

IMPROPER SERVICING Engine exposure to dust during servicing is the largest single reason for engine damage due to dust. Abrasive dust can easily enter the intake system once the air cleaner cover and protective filter element is removed for replacement. The safety element does reduce this risk but it should also be replaced at every third primary element change.

2. Avoid dislodging dust from filter element(s) by gently pulling the element off the outlet tube. 3. Always clean the sealing surface of the outlet tube before inserting a new filter element. 4. Always clean the inside of the outlet tube and filter housing.

NOTE: Filter elements should never be cleaned and reused. Cleaning causes dust to bypass the filter and be deposited on the inner surface of the filter media. The dust is then drawn directly into the engine. 6. Inspect the new filter for damage. 7. Insert the new filter properly. Apply pressure to the outer rim of the filter not the flexible centre. 8. Inspect connections and ducts for air tight fit. Ensure that all clamps, bolts and connections are tight. Check rubber elbows for splits or wear points and replace as needed. Leaks in these locations send dust directly to the engine.

3.35

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

CENTER JOINT MAINTENANCE OF CENTER JOINT Maintenance in this area is usually limited to: a) Regular lubrication of the two center joint grease fittings to purge the pivot bearings of debris and water. Refer to SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS in THIS SECTION for lubrication intervals. Use only high quality, lithium based EP2 grease containing molybdenum disulphide. b) Visually checking the center joint pivot for looseness every 48 hours. With an observer on the ground, keeping well clear of the center joint area, perform the following test to check for looseness of center joint. 1. Have operator lift the dozer blade off the ground and then rapidly raise and lower blade several times to "bounce" machine. 2. As machine bounces, check for motion between the front and rear chassis frame lugs. Also check for a "clunking" sound at the center joint area. 3. Movement between front and rear chassis lugs or clunking of the pivot indicates a loose joint and preload must be checked. Refer SECTION 11 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information.

REAR CHASSIS

CHECK FOR MOVEMENT IN THIS JOINT AREA

DIG-003

FRONT CHASSIS

CENTER JOINT PRE-LOAD CHECK

3.36

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

ARTICULATION LOCK ~ STRAIGHT LOCKED POSITION

ARTICULATION LOCK ~ ARTICULATED LOCKED POSITION

1. Position machine on level ground and steer machine into a straight ahead position.

1. Position machine on level ground and steer machine into a fully articulated position to the right.

2. Lower grapple and dozer blade to the ground, engage parking brake, stop engine and remove ignition key.

ARTICULATION LOCK

REAR CHASSIS 630D-02

ARTICULATION LOCK

RETAINING PINS

ARTICULATION LOCK STORED POSITION

REAR CHASSIS 630D-02

ARTICULATION LOCK STORED POSITION

4. After work is completed, relocate articulation lock into storage position on rear chassis and hold in place with retaining pins.

630D-03

RETAINING PINS

4. After work is completed, relocate articulation lock into storage position on rear chassis and hold in place with retaining pins.

ARTICULATION LOCK IN STRAIGHT LOCKED POSITION

630D-01

3.37

ARTICULATION LOCK IN ARTICULATED LOCKED POSITION

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

GRAPPLE SNUBBER MAINTENANCE SNUBBER ASSEMBLY USED ON TIGERCAT GRAPPLES In this model the snubbers are part of the link. Two separate snubbers provide snubbing action in two directions. There is a grease fitting on each snubber assembly for daily lubrication. Be sure to lubricate all the grapple snubbers on your machine. Proper lubrication prevents excessive clutch wear. IMPORTANT ! All service points on snubbers must be greased every shift (8 hours) to ensure a long service life. ADJUSTING SNUBBER TENSION Each snubber should be adjusted such that: •

•

It is capable of stopping the grapple within one full swing.

615C-022

SNUBBER ASSEMBLY

Snubbers that are too loose can allow the grapple to swing violently and cause damage to the grapple and/or other machine components.

PROCEDURE

It is capable of holding the grapple at approximately a 5° angle.

1. Park machine on level ground, install articulation lock bar, lower dozer and grapple to ground, stop engine, engage parking brake and block wheels.

Snubbers that are overtightened can reduce the effect of lubricating grease and cause premature clutch wear.

Tension is adjusted by removing shims from the snubber. Remove only the minimum number of shims required to achieve correct adjustment.

2. Remove one shim at a time to increase snubber friction. One split shim at a time can be removed from each snubber without completely removing the end caps. Remove 3 bolts on the left side then loosen 3 bolts on the right side of the snubber enough to separate the end cap from the housing to remove the first half of the shim. Loosely reinstall the 3 bolts on the left side of the snubber then remove the 3 bolts on the right side keeping the end cap separated from the housing enough to remove the other half of the shim. Reinstall bolts and tighten in a crisscross pattern. 3. Fill snubber with grease until grease comes out the exhaust port.

3.38

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

SNUBBER HOUSING

GREASE FILL PORT

SPLINED SHAFT

GREASE EXHAUST PORT

ALIGN TAB ON SHIMS WITH TAB ON END CAP

FRICTION PLATE REACTION PLATE

BELLEVILLE WASHERS

SHIMS O-RING END CAP

630D-011

SNUBBER ASSEMBLY 3.39

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE WATER TANK

WATER CONTROL VALVE

SYSTEM TEST This system should be tested once every month by turning the shut-off valve ON and expelling water from the hose end nozzle. A very forceful discharge of water should be obtained. If the water does not come out with force (with pressure gauge reading 60 psi [4 Bar]) the system needs to be PURGED. Refer to PURGING PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM in THIS SECTION.

DOZER BLADE

After testing, the tank must be refilled and pressurized to 60 psi (4 Bar). Refer to the following FILL AND CHARGE procedure. This FILL AND CHARGE procedure should be carried out yearly.

HOSE STORAGE COMPARTMENT SHUT-OFF VALVE IN CLOSED POSITION

620C-41

FILL & CHARGE PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM

PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM

1. Open water shut off valve and completely discharge all water and compressed air from the tank via the hose end nozzle.

A water tank is incorporated into the dozer blade and is pressurized to 60 psi (4 Bar). A valve controls the flow of water from the tank to a hose located in the hose storage compartment on the dozer blade. The control valve incorporates an air charge valve, a pressure gauge and a relief valve on the outlet side of the valve. A ball valve is installed on the outlet side of the valve and is used to shut off the water supply to the hose. This shut-off valve should be in the CLOSED position when the system is not in use. The pressure gauge on the valve should read 60 psi (4 Bar) check system pressure daily. The pressurized water system should be drained and refilled every 1000 hours as per the maintenance schedule.

2. Slowly unscrew fill plug two full turns. Any remaining air in the tank will be heard expelling from the special fill plug. Do not remove fill plug until all air has been expelled. DOZER BLADE

FILL PLUG

WATER TANK

PRESSURE GAUGE

OUTLET CONNECTION

E625C-104

AIR CHARGE VALVE WATER SHUT-OFF VALVE (SHOWN CLOSED) 620C-42

PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM

3. Close water shut off valve. 4. Fill tank with clean water.

WATER CONTROL VALVE

When temperatures below 32°F (0°C) are anticipated, use a 60/40 solution of Nontoxic R. V. Antifreeze or other suitable antifreeze. Antifreeze solution must meet GM 6038M specifications.

Refer also to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL. 3.40

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder NOTE: Most Nontoxic R.V. Anti freeze solutions contain corrosion and algae inhibitors, it is therefore suggested that this solution be added to the water on a continual basis regardless of temperature conditions. 5. Install fill plug in tank. NOTE: This is a special plug designed to withstand pressurization of the water tank. Do not substitute.

Lubrication and Maintenance PURGING PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM Purging should be carried out whenever the flow of water does not forcefully discharge from the end of the hose with the pressure gauge reading 60 psi (4 Bar). 1. Open water shut off valve and completely discharge all water and compressed air from the tank via the hose end nozzle.

6. Pressurize the system to 60 psi (4 Bar) as indicated on pressure gauge by connecting an air hose to air charge valve beside the pressure gauge. 7. Open the water shut off valve. 8. Discharge about 1/2 US gal (2 L) of fluid into an empty antifreeze jug or other suitable container. There will be significant foaming as the fluid is discharged into the jug. Continue until a very forceful flow is obtained and any contamination that may have been in the tank is flushed from the system. 9. Check fluid in the jug for contamination. If fluid is dirty dispose of it properly.

2. Slowly unscrew fill plug two full turns. Any remaining air in the tank will be heard expelling from the special fill plug. Do not remove fill plug until all air has been expelled. 3. Close the water shut off valve and add 2 US gal (8 L) of CLEAN water to the tank. 4. Install the fill plug NOTE: This is a special plug designed to withstand pressurization of the water tank. Do not substitute.

10. Close the water shut-off valve. 11. Release pressure and fluid from the hose. 12. Pressurize the system to 60 psi (4 Bar) as indicated on pressure gauge by connecting an air hose to air charge valve beside the pressure gauge.

5. Pressurize the system to 60 psi (4 Bar) as indicated on pressure gauge by connecting an air hose to air charge valve beside the pressure gauge.

13. Return the hose to the hose compartment.

6. Open the shut off valve and completely discharge all the water in the tank via the hose end nozzle. 7. Discharge all the water into an empty antifreeze jug or other suitable container. There will be significant foaming as the fluid is discharged into the jug. Continue until a very forceful flow is obtained and any contamination that may have been in the tank is flushed from the system. 8. If a forceful discharge was not achieved, repeat the purging procedure. If a second purging does not work, remove lines and check for an obstruction. 9. After the purging operation, fill and charge the system as described in FILL & CHARGE PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM in THIS SECTION. 3.41

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

CAUTION

Any service work must be performed by authorized A/C technicians. The system should be charged with R134a refrigerant only. PAG (polyalkeylene glycol) oil should be present in the system and must be used on 'O' rings and fittings during assembly.

Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris contacting hot surfaces. If using compressed air for cleaning, use at 30psi or less. Always use personal protective equipment to guard against flying debris.

A/C SYSTEM TOTAL CAPACITIES R134a REFRIGERANT

PAG OIL (polyalkylene glycol)

1.76 kg (3 lbs 14 oz)

0.25 kg (9.0 oz)

The compressor and charge valves are accessed from the left side engine compartment. The receiver dryer is mounted in the compartment behind the right cab door, on the outside of the cab. IMPORTANT ! It is recommended that during cold weather when the A/C system is not in use, that it be run for a period of 5 minutes every 2 weeks. This will circulate oil to all components of the A/C system. Perform following inspection along with 125 HOURS inspection outlined in SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. a. Check re-circulating and fresh air filters in operator's cab. Refer to SECTION 2.

c. Check for dirt and debris; on the evaporator coil located inside the A/C-heater unit and also the inside of the A/C-heater unit. Clean as required. d. Check and adjust compressor drive belt tension. e. Check all A/C hoses for kinks.* f.

Run air conditioning system for 3 - 5 minutes.

g. Check air temperature exiting vents in cab. h. Listen to compressor and blower motor for abnormal noises.*

CHECK A/C CONDENSER CORE

620C-10

CHECK A/C CONDENSER CORE

b. Check the condenser core for dirt and debris. Clean as required. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER AND COOLING ASSEMBLY in SECTION 2. 3.42

Check to see that compressor clutch will engage.*

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

SIGHT GLASS INDICATES CONDITION OF CHARGE

BINARY SWITCH, SYSTEM PROTECTION

MOISTURE INDICATOR BLUE - OK. PINK - REPLACE DRYER, RECHARGE SYSTEM

BACK WALL OF CAB A/C RECEIVER/DRYER

870-D43

A/C RECEIVER/DRYER

Inspect sight glass on receiver dryer with A/C ON. A constant stream of bubbles indicates system requires charging.* Check colour in moisture indicator; BLUE is OK. PINK indicates desiccant material in dryer is saturated with moisture. In this situation replace receiver/dryer, evacuate system and recharge system with both refrigerant and PAG oil.* * Indicates that these repairs must only be carried out by a certified A/C technician.

For additional SERVICE information refer to the Tigercat A/C SERVICE MANUAL part number 18795A, available from Tigercat parts department.

3.43

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder TILTING THE CAB WARNING Before tilting the cab, ensure that the machine is parked on level ground. Lower the dozer blade and grapple on to the ground. Engage the parking brake and turn the ignition switch off. NOTE: The cab tilt circuit is closed and does not normally require scheduled maintenance other than lubrication of cylinders and pivot points. Tigercat recommends the use of DEXTRON III TYPE transmission fluid in this circuit (total circuit capacity 1 L [0.25 US gal]). The fill port is located on the pump.

Lubrication and Maintenance RAISING THE CAB 1. Position the Skidder on level ground. 2. Lower the Grapple and Dozer to the ground. 3. Engage parking brake and turn ignition off. 4. Remove the sweep mounting bolts at the cab. (2 bolts) 5. Remove the right side Cab Locking Pins (2 pins). This is done by first removing the locking bolts. (2 bolts) 6. Open the maintenance door on the right front access panel to access the cab tilt hand pump.

PUMP HANDLE

LOCATED ON THE RIGHT SIDE AT THE FRONT OF THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT

CAB SWEEP BOLTS PUMP PUMP LEVER SHOWN IN "RAISE" POSITION 620C-19

620D-218

PUMP CONTROL LEVER IN RAISE CAB POSITION

7. Turn the lever on the pump manifold to RAISE (pointing to the front of the machine). 8. Insert handle into pump and pump in a steady manner to raise the cab to the tilt position. The pump handle is stored in brackets inside the cab.

CAUTION

620D-217

PUMP HANDLE STORAGE 604C-222 311-2 PUMP HANDLE STORAGE

CAB LOCKING PINS

630D-13

Keep hands away from the locking pin area. As the cab passes "top dead centre" it will slowly move on its own to the full extent of the safety cable. DO NOT PUMP BEYOND LIMIT OF SAFETY CABLE.

9. Insert CAB SUPPORT BRACE for partial tilt. Secure brace at each end with the cab locking pins. Full tilt is limited to the length of the safety cable and is beyond centre of gravity. The cab will stay at this limit provided Skidder is on level ground.

3.44

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance LOWERING THE CAB

WARNING

Before working under cab;

Machine must be parked on level ground. Cab must be fully tilted with safety cable completely tight, or cab support brace must be installed.

1. Clear the area under the cab of obstructions and secure all lines and wires. 2. If the Cab Support Brace was used, you may have to take the weight off of it by slightly raising the cab before removing it.

PUMP HANDLE

LOCATED ON THE RIGHT SIDE AT THE FRONT OF THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT

PUMP

PUMP LEVER SHOWN IN "LOWER" POSITION

CAB SUPPORT BRACE STORED IN BATTERY BOX RIGHT SIDE UNDER CAB

620C-19

CAB SUPPORT BRACE

PUMP CONTROL LEVER IN LOWER CAB POSITION

3. Turn the lever on the pump manifold to LOWER (pointing to the rear of the machine)

CAUTION Keep hands away from the locking pin area as the cab is being lowered.

E625C-24

SAFETY CABLE

CAB LOCKING PIN

CAB SUPPORT BRACE (3291B). MUST USE CAB & CHASSIS LUGS SHOWN CAB LOCKING PIN

E620C-17

PARTIAL TILT WITH CAB SUPPORT BRACE

4. Pump the handle in a steady motion to lower the cab. 5. Watch closely for pinching of hydraulic lines and wires. 6. When fully lowered, insert Cab Locking Pins and tighten locking bolts (2 pins) (2 bolts) 7. Turn the lever on the pump manifold to point toward the front of the machine and store the pump handle inside the cab. 8. Close the maintenance door securely. 9. Replace the Cab Sweep Bolts. (2 bolts)

WARNING If cab support brace is damaged or lost, it must be replaced immediately with Tigercat brace PART NO. 3291B. DO NOT attempt to work under a raised cab supported only by the hydraulic cylinder or a substitute device.

CAB SAFETY CABLE (3361B)

WARNING

E620C-16

If cab safety cable is damaged or lost, it must be replaced immediately with Tigercat PART NO. 3361B. DO NOT attempt to work under a raised cab supported only by the hydraulic cylinder or a substitute device.

CAB AT FULL TILT SUPPORTED BY SAFETY CABLE 3.45

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

WINCH MAINTENANCE - ALLIED

LUBRICATION

WINCH OPERATION

Refer to the manufacturer's maintenance and service manual for information on your winch.

The winch is driven by a hydraulic motor through the sprag clutch and winch drive components. The pinion sprag holds the load in conjunction with the free spool clutch to prevent reverse rotation of the drum. The free spool clutch separates the drum from other drive components and permits the cable to unwind freely. The winch is controlled through the winch select switch and the winch control lever. The winch select switch is used to activate/deactivate the winch control lever and to activate the winch freespool function. The winch control lever when activate is used to wind in the winch. Refer to CAB CONTROLS~WINCH CONTROL W , CAB CONTROLS~WINCH SELECT SWITCH in SECTION 2.

The sump holds 1.0 US gal (3.8 L). The oil supplied is Esso Hydraul 56 (Summer) or Esso Hydraul 50 (Winter). Use these oils or the equivalent. Oil should be changed every 1000 hrs, depending on use. The oil level should be checked every day (if the winch is being used) before starting the machine. AIR BREATHER/FILLER CAP

Refer also to OPERATING MACHINE ~ OPERATING WINCH and SKIDDING~CABLE SKIDDING in SECTION 2. Refer to SECTION 13 of the SERVICE MANUAL and the winch manufacturer's service manual for additional service information. WINCH SPECIFICATIONS ALLIED WINCH MODEL W400

610C-41

WINCH LUBRICATION

Maximum rated line pull bare drum ............................40000 lbs (18180 kg) full drum................................28100 lbs (12745 kg) OIL LEVEL PLUG

Maximum cable size.............1 in (25.4 mm) Drum Size and Capacities Barrel Diameter....................12.0 in (305 mm) Barrel Width..........................7.79 in (200 mm) Cable Capacity 3/4 in (19.1 mm) ..................215 ft (65.5 m) 7/8 in (22.2 mm) ..................160 ft (48.8 m) 1 in (25.4 mm) .....................92 ft (28 m)

610C-42

The oil level should be up to the oil level check plug (remove with allen wrench) on the left side of the winch. Keep the winch sump filled to the correct level by adding oil through the air breather check valve assembly on the left side of the winch.

Winch Ratio Model W410.....21.65:1 Dry Weight ...........................1150 lbs (520 kg) Oil supply maximum pressure...............................3045 psi (210 bar) Oil supply maximum flow......47 USgpm(178 L/min)

3.46

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

MAINTENANCE

CABLE RETAINER PLATE

Maintenance of the winch is limited to the hydraulic system maintenance of the skidder itself.

CABLE GROOVE

Periodically check the winch, control valve, and connecting hoses for damage or hydraulic oil leakage. If any problems are found, they should be corrected before operating the winch. LOCKSCREW

INSTALLING THE WINCH MAINLINE 610C-40

ADJUST THE WINCH FREESPOOL TENSION

INSTALLING THE WINCH MAINLINE

WARNING

ADJUST THE WINCH FREE-SPOOL TENSION

Use extreme care when removing cable and ferrule from the drum. When the ferrule is released the cable may spring out with force.

If the winch cable requires too little effort to pull it from the cable drum, the tension can be adjusted as follows: •

Loosen the lockscrew.

•

Tighten the adjusting nut to increase the tension and/or loosen it to decrease it.

•

Tighten the locknut.

Installing the winch mainline as follows will provide a safety break-away feature. If the load should fall down a hillside, the operator should IMMEDIATELY put the winch control in FREESPOOL position. This will allow the cable to unwind freely from the cable drum and break away from the winch, preventing the machine from being pulled over. •

Start the engine and rotate the winch cable drum so that the cable and ferrule groove in the inside, left hand wall of the drum is at the top and shut down engine.

•

Remove the cable retainer plate capscrews and retainer plate from the cable drum.

•

Insert the cable ferrule into the groove in the drum and hold the cable against the drum.

•

Install the retaining plate and capscrews to hold the cable in place.

•

Start the engine and winch in the cable onto the drum.

3.47

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder WINCH MAINTENANCE - CARCO WINCH OPERATION The winch is controlled through the winch select switch and the winch control lever. The winch select switch is used to activate/deactivate the winch control lever and to activate the winch freespool function. The winch control lever when activate is used to wind in the winch. The Carco winch functions differently than other winches operators may be familiar with. The following are notes for Carco winch operators to remember: •

Do not use freespool (mechanical jaw clutch) to drop a suspended load or if there is tension on the cable

•

Use drive away (dynamic brake clutch) to lower a load, drive away from a load, to release tension in a cable.

•

After using freespool or drive away allow the clutches to fully re-engage before winching in. This is especially important when the oil is cold. Use freespool only when pulling cable off the winch by hand

•

Both drive away and freespool clutches are spring applied hydraulic release

•

Read the operator's manual for complete winch operating instructions.

Refer to CAB CONTROLS – WINCH CONTROL LEVER , CAB CONTROLS – WINCH SELECT SWITCH in SECTION 2. Refer also to OPERATING MACHINE – OPERATING WINCH and SKIDDING – CABLE SKIDDING in SECTION 2. Refer to SECTION 13 of the SERVICE MANUAL and the winch manufacturer's service manual for additional service information.

Lubrication and Maintenance WINCH SPECIFICATIONS CARCO STANDARD (GEAR MOTOR) Maximum rated line pull bare drum ............................40000 lbs (18180 kg) full drum................................21700 lbs (9840 kg) Maximum cable size.............1 in (25.4 mm) Drum Size and Capacities Barrel Diameter.................... 9.0 in (228 mm) Barrel Width.......................... 8.31 in (211 mm) Cable Capacity 3/4 in (19.1 mm) ..................275 ft (83.8 m) 7/8 in (22.2 mm) ..................202 ft (61.6 m) 1 in (25mm)..........................169 ft (51 m) Winch Ratio..........................118.65:1 Dry Weight ...........................1430 lbs (649 kg) Maximum pressure to motor................................3300 psi (228 bar) Maximum flow to motor........46 USgpm(176 L/min) WINCH SPECIFICATIONS CARCO HIGH SPEED (PISTON MOTOR) Maximum rated line pull bare drum ............................40000 lbs (18180 kg) full drum................................20000 lbs (9070 kg) Maximum cable size.............1 in (25.4 mm) Drum Size and Capacities Barrel Diameter.................... 9.0 in (228 mm) Barrel Width.......................... 8.31 in (211 mm) Cable Capacity 3/4 in (19.1 mm) ..................275 ft (83.8 m) 7/8 in (22.2 mm) ..................202 ft (61.6 m) 1 in (25mm)..........................169 ft (51 m) Winch Ratio..........................66.98:1 Dry Weight ...........................1475 lbs (669 kg) Maximum pressure to motor................................4500 psi (310 bar) Maximum flow to motor........46 USgpm(176 L/min)

3.48

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

LUBRICATION Refer to the manufacturer's maintenance and service manual for information on your winch.

OIL LEVEL SIGHT GAUGE DYNAMIC BRAKE CLUTCH

The sump holds approximately 3 US gal (12 L). The oil supplied is DEXTRON III TYPE transmission fluid. Use this or the equivalent.

WINCH FREESPOOL WINCH FREESPOOL TANK

Oil should be changed every 1000 hrs, depending on use. DRAIN PLUG

The oil level should be checked every day (if the winch is being used) before starting the machine. The oil level should be up to the centre of oil level sight gauge on the left side of the winch. Check oil when the oil is cool and has been allowed to settle after use. The oil fill plug is on the top of the winch.

WARNING

WINCH LUBRICATION

620E-093

TENSION CONTROL BOLT

JAM NUT

Failure to use the recommended type and viscosity of planetary gear oil for operating conditions, particulary in cold weather conditions, may contribute to intermittent brake clutch slippage which could result in death or serious injury. Failure to properly warm up the winch, particulary in cold weather conditions, may result in temporary brake clutch slippage which could result in death or serious injury. WINCH MAINTENANCE Maintenance of the winch is limited to the hydraulic system maintenance of the skidder itself.

620E-095

Periodically check the winch, control valve, and connecting hoses for damage or hydraulic oil leakage. If any problems are found, they should be corrected before operating the winch. ADJUST THE WINCH FREESPOOL TENSION If the winch cable requires too little effort to pull it from the cable drum, the tension can be adjusted as follows: •

Loosen the jam nut.

•

Tighten the tension control bolt to increase the tension and/or loosen it to decrease it.

•

Tighten the jam nut.

Refer to the manufacturer's maintenance and service manual for information on your winch.

3.49

ADJUST THE WINCH FREESPOOL TENSION

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder AXLE LEVEL CHECK, FILL AND DRAIN LOCATIONS Refer to LUBRICATION AND SERVICE CHART and SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION for service intervals and recommended gear oils. NOTE: Warranty coverage of powertrain components is contingent on performance of regular oil sampling at the owner’s expense during the warranty period. Refer to OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM in THIS SECTION for details.

Lubrication and Maintenance FRONT AXLE - LIMITED SLIP ADDITIVES Front axles are equipped with brakes. It is permissible to use a limited slip additive in the front axle to reduce brake chatter noise. Do not exceed the maximum recommended amount of additive as this may cause a loss of differential lock slipping torque and brake holding torque. Refer to LUBRICATION AND SERVICE CHART for additive recommendation details.

AXLE LEVEL CHECK AND FILL AXLE LEVEL CHECK AND FILL (FAR SIDE)

AXLE DRAIN E620C-01

STANDARD DUTY AXLE DRAIN AND FILL LOCATIONS (REAR AXLE SHOWN)

PINION SEAL GREASE FITTING

E620C-41

FRONT AXLE

E620C-40

3.50

REAR AXLE

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

CAUTION

Fluid spray hazard. Contact with fluid under pressure may cause injury. Pressure may build up inside axle due to temperature changes. Use caution when removing drain and fill plugs, slowly loosen plug to relieve pressure before removing completely. AXLE LEVEL CHECK AND FILL AXLE LEVEL CHECK AND FILL (FAR SIDE)

AXLE DRAIN 4634D01

SEVERE DUTY AXLE DRAIN AND FILL LOCATIONS (REAR AXLE SHOWN)

AXLE LEVEL CHECK AND FILL (FAR SIDE)

BRAKE INSPECTION PORT (FAR SIDE)

BRAKE INSPECTION PORT

AXLE LEVEL CHECK AND FILL

AXLE DRAIN 4634D02

SEVERE DUTY AXLE DRAIN AND FILL LOCATIONS (FRONT AXLE SHOWN)

3.51

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

STARTUP PROCEDURE AFTER MAJOR MACHINE MAINTENANCE

•

Prepare the hand fill pump on the machine to add hydraulic oil. Clean the fill line pipe, remove cap on end of pipe and insert pipe into oil supply drum.

•

Loosen the plug on the top of the left hand drive motor.

•

Operate the hand fill pump at medium speed, using a steady motion.

•

Watch for oil leaking from the plug previously loosened and tighten plug when oil leaks out.

•

Continue pumping slowly and watch the oil sight gauge on the reservoir. Continue pumping slowly until the hydraulic tank is full.

This procedure should be followed: •

after major service or a rebuild.

•

whenever the machine has been drained of hydraulic oil.

•

when any major component has been removed, repaired or replaced.

PRE-STARTUP AND FILLING 1. Ensure all filters are in place. Refer to FILTERS in THIS SECTION. 2. Check oil levels in the engine, transmission, main hydraulic tank, winch (if equipped), axles and cab tilt system.

MACHINE STARTUP Before beginning this procedure, perform the PRE-STARTUP AND FILLING steps.

3. Check coolant level in the radiator. 4. Do a final inspection of all fittings and clamps to make sure they are tight and will not leak.

CAUTION Machine operator must ONLY take directions from the person doing the set-up.

5. Install the articulation lock bar and engage the parking brake. 6. Turn differential lock switch to OFF.

1. Ensure the articulation lock bar is installed.

7. Do not start engine. Purge air from hydraulic system by adding oil as follows: •

4 PIN ENGINE POWER CONNECTOR

Pre-fill the cases of the hydrostatic drive pump, main pump and any other components that have been drained of oil with clean, filtered hydraulic oil.

CASE DRAIN MAKE-UP LINE

TEE CONNECTOR

620C-81

ENGINE 4 PIN POWER CONNECTOR (6205201-6206000, 6303001-6303800)

2. On machines equipped with a T3 engine (6205201-6206000, 6303001-6303800) disconnect 4 pin engine power connector on engine (prevents engine starting). INJECTORS

OIL FILL LINE

620C-46

•

RIGHT HAND DRIVE MOTOR DISCONNECT CASE DRAIN LINE

Disconnect the case drain make-up line from the tee connection on the right hand drive motor and pre-fill the right hand drive motor with clean, filtered hydraulic oil.

620D-225

Watch for oil leaking from tee connection and reconnect case drain line when oil leaks out.

ENGINE DISCONNECT INJECTORS (6206001-6206200, 6303801-6304000)

On machines equipped with a T4i engine (6206001 to 6206200, 6303801 to 6304000) disconnect injectors (prevents engine starting). 3.52

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance 9. Set throttle to IDLE and run each function for 2 minutes to purge air from circuit.

3. Crank engine for 10 seconds, wait for 10 seconds. Repeat 6 times to pump oil into pumps. 4. Check hydraulic oil levels in the main hydraulic tank and add hydraulic oil as required. 5. Reconnect 4 pin engine power connector or injectors on engine as applicable. 6. Start engine. 7. Check for leaks. CONNECTORS DRIVE PUMP

10. Set throttle to FULL and run each function again for 2 minutes to flush circuit. 11. Top up the radiator with clean coolant. 12. With cylinders fully retracted, top up the main hydraulic oil reservoir with clean hydraulic oil. NOTE: If the machine was on wheels, the steer and drive functions were not properly purged or flushed. Remove the articulation lock bar and at LOW IDLE, slowly operate the steer function right and left a few times. With the parking brake disengaged and at LOW IDLE, slowly operate the drive function forward and reverse a few times. NOTE: If possible, allow the machine to stand for 4 to 6 hours before setting any of the operating pressures. This will allow any air bubbles in the oil to escape and is a good time to check for leaks.

E620C-01

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205201-6205240, 6303001-6303050) DRIVE PUMP

CONNECTORS

635D-161

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205241-6206200, 6303051-6306400) 8. Bleed brakes (front axle) if required. Prior to bleeding brakes disconnect the two connectors on the drive pump. This is a safety precaution to prevent the machine from travelling while brake bleeding is being performed. With engine at IDLE, parking brake engaged, hold foot brake down, bleed brakes in front axle (both sides). Refer also to FRONT AXLES ~ SERVICE BRAKES ~ BRAKE BLEEDING in SECTION 8 of the SERVICE MANUAL. Reconnect two connectors on drive pump. 3.53

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

TORQUE CHART TORQUE (LUBRICATED) lbf-ft Nm

LOCATION

DIAMETER

Cylinders Piston nut, steer cylinder (38087B) Piston nut, arc/boom cylinder Piston nut, dozer cylinder Gland, steer cylinder (36597B) Keeper plate bolts Keeper plate bolts

1 3/8" UNF 1 1/2" UNF 1 3/8" UNF 3/4" UNC 5/8" UNC

1260 1640 1260 550 282 159

1708 2224 1708 745 382 215

Cab pin keeper plate bolts

3/4" UNC

282

393

Center joint bearing Bearing retaining bolts Pin retaining bolts

1/2" UNC 3/4" UNC

80 282

108 382

Engine mounting To Chassis To Engine

7/8" UNC M12

364 73

493 99

Pump Mounting Drive pump to flywheel adapter plate Flywheel adapter plate to flywheel housing Torsional drive coupler to flywheel Main pump to drive pump Coolant pump to main pump

3/4" UNC M10 3/8" UNC 5/8" UNC M12

282 40 37 159 73

382 54 50 215 99

5/8" UNF 5/8" UNC

170 159

230 215

1 1/4" x 18 UNEF 3/4" UNC

500 282

677 382

1/2" UNF

122

M12

1/2" UNF

122

1/2" UNF

122

M12

Axle mounting bolts Front Rear

3/4" UNC 7/8" UNC

226 364

306 493

Wheel bolts

7/8" UNF

501

679

Transmission Housing to Mounting Bracket Mounting Bracket to Frame

5/8"UNC 7/8" UNC

159 364

215 493

Drive shafts Machines (6205201-6205278,6303001-6303092) Yoke retaining bolt, park brake (if equipped) Parking brake retaining bolts (if equipped) Machines (6205279-6206200, 6303093-6304000) Yoke retaining nut, rear shaft Pillow block retaining bolts All machines Rear drive shaft universal joint bolts Rear axle input universal joint bolts Mid. drive shaft universal joint bolts Front drive shaft universal joint bolts Front axle input universal joint bolts

Torque values pertaining to the engine and attachment are provided in the appropriate manuals. 620D630DTORQUECHARTR3.XLS 04/13

3.54

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

GENERAL TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS The torque values listed below are for general use only. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is shown for a specific application.

IMPERIAL GRADE 8 BOLTS

GRADE 5 BOLTS

IMPERIAL BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS GRADE 5 BOLTS GRADE 8 BOLTS LUBRICATED DRY LUBRICATED COARSE lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm THREAD 8 - 10 11 - 13 1/4" - 20 7- 8 10 - 11 8 - 10 11 - 13 20 - 28 27 - 38 5/16" - 18 14 - 18 19 - 24 10 - 15 13 - 20 33 - 36 45 - 49 3/8" - 16 31 - 34 42 - 46 23 - 25 31 - 34 52 - 57 71 - 77 7/16" - 14 49 - 54 66 - 73 37 - 41 50 - 55 80 - 88 109 - 119 1/2" - 13 75 - 83 102 - 112 57 - 63 77 - 85 115 - 127 156 - 172 9/16" - 12 109 - 120 148 - 162 82 - 90 111 - 122 159 - 175 216 - 237 5/8" - 11 150 - 165 204 - 223 113 - 124 152 - 168 282 - 310 393 - 420 3/4" - 10 266 - 293 360 - 397 200 - 220 271 - 298 455 - 501 617 - 679 7/8" - 9 394 - 433 535 - 586 296 - 326 402 - 441 682 - 750 925 - 1016 1" - 8 591 - 649 802 - 879 443 - 489 601 - 663 966 - 1062 1310 - 1441 1 1/8" - 7 794 - 873 1077 - 1183 596 - 656 808 - 889 1360 - 1496 1844 - 2027 1 1/4" - 7 1120 - 1232 1519 - 1670 840 - 924 1139 - 1252 FINE DRY LUBRICATED LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm THREAD 10 - 13 14 - 17 1/4" - 28 9 - 10 12 - 13 9 - 10 12 - 13 18 - 25 25 - 33 5/16" - 24 17 - 22 23 - 29 16 - 20 21 - 27 37 - 41 50 - 55 3/8" - 24 35 - 39 48 - 53 26 - 29 35 - 39 58 - 64 79 - 86 7/16" - 20 55 - 61 75 - 83 41 - 45 56 - 61 90 - 99 122 - 134 1/2" - 20 85 - 94 116 - 127 64 - 70 87 - 95 128 - 141 174 - 191 9/16" - 18 121 - 133 164 - 180 91 - 100 124 - 135 180 - 198 244 - 268 5/8" - 18 170 - 187 231 - 253 128 - 141 174 - 191 315 - 347 427 - 470 3/4" - 16 297 - 327 403 - 443 223 - 245 303 - 332 501 - 550 679 - 745 7/8" - 14 434 - 477 589 - 646 326 - 359 442 - 486 746 - 821 1012 - 1113 1" - 12 646 - 711 876 - 965 484 - 534 657 - 724 1083 - 1191 1469 - 1613 1 1/8" - 12 891 - 980 1208 - 1328 668 - 735 906 - 996 1509 - 1660 2046 - 2250 1 1/4" - 12 1240 - 1364 1682 - 1849 931 - 1024 1262 - 1387 10.9

8.8

10.9

8.8

10.9

METRIC

8.8

12.9

DRY lbf-ft Nm 11 - 12 15 - 16 26 - 30 35 - 40 44 -48 60 - 65 70 - 77 95 - 104 106 - 117 144 - 158 153 - 168 208 - 228 212 - 233 288 - 316 376 - 414 510 - 561 606 - 667 822 - 904 909 - 1000 1233 - 1355 1288 - 1417 1746 - 1921 1817 - 1999 2464 - 2710 DRY lbf-ft Nm 13 - 14 18 - 19 23 - 28 31 - 38 49 - 54 67 - 73 78 - 86 106 - 116 120 - 132 163 - 179 171 - 188 232 - 255 240 - 264 326 - 358 420 - 462 570 - 626 668 - 735 906 - 996 995 - 1096 1359 - 1486 1445 - 1590 1960 - 2155 2012 - 2213 2728 - 2997

COARSE THREAD 1/4" - 20 5/16" - 18 3/8" - 16 7/16" - 14 1/2" - 13 9/16" - 12 5/8" - 11 3/4" - 10 7/8" - 9 1" - 8 1 1/8" - 7 1 1/4" - 7 FINE THREAD 1/4" - 28 5/16" - 24 3/8" - 24 7/16" - 20 1/2" - 20 9/16" - 18 5/8" - 18 3/4" - 16 7/8" - 14 1" - 14 1 1/8" - 12 1 1/4" - 12

METRIC BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS CLASS 8.8

SIZE PITCH LUBRICATED mm Nm lbf-ft M6 1 8-9 6-7 M8 1.25 20 - 22 15 - 16 M10 1.5 39 - 43 29 - 32 M12 1.75 68 - 75 50 - 55 M14 2 109 - 120 80 - 89 M16 2 169 - 186 125 - 137 M18 2.5 234 - 257 172 - 190 M20 2.5 330 - 364 244 - 268 M22 2.5 451 - 496 332 - 366 M24 3 571 - 628 421 - 463 M27 3 837 - 921 618 - 679 M30 3.5 1135 - 1249 837 - 921 M33 3.5 1545 - 1699 1139 - 1253 M36 4 1985 - 2183 1464 - 1610

CLASS 10.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft 11 - 12 8-9 11 - 12 8-9 15 - 17 11 - 12 26 - 29 19 - 21 27 - 30 20 - 22 36 - 40 27 - 30 52 - 57 38 - 42 54 - 60 40 - 44 72 - 79 53 - 59 91 - 100 67 - 74 94 - 104 70 - 77 126 - 138 93 - 102 145 - 160 107 - 118 151 - 166 111 - 122 201 - 221 148 - 163 226 - 248 166 - 183 234 - 257 173 - 190 312 - 343 230 - 253 312 - 343 230 - 253 324 - 356 239 - 262 431 - 474 318 - 350 441 - 485 325 - 357 457 - 503 337 - 371 610 - 670 450 - 495 601 - 661 443 - 487 623 - 686 460 - 506 831 - 914 613 - 674 761 - 838 562 - 618 790 - 869 583 - 641 1053 - 1159 777 - 855 1116 - 1228 823 - 906 1158 - 1274 854 - 940 1544 - 1699 1139 - 1253 1514 - 1665 1116 - 1228 1570 - 1727 1158 - 1274 2094 - 2303 1544 - 1699 2060 - 2266 1519 - 1671 2137 - 2351 1576 - 1734 2849 - 3134 2102 - 2312 2646 - 2911 1952 - 2147 2745 - 3020 2025 - 2227 3661 - 4027 2700 - 2970 DRY

TORQUECHARTGENERAL.XLS

3.55

CLASS 12.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft 13 - 14 10 - 11 18 - 19 13 - 14 32 - 35 24 - 26 43 - 47 31 - 35 63 - 70 47 - 51 84 - 93 62 - 68 110 - 121 81 - 90 147 - 162 109 - 119 176 - 194 130 - 143 235 - 259 173 - 191 274 - 301 202 - 222 365 - 401 269 - 296 378 - 416 279 - 307 504 - 554 372 - 409 534 - 588 394 - 433 712 - 784 525 - 578 728 - 801 537 - 591 971 - 1068 716 - 788 923 - 1016 681 - 749 1231 - 1354 908 - 999 1354 - 1489 998 - 1098 1805 - 1985 1331 - 1464 1835 - 2019 1354 - 1489 2447 - 2692 1805 - 1985 2498 - 2747 1842 - 2026 3330 - 3663 2456 - 2702 3208 - 3529 2366 - 2603 4278 - 4706 3155 - 3471

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

Parker

Assembly Torque The four-bolt port is simply a circular opening (flow passage) surrounded by four tapped holes in a certain pattern for acceptance of the flange clamping bolts. The flat surface of the port compresses the O-ring contained in the groove in the flange head when the clamp bolts are torqued. In some instances, the groove is in the port and not in the flange head. The bolts, through the clamp halves, clamp down the flange head on to the flat surface of the port compressing and trapping the O-ring in the groove and leaving no gap for it to extrude under pressure. The hydraulic pressure is thus sealed by the compressed O-ring as long as the bolts are tightened enough to maintain solid metal to metal contact between the flange head at the outside diameter of the O-ring and the top of the port.

The 4-Bolt Split Flange consists of four main components: • A body (flange head) • An O-ring • One “captive” or two “split” flange clamps

• Four bolts and washer

WASHERS BOLTS FLANGE CLAMP

Flange Port Assembly

FLANGE HEAD

The steps to properly assemble the flange port clamping bolts are: 1. Make sure sealing surfaces are free of burrs, nicks, scratches or any foreign particles. 2. Lubricate the O-ring. 3. Position flange and clamp halves. 4. Place lock washers on bolts and insert through clamp halves. 5. Hand tighten bolts. 6. Torque bolts in diagonal sequence (see Fig. T9) in small increments to the appropriate torque level listed in Table T6 or Table T7 on this page.

O-RING TAPPED HOLES

FLANGE.JPG

Fig. T8 - 4 Bolt Split Flange Components

FLANGE2.JPG

Fig. T9 - Flange Bolt Tightening Sequence

Dash Size

Flange Size

Inch Bolt (J518)

Torque lbf-ft

Metric Bolt (ISO 6162)

Torque Nm

Dash Size

Flange Size

Inch Bolt (J518)

Torque lbf-ft

Metric Bolt (ISO 6162)

Torque N-m

8 12 16 20 24 32 40 48 56 64 80

1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 5

5/16-18 3/8-16 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 1/2-13 1/2-13 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11

17 +/- 2 25 +/- 3.5 31 +/- 4.5 41 +/- 5 52 +/- 6 60 +/- 6 85 +/- 9 144 +/- 15 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8

M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16

25 49 49 85 85 135 95 220 220 220 220

8 12 16 20 24 32

1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2

5/16-18 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 5/8-11 3/4-10

17 +/- 2 30 +/- 4.5 46 +/- 4.5 69 +/- 6 125 +/- 8 208 +/- 20

M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M20

25 49 85 135 210 425

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification. Table T7 - Code 62 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification. Table T6 - Code 61 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque

3.56

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

Parker

Assembly Torque

JIC 37 Degree Flare SAE Dash Size

Thread Size

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

NPTF

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

5/16-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12 3-12

NA NA 2 2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 2 2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

1/8-27 NA 1/4-18 NA 3/8-18 1/2-14 7/8-14 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1/2 1 1/4-11 1/2 1 1/2-11 1/2 2-11 1/2 NA

Thread Size

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

NA NA 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

BSPT

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

NA NA 9/16-18 NA 11/16-16 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 NA 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12 NA NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

O'ring Face Seal / Seal-Lok SAE Dash Size

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

Thread Size

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 1/2 TO 3/4 NA 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/3 TO 1/2 NA 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 NA NA

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

Thread Size

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

1/8-28 NA 1/4-19 NA 3/8-19 1/2-14 NA 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1 1/4-11 1 1/2-11 2-11 NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

SAE J1926 Straight Thread Port Assembly Torques ASSEMBLY TORQUE = 10 % -0 SAE DASH SIZE

2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 32

5/16-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

SEAL-LOK lbf-ft (lbf-in) (310) (310) (310) (360) (420) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm 20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

TRIPLE-LOK FERULOK PIPE FITTINGS lbf-ft Nm (lbf-in) (85) 10 (155) 18 (260) 29 (280) 32 (350) 40 (620) 70 85 115 135 183 175 237 200 271 250 339 305 414 375 509

PLUGS

ADJUSTABLE

NON-ADJUSTABLE THREAD SIZE

SEAL-LOK lbf-ft (lbf-in) (310) (310) (310) (360) (420) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

3.57

Nm 20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

TRIPLE-LOK FERULOK PIPE FITTINGS lbf-ft Nm (lbf-in) (60) 7 (100) 11 (180) 20 (250) 28 (350) 40 (620) 70 85 115 135 183 175 237 200 271 250 339 305 414 375 509

HOLLOW HEX HP5ON-S lbf-ft (lbf-in) (30) (55) (120) (170) (410) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm 3.5 6 13.5 19 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

HEX HEAD P5ON-S lbf-ft (lbf-in) (85) (155) (260) (280) (350) (620) 85 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm 10 18 29 32 40 70 115 183 237 271 339 414 509

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

EATON Aeroquip

Assembly Torque

Recommended Parallel Connection Assembly torque

Eaton recommends that a Torque wrench be used to assure proper fitting assembly of these connections.

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss Low Pressure with 37º (SAEJ514)

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss High Pressure with ORS (J1453)

Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32

The values listed are for steel connections. Contact Teaton for torque values for other materials.

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft. Newton Meters 8-9 12-13 13-15 18-20 14-15 19-21 23-24 32-33 40-43 55-57 43-48 59-64 68-75 93-101 83-90 113-122 112-123 152-166 146-161 198-218 154-170 209-230 218-240 296-325

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24

ORS

Dash Size -04 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24

Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft. Newton Meters 8-10 11-16 14-16 20-22 18-20 24-27 24-26 33-35 50-60 68-78 72-80 98-110 125-135 170-183 160-180 215-245 200-220 270-300 210-280 285-380 270-360 370-490

SAE 37º (JIC) Thread Size (inches) 9/16-18 11/16-20 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft. 10-12 18-20 32-35 46-50 65-70 92-100 125-140 150-165

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 14-16 24-27 43-47 62-68 88-95 125-136 170-190 204-224

Dash Size -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24 -32

Metric Thread Size mm M10x1 M12x1.5 M14x1.5 M16x1.5 M18x1.5 M20x1.5 M22x1.5 M26x1.5 M27x2 M33x2 M42x2 M48x2

Thread Size (inches) 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft. 11-12 15-16 18-20 38-42 57-62 79-87 108-113 127-133 158-167 245-258

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 15-16 20-22 24-28 52-58 77-85 108-119 148-154 173-182 216-227 334-352

BSPP Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque lb.-ft. Newton Meters 13-15 18-20 15-19 20-25 19-23 25-30 33-40 45-55 37-44 50-60 52-66 70-90 55-70 75-95 81-96 110-130 96-111 130-150 162-184 220-250 170-192 230-260 258-347 350-470

Nominal Thread Size Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque inches** lb.-ft. Newton Meters G1/8-28 13-15 18-20 G1/4-19 19-23 25-30 G3/8-19 33-40 45-55 G1/2-14 55-70 75-95 G3/4-14 103-118 140-160 G1-11 162-184 220-250 G1 1/4-11 170-192 230-260 G1 1/2-11 258-347 350-470 ** "G" denotes parallel threads, other than ISO 6149 (Port connection only)

Eaton Aeroquip Fluid Conveyance Products A-HOOV-MC001-E January 2005

3.58

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

Weights of Commercial Wood

Species

kg/m3

lb/ft3

Species

kg/m3

lb/ft3

Alder, Red Ash, White Aspen, Quaking Bald Cypress Basswood, American Beech, American Birch, Paper Birch, Yellow Cedar, Alaska Cedar, Incense Cedar, Northern White Cedar, Port-Orford Cedar, Western Red Cherry, Black Cottonwood, Eastern Douglas Fir, Coast Douglas Fir, Inland North Elm, American Fir, Alpine Fir, Balsam Fir, Nobel Fir, Red Fir, Silver Fir, White Gum, Black Gum, Blue Gum, Red Gum, Tupelo Hemlock, Eastern Hemlock, Western Hickory, Pecan Hickory, True Larch, Western Locust, Black Magnolia, Cucumber

737 769 689 817 673 865 801 929 577 721 449 897 433 721 785 881 577 865 449 721 481 769 577 753 721 1121 801 897 801 657 993 1009 769 929 785

46 48 43 51 42 54 50 58 36 45 28 36 57 45 49 55 36 54 28 45 30 48 36 47 45 70 50 56 50 41 62 63 48 58 49

Maple, Big Leaf Maple, Black Maple, Red Maple, Silver Maple, Sugar Oak, Black Oak, Chestnut Oak, Red Oak, Red, Swamp Oak, Swamp Chestnut Oak, White Oak, White, Swamp Pine, Jack Pine, Loblolly Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Long Leaf Pine, Norway, Red Pine, Short Leaf Pine, Slash Pine, Sugar Pine, Western Yellow Pine, White-Western Pine, White-Eastern Poplar, Yellow Redwood Spruce, Black Spruce, Engleman Spruce, Red Spruce, Sitka Spruce, White Sweetgum Sycamore, American Tamarack Walnut, Black Willow, Black

753 865 801 721 897 1009 977 1009 1073 1041 993 1105 801 993 625 993 673 993 993 817 721 561 577 609 801 513 625 545 529 545 801 833 753 929 801

47 54 50 45 56 63 61 63 67 65 62 69 50 62 39 62 42 62 62 51 45 35 36 38 50 32 39 34 33 34 50 52 47 58 50

Note: The values shown here are green weights. 3.59

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Lubrication and Maintenance

TIRE PRESSURES Tigercat Part # BP012 BP021 BP198 BP056 BP111 BP112 BP196 BP013 BP022 BP113 BP114 BP197 BP139 BP137 BP145 BP100 BP193 BP195 BP211 BP190 BP066 BP039 BP175 BP143 BP174 BP167 BP180 BP182

Manufacturer

Inflation Pressure

Size

Bridgestone/Firestone Bridgestone/Firestone Bridgestone/Firestone Bridgestone/Firestone Bridgestone/Firestone Bridgestone/Firestone Bridgestone/Firestone Bridgestone/Firestone Bridgestone/Firestone Bridgestone/Firestone Bridgestone/Firestone Bridgestone/Firestone Goodyear Goodyear Goodyear GPX Tire (Primex) GPX Tire (Primex) GPX Tire (Primex) GPX Tire (Primex) Nokian Nokian Nokian Nokian Nokian Nokian Nokian Nokian Nokian

23.1-26 14PR LS2 24.5-32 16 PR LS2 24.5-32 20PR LS2 CRC SS TL FS 28L-26 16PR LS2 DW (FS) 30.5L-32 20PR LS2 (FS) 30.5L-32 26PR SS LS2 DH (FS) 30.5-32 32PR CRC LS-2 TUBELESS 67x34-26 14PR HF4 73x44-32 16PR HF3 DH (FS) 35.5L-32 20PR LS2 DH (FS) 35.5L-32 24PR LS2 DH (FS) 35.5-32 30PR CRC LS-2 TUBELESS 30.5L-32 20 PR LOGLUGIII LS2 TL 30.5L-32 26 PLY CRC SS TUBELESS 35.5L-32 26PR LOGLUGIII TLL S2 66/4300-26 20PR HF4 DW (GPX) 67x34-26 20PR HF4 PRIMEX TL 73X44-20 20PR FX STF HF4 PRIMEX 35.5-32 26PR LS2 PRIMEX TL 710/45-26.5 20PR FOREST KING TRS2 SF 750/55-26.5 20PR F (N) 750/55-26.5 20PR TRS (N) 750/55 26.5 24 PR FOREST KING F2 780/55-26.5 20PR F 780/50 28.5 24PR FOREST KING TRS2 780-50-28.5 24PR FOREST KING F2 SF 30.5L-32 26PR FOREST KING TRS LS-2 TL 35.5L-32 26PR FOREST KING TRS LS-2 TL

psi 35 35 45 35 35 45 55 40 40 30 35 45 35 45 40 50 55 50 40 80 87 87 87 87 87 87 45 40

kPa 240 240 310 240 240 310 380 275 275 205 240 310 240 310 275 345 380 345 275 550 600 600 600 600 600 600 310 275

SKIDDER TIRE PRESSURES R6 05/18

Common Conversions To Convert...

Into...

Multiply By

To Convert...

Into...

Multiply By

BAR ��

PSI ��

14.5

in ��

cm ��

16.39

cm3 ��

in3 ��

0.06102

°F ��

°C ��

(°F - 32) / 1.8

°C ��

°F ��

(°C x 9/5) + 32

US Gal ��

L ��

3.785

kg ��

lb ��

2.205

hp ��

kW ��

0.7457

kW ��

hp ��

1.341

in ��

mm ��

25.4

L ��

US Gal ��

0.2642

lb ��

kg ��

0.4535

mm ��

in ��

0.03937

lbf•ft ��

Nm ��

1.356

Nm ��

lbf•ft ��

0.7375

psi ��

par ��

0.06896

N ��

lbf ��

0.22481

in Hg ��

psi ��

0.4912

in H2O ��

psi ��

0.03613

lb ��

N ��

4.4482

3.60

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SECTION 6 - ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTERS CONTENTS - SECTION 6

ISSUE 3.0 JULY 2018

ALARMS AND GAUGES............................................................................................... 6.60 CHANNELS................................................................................................................... 6.34 INPUTS DIGITAL IN (DIN).................................................................................................... 6.34 FREQUENCY IN (FIN)........................................................................................... 6.34 VOLTAGE IN (VIN)................................................................................................. 6.34 OUTPUTS CURRENT OUT (COUT)........................................................................................ 6.34 DIGITAL OUT (DOUT)............................................................................................ 6.34 PWM OUT (PULSE WIDTH MODULATION)......................................................... 6.34 COMPUTER.................................................................................................................. 6.17 COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM.............................................................................. 6.4 COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS................................................... 6.4 ENGINE MENU - ENGINE FUNCTIONS................................................................... 6.19 ENGINE MENU - FUEL INFORMATION................................................................... 6.19 INFORMATION MODE MENU................................................................................... 6.22 INFORMATION MODE MENU - FUEL INFORMATION............................................ 6.23 MAIN MENU.............................................................................................................. 6.18 MAIN MENU PAGE.................................................................................................... 6.24 MAIN MENU PAGE - ADJUST MENU....................................................................... 6.25 MAIN MENU PAGE - INFO MENU............................................................................ 6.37 MAIN MENU PAGE - MEASURE MENU................................................................... 6.31 EXAMPLE – MEASURE MENU............................................................................. 6.35 INPUT AND OUTPUT CHANNELS........................................................................ 6.32 MAIN MENU PAGE - PREFERENCES MENU.......................................................... 6.36 MESSAGES............................................................................................................... 6.38 CONNECT TO THE MD3 WITH IQANRUN 2............................................................... 6.46 DIAGNOSTIC BREAKOUT HARNESSES.................................................................... 6.34 DOWNLOADING APPLICATIONS FROM DEALER WEBSITE.................................... 6.43 ELECTRICAL KIT - SERVICE AND DIAGNOSTICS..................................................... 6.40 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS....................................................... 6.64 FUSE AND RELAY PANELS CAB........................................................................................................................... 6.56 ELECTRICAL BOX.................................................................................................... 6.58 GAUGES AND ALARMS............................................................................................... 6.60 ID-TAG........................................................................................................................... 6.16 INPUT AND OUTPUT CHANNELS............................................................................... 6.32 IQAN MODULES MD3 MODULE............................................................................................................. 6.6 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC............................................................................. 6.7, 6.9 XA2-A0 FRONT CHASSIS MODULE ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC................................................................................... 6.13 XA2-A1 FRONT CHASSIS (OR EHS TRANSMISSION) MODULE ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC................................................................................... 6.15 XA2 MODULE............................................................................................................ 6.12 XS2-A0 CAB MODULE.............................................................................................. 6.10 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC................................................................................... 6.11

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

IQANRUN 2................................................................................................................... ADJUST..................................................................................................................... CONNECT TO THE MD3 WITH IQANRUN 2............................................................ IQANRUN 2 QUICK SUMMARY................................................................................ ADJUST................................................................................................................. CONNECT TO THE MD3 WITH IQANRUN2......................................................... GET CLONE........................................................................................................... GET SETTINGS..................................................................................................... LOGIN.................................................................................................................... LOGS..................................................................................................................... MEASURE (GRAPH)............................................................................................. SEND CLONE........................................................................................................ SEND SETTINGS.................................................................................................. SYSTEM................................................................................................................. UPDATE................................................................................................................. LOGIN........................................................................................................................ LOGS......................................................................................................................... MEASURE/ GRAPH.................................................................................................. REQUIRED EQUIPMENT & INFORMATION............................................................ SERVICING THE MD3 WITH IQANRUN 2................................................................ SYSTEM.................................................................................................................... UPDATE APPLICATION............................................................................................ GET CLONE FILE.................................................................................................. GET SETTINGS FILE............................................................................................ UPDATE APPLICATION TO MD3.......................................................................... IQAN SOFTWARE........................................................................................................ APPLICATION PROGRAM UPDATES FOR PRODUCT SERVICE BULLETINS............................................................... DOWNLOADING APPLICATIONS FROM DEALER WEBSITE................................ SERVICING THE MD3 WITH IQANRUN 2................................................................

6.44 6.52 6.46 6.44 6.45 6.44 6.44 6.44 6.44 6.45 6.45 6.44 6.44 6.45 6.44 6.47 6.54 6.53 6.44 6.44 6.55 6.48 6.48 6.49 6.50 6.42

SERVICING THE MD3 WITH IQANRUN 2................................................................... SWITCH AND SENSOR LOCATIONS 6205201-6205240, 6303001-6303050...................................................................... 6205241-6205610 , 6303051-6303500..................................................................... 6205611-6206200, 6303501-6304000.......................................................................

6.44

6.43 6.43 6.44

6.61 6.62 6.63

TEMPORARY FIX FOR ENGINE RPM CONTROL PROBLEMS CAUSED BY J1939 CONNECTION ERRORS.......................................................... 6.39 TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTIC BREAKOUT HARNESSES............................... 6.34 UPDATE APPLICATION................................................................................................ 6.48 WIRE COLOUR CODE CHART.................................................................................... 6.64

6.2

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

6.3

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM

ALARM MD3 COMPUTER LIGHT

Machine operation is controlled electronically by the IQAN computer control system. During operation of the electronic joysticks foot pedals, winch lever, dozer lever or control switches, the computer system provides integrated control of the engine, hydrostatic drive and all of the valve functions.

MASTER ALARM

IQAN SYSTEM COMPONENTS • • • • • •

MD3 Controller XS2 Expansion Module (Cab) XA2-A1 Expansion Module (Front Chassis 2) (if equipped*) XA2-A0 Expansion Module (Front Chassis) Engine Electronic Control Module Various controls, switches, sensors and valves not shown.

INSTRUMENT PANEL

The MD3 controller is the main control unit in the system. The MD3 computer program is the operating system for the computer display as well as the control system for the machine operating parameters. The MD3 module is connected in series to the CAN 1 terminal on the cab module. The cab module is connected via the CAN 2 terminal to front chassis module. The engine electronic control module provides electronic information to the MD3 computer via the J1939 CAN BUS link. This information is displayed on the computer display.

MD3 MODULE

9 PIN ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR 615C-001

XA2-A1* EXPANSION MODULE FRONT CHASSIS 2 (IF EQUIPPED)

XS2 EXPANSION MODULE CAB

XA2-A0 EXPANSION MODULE FRONT CHASSIS

ENGINE ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS 6.4

*SOME EARLIER PROGRAMS XA2-A1 EXPANSION MODULE EHS TRANSMISSION

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

The computer monitors and analyzes engine and transmission inputs and produces outputs (as defined in its program) to control the engine and drive functions. The computer also monitors and analyzes inputs and produces outputs (as defined in its program) to control the machine valve functions. Valve functions are: • • • • • •

Winch Dozer Arch and Boom Grapple Differential locks Fan (if equipped with variable pitch fan option)

•

Parking brake

LOCATED IN CAB BEHIND LEFT KICK PANEL

630D-14

XS2-A0 MODULE - CAB

LOCATED UNDER CAB, RIGHT REAR - REMOVE COVER TO ACCESS MODULES

Inputs: The computer monitors analogue, digital, and frequency inputs and CAN Bus inputs. CAN Bus is a data bus system that allows several input signals to be sent to the MD3 through a reduced number of wires.

XA2-A0 FRONT CHASSIS

XA2-A1 FRONT CHASSIS 2 (*IF EQUIPPED)

Outputs: The computer directs output signals to the solenoids on the control valve (winch, arch, dozer, grapple, boom), multifunction manifold, drive pump and drive motors. The computer controls engine RPM by sending appropriate signals to the engine’s control computer.

615C-007

NOTE: The IQAN computer control system is software-based. This software may be updated after the machine is in service as a part of ongoing product improvement programs and service newsletters. The information contained in this manual is accurate at the time of printing. Improvements to the machine and/or software are on-going and may not be covered. In these cases contact your Tigercat dealer for appropriate information.

6.5

XA2 MODULES

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

MD3 MODULE 1

MD3-BACK

REAR OF MD3 MODULE The back of the MD3 controller module consists of the following. 1. Tag with serial number and part number. 2. Connector C2 (VIN inputs, USB communication and alarm output). 3. Connector C1 (voltage supply, CAN communication J1939 and expansion modules). 4. Membrane valve for condensation prevention inside unit. MD3 MODULE WIRING PIN ASSIGNMENT MD3 MODULE REPLACEMENT 1. Turn battery disconnect switch OFF.

DIN-A / VIN-A DIN-B / VIN-B DIN-C / VIN-C DIN-D / VIN-D -VREF USB-D-

USB-D+ +VREF DIN-E / VIN-E DIN-F / VIN-F DIN-G / VIN-G DOUT-A

5 8

7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6

3. Remove 4 screws holding MD3 in place as shown in the illustration.

1 2 3 4 12 11 10 9

4 9 1 2 3 12 11 10

1 2 3 4 5 6

5 8

7 6 7

2. Remove the 6 screws holding the instrument panel assembly in place and carefully remove the assembly.

-BAT CAN-A-L CAN-B-L CAN-C-L/Diag RS232 DATA IN Reserved

7 8 9 10 11 12

3. Lift the module out of the instrument panel carefully.

+RTC RS232 DATA OUT CAN-C-H/Diag CAN-B-H CAN-A-H +BAT

4. Disconnect the wiring harness at the module C1 and C2 connectors. 5. Install module in reverse order as removed.

NOTE: Refer to the MD3 MODULE SCHEMATIC and ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC in THIS SECTION for detailed pin and wiring assignment.

NOTE: Refer to IQANRUN 2 – APPLICATION UPDATE in THIS SECTION for procedure to update the application in an MD3 module. When replacing a MD3 module the machine serial number information will need to be reset. Refer to IQANRUN 2 – SYSTEM for more information regarding access and maintenance of logs using IQANrun 2. 6.6

Electrical and Computers

USB

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

635D-02

MD3 MODULE SCHEMATIC (6205201 TO 6206000, 6303001 TO 6303800) 6.7

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

6.8

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

USB

630D-012

MD3 MODULE SCHEMATIC (6206001 TO 6206200, 6303801 TO 6304000) 6.9

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

XS2 MODULE

•

Three red primary flashes in a row and two yellow secondary flashes in a row indicates that the fault is related to the address.

•

Four red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates a memory error.

•

Continuous red primary flashing indicates a fatal error.

B A

XS2 MODULE LED INDICATORS

Internal diagnostics in the master (MD3) can be used to get more information about the XS2 module. The following values are supervised: •

Internal temperature (°C)

XS2 MODULE LED INDICATORS

•

Power supply (V)

If there is an error detected, the MD3 controller will present a message on the display. The XS2 module also indicates error status through the red blinking LED.This gives an immediate diagnosis as to the nature of the error that has occurred.

•

Reference voltage (V)

•

CAN address voltage (V)

A. Supply Voltage LED (green). LED with green light ON indicates supply voltage is ON. LED OFF indicates supply voltage is OFF.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

B. Status indicator LED (yellow/red). LED yellow flashing light indicates status is correct. LED flashing red light indicates error status as follows: •

One red primary flash and one secondary yellow flash indicates an error controlled by the master (MD3).

•

Two red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates an error controlled by the master (MD3).

•

Three red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates that the fault is related to the CAN-bus.

LED indicator showing different XS2 and XA2 modes Status

Flash

Normal operation (yellow) Error code

Error

Primary Flash (red) Error category

Secondary Flash (yellow) Error description

Output error

1:2

Input errora

1:3

Vref errora

2:1

Voltage High/Low errora

2:2

Low/High temperaturea

3:1

CAN error

3:2

Address error

4:1

Memory errorb

Fatal error

29 15 1

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

-BAT DIN-I DIN-K DIN-M DIN-O DIN-Q DIN-S DOUT-C DOUT-D VIN-E/DIN-E VIN-F/DIN-F CAN2-H CAN-H +BAT(+12V, +24V)

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

-VREF DIN-J DIN-L DIN-N DIN-P DIN-R DIN-T DOUT-E DOUT-F VIN-G/DIN-G VIN-H/DIN-H CAN2-L CAN-L +VREF

XS2 MODULE WIRING PIN ASSIGNMENT Note that the XS2 module is equipped with eight voltage inputs (VIN-A to VIN-H) which may be configured as digital inputs (DIN-A to DIN-H). The function of these inputs determined by the machine program. NOTE: Refer to the XS2-A0 FRONT CHASSIS MODULE SCHEMATICS and ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC in THIS SECTION for detailed pin and wiring assignment.

1:1

ADDR-H DOUT-G DOUT-H DOUT-I DOUT-J DOUT-K DOUT-L DOUT-A DOUT-B VIN-A/DIN-A VIN-B/DIN-B VIN-C/DIN-C VIN-D/DIN-D ADDR-L

42 28 14

a. Error groups 1:n and 2:n are controlled by the master, see also on screen warnings. b. FRAM memory error.

6.10

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

635D-04

Electrical and Computers

XS2-A0 CAB MODULE SCHEMATIC 6.11

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

XA2 MODULE

•

Three red primary flashes in a row and two yellow secondary flashes in a row indicates that the fault is related to the address.

•

Four red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates a memory error.

•

Continuous red primary flashing indicates a fatal error.

B A

XA2 MODULE LED INDICATORS

Internal diagnostics in the master (MD3) can be used to get more information about the XA2 module. The following values are supervised: •

Internal temperature (°C)

XA2 MODULE LED INDICATORS

•

Power supply (V)

If there is an error detected, the MD3 controller will present a message on the display. The XA2 module also indicates error status through the red blinking LED.This gives an immediate diagnosis as to the nature of the error that has occurred.

•

Reference voltage (V)

•

CAN address voltage (V)

XA2 MODULE WIRING PIN ASSIGNMENT

A. Supply Voltage LED (green). LED with green light ON indicates supply voltage is ON.

42 28 14

LED OFF indicates supply voltage is OFF. B. Status indicator LED (yellow/red). LED yellow flashing light indicates status is correct. LED flashing red light indicates error status as follows: •

One red primary flash and one secondary yellow flash indicates an error controlled by the master (MD3).

•

Two red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates an error controlled by the master (MD3).

•

Three red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates that the fault is related to the CAN-bus.

LED indicator showing different XS2 and XA2 modes Status

Flash

Normal operation (yellow) Error code

Error

Primary Flash (red) Error category

Secondary Flash (yellow) Error description

1:1

Output error

1:2

Input errora

1:3

Vref errora

2:1

Voltage High/Low errora

2:2

Low/High temperaturea

3:1

CAN error

3:2

Address error

4:1

Memory errorb

Fatal error

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

ADDR-H COUT-A/DOUT-G COUT-B/DOUT-H COUT-C/DOUT-I COUT-D/DOUT-J COUT-E/DOUT-K COUT-F/DOUT-L DOUT-A DOUT-B VIN-A/DIN-A

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

11 12 13 14

VIN-B/DIN-B VIN-C/DIN-C VIN-D/DIN-D ADDR-L

25 26 27 28

29 15 1

-BAT CRET-A+/DIN-I CRET-B+/DIN-K CRET-C+/DIN-M CRET-D+/DIN-O CRET-E+/DIN-Q CRET-F+/DIN-S DOUT-C DOUT-D VIN-E/DIN-E/FIN-A DFIN-A+ VIN-F/DIN-F/DFIN-ACAN2-H CAN-H +BAT(+12V, +24V)

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

-VREF CRET-A-/DIN-J CRET-B-/DIN-L CRET-C-DIN-N CRET-D-/DIN-P CRET-E-/DIN-R CRET-F-/DIN-T DOUT-E DOUT-F VIN-G/DIN-G/FIN-B DFIN-B+ VIN-H/DIN-H/DFIN-BCAN2-L CAN-L +VREF

XA2-WIREASSIGN

Note that the XA2 module is equipped with eight voltage inputs (VIN-A to VIN-H) which may be configured as digital inputs (DIN), frequency inputs (FIN) or directional frequency inputs (DFIN). The XA2 module is also equipped with six double proportional ouputs (COUT-A to COUT-F) which may be configured as digital outputs (DOUT) and digital inputs (DIN). See wiring pin assignment diagram above for details. The function of these inputs determined by the machine program. NOTE: Refer to the XA2-A0 SCHEMATIC, XA2-A1 SCHEMATIC in THIS SECTION or MACHINE ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC for detailed pin and wiring assignment.

a. Error groups 1:n and 2:n are controlled by the master, see also on screen warnings. b. FRAM memory error.

6.12

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

* Earlier machines VIN C: Hystat Circuit Temp ** Later/updated machines only

635D-03

XA2-A0 FRONT CHASSIS MODULE SCHEMATIC 6.13

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

6.14

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

* If equipped with an EHS Transmission **Some earlier programs label XA2-A1 EHS TRANSMISSION

635D-50

XA2-A1 FRONT CHASSIS 2** MODULE SCHEMATIC (IF EQUIPPED) 6.15

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

ID-TAG ADDRESSING Each module has a specific address, enabling the MD3 controller (master module) to communicate with it through the CAN-bus. Practically, the system distinguishes between different modules through firstly verifying the module type and then, secondly, through the modules having a unique addresses. EXAMPLE

ADDR-L, pos. 14

If a system has an XS2 module with address 0, the system will denote this one as XS2-A0, The letter “A” refers to CAN-bus A.

ADDR-H, pos. 1

Id-Tag

In order to assign any XS2 module a unique CANaddress, an Id-Tag will have to be connected to the positions ADDR-H and ADDR-L.

CONNECTING ID-TAG (XS2 OR XA2)

TERMINATING To eliminate interference in communication, through the CAN-bus, the CAN-bus must be terminated. Because the master module always is located at the beginning of the bus, the master is provided with an internal termination. If an IQANXA2 module is located at the end of the CAN-bus then use an Id-tag having a combined address and terminating function. This is denoted with a “T” for terminating, after the appropriate address such as; 0T, 1T, 2T...

ASSEMBLING ID-TAG (XS2 OR XA2)

Selecting appropriate Id-Tag

ASSEMBLING OF THE ID-TAG

•

Check the address number of the module.

•

If the module is located at the end of the CANbus then select the appropriate Id-Tag denoted with a “T”.

The Id-Tag is placed in the connector in order to address/ terminate the module. The Id-Tag is mounted under the connector casing. Bend the IdTag’s cables towards the opposite side, where the other cables enter the connector.

MODULE

ID-TAG

RESISTANCE

MD3

NO TAG

XS2 -A0

287 Ω

XA2-A1

590 Ω

XA2 -A0

432 Ω

6.16

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers MD3 COMPUTER

COLOUR DISPLAY

MD3 COMPUTER, ELECTRONIC CONTROL AND DISPLAY

620D-28A

IQAN MD3 CONTROLLER (COMPUTER)

ALARM MD3 COMPUTER LIGHT

MASTER ALARM

, . Programmed buttons that are configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as an input. • Up and down arrow buttons

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Pushing this button equals ’enter’. Saves the value or confirms the selection you have made. • Menu button . Always brings up the Menu page. It is not programmable. • ’Esc’ or BACK button

Returns you to the previous display page. May be configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as a virtual input.

6.17

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder 1

2A 2B

Electrical and Computers 4B

13 12 6

MAIN DISPLAY

620D-28

MD3 - COMPUTER MAIN MENU 1. ** PARKING BRAKE - ENGAGED/DISENGAGED

11. ALARM INDICATORS - Press F4 to select

2A. ** REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCK - ENGAGED/DISENGAGED

13. HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE

2B. ** FRONT DIFFERENTIAL LOCK - ENGAGED/DISENGAGED 3. *GRAPPLE CONSTANT PRESSURE ON/OFF 4A. * WINCH ON/OFF (

)

4B. * WINCH FREE SPOOL (

)

5. * COLD IDLE ON/OFF

12. HYDRAULIC OIL GRADE INDICATOR 14. FUEL LEVEL GAUGE 15. *** DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF) 16. *** HIGH EXHAUST SYSTEM TEMPERATURE (HEST) 17. *** INHIBIT ACTIVE REGENERATION OF DPF * When the icon is illuminated, function is ON.

6. ENGINE TACHOMETER GAUGE

** When the icon is illuminated, function is ENGAGED.

7. ENGINE MENU - Press F1 to select 8. ADJUSTMENT MENU - Press F2 to select

*** T4i ENGINES ONLY (6206001 TO 6206200, 6303801 TO 6304000) Refer to DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER – DPF ICONS in THIS SECTION for more information.

9. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE 10. INFORMATION MENU - Press F3 to select

6.18

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

ENGINE MENU

ENGINE FUNCTIONS T3 ENGINE (6205201-6206000, 6303001-6303800) Press the F1 button to select the fuel information display. Press the F2 button to toggle the cold idle function ON/OFF. Refer to COLD IDLE OPERATION and COLD IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT in SECTION 2.

From the main menu press the F1 button to select the engine display. When selected the engine menu icon is on display and the engine functions will also be displayed.

Press the F3 button to toggle between metric and imperial units of measure.

The engine functions on display are as follows: • • • • • • • •

Press the back button to return to the main menu.

FUEL INFORMATION T3 ENGINE (6205201-6206000, 6303001-6303800) Press the F1 button to reset the trip average fuel rate and trip fuel used functions. Press the F2 button to toggle between imperial and metric units of measure. Press the back button to return the engine display. Press the back button again to return to the main menu. For more detailed information refer to COMPUTER – ENGINE MENU - ENGINE FUNCTIONS in SECTION 2.

6.19

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

ENGINE FUNCTIONS T4i ENGINE (6206001 TO 6206200, 6303801 TO 6304000) Press the F1 button to toggle between metric and imperial units of measure. Press the F2 button to toggle the cold idle function ON/OFF. Refer to COLD IDLE OPERATION and COLD IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT in THIS SECTION. Press the F3 button to Actuate the DPF Regeneration cycle (diesel particulate filter). Refer to DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER in SECTION 2 for more information. Press the back button again to return to the main menu. For more detailed information refer to COMPUTER – ENGINE MENU - ENGINE FUNCTIONS in SECTION 2.

6.20

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

ADJUSTMENT MENU

The adjustment selections are as follows: From the main menu press F2 button to select the ADJUSTMENT MENU. When selected the adjustment menu icon is on display and all the adjustment selections will also be displayed.

•

Engine Settings - Shown first by default.

•

Fan Settings - Press F2 to select

•

Service Settings - Press F3 to select Press the back button to return to the main menu.

For more detailed information refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

6.21

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

INFORMATION MODE MENU

The information functions on display are as follows: Press the F3 button to access the information menu. When selected the information menu icon is on display and the information functions will also be displayed.

•

Hydraulic Oil Temp -°F or °C

•

Drive Pressure Forward - psi or bar

•

Drive Pressure Reverse - psi or bar

•

Drive Motor Speed - rpm

•

Hydrostatic Circuit Temperature -°F or °C

•

Machine Hours - h

•

Machine Voltage - V

•

Travel Speed - mph or km/h Press the F1 button to toggle between imperial and metric units of measure. Press the F2 button to select the fuel information display (if applicable) Press the back button to return to the main menu.

6.22

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

FUEL INFORMATION T4i (6206001 TO 6206200, 6303801 TO 6304000) Press the F1 button to toggle between imperial and metric units of measure. Press the F2 button to reset the trip average fuel rate and trip fuel used functions. Press the back button to return the information display. For more detailed information refer to COMPUTER – INFORMATION MODE MENU in SECTION 2.

6.23

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

MAIN MENU PAGE From any menu page.

Press the menu button to go to the main menu page. The main menu page displays the following selections: •

Adjust - Press F1 to select

•

Measure - Press F2 to select

•

Preferences - Press F3 to select

•

Info - Press F4 to select Press the back button to return to the page which was displayed when the main menu page was selected.

OR Press the menu button again to return to the page which was displayed when the main menu page was selected.

6.24

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

ADJUST MENU

ENGINE ADJUST GROUP*

From the main menu page press the F1 button (Adjust) to access the adjust menu.

FAN ADJUST GROUP* (IF EQUIPPED)

The following menu items can be selected: •

Engine Adjust Group*

•

Fan Adjust Group* (if equipped)

•

Service Adjust Group*

SERVICE ADJUST GROUP

Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection. *NOTE: Marked menu items can also be accessed from the main menu. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in THIS SECTION for more information. Press the back button (or F1) to return to the main menu page.

6.25

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

** NOTE: Service technicians have access to more options when logged in using IQANrun 2. Some adjust groups are only visible on screen for users with the appropriate username and password login rights. Service related or owner/ supervisor use related adjust groups are restricted by passwords on screen or available only through IQANrun 2 with username and password restrictions. Refer also to SERVICING THE MD3 WITH IQANrun 2 – LOGIN and SERVICING THE MD3 WITH IQANrun 2 – ADJUST for more information. Log into IQANrun 2 and from the main menu page press the F1 button (Adjust) to access the adjust menu.

The following additional menu items can be selected when logged in using IQANrun 2: •

Hydrostatic Drive Adjust Group**

•

Machine Configuration**

•

Clutch Adjust Group**(EHS transmission only)

•

Steering Adjust Group**

Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection. Press the back button (or F1) to return to the main menu page.

6.26

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder HYDROSTATIC DRIVE ADJUST GROUP From the adjust menu use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the Hydrostatic Drive Adjust Group. Press OK to confirm the selection. Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection. Press the back button to return to the adjust menu. Press F1 to return to the main menu page. Press the back button again to return to the main menu.

Electrical and Computers LH Motor Max Current (EHS transmission only) Range 700 mA to 1300 mA (*1190 mA) RH mA Motor Reg Setup Range 0 mA to 700 mA (*0 mA) LH mA Motor Reg Setup Range 0 mA to 700 mA (*0 mA) * NOTE: Reset default settings are marked. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – EXAMPLE – ADJUSTMENT MENU NAVIGATION for an example of adjustment menu navigation. The hydrostatic drive adjust group is used as part of the hydrostatic setup procedure. Refer to HYDROSTATIC SETUP PROCEDURE in SECTION 8 of THIS MANUAL.

The adjustable hydrostatic drive settings are: Pump Max Current Range 300 mA to 600 mA (*560 mA) Motor Max Current Range 700 mA to 1100 mA (*950 mA) RH Motor Max Current (EHS transmission only) Range 400 mA to 1300 mA (*760 mA) 6.27

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder MACHINE CONFIGURATION From the adjust menu use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select Machine Configuration. Press OK to confirm the selection. Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection. Press the back button to return to the adjust menu. Press F1 to return to the main menu page. Press the back button again to return to the main menu.

Electrical and Computers Machine Model 600 Series* 604C 610C 620D 630D 635D C640D 615C Hydraulic Oil Grade Also available through the service settings menu. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – SERVICE SETTINGS – HYDRAULIC OIL GRADE in THIS SECTION for more information. Winch Equipped No* Allied Standard Winch Allied High Speed WInch Auxilliary Function Carco Standard WInch Carco High Speed WInch Arch Type Dual Function* Single Function Machine Hours Locked for service users.

The adjustable machine configuration settings are: Transmission Ratio (Standard Transmission) Not Configured* 1.917 2.18 2.53 2.89 3.16 Front Tire Size Also available through the service settings menu. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – SERVICE SETTINGS – FRONT TIRE SIZE in THIS SECTION for more information. Fan Type Fixed Pitch* Variable Pitch

Steering Control Joystick Steering* Steering Wheel Drive Pump Size Standard Transmission choices 180 * 140 165 210/420 bar 210/435 bar EHS transmission choices 165* 210 /435 bar NOTE: Reset default settings are marked. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – EXAMPLE – ADJUSTMENT MENU NAVIGATION for an example of adjustment menu navigation. Steer Sensor Equipped No* Yes Axle Type Severe Duty Standard Duty

6.28

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

In Mission Regeneration Yes* No Transmission Type (EHS Transmission) EHS - 4 Plate Clutch* EHS - 6 Plate Clutch 2.18 2.53 2.89 3.16 1.917 Electronic Service Brake (optional update) No* Yes * NOTE: Reset default settings are marked.

CLUTCH ADJUST GROUP

Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – EXAMPLE – ADJUSTMENT MENU NAVIGATION in SECTION 2 for an example of adjustment menu navigation.

From the adjust menu use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select Clutch Adjust Group. Press OK to confirm the selection. Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection. Press the back button to return to the adjust menu. Press F1 to return to the main menu page. Press the back button again to return to the main menu. The adjustable clutch adjust group settings are: Clutch Max Current Range 0 mA to 600 mA (*565 mA) Clutch Engagement Current Range 0 mA to 600 mA (*465 mA) Clutch Valve Max Delay (if equipped) Range 250 ms to 3000 ms (*1000 ms) * NOTE: Reset default settings are marked. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – EXAMPLE – ADJUSTMENT MENU NAVIGATION in SECTION 2 for an example of adjustment menu navigation.

6.29

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

STEERING ADJUST GROUP From the adjust menu use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select Steering Adjust Group. Press OK to confirm the selection. Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection. Press the back button to return to the adjust menu. Press F1 to return to the main menu page. Press the back button again to return to the main menu. The adjustable steering adjust group settings are: Steer Right Min Current Range 280 mA to 350 mA (*300 mA) Steer Left Min Current Range 280 mA to 350 mA (*300 mA) * NOTE: Reset default settings are marked. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – EXAMPLE – ADJUSTMENT MENU NAVIGATION in SECTION 2 for an example of adjustment menu navigation.

6.30

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder MEASURE MENU

Electrical and Computers The following menu items can be selected. • • • • • •

Voltage Inputs Digital/Frequency Inputs Digital Outputs Current Outputs J1939 Parameter Inputs Drive/HP Test

Used for drive test procedures refer to SECTION 8 in THIS MANUAL.

• Function Valve All control valve related inputs and outputs (winch, arch, dozer, grapple, boom)

From the main menu page press the F2 button (Measure) to access the measure menu.

• Variable Pitch Fan (if equipped) All variable pitch fan control related inputs and outputs. • Differential Locks All differential lock related inputs and outputs. •

Module Diagnostics

•

IQAN module diagnostic information.

Carco Winch Control Commands

Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection. Press the back button (or F1) to return to the main menu page. Refer to COMPUTER–MAIN MENU PAGE MEASURE MENU–EXAMPLE – MEASURE MENU for an example of measure menu navigation. This menu is used by Tigercat Service technicians to view measured values on the MD3 display. Refer also to SERVICING THE MD3 WITH IQANrun 2 – MEASURE/ GRAPH for more information about graphing and exporting measured values for service diagnostics.

6.31

600D INPUTS OUTPUTSR3.XLS 06/18

6.32 *Front Chassis Module (XA2-A0) (FIN-A) *Front Chassis Module 2 (XA2-A1) (FIN-A)

Drive Motor RH Speed Drive Motor LH Speed

Frequency in Frequency in

Drive Logic (EHS transmission) Drive Logic (EHS transmission)

Fan Control Logic Fan Control Logic Fault Management Drive Logic Fault Management Main Hydraulics Fault Management Diff Lock Logic Diff Lock Logic Fan Control Logic Fault Management Main Hydraulics Drive Logic Main Hydraulics

INPUTS Function Group Drive Logic Drive Logic Main Hydraulics Main Hydraulics Main Hydraulics Main Hydraulics Main Hydraulics Joystick Steering Enable Drive Logic Drive Logic Drive Logic Drive Logic Drive Logic Fan Control Logic Fault Management Fault Management Drive Logic / EHS Transmission Inputs Drive Logic / EHS Transmission Inputs Drive Logic / Electronic Service Brake

*NOTE: Some earlier programs module name may be named XA2-A1 EHS Transmission Module or XA2-A1 Winch Control Module

Display (MD3) (DIN-E) Display (MD3) (DIN-F) Display (MD3) (DIN-G) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (DIN-H) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (DIN-J) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (DIN-K) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (DIN-L) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (DIN-M) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (DIN-O) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (DIN-R) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (DIN-T) Front Chassis Module (XA2-A0) (DIN-C) *Front Chassis Module 2 (XA2-A1) (DIN-C) *Front Chassis Module 2 (XA2-A1) (DIN-D)

Fan Full On Fan Clean Engine Stop Lamp Seat Direction Charge Filter Bypass = 0V Max Displacement Override Hyd Oil Level Low = 5V Front Diff Locks Rear Diff Locks AC Compressor Air Filter Restricted = 5V Steer Damping Sensor Park Brake Cmd Winch Invert

Digital in Digital in Digital in Digital in Digital in Digital in Digital in Digital in Digital in Digital in Digital in Digital in Digital in Digital in

Module Display (MD3) (VIN-A) Display (MD3) (VIN-B) Display (MD3) (VIN-C) Display (MD3) (VIN-D) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (VIN-A) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (VIN-B) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (VIN-C) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (VIN-E) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (VIN-F) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (VIN-G) Front Chassis Module (XA2-A0) (VIN-A) Front Chassis Module (XA2-A0) (VIN-B) Front Chassis Module (XA2-A0) (VIN-C) Front Chassis Module (XA2-A0) (VIN-D) Front Chassis Module (XA2-A0) (VIN-F) Front Chassis Module (XA2-A0) (VIN-G) *Front Chassis Module 2 (XA2-A1) (VIN-A) *Front Chassis Module 2 (XA2-A1) (VIN-B) *Front Chassis Module 2 (XA2-A1) (VIN-G)

Channel Name Drive Pedal Fwd Drive Pedal Rev Winch Lever 1 Winch Lever 2 Grab Arm Lever Shield Lever Dozer Lever Joystick X Steer Travel Direction Select Travel Speed Control Drive Pressure Fwd Drive Pressure Rev Hystat Circuit Temp * Hyd Oil Temp Brake Press. Low = 0V Fuel Level Clutch Pressure Transmission Oil Temp Overspeed Brake Pressure (if equipped)

Type Voltage in Voltage in Voltage in Voltage in Voltage in Voltage in Voltage in Voltage in Voltage in Voltage in Voltage in Voltage in Voltage in Voltage in Voltage in Voltage in Voltage in Voltage in Voltage in

EHS Right Drive Motor EHS Left Drive Motor

Control panel Control panel Engine Rotating Seat Charge Pressure Filter head Rear Chassis Hydraulic tank Right Arm Rest Control Panel Right Arm Rest Control Panel Control panel Front Chassis Center Joint (Joystick Steer only) Cab Fuse and Relay Panel Rear Chassis

Fan Control Switch Fan Control Switch Engine ECM Seat direction switch Charge filter bypass switch Dual Winch Motor Hydraulic oil level switch Front Diff Lock Switch Rear Diff Lock Switch Air Conditioner Switch Air Filter Restrictor Sensor Steering Proximity Sensor Park Brake Off Relay Dual Winch EHS RH Drive Motor Speed Sensor EHS LH Drive Motor Speed Sensor

Location Cab - Joystick Steering Cab - Joystick Steering Control panel Control panel Right Arm Rest Control Panel Right Arm Rest Control Panel Right Arm Rest Control Panel LH Steer Joystick LH Steer Joystick LH Steer Joystick Drive pump Drive pump Drive pump Hydraulic tank Main pump outlet manifold Rear chassis EHS Transmission Manifold EHS Transmission Manifold Electronic Service Brake Valve

Activating Control/Sensor/Switch Front drive pedal potentiometer Rear drive pedal potentiometer Winch Lever 1 Winch Lever 2 Grab Arm Lever Shield Lever Dozer lever Joystick movement left/right Direction selection switch Maximum speed control - Joystick Steer Drive pump forward pressure sensor Drive pump reverse pressure sensor Drive pump reverse pressure sensor Hydraulic oil temperature sensor Service brake pressure switch Fuel level sender EHS Clutch Pressure Sensor EHS Transmission Temperature Sensor Electronic service Brake Solenoid

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder Electrical and Computers

INPUT AND OUTPUT CHANNELS

Alarm Winch 1 Freespool Winch 2 Freespool Winch 1 Clutch Winch 1 Clutch Horn Remote Start Trigger Back-Up Alarm Unloading Valve Off Diff Selector Relay Front Diff Lock Rear Diff Lock Park Brake/Load Sense Override Max Displacement Override Fan Decrease/Block Fan Block/Increase Clutch Load Park Brake Off

Digital out Digital out Digital out Digital out Digital out Digital out Digital out Digital out Digital out Digital out Digital out Digital out Digital out Digital out Digital out Digital out Digital out Digital out

Display (MD3) (DOUT-A) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (DOUT-A) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (DOUT-B) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (DOUT-C) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (DOUT-D) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (DOUT-E) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (DOUT-F) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (DOUT-G) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (DOUT-H) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (DOUT-I) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (DOUT-J) Cab Module (XS2-A0) (DOUT-K) Front Chassis Module (XA2-A0) (DOUT-A) Front Chassis Module (XA2-A0) (DOUT-B) Front Chassis Module (XA2-A0) (DOUT-E) Front Chassis Module (XA2-A0) (DOUT-F) *Front Chassis Module 2 (XA2-A1) (DOUT-A) *Front Chassis Module 2 (XA2-A1) (DOUT-B)

Module Front Chassis Module (XA2-A0) (COUT-A) Front Chassis Module (XA2-A0) (COUT-B) Front Chassis Module (XA2-A0) (COUT-C) Front Chassis Module (XA2-A0) (COUT-D) Front Chassis Module (XA2-A0) (COUT-E) Front Chassis Module (XA2-A0) (COUT-F) *Front Chassis Module 2 (XA2-A1) (COUT-A) *Front Chassis Module 2 (XA2-A1) (COUT-B) *Front Chassis Module 2 (XA2-A1) (COUT-C) *Front Chassis Module 2 (XA2-A1) (COUT-F) Fault Management Main Hydraulics Main Hydraulics Main Hydraulics Main Hydraulics Drive Logic Engine Control /J1939 Drive Logic Main Hydraulics Diff Lock Logic Diff Lock Logic Diff Lock Logic Drive Logic or Main Hydraulics Diff Lock Logic Fan Control Logic Fan Control Logic Drive Logic (EHS transmission) Drive Logic

OUTPUTS Function Group Drive Logic Drive Logic (EHS transmission) Main Hydraulics Main Hydraulics Main Hydraulics Main Hydraulics Drive Logic (EHS transmission) Drive Logic (EHS transmission) Main Hydraulics Drive Logic / Electronic Service Brake

*NOTE: Some earlier programs module name may be named XA2-A1 EHS Transmission Module or XA2-A1 Winch Control Module

Channel Name Drive Pump Fwd-/Rev+ Drive Motor RH Grab Arm Open-/Close+ Shield Up-/Dn+ Dozer Up-/Dn+ Steer Left-/Right+ Clutch Motor LH Drive Motor LH Winch In/Out Overspeed Brake

Type Current out Current out Current out Current out Current out Current out Current out Current out Current out Current out Intrument Panel

Rear chassis Cab Main pump Cab fuse and relay panel Multifunction Manifold Multifunction Manifold Multifunction Manifold Rear chassis Multifunction Manifold Multifunction Manifold EHS transmission Manifold Multifunction Manifold

Back-up alarm signal Main pump unloading valve Rear Differential Lock Selector Relay Rear Differential Lock Solenoid Front Differential Lock Solenoid Load Sense Override Solenoid Dual Winch Fan Decrease/Block Solenoid Fan Block/Increase Solenoid Clutch Load Solenoid Park Brake Solenoid

Location Drive pump - front chassis Right Drive Motor Rear chassis Rear chassis Rear chassis Front chassis EHS Transmission Manifold Left Drive Motor Rear chassis Electronic Service Brake Valve

Alarm Light and Master Alarm

Control Activated Drive Pump Directional Solenoids Proportional Solenoid Control Control Valve Grab Arm Section Control Valve Shield Section Control Valve Dozer section Joystick Steer Valve Clutch Pressure Control Proportional Solenoid Control (EHS only) Control Valve winch section Electronic service Brake Solenoid (optional)

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder Electrical and Computers

6.33

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder CHANNELS The definition ‘channels’ is a collective name for the inputs and outputs found on the different IQAN modules. There are also channels internally in the system, to handle for example, MD3 messages and mathematical calculations. The channels are used to collect and/or send data. Input and output channels are described below.

Electrical and Computers TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTIC BREAKOUT HARNESSES Diagnostic breakout harnesses are available for use to verify computer readings independently. Refer to ELECTRICAL KIT - SERVICE AND DIAGNOSTICS in THIS SECTION for more information about diagnostic breakout harnesses.

INPUTS VOLTAGE IN (VIN) The input signal at these inputs comes primarily from analog sensors, levers, and switches. These devices use a power/signal/ground system to provide an input value (VIN) between the high (+5V) and low (-5V) signals generated in the modules. DIGITAL IN (DIN) An input that is typically on or off, such as a switch. This input is often used to determine if an event has occurred, such as pushing a button or engaging a relay.

630C-211

FREQUENCY IN (FIN) Typical functions are speed measure or revolution measure. This input can count the number of signals per second to determine the speed of a rotating or reciprocating body.

OUTPUTS PWM OUT (PWMOUT) PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) Out is a way of producing an analog signal level with a digital output that turns on and off many times a second. By varying the ratio between on and off time (duty cycle) an output proportional to the system voltage can be obtained. PWMOUT maintains a constant output voltage, and the output current is governed by output voltage and the resistance in the circuit. CURRENT OUT (COUT) In this application outputs labeled COUT are actually PWM signals programmed to operate in closed loop mode. The close loop mode features a PWM signal with current regulation. The programmed COUT channel maintains a constant output current to control proportional solenoids. The voltage is regulated to maintain the constant current based on the programmed input command independant of the resistance of the circuit. DIGITAL OUT (DOUT) A PWMOUT with 100% duty cycle is a Digital Out (DOUT). The outputs have a value of low or high. These are mostly used to activate lamps, on/off valves or to pull relays.

6.34

DIAGNOSTIC BREAKOUT HARNESS

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

EXAMPLE – MEASURE MENU:

measure group. Module and pin information for the highlighted channel is shown on screen. The grey arrow(s) to the right at the top and/or bottom of the screen indicate that more channels can be viewed above or below those currently on screen.

From the main menu page press the F2 button (Measure) to access the measure menu. Press F2 to toggle between scaled value and raw value readings. Scaled values show the measured value in a scaled unit of measure (°C, %, psi etc). Raw value (where applicable) shows same readings as the raw value (mV, Hz etc) in which they are measured. Note that for some channel types the raw value selection is not applicable and the reading will be displayed as “-” when viewing raw values. Press F2 to return to the scaled values to view readings for these channels. Press F1 (Main) to return to the main menu page. Press the back button return to the main menu.

Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

OR Press the back button to return to the measure menu. Press again to return to the main menu page. Press again to return to the main menu.

Use the Arrow Up or Arrow Down move through the list of measured values in a 6.35

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

PREFERENCES MENU

From the main menu page press the F3 button (Preferences) to access the preferences menu.

The following menu items can be selected for adjustment. •

Display - Press F1 to select

•

Date/Time - Press F2 to select

•

Language - Press F3 to select Press the back button to return to the main menu page.

For more detailed information refer to COMPUTER – MAIN MENU PAGE PREFERENCES MENU in SECTION 2.

6.36

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

INFO MENU

From the main menu page press the F4 button (Info) and the access the info menu.

The machine ID information will be displayed on the screen. The following menu items can be selected: •

Modules - Press F1 to select

•

Logs - Press F3 to select Press the back button to return to the main menu page.

6.37

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

MESSAGES ALARM MD3 COMPUTER LIGHT

MASTER ALARM

INSTRUMENT PANEL The MD3 computer displays messages, activates the master alarm and alarm light whenever a system fault occurs. Note that the computer control system will automatically perform a bulb test at engine start up to ensure that master alarm and alarm light are functioning. Refer to STARTING ENGINE in SECTION 2. There are different types of Messages and Alarms, they appear on the screen as a block message. The types of messages are: • • • •

CRITICAL MESSAGE - Colour RED ERROR MESSAGE - Colour RED ALERT MESSAGE - Colour YELLOW INFORMATION MESSAGE - Colour BLUE

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

TEMPORARY FIX FOR ENGINE RPM CONTROL PROBLEMS CAUSED BY J1939 CONNECTION ERRORS

PLACE ANY FUSE TO DEFAULT ENGINE RPM TO HIGH IDLE

In the event of a J1939 connection error normal engine RPM control may be disabled. It is possible to temporarily default engine RPM to high idle in order to move the machine to a better location for further trouble shooting and repair. To temporarily default engine RPM control to high idle place any fuse in the position shown. 620D-245

LEFT SIDE OF FRONT CHASSIS (6206001 TO 6206200, 6303801 TO 6304000)

PLACE ANY FUSE TO DEFAULT ENGINE RPM TO HIGH IDLE 625C-95

ELECTRICAL BOX (LEFT SIDE FRONT CHASSIS) (6205201 TO 6206000, 6303001 TO 6303800)

6.39

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

ELECTRICAL KIT - SERVICE AND DIAGNOSTICS This kit includes a variety of electrical connectors, tools, cable, IQAN components, diagnostic breakout harnesses and service harnesses (Tigercat part number 20045B). SELECTED ITEMS 1. DIAGNOSTIC BREAKOUT HARNESS DEUTSCH CONNECTOR - CURRENT (20036B) This harness is used to check current (amps) flow to a component with a Deutsch connector and verify outputs. 2. DIAGNOSTIC BREAKOUT HARNESS DEUTSCH CONNECTOR - VOLTAGE (20037B)

630C-211

7. ID-TAG ‘0’ (AN068)

This harness is used to check voltage (volts) to a component with a Deutsch connector and verify inputs.

This is a replacement address tag. Refer to ID-TAG in THIS SECTION for more detailed information. 8. ID-TAG ‘0T’ (AN071) This is a replacement address/terminating tag. Refer to ID-TAG in THIS SECTION for more detailed information.

3. DIAGNOSTIC BREAKOUT HARNESS AMP CONNECTOR - CURRENT (20038B) This harness is used to check current (amps) flow to a component with a Amp connector and verify outputs.

9. DEUTSCH 2 POLE SERVICE HARNESS (24860B) This harness is used to bypass a wiring harness while troubleshooting electrical problems. This will identify or eliminate the wiring harness as a cause.

4. DIAGNOSTIC BREAKOUT HARNESS AMP CONNECTOR - VOLTAGE (20039B) This harness is used to check voltage (volts) to a component with an Amp connector and verify inputs.

10. AMP 2 POLE SERVICE HARNESS (24859B) This harness is used to bypass a wiring harness while troubleshooting electrical problems. This will identify or eliminate the wiring harness as a cause.

5. USB CABLE (TYPE A-B) (AN155) This cable is used to connect the IQAN MD3 controller (via the machine USB port) to an isolated USB hub plugged into a PC/Laptop. IMPORTANT ! Connecting the USB cable directly to the USB port on a PC/Laptop is NOT recommended. Using an isolated USB hub will protect your PC/Laptop USB port and the MD3 module from ground loops which can cause communication signal problems or damage to the PC/Laptop and MD3 module. 6. USB HUB (4 PORT, TYPE A, ISOLATED (AN154)

DIAGNOSTIC BREAKOUT HARNESS

)

This isolated USB hub is used to protect your PC/Laptop and the MD3 module from ground loops. can cause communication signal problems or damage to the PC/Laptop or module.

6.40

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

TWISTED PAIR WIRE REPAIR HARNESS

855C-002

ELECTRICAL KIT - SERVICE AND DIAGNOSTICS - SELECTED ITEMS 6.41

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

IQAN SOFTWARE IQAN Active Studio 2 (used for Tier 3 and Tier 4i programs) and IQAN Active Studio 3 (used for Tier 4f and Tier 2 programs) software can be downloaded from the Tigercat Dealer Website. All software required for PC/Laptop use is included in this download. A user’s manual in PDF format is also included. Some of the software requires a software key (available from Tigercat). Contact Tigercat Customer Service for more information about specific hardware requirements for PC/Laptop.

6.42

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

APPLICATION PROGRAM UPDATES FOR PRODUCT SERVICE BULLETINS

DOWNLOADING APPLICATIONS FROM THE TIGERCAT DEALER WEBSITE

Machine program updates are available on the Tigercat dealer website. The latest version of the application can be run on any machine provided that all applicable Product Service Bulletin updates have been completed.

NOTE: The following downloading instructions apply to the Tigercat dealer website format at the time of printing. If you experience difficulty due to changes on the website contact Tigercat Customer Service for assistance. 1. Choose category Machine Software and Programs in the drop down menu. 2. Enter machine model in the search box and click on SEARCH to find the relevant programs.

3. Identify the correct program for the machine and click on VIEW DOWNLOADS.

4. Click on DOWNLOAD and choose Save. 5. The IQAN program file has now been downloaded to your downloads folder.

6.43

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

SERVICING THE MD3 WITH IQANrun 2 (TIER 3 AND TIER 4I PROGRAMS) REQUIRED EQUIPMENT & INFORMATION 1. PC/Laptop 2. IQAN MD3 SERVICE KIT (40705B) a. IQAN Active Studio software,Tigercat part number DG047. Refer to IQAN SOFTWARE in THIS SECTION for dealer website download information. b. USB hub (4 port, Type A, isolated Tigercat part number AN155

c. USB cable (Type A-B), Tigercat part number AN154 3. Service Password. Contact Tigercat Service department to obtain passwords and additional information.

IQANrun 2 QUICK SUMMARY CONNECT TO THE MD3 WITH IQANrun2 Servicing the computer system requires a PC/ Laptop, the use of IQANrun2 software, a USB hub and a USB cable. Refer to CONNECT TO THE MD3 WITH IQANrun 2 in THIS SECTION for details. LOGIN Some service operations require username and password access. Refer to LOGIN in THIS SECTION for details. UPDATE Most commonly used operation. Use to update the MD3 to a newer program or program revision. Does not overwrite settings. Refer to UPDATE APPLICATION in THIS SECTION for details. GET SETTINGS Gets and saves the existing settings from the MD3. Recommended as a backup prior to tuning or updating the applicaton. Refer to IQANRUN 2 – UPDATE APPLICATION – GET SETTINGS in THIS SECTION for details. SEND SETTINGS Sends a previously saved settings file to the MD3. Overwrites factory default, adjustable and stored values. Only to be used under the direction of Tigercat Customer Service or Engineering. Refer also to important notes on the use of settings files at the end of IQANRUN 2 – UPDATE APPLICATION – GET SETTINGS in THIS SECTION. GET CLONE Gets and saves the existing application, settings and machine ID from the MD3. Recommended as a backup prior to tuning or updating the application. Refer to IQANRUN 2 – UPDATE APPLICATION – GET CLONE in THIS SECTION for details. SEND CLONE Sends a previously saved clone file to the MD3. Overwites the application, factory defaults, adjustable values, stored values and machine ID. Only to be used under the direction of Tigercat Customer Service or Engineering. Refer also to important notes on the use of settings files at the end of IQAN RUN 2 – UPDATE APPLICATION – GET CLONE in THIS SECTION.

6.44

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

ADJUST Allows access to adjustment groups. In addition to adjust groups normally accessible on screen additional adjust groups that require sufficient rights restricted by username and password login. Refer to IQANRUN 2 – ADJUST in THIS SECTION for details. MEASURE (GRAPH) Allows the user record, graph and measure group channel readings during machine operation, testing or setup procedures. These recordings can be saved or printed. Refer to IQANRUN 2 – MEASURE (GRAPH) in THIS SECTION for details. LOGS Allows the user to access to logs for service troublshooting, maintenance documentation or clearing. Some log operations require sufficient rights to perform. Refer to IQANRUN 2 – LOGS in THIS SECTION for details. SYSTEM Allows the user to access system information including machine serial number information. Refer to IQANRUN 2 – SYSTEM in THIS SECTION for details.

6.45

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

CONNECT TO THE MD3 WITH IQANrun 2

GREY INDICATES, NOT CONNECTED TO MD3

PC/Laptop USB port and the MD3 module from ground loops which can cause communication signal problems or damage to the PC/Laptop and MD3 module.

4. Connect the other end of the USB A/B Cable to the MD3 USB connector. Exact location of the connector will vary between machine models.

1. Turn on PC/Laptop and launch IQANrun by double clicking the shortcut on your desktop. IQANrun is part of the IQAN Active Studio.

2. Turn the machine key switch to the ‘ON’ position, so the MD3 has power. Do not start machine.

GREEN INDICATES, CONNECTED TO MD3

5. IQANrun will now indicate that it is online. Proceed with service operations and login if required. Refer to LOGIN in THIS SECTION. NOTE: If the MD3 does not contain an application (replacement module), the application will have to be Updated, before a user can login. Refer to UPDATE APPLICATION and LOGIN in THIS SECTION.

3. Connect the USB Hub into the PC/Laptop USB jack. Then connect the USB cable into the hub. IMPORTANT ! Connecting the USB cable directly to the USB port on a PC/Laptop is NOT recommended. Using an isolated USB hub will protect your 6.46

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

LOGGED IN USERNAME

NOT LOGGED IN

4. The Login status at the bottom of the screen now indicates the login username.

1. A dialog box will appear, asking for a Username and Password. Contact the Tigercat Service Department for the Username and Password.

5. Note that each username and password combination comes with access rights appropriate for that user’s function. If a user has insufficient rights to perform an operation (or is not logged in when login is required) a dialog box will pop up to inform the user that this operation is not possible without the correct login and password.

2. A dialog box will appear to confirm a successful login. Click OK to continue.

NOTE - SERVICE PASSWORDS: Contact Tigercat Service department to obtain passwords and additional information.

NOTE: After a successfully login, Windows provides the option to save the password. If Yes is selected, only the Username will be required at the next login.

6.47

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder UPDATE APPLICATION

Electrical and Computers A. GET CLONE FILE

Before updating an application, it is recommended that a Clone file and Settings file are taken from the MD3 and saved. A. Get Clone file and save (*.irc). A Clone file contains the application, machine ID, the settings and logs from the MD3. It is a good record of exactly what was in the machine before the update. B. Get Settings file and save (*.isa). A Settings file contains only the settings (factory defaults and adjustable values) from the MD3.

GET CLONE

C. Update application. Application programs (*.ida) are available on the Tigercat dealer website. Refer to DOWNLOADING APPLICATIONS FROM THE TIGERCAT DEALER WEBSITE in THIS SECTION.

1. Click on the Get Clone button on the left. A dialog box will appear prompting the user to select whether or not to get the logs with the clone. Click on Yes to continue.

2. IQANrun will now get a clone. This might take several minutes.

6.48

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers B. GET SETTINGS FILE

GET SETTINGS

3. A dialog box will appear prompting selection of a suitable folder and file name to save the Clone file (.irc). The file name by default is the machine ID (serial number). It is recommended to use the serial number followed by the date for the file name.

4. Click on the Get Settings button on the left. 5. A dialog box will appear prompting selection of a suitable folder and file name to save the Settings file (.irs). The file name by default is the machine ID. It is recommended to use the serial number followed by the date for the file name.

Press Save to continue. IMPORTANT ! A Clone file should rarely be used. It should only be used if updating the application and/ or settings file is not successful in returning a machine’s performance to a previously acceptable state. A Clone file may be date sensitive and should only be used on the day that they were taken.

Press Save to continue. IMPORTANT ! A Settings file should rarely be used. It should only be used if manually adjusting machine settings is not successful in returning a machine’s performance to a previously acceptable state. Settings files may be date sensitive and should only be used on the day that they were taken.

A Clone should NOT be used on a machine different than that which it was taken from, as machine specific configurations may differ and cause the machine to function improperly.

If a Settings file is used on a machine different than that which it was taken from, all adjustments must be reviewed in IQANrun to ensure machine specific parameters (such as options, pump/motor currents, hour counters) are correct. If this is not done the machine may function improperly.

6.49

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

C. UPDATE APPLICATION TO MD3 Ensure that a Clone file and Settings file are saved as a backup prior to Update. Refer to GET CLONE FILE and GET SETTINGS FILE in THIS SECTION.

UPDATE

10. IQANrun 2 will provide warning to ensure the machine is not moving and that the engine is shut down (keyswitch in the run position to power the MD3, engine not running). Press OK to continue, if the machine is inactive.

6. Click on the Update button on the left. 7. A dialog box will appear, prompting the selection of an MD3 application file (.ida). Select the appropriate application file for the machine. 8. Click on Open to continue.

11. IQANrun will now send the application to the MD3.

9. IQANrun 2 will request confirmation that the application being loaded is correct. Click on Yes to continue, if the application is correct.

6.50

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

12. Once the application is loaded successfully, the dialog box will indicate the application was successfully sent.

The MD3 will restart and show the main screen of the application. The Update is now complete.

6.51

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

ADJUST 1. Click on the Adjust button on the left. ADJUST

LOCK SYMBOL INDICATES PIN REQUIRED

EXAMPLE ADJUST SCREEN WITHOUT LOGIN ACCESS

2. The adjust groups available will be shown on the right. 3. Double click an adjust group to adjust channels in that group. Note that a lock symbol to the left of an adjust group indicates that a PIN/password is required to access that group. Contact Tigercat Service department to obtain password information. Note also that some adjust groups are accessible through the MD3 menus unrestricted during normal operation. Other service related or owner/supervisor use related adjust groups are restricted by passwords on screen or available only through IQANrun 2 with username and password restrictions. Some adjust groups are only visible on screen for users with the appropriate username and password login rights.

6.52

EXAMPLE ADJUST SCREEN WITHOUT LOGIN ACCESS

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

MEASURE/ GRAPH 1. Click on the Measure button on the left. STOP

START

MEASURE

PAUSE

STOP

EXPAND MEASURE GROUP

USER DEFINED MEASURE GROUPS COMMENT ZOOM OUT

+ADD

-DELETE

DONE

9. User defined measure groups can be customized with the available channels in the existing groups.

2. All of the predefined measure groups available will be shown on the right.

It is not possible to add and delete measure groups or items while you are measuring. Click on the red square to stop measuring and enable the +Add and -Delete buttons.

Each group can be expanded to view the channels in the groups. 3. To graph the channels in a measure group, double click the measure group and the graph will appear. (A single channel can also be chosen for graphing by double clicking on that channel.)

Click the +Add button on screen to add a New measure group. Click on the New measure group, then right click to rename the new measure group appropriately. Available channels can then be dragged and dropped into the New measure group.

4. Click on the red square to stop measuring. Click on the green arrow to start measuring. Click on pause to pause the graph illustration while continuing to measure. 5. Click on Comment to add comments to the measure file at any time. The measure file data must be saved (*.irm) retain comments for later viewing. 6. Click on the red square to stop measuring and access the zoom function. Select an area of the graph to zoom in an view in more detail. Click on Zoom Out to return to the full graph view. 7. Click on the red square to stop measuring and access save function. Click on Save to save the measure data as a *.irm file. 8. Click on the red square to stop measuring and access print function. Click on print to print the graph and data recorded.

6.53

To delete User defined measure groups or items in a group click on the group or item you wish to remove then click the -Delete button. Note that User defined measure groups are automatically saved on your PC. These groups are application program specific and will be available the next time the same application is in use on any machine using the same application program.

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

LOGS 1. Click on the Logs button on the left.

LOGS

2. Logs available to view and/or clear will be shown on the right. NOTE: User name and password access level rights determine whether the logs can be viewed and/or cleared. Some log items are restricted to higher level users only. 3. Double click on the log you wish to view or click on a log and click on Select to view the records in the log. Click on Done to return to the logs screen. 3. Click on Add Record to add a comment to the system log. For example to record a filter change or other service event in the log. Entries are restricted to 250 characters. 4. Click on Clear log to clear log entries for the selected log. Note that this function is rights restricted. 5. Click on Get Log to get the log information and save as a *.irf file. 6. Click on Print to print the log being viewed. 7. Click on Save to save the log file as *.irl file.

6.54

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

SYSTEM 1. Click on the System button on the left.

SYSTEM

2. System info is on the right including the application program name and the Machine ID (Serial Number). 3. The Machine ID (Serial Number) is factory set. However, in the event that the MD3 is replaced, this information would need to be configured for the new module. Updating Machine ID information requires a Login with sufficient rights. Click on the Machine Id button. Enter the correct Serial Number. Click Set. If the update is successful a dialog box will pop up. Click OK to acknowlege the update. A restart of the module will be requested. Follow the on screen instructions to restart the module before continuing. If further service work is being performed you will need to login to IQANrun2 again.

6.55

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

CAB FUSE AND RELAY PANEL The fuse panel is located in the left rear of the cab behind the seat. The fuses and relays are protected beneath a panel which can be opened by removing two screws.

IMPORTANT 24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

E625C-120

10A

20A

10 9

15A

20A

10A

5 4

20A

30A

20A

10A

FUSE AND RELAY PANEL

FUSES

RELAYS

41949BENG R2

CAB FUSE AND RELAY PANEL (6205201 TO 6206000, 6303001 TO 6303800) 6.56

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

E625C-120

10A

20A

10 9

15A

20A

10A

5 4

20A

30A

20A

10A

FUSE AND RELAY PANEL

FUSES

RELAYS

1 - PARK BRAKE OFF 2 - PARK BRAKE ON 3 - START SOLENOID 4 - UNLOADING VALVE OFF 5 - WORK LIGHTS AUXILIARY 2 6 - WORK LIGHTS AUXILIARY 1 7 - WORK LIGHTS FRONT 8 - WORK LIGHTS REAR 9 - A/C COMPRESSOR/FRESH AIR BLOWER 10 - HVAC FAN 11 - REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SELECTOR 12 - SPARE DIODE HOLDER 13 - SPARE 14 - STARTER LOCK OUT 15 - MD3 DISCONNECT 16 - ACCESSORY POWER

52004BENG R0

CAB FUSE AND RELAY PANEL (6206001 TO 6206200, 6303801 TO 6304000)

6.57

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

FUSES AND RELAYS (ELECTRICAL BOX) IMPORTANT 24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

625C-95

ELECTRICAL BOX (LEFT SIDE FRONT CHASSIS)

ELECTRICAL BOX FUSES AND RELAYS (6205201 TO 6206000, 6303001 TO 6303800) 6.58

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

FUSES AND RELAYS (ELECTRICAL BOX)

620D-203

ELECTRICAL BOX (LEFT SIDE FRONT CHASSIS)

100A

150A

8 5.1K

6 5.1K

9 5.1K

12345678910 -

7 5.1K 10 5.1K

GRID HEATER SOLENOID START SOLENOID CAB POWER 1 GRID HEATER SPARE ENGINE STOP LAMP SPEED SENSOR 1 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE CHARGE BYPASS SPEED SENSOR 2 52001BENG R0

ELECTRICAL BOX FUSES AND RELAYS (6206001 TO 6206200, 6303801 TO 6304000)

6.59

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder GAUGES AND ALARMS

Electrical and Computers

This machine is monitored for proper operation by sensors located in the hydraulic system and on the engine. These sensors are connected to the computer control system, which displays this information on the computer display in the cab and sounds all alarms. For operation of the switches and sensors shown in the following diagram, refer to SECTION 2. The operator may sound the warning horn at any time. A back-up alarm will also sound when the machine is travelling in reverse based on the position of the operator’s seat.

6.60

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers FRONT

GROUND STRAP

A/C COMPRESSOR

ALTERNATOR ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR

BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH

AIR INTAKE SENSOR

ELECTRICAL BOX GROUND STRAP STARTER

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL SWITCH (MAIN HYDRAULIC TANK)

PARKING BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR

CHARGE FILTER BYPASS SENDER

MANIFOLD

PRESSURE SENSORS DRIVE FORWARD (BOTTOM) REVERSE (TOP)

HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

B A/C BINARY SWITCH

SPEED SENSOR

IQAN XA2 FRONT CHASSIS MODULE LOCATION BATTERIES

CAB GROUND STRAP

TRANSMISSION

CAB – BOTTOM VIEW (FROM RIGHT SIDE OF THE MACHINE) STEER PROXIMITY SENSOR (JOYSTICK STEER ONLY) FUEL LEVEL SENDER

630D-007 630D-005

SWITCH AND SENSOR LOCATIONS (6205201-6205240, 6303001-6303050) 6.61

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers FRONT

GROUND STRAP

A/C COMPRESSOR

ALTERNATOR ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR

BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH

AIR INTAKE SENSOR

ELECTRICAL BOX HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL SWITCH (MAIN HYDRAULIC TANK)

GROUND STRAP STARTER

PARKING BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR (SWITCH CONTROL ONLY)

CHARGE FILTER BYPASS SENDER

MANIFOLD

PRESSURE SENSORS DRIVE FORWARD (TOP) REVERSE (BOTTOM)

HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

B A/C BINARY SWITCH

SPEED SENSOR

IQAN XA2 * FRONT CHASSIS MODULE LOCATION BATTERIES

CAB GROUND STRAP

TRANSMISSION

CAB – BOTTOM VIEW (FROM RIGHT SIDE OF THE MACHINE) STEER PROXIMITY SENSOR (JOYSTICK STEER ONLY) FUEL LEVEL SENDER

*NOTE: LATER MACHINES EQUIPPED WITH A SECOND XA2 MODULE AT THIS LOCATION.

630D-007 630D-006

SWITCH AND SENSOR LOCATIONS (6205241-6205610 , 6303051-6303500) 6.62

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers FRONT

GROUND STRAP

A/C COMPRESSOR

ALTERNATOR ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR

BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH

AIR INTAKE SENSOR

ELECTRICAL BOX CHARGE FILTER BYPASS SENDER

GROUND STRAP

PARKING BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR (SWITCH CONTROL ONLY)

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL SWITCH (MAIN HYDRAULIC TANK)

STARTER MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSORS DRIVE FORWARD (BOTTOM) REVERSE (TOP)

HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

B A/C BINARY SWITCH

SPEED SENSOR

IQAN XA2 * FRONT CHASSIS MODULE LOCATION BATTERIES

CAB GROUND STRAP

TRANSMISSION

CAB – BOTTOM VIEW (FROM RIGHT SIDE OF THE MACHINE) STEER PROXIMITY SENSOR (JOYSTICK STEER ONLY) FUEL LEVEL SENDER

*NOTE: LATER MACHINES EQUIPPED WITH A SECOND XA2 MODULE AT THIS LOCATION.

630D-007 630D-013

SWITCH AND SENSOR LOCATIONS (6205611-6206200, 6303501-6304000) 6.63

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Electrical and Computers

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS The following pages of electrical schematic diagrams represent the complete electrical system for this machine. Use sheet 1 (shown below and also enlarged on later pages) as a guide or flow chart to help trace circuits and troubleshoot the electrical system. Circuit wires are numbered, and each wire from the source component to its connecting component should retain the same number. See note for wire number exceptions.

NOTE: There are some exceptions to this wire numbering system. Where a wire branches off or a wire from a special prewired component connects to a machine harness, two numbers may be used on the same circuit wire.

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FLOW CHART

Tigercat wire colour code chart applicable to all products manufactured by Tigercat Industries Inc. COLOUR FUNCTION EXAMPLE Red Power..........................................(fused and unfused) Black Ground White Engine control.............................(fuel shut-off, start aid) Blue Propulsion Control......................(transmission/reverse solenoids) Purple Monitor, electrical and mechanical systems....................(air cleaner, alternator, wheel speed, engine speed) Tan Electrical and electromechanical control...........(park brake, alternator excitation) (power door motor, backup alarm) Yellow Monitors......................................(flow, pressure, temperature, level) Grey Standard monitor system............(logic module to monitor) Brown Lights Green Electro-hydraulic control.............(pilot solenoids) Orange Accessories.................................(horn, A/C, heater) 6.64

A A

▲

◄

Tigercat

Industries Inc.

Tigercat

Industries Inc.

Tigercat

Industries Inc.

Tigercat

▲

Industries Inc.

Tigercat

Industries Inc.

Tigercat

Industries Inc.

4 15

◄

Tigercat

Industries Inc.

Tigercat

Industries Inc.

Tigercat

Industries Inc.

5 20

Tigercat

Industries Inc.

Tigercat

I 4

Industries Inc.

Tigercat

Industries Inc.

▲

3 USB

▲

ROTATE CW ROTATE CCW GRAPPLE OPEN

GRAPPLE CLOSE CONSTANT PRESSURE DIFF LOCKS

TRIGGER, THROTTLE

►

TRAVEL DIRECTION LEFT SLIDER (3-POSITION HOLD)

GROUND SPEED CONTROL RIGHT SLIDER (FRICTION HOLD)

NOT USED

►

◄

7 W W W

9 W

◄

►

◄

P B

►

◄

▼

B+

▼

B-

▼

►

▼

A A

▲

◄

Tigercat

Industries Inc.

Tigercat

Industries Inc.

Tigercat

Industries Inc.

Tigercat

▲

Industries Inc.

Tigercat

Industries Inc.

Tigercat

Industries Inc.

4 15

◄

Tigercat

Industries Inc.

Tigercat

Industries Inc.

Tigercat

Industries Inc.

5 20

Tigercat

Industries Inc.

Tigercat

I 4

Industries Inc.

▲

3 USB

▲

ROTATE CW ROTATE CCW GRAPPLE OPEN

GRAPPLE CLOSE CONSTANT PRESSURE DIFF LOCKS

TRIGGER, THROTTLE

►

TRAVEL DIRECTION LEFT SLIDER (3-POSITION HOLD)

GROUND SPEED CONTROL RIGHT SLIDER (FRICTION HOLD)

NOT USED

►

◄

7 W W W

9 W

◄

►

◄

P B

►

▼

◄

▼

►

► B+

▼

B-

▼

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SECTION 7 - ENGINE START AND STOP CONTENTS - SECTION 7

ISSUE 3.0 JULY 2018

MAIN PUMP UNLOADING VALVE................................................................................................... 7.3, 7.7 START CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS PARKING BRAKE LEVER............................................................................................................ 7.8, PARKING BRAKE SWITCH (DRIVELINE OR CALIPER PARKING BRAKE).............................. 7.4, START MOTOR AND SOLENOID PARKING BRAKE LEVER.................................................................................................................... PARKING BRAKE SWITCH (DRIVELINE OR CALIPER PARKING BRAKE)......................................

7.9 7.5 7.6 7.2

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder ENGINE START CIRCUIT PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

Engine start and stop CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION With the battery disconnect switch ON, current is supplied to the start solenoid contact, the start relay contact, the positive connection on the alternator and the BATTERY (BAT) contact of the key switch (ignition switch). Current is also supplied to the accessory fuses, the constant power fuses and the engine ECM power supply.

(DRIVELINE OR CALIPER PARKING BRAKE) For detailed engine information refer to the engine manufacturer’s manual. For engine starting and stopping procedures refer to ENGINE STARTING AND STOPPING in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

When the battery disconnect switch is ON, the parking brake is ON and the key switch is turned to the RUN position, current is supplied to the accessory power relay contact (wire 58). The accessory power relay closes and current is supplied to the parking brake off relay contact (wire P159A) and the engine ECM (wire 53). When the parking brake is ON current is supplied to the park brake on relay (wire 159E). The parking brake on relay closes. When the parking brake on relay is closed and the parking brake off relay is open current is supplied to the start relay contact (wire P147) and to the main pump unloading valve (wire 135B) via the open unloading valve off relay. The main pump unloading valve energizes to unload the main pump (standby pressure only will be available while the parking brake is ON).

The parking brake must be in the ON position to allow the engine to start. The engine starting circuit is controlled by the parking brake switch on the instrument panel which prevents the engine from being started when the parking brake is OFF. The engine is started by turn the ignition switch to the RUN position and observing the computer display. Wait for WAIT TO START warning on computer display to turn off. Always wait until WAIT TO START warning turns off before proceeding. Turn ignition switch to the START position to crank engine. When engine starts, release ignition key to RUN position. If the engine stalls during operation of the vehicle, the key must be turned to the OFF position to reset the ignition switch before the engine can be restarted. Refer to simplified START CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS in THIS SECTION. Refer also to machine ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS in SECTION 6.

START MOTOR OFF

RUN START SOLENOID

635D-154

START MOTOR AND SOLENOID

INSTRUMENT PANEL (6205201 TO 6205610, 6303001 TO 6303500) PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

START

RUN

OFF

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

CONTROL PANEL (6205611 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000)

CONTROL PANEL (6205201 TO 6205610, 6303001 TO 6303500) 7.2

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Engine start and stop

When the battery disconnect switch is ON, the parking brake is ON and the key switch is turned to the START position, current is supplied to the parking brake off relay contact (wire P159A) and the start relay (wire 189). When the parking brake is ON current is supplied to the park brake on relay (wire 159E). The parking brake on relay closes. When the parking brake on relay is closed and the parking brake off relay is open current is supplied to the start relay contact (wire P147) and to the main pump unloading valve (wire 135B) via the open unloading valve off relay. The main pump unloading valve energizes to unload the main pump (standby pressure only will be available while the parking brake is ON).

(wire 159F) which energizes the parking brake valve. When the parking brake off relay closes current to the main pump unloading valve is blocked. The main pump unloading valve de-energizes to load the main pump (full pump pressure will be available while the parking brake is OFF). Note that the computer control system has interlocks in place to prevent the machine from being driven with the doors open or the parking brake ON.

The start relay closes and supplies current, via the starter lockout relay (if equipped*), to the start solenoid. The start solenoid closes and supplies current to the starter to turn the engine. Fuel supply is controlled by the engine ECM.

STANDBY PRESSURE

NOTE: On later machines (6206001 TO 6206200, 6303801 TO 6304000) the engine is equipped with a STARTER LOCKOUT feature that prevents the starter motor from being engaged when the engine is running.

POR ADJUSTMENT 635D-153

SOLENOID, INTEGRATED MAIN PUMP UNLOADING VALVE

MAIN PUMP UNLOADING VALVE

The STARTER LOCKOUT also prevents the starter motor from being engaged if it has been engaged within the last 20 seconds or less. This feature prevents starter engagement for 2 minutes if the engine fails to start, refer to engine manufacturer operator’s manual.

To relieve the load on the engine during start-up, the main pump is destroked to standby pressure by the main pump unloading valve. It is energized through wire 135 when the parking brake is placed in the ON position. The main pump unloading valve improves cold weather starting ability. The parking brake must be ON to activate the main pump unloading valve. The main pump unloading valve part of the main pump.

When the battery disconnect switch is ON, the parking brake is OFF, cab doors are closed and and the key switch is turned to the RUN position, current is supplied to the accessory power relay contact (wire 58). The accessory power relay closes and current is supplied to the parking brake off relay contact (wire P159A) and the engine ECU (wire 53).

When the parking brake is ON and the main pump unloading valve is energized the standby pressure can be read using the MAIN test port. When the parking brake is OFF, the main pump unloading valve is de-energized and the main pump is fully loaded the main pump POR pressure can be read using the MAIN test port.

ON EARLIER MACHINES When the parking brake is OFF current is sent to the parking brake off relay contact (wire 159A) current passes through the closed door switches to latch the parking brake off relay closed (wire 159B) and engergizes the parking brake valve (wire 159C) releasing the parking brake. ON LATER (OR UPDATED) MACHINES When the parking brake is OFF current is sent to the parking brake off relay contact (wire 159A) current passes through the closed door switches to latch the parking brake off relay closed (wire 159B), an input signal DIN Park Brake Cmd) (wire 159C) is sent to the computer control system which sends an output signal (DOUT Park Brake) 7.3

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Engine start and stop START CIRCUIT -AT REST

MACHINES EQUIPPED WITH DRIVE LINE PARKING BRAKE (SWITCH CONTROL) 635D-01

START CIRCUIT BATTERY DISCONNECT ON PARKING BRAKE ON IGNITION KEY - RUN POSITION

MACHINES EQUIPPED WITH DRIVE LINE PARKING BRAKE (SWITCH CONTROL)

635D-01A

7.4

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Engine start and stop START CIRCUIT

BATTERY DISCONNECT ON PARKING BRAKE ON IGNITION KEY-START POSITION

MACHINES EQUIPPED WITH DRIVE LINE PARKING BRAKE (SWITCH CONTROL) 635D-01B

START CIRCUIT

BATTERY DISCONNECT ON PARKING BRAKE OFF IGNITION KEY -RUN POSITION CAB DOORS - CLOSED

MACHINES EQUIPPED WITH DRIVE LINE PARKING BRAKE (SWITCH CONTROL)

635D-01C

7.5

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder ENGINE START CIRCUIT PARKING BRAKE SWITCH (PARKING BRAKE LEVER)

For detailed engine information refer to the engine manufacturer’s manual. For engine starting and stopping procedures refer to ENGINE STARTING AND STOPPING in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

When the battery disconnect switch is ON, the parking brake is ON and the key switch is turned to the RUN position, current is supplied to the accessory power relay contact (wire 58). The accessory power relay closes and current is supplied to the parking brake off relay contact (wire P159A) and the engine ECM (wire 53). When the parking brake is ON current is supplied to the park brake on relay (wire 159E) via the park brake signal relay. The parking brake on relay closes. When the parking brake is ON current is also supplied to the start relay contact (wire P147). When the parking brake on relay is closed and the parking brake off relay is open current is supplied to the main pump unloading valve (wire 135B) via the open unloading valve off relay. The main pump unloading valve energizes to unload the main pump (standby pressure only will be available while the parking brake is ON).

START MOTOR

SOLENOID

635D-56A

OFF

630D-064

PARKING BRAKE ~ ENGAGED POSITION

START

RUN START

START MOTOR AND SOLENOID

RUN

OFF

CONTROL PANEL (6205611 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000)

INSTRUMENT PANEL (6205201 TO 6205610, 6303001 TO 6303500) 7.6

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Engine start and stop

When the battery disconnect switch is ON, the parking brake is ON and the key switch is turned to the START position, current is supplied to the parking brake off relay contact (wire P159A) and the start relay (wire 189). When the parking brake is ON current is supplied to the park brake on relay (wire 159E) via the park brake signal relay. The parking brake on relay closes. When the parking brake is ON current is also supplied to the start relay contact (wire P147). When the parking brake on relay is closed and the parking brake off relay is open current is supplied to the main pump unloading valve (wire 135B) via the open unloading valve off relay. The main pump unloading valve energizes to unload the main pump (standby pressure only will be available while the parking brake is ON).

STANDBY PRESSURE POR ADJUSTMENT 635D-153

SOLENOID, INTEGRATED MAIN PUMP UNLOADING VALVE

MAIN PUMP UNLOADING VALVE

MAIN PUMP UNLOADING VALVE To relieve the load on the engine during start-up, the main pump is destroked to standby pressure by the main pump unloading valve. It is energized through wire 135 when the parking brake is placed in the ON position. The main pump unloading valve improves cold weather starting ability. The parking brake must be ON to activate the main pump unloading valve. The main pump unloading valve part of the main pump.

The start relay closes and supplies current to the start solenoid. The start solenoid closes and supplies current to the starter to turn the engine. Fuel supply is controlled by the engine ECM. When the battery disconnect switch is ON, the parking brake is OFF, cab doors are closed and and the key switch is turned to the RUN position, current is supplied to the accessory power relay contact (wire 58). The accessory power relay closes and current is supplied to the parking brake off relay contact (wire P159A) and the engine ECM (wire 53). When the parking brake is OFF current is sent to the park brake signal relay (wire 159G) via the park brake lever limit switch. The park brake signal relay closes and current is sent to the parking brake off relay contact (wire 159A) current passes through the closed door switches to latch the parking brake off relay closed (wire 159B) and engergizes the parking brake valve (wire 159C) releasing the parking brake. When the parking brake off relay closes current to the main pump unloading valve is blocked. The main pump unloading valve de-energizes to load the main pump (full pump pressure will be available while the parking brake is OFF). Note that the computer control system has interlocks in place to prevent the machine from being driven with the doors open or the parking brake ON.

7.7

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Engine start and stop START CIRCUIT -AT REST

MACHINES EQUIPPED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER 635D-48

START CIRCUIT BATTERY DISCONNECT ON PARKING BRAKE ON IGNITION KEY - RUN POSITION

MACHINES EQUIPPED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER

635D-48A

7.8

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Engine start and stop START CIRCUIT

BATTERY DISCONNECT ON PARKING BRAKE ON IGNITION KEY-START POSITION

MACHINES EQUIPPED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER 635D-48B

START CIRCUIT

BATTERY DISCONNECT ON PARKING BRAKE OFF IGNITION KEY -RUN POSITION CAB DOORS - CLOSED

MACHINES EQUIPPED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER 635D-48C

7.9

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Engine start and stop

7.10

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SECTION 8 - DRIVE

CONTENTS - SECTION 8

ISSUE 3.0 JULY 2018

AXLES BRAKE BLEEDING............................................................................................................................ 8.142 DIFFERENTIAL AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS.................................................................................. 8.140 LUBRICATION.................................................................................................................................... 8.140 OSCILLATION SHIM CHECK AND ADJUSTMENT (FRONT AXLE).................................................. 8.144 PLANETARY WHEEL END DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY EARLIER DESIGN.......................................................................................................................... 8.146 LATER DESIGN.............................................................................................................................. 8.161 SERVICE BRAKE WEAR PLATE INSPECTION................................................................................ 8.142 SERVICING BRAKES......................................................................................................................... 8.141 CHARGE PUMP 6205241-6206200, 6303051-6304000................................................................................................. 8.11 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................... 8.5 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM JOYSTICK STEERING 6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050................................................................................... 8.21 6205241 TO 6205613, 6303051 TO 6303500................................................................................... 8.24 6205614 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000 SINGLE SPEED MECHANICAL TRANSMISSION....................................................................... 8.26 EHS TRANSMISSION (EARLIER MANIFOLD)................................................................................ 8.31 EHS TRANSMISSION (LATER MANIFOLD).................................................................................... 8.32 STEERING WHEEL 6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050................................................................................... 8.22 6205241 TO 6205613, 6303051 TO 6303500................................................................................... 8.25 6205614 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000 SINGLE SPEED MECHANICAL TRANSMISSION....................................................................... 8.27 EHS TRANSMISSION (EARLIER MANIFOLD)................................................................................ 8.33 EHS TRANSMISSION (LATER MANIFOLD).................................................................................... 8.34 CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC 6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050...................................................................................... 8.23 6205241-6206200, 6303051-6304000................................................................................................. 8.28 EHS TRANSMISSION WITH FORCED LUBRICATION....................................................................... 8.36 EHS TRANSMISSION WITHOUT FORCED LUBRICATION............................................................... 8.35 DIRECTION SELECTION SWITCH ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING........................................................................................ 8.16 DRIVE MOTOR........................................................................................................................................ 8.12 DRIVE MOTOR SPEED VERIFICATION................................................................................................. 8.38 DRIVE PUMP 6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050........................................................................................ 8.6 6205241-6206200, 6303051-6304000................................................................................................... 8.8 DRIVE PUMP PRESSURE CHECKS 6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050...................................................................................... 8.37 6205241-6206200, 6303051-6304000................................................................................................. 8.37 EHS TRANSMISSION COOLER.............................................................................................................. 8.29 HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE........................................................................................... 8.138

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

HYDROSTATIC SETUP PROCEDURE EHS TRANSMISSION MACHINES...................................................................................................... 8.97 HYDROSTATIC SETUP SHEET....................................................................................................... 8.98 SETUP PREPARATION.................................................................................................................... 8.99 DRIVE PUMP CHARGE PRESSURE............................................................................................. 8.103 DRIVE PUMP HYDRAULIC NEUTRAL........................................................................................... 8.104 DRIVE PUMP BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT......................................................................... 8.106 DRIVE PUMP MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT................................................................................... 8.108 DRIVE PUMP HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF...................................................................................... 8.110 MOTOR BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT CONTROL PRESSURE............................................ 8.112 METHOD A (RECOMMENDED).................................................................................................. 8.112 METHOD B (ALTERNATE METHOD/CHECK)........................................................................... 8.118 MOTOR MAXIMUM SPEED/MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT............................................................. 8.121 RIGHT DRIVE MOTOR MAX CURRENT........................................................................................ 8.123 DRIVE PUMP MAX CURRENT....................................................................................................... 8.126 LEFT DRIVE MOTOR MAX CURRENT.......................................................................................... 8.129 CLUTCH MAX CURRENT / CLUTCH ENGAGEMENT CURRENT................................................ 8.132 CLUTCH ENGAGEMENT AND PARKING BRAKE RELEASE TEST............................................. 8.135 CLUTCH PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE PERFORMANCE TEST.......................................... 8.135 CLUTCH ENGAGEMENT & PARK BRAKE RELEASE TIME..................................................... 8.137 SINGLE SPEED MECHANICAL TRANSMISSION MACHINES (LATER DRIVE PUMP)..................... 8.63 HYDROSTATIC SETUP SHEET....................................................................................................... 8.64 SETUP PREPARATION.................................................................................................................... 8.65 DRIVE PUMP CHARGE PRESSURE............................................................................................... 8.69 DRIVE PUMP HYDRAULIC NEUTRAL............................................................................................. 8.70 DRIVE PUMP BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT............................................................................ 8.72 DRIVE PUMP MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT..................................................................................... 8.74 DRIVE PUMP HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF........................................................................................ 8.76 MOTOR BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT CONTROL PRESSURE.............................................. 8.78 METHOD A (RECOMMENDED).................................................................................................... 8.78 METHOD B (ALTERNATE METHOD/CHECK)............................................................................. 8.84 MOTOR MAXIMUM SPEED/MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT............................................................... 8.87 DRIVE MOTOR MAX CURRENT...................................................................................................... 8.89 DRIVE PUMP MAX CURRENT......................................................................................................... 8.92 SINGLE SPEED TRANSMISSION (EARLIER DRIVE PUMP 6205201-6205240, 6303001-6303050).................................................... 8.39 DRIVE PUMP CHARGE PRESSURE........................................................................................... 8.43 DRIVE PUMP HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF.................................................................................... 8.46 DRIVE PUMP POR........................................................................................................................ 8.49 DRIVE PUMP HYDRAULIC NEUTRAL......................................................................................... 8.44 MOTOR BEGIN OF DISPLACEMENT CONTROL PRESSURE................................................... 8.51 MOTOR MAXIMUM SPEED/MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT............................................................ 8.54 DRIVE MOTOR MAX CURRENT.................................................................................................. 8.60 DRIVE PUMP MAX CURRENT..................................................................................................... 8.57 HYDROSTATIC SETUP SHEET EHS TRANSMISSION.......................................................................................................................... 8.98 SINGLE SPEED MECHANICAL TRANSMISSION (LATER DRIVE PUMP)......................................... 8.64 MAXIMUM SPEED CONTROL ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING........................................................................................ 8.17 STATIONARY SEAT & STEERING WHEEL......................................................................................... 8.19 SPECIAL TOOLS FOR WHEEL END ASSEMBLY................................................................................. 8.178 STARTUP PROCEDURE AFTER MAJOR MAINTENANCE................................................SEE SECTION 3

8.2

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

TRANSMISSION EHS......................................................................................................................................................8.29 EHS TRANSMISSION CLUTCH MANIFOLD....................................................................................... 8.30 SINGLE SPEED MECHANICAL........................................................................................................... 8.20 TRANSMISSION PUMP........................................................................................................................... 8.11 TRAVEL/ENGINE SPEED PEDALS ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING........................................................................................ 8.14 STATIONARY SEAT & STEERING WHEEL......................................................................................... 8.18 WHEEL INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................... 8.179

8.3

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

8.4

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM

A hydraulic system is termed closed loop when the hydraulic oil returning from the motor is fed straight back to the pump without first returning to tank. When the machine is travelling forward, one side of the closed loop is a high pressure supply while the other side is a low pressure return. The supply and return will alternate from side to side of the closed loop as the direction of travel of the vehicle goes from forward to reverse.

The primary components of the 620D/630D hydrostatic drive system are a hydraulic pump and two hydraulic motors connected together by four hydrostatic hoses. The pump converts the mechanical power of the diesel engine into hydraulic power. This high pressure flow of hydraulic oil is then transmitted to the hydraulic motors through the first two connecting hoses. The motors then reconvert the hydraulic power back into the mechanical power used to propel the machine. Low pressure hydraulic oil flow then returns from the motors to the pump through the other two connecting hoses thereby completing a continuous closed loop hydraulic circuit.

Hydrostatic drives are used because they offer enhanced operator control of vehicle speed and tractive effort. As well hydrostatic drive systems give flexibility in the positioning of components within the machine when compared to mechanical drive systems.

BENT AXIS PISTON MOTOR

TO VEHICLE DRIVE

SWASHPLATE, AXIAL PISTON PUMP

FROM DIESEL ENGINE

BENT AXIS PISTON MOTOR

TO VEHICLE DRIVE

630C-12

CONTINUOUS CLOSED LOOP HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT

8.5

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

DRIVE PUMP (EARLIER DESIGN) (6205201-6205240, 6303001-6303050)

use by the swashplate control system. In addition, the charge pump oil is used as make up oil to the low pressure side of the closed loop to replenish losses due to internal leakage in the hydrostatic pump and motor. This same flow acts as a cooling fluid for the piston pump and motors to ensure peak hydrostatic drive performance and long service life.

The hydrostatic drive pump is mounted to the engine flywheel via a torsional drive coupling and has a through shaft to the main pump and a gear pump. The hydrostatic drive pump is actually two separate hydraulic pumps mounted in a common case and driven by the same input driveshaft.

Excess charge pump oil is relieved by the charge pump relief valve back into the case of the piston pump. The charge pump pressure filter ensures that only clean charge pump oil is introduced into the closed loop hydrostatic circuit and the swashplate control system. Should this pressure filter become clogged with debris, charge pump flow is diverted to tank thus preventing the entry of unfiltered charge pump oil.

The primary pump is a variable displacement, swashplate, axial piston type. This pump is made variable by slipping the pump pistons against a tiltable swashplate cradle. The volume and direction of oil flow from the piston pump is determined by the angle of this swashplate. When the swashplate is stroked to a maximum displacement angle, the piston pump will produce maximum flow in one direction in the closed loop. As the swashplate is de-stroked the flow smoothly decreases until there is no flow at an angle of zero (0°). Continuing to angle the swashplate past this neutral position steplessly reverses the direction of flow from the piston pump.

The drive pump is equipped with an electrical control with proportional solenoid valves (A and B). When no current is flowing to either of the proportional solenoid valves the pump will remain in the neutral position with the swashplate at an angle of zero and no flow.

The secondary pump is a fixed displacement, internal gear type which provides charge oil via the charge filter for the drive pump controls. Charge oil continuously introduces oil from the hydraulic tank back into the hydrostatic drive system. The charge relief valve (in the drive pump) maintains a constant charge pressure for

When a travel foot pedal is operated a signal (VOLTAGE IN - Drive Pedal Fwd or Drive Pedal Rev) is sent to the computer control system. The computer control system generates a corresponding signal (CURRENT OUT - Drive Pump) and sends it to one of the drive pump CHARGE PUMP

TO FRONT CHASSIS DRAIN MANIFOLD

TO MOTORS (B)

TO MOTORS (A)

CHARGE FILTER

PRESSURE OVERRIDE CHARGE RELIEF

HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 'B'

HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 'A'

PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID CONTROL SPOOL

STROKING PISTON

TO SUCTION STRAINER PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID

625C-96

HYDROSTATIC PUMP

DRIVE PUMP SCHEMATIC 8.6

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive proportional solenoid valves (forward or reverse). A magnetic force is generated at the solenoid coil, in the proportional valve a pressure corresponding to the solenoid signal acts on the control spool. The control spool then directs control oil in and out of the stroking piston to stroke the pump as required. A feedback lever, connected to the stroking piston, maintains the pump flow for any given current within the control range. If the signal at the solenoid is lessened, the proportional valve reduces pressure to the actuation piston and the swash plate angle becomes smaller.

635D-009

180 CC DRIVE PUMP ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

The drive footpedal control functions only when the parking is OFF. Drive prevent logic in the computer control system uses the parking brake signal (DIGITAL IN - Park Brake Sensor) to prevent driving the machine when the parking brake is ON.

180 CC DRIVE PUMP CHARACTERISTICS •

Start of Control: 0 cc / 200 mA (Non-Adjustable)

•

End of Control : 180 cc/ 600 mA (Non-Adjustable)

•

High Pressure Relief: 6250 psi (430 bar ) differential (Adjustable)

•

Pressure Override: 5800-6000 psi (400-415 bar) (Adjustable)

•

Charge Pressure Relief: 350-360 psi (24-25 bar) (Adjustable)

•

Coil Resistance : 22.7 ohms

The hydrostatic piston pump is equipped with a pressure override (POR) valve to protect the closed loop hydrostatic drive components from excessive pressure. When the tractive effort requirements of the vehicle are demanding then pressure on the high side of the closed loop can reach maximum. At this pressure the POR valve signals the swashplate control valve to de-stroke the swashplate, reducing piston pump flow and maintaining system pressure at the POR setting. The POR prevents continuous dumping of high pressure oil across the piston pump high pressure relief valves. This eliminates unnecessary heating of the oil and protects the pump and motors during rapid acceleration and deceleration or when the drive system stalls.

Drive Pump Characteristics 200 180

Displacement cc

160 140 120

The two high pressure relief valves at ‘A’ and ‘B’ ports act as pressure limiting safety devices to relieve pressure spikes in the circuit when the POR valve malfunctions or does not respond quickly enough to high pressure surges. For this reason the high pressure relief valves are always adjusted higher than the POR valve setting. The high pressure relief valves always dump oil from the high pressure to the low pressure side of the closed loop thereby keeping the hydraulic oil within the closed loop.

100 80 60 40 20 0 0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

Control Current mA

In addition forward and reverse pressure sensors connected to the drive pump provide feedback signals (VOLTAGE IN - Drive Pressure Rev and VOLTAGE IN - Drive Pressure Fwd) to the computer control system for use in overall control of the drive circuit and protection of the system from pressure spikes during operation.

8.7

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder DRIVE PUMP (LATER DESIGN) (6205241-6206200, 6303051-6304000)

Drive peak hydrostatic drive performance and long service life.

The hydrostatic drive pump is mounted to the engine flywheel via a torsional drive shaft coupling and has a through shaft to the main pump and two section gear pumps.

The drive pump is a variable displacement, swashplate, axial piston type pump. This pump is made variable by slipping the pump pistons against a tiltable swashplate cradle. The volume and direction of oil flow from the piston pump is determined by the angle of this swashplate. When the swashplate is stroked to a maximum displacement angle, the piston pump will produce maximum flow in one direction in the closed loop. As the swashplate is de-stroked the flow smoothly decreases until there is no flow at an angle of zero (0°). Continuing to angle the swashplate past this neutral position steplessly reverses the direction of flow from the piston pump.

The drive pump is equipped with an electrohydraulic control which consists of two proportional solenoid valves (Mz and My), an actuation piston and a pilot valve. When no current is flowing to either of the proportional solenoid valves the pump will remain in the neutral position with the swashplate at an angle of zero and no flow. When a travel foot pedal is operated a VOLTAGE IN (Drive Pedal Fwd or Drive Pedal Rev) signal is sent to the computer control system. The computer control system generates a corresponding signal (CURRENT OUT - Drive Pump) and sends it to one of the drive pump proportional solenoid valves (forward or reverse). A magnetic force is generated at the solenoid coil, in the proportional valve a pressure corresponding to the solenoid signal is sent to the actuation piston. The actuation piston shifts accordingly. Fluid on the opposite side is discharged to tank via the proportional valve. The

A separate charge pump (part of the two section gear pump assembly) provides charge oil via the charge filter for the drive pump controls. Charge oil continuously introduces oil from the hydraulic tank back into the hydrostatic drive system. The charge relief valve (in the drive pump) maintains a constant charge pressure for use by the swashplate control system. In addition, the charge pump oil is used as make up oil to the low pressure side of the closed loop to replenish losses due to internal leakage in the hydrostatic pump and motor. This same flow acts as a cooling fluid for the piston pump and motors to ensure

ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC CONTROL

SWASHPLATE

DRIVE SHAFT

DRIVE PUMP 8.8

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

DRIVE PUMP CHARACTERISTICS 6205241 TO 6206200

DRIVE PUMP CHARACTERISTICS 6303051 TO 6304000

•

Start of Control: 0 cc / 225 mA / 58 psi Non-Adjustable (0 cc/ 225 mA /4 bar)

•

Start of Control: 0 cc / 225 mA / 58 psi Non-Adjustable (0 cc/ 225 mA /4 bar)

•

End of Control : 165cc / 555 mA / 232 psi Non-Adjustable (165c / 555 mA /16 bar)

•

End of Control : 210cc / 555 mA / 232 psi Non-Adjustable (210cc / 555 mA /16 bar)

•

High Pressure Relief: 6090 psi (420 bar) differential (Non-Adjustable)

•

High Pressure Relief: 6090 psi (420 bar) differential (Non-Adjustable)

•

Charge Pressure Relief: 350-375 psi (24-26 bar) (Non-Adjustable)

•

Charge Pressure Relief: 350-375 psi (24-26 bar) (Non-Adjustable)

•

Coil Resistance : 26.5 ohms

•

Coil Resistance : 26.5 ohms

Drive Pump Characteristics

180

250

160 200 Displacement cc

Displacement cc

140 120 100 80 60 40

150 100 50

20 0

0 0

100

200 300 400 (41) (93) (144) Control Current mA Control Pressure (psi)

500 (196)

600 (248)

TO MOTORS A FORWARD (CW)

TO SUCTION STRAINER

HIGH PRESSURE RELIEFS

100

200 300 400 (41) (93) (144) Control Current mA Control Pressure (psi)

TO MOTORS B REVERSE (CCW)

SWASH PLATE

CHARGE RELIEF

PILOT VALVE

FROM CHARGE PUMP VIA CHARGE FILTER

ACTUATION PISTON

PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID VALVES

635D-43

DRIVE PUMP SCHEMATIC 8.9

500 (196)

600 (248)

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

635D-42

DRIVE PUMP ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC pilot valve is moved and supplies charge pressure to the control piston connected to the swashplate. The opposite control piston is relieved to tank. The swashplate tilts in the corresponding direction. If the signal at the solenoid is lessened, the proportional valve reduces pressure to the actuation piston and the swash plate angle becomes smaller. The drive footpedal control functions only when the parking brake is OFF. Drive prevent logic in the computer control system uses the parking brake signal (DIGITAL IN - Park Brake Sensor) to prevent driving the machine when the parking brake is ON. The hydrostatic piston pump is equipped with two combined high pressure relief/charge check (make-up) valves to protect the closed loop hydrostatic drive components from excessive pressure. These relief valves are cartridge style, factory set and nonadjustable. In addition forward and reverse pressure sensors connected to the drive pump provide feedback signals (VOLTAGE IN - Drive Pressure Rev and VOLTAGE IN - Drive Pressure Fwd) to the computer control system for use in overall control of the drive circuit and protection of the system from pressure spikes during operation.

8.10

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder CHARGE PUMP (LATER DESIGN) (6205241-6206200, 6303051-6304000)

Drive OUTLET DRIVEN (IDLER) GEAR

The drive charge pump is a fixed displacement gear pump.

DRIVE GEAR

On later machines with the single speed mechanical transmission the charge pump is part of a two section gear pump which includes the cooling and drive charge pumps. On later machines machines with an EHS transmission it is part of a multi section gear pump which includes the cooling, drive charge and transmission pumps. This pump stack is driven off the power take off of the main pump.

INLET

The operation of a typical external gear pump (so called because the gear teeth are on the external surface of the hub) is shown in Figure gear1.

GEAR1

A gear pump carries oil from the inlet to the outlet in the spaces between gear teeth. The pumping chamber is formed by the gears, the pump housing, and thrust plates. One of the two gears, called the drive gear, will be connected to the drive shaft. The other idler gear is driven by the drive gear.

CHARGE PUMP

Earlier machines have a drive pump with an integrated charge pump. Refer to DRIVE PUMP (EARLIER DESIGN) in THIS SECTION.

635D-162

TRANSMISSION PUMP (IF EQUIPPED)

TYPICAL GEAR PUMP COOLING PUMP

TWO SECTION GEAR PUMP (6205241-6206200, 6303051-6304000)

The transmission pump is a fixed displacement gear pump.

DRIVE CHARGE PUMP

On machines with an EHS transmission it is part of a multi section gear pump which includes the cooling, drive charge and transmission pumps..

COOLING PUMP

TRANSMISSION PUMP

This pump stack is driven off the power take off of the main pump. The operation of a typical external gear pump (so called because the gear teeth are on the external surface of the hub) is shown in Figure gear1. A gear pump carries oil from the inlet to the outlet in the spaces between gear teeth. The pumping chamber is formed by the gears, the pump housing, and thrust plates. One of the two gears, called the drive gear, will be connected to the drive shaft. The other idler gear is driven by the drive gear.

620E-101

8.11

MULTI SECTION GEAR PUMP

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder DRIVE MOTOR

Drive

Two motors are used to drive the skidder. They are mounted to the input side of the transmission. The motor is an axial piston, variable displacement type. It forms a closed loop circuit with the pump. High pressure oil from the pump enters the motor via port 'A' or port 'B', depending on the direction of travel. The oil is directed to the back of a set of pistons in the motor's rotary group. The pistons push against the back of the drive shaft at an angle causing it to rotate.

from proportional electrical control will cause the displacement control spool to return to the neutral position, shutting off the pressure to the displacement control cylinder thus increasing displacement to maximum. For this application the POR valve is set at a high pressure so that it does not interfere with the operation of the computer control system. The motor POR must be correctly set for the system to function properly. Refer to DRIVE MOTOR PRESSURE SETTINGS for in THIS SECTION . A minimum displacement adjusting screw on the outside of the motor housing limits the maximum speed of the motor.

The angle of the pistons relative to the drive shaft determine the speed of the motor and the available torque. Reducing the angle provides increased speed with less torque. Increasing the angle will reduce the speed and provide more torque.

DRIVE MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS

The angle of the pistons is variable and is changed by an internal control cylinder that receives high pressure oil via the MOTORS' pressure override valve (POR) and a displacement control spool. The displacement control spool is operated by an electrical control with proportional solenoid. The control is proportional to the applied electrical signal (CURRENT OUT -Drive Motor) from the computer control system. When sufficient pressure from the proportional electrical control is directed to the spool, it shifts against a spring and directs oil past the POR valve to the displacement control cylinder thus decreasing the displacement of the motor. Removal of the pressure signal

•

Start of Control:160 cc / 400 mA

•

End of Control: 45cc (165cc drive pump) 58cc (210 cc drive pump)

•

Motor POR : Turn Fully In

•

Coil Resistance: 5.5 ohms Drive Motor Characteristics 160 Displacement cc

140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

Control Current mA

FROM DRIVE PUMP PORT 'P'

FLUSHING VALVE CONTROL CYLINDER

FROM DRIVE PUMP PORT 'S' FLUSHING VALVE

TEST PORT

CONTROL CYLINDER

BEGIN OF DISPLACEMENT

TEST PORT

BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT

TO SUCTION STRAINER

POR

TO SUCTION STRAINER

POR

FROM DRIVE PUMP PORT P

630C-14

FROM DRIVE PUMP PORT S

DRIVE MOTOR SCHEMATIC

620E-026

8.12

DRIVE MOTOR SCHEMATIC (EHS TRANSMISSION)

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

DRIVE MOTOR ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC WARNING: Improper adjustment of Minimum A flushing valve is incorporated into the motor. displacement adjusting screw can result in motor This valve provides a regulated flow of oil from the and transmission failure due to overspeeding. low pressure side of the loop in the motor case. When installing a new motor always ensure This action reduces the possibility of particle build stroke limiting screw is set correctly. Refer to up in the loop by providing a continuous change SET MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT, in this of oil, it also assists with cooling. Flushing occurs section. only when there is a pressure differential between the high pressure and low pressure sides of the A speed ring on the motor's drive shaft generates loop. This valve is factory set (2.6 US gpm [9.8 L/ a signal picked up by the speed sensor in the T min]) and requires no adjusting. port of the right hand motor. The speed sensor signal (FREQUENCY IN - Drive Motor Speed) is sent to the computer control system for use in controlling the drive system. 630E-016

PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW SPEED RING DRIVE SHAFT

PORT PORT 'B' 'A'

'A'

ROTATING GROUP

AQ083

'E'

•

FLUSHING VALVE

AQ083-1

'E'

VIEW 'A' NOTE: ORIFICE MUST BE REMOVED BEFORE INSTALLATION OF REPLACEMENT MOTORS (3 PARTS - ONE THROTTLE PIN AND TWO THROTTLE SCREWS)

SECTION 'E-E' DRIVE MOTOR ~ (160 CC SIZE) 8.13

AQ083-3X

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

TRAVEL/ENGINE SPEED PEDALS

TRAVEL/ENGINE SPEED PEDAL

(ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING) Press the foot pedal to drive in the direction selected on the direction selection switch on the left hand joystick. The position of the foot pedal is directly proportional to the travel/engine speed of the machine. NOTE: A backup alarm will sound when travelling in reverse based on the position of the operator’s seat.

E625C-23

FORWARD FACING FOOT PEDALS (SEAT FACING FRONT OF MACHINE)

Refer also to DIRECTION SELECTION SWITCH in THIS SECTION. Two travel/engine speed pedals are located on the floor of the operator's cab ( one forward facing and one rear facing).

TRAVEL/ENGINE SPEED PEDAL

Each foot pedal is used to move the machine in the direction selected on the direction selection switch on the left hand joystick. A backup alarm will sound when travelling in reverse based on the position of the operator’s seat. A drive interlock circuit built into the computer control system prevents the machine from being driven when the parking brake is ENGAGED. Refer also to PARKING BRAKE in SECTION 9 of THIS MANUAL. FORWARD FACING PEDALS AND REAR FACING PEDALS The rotating seat cab is equipped with two sets of pedals one set forward facing and the other set rear facing. Note that control of machine travel is automatically transferred by the computer control system from the forward facing travel/engine speed pedal to the rear facing travel/engine speed pedal based on the position of the operator’s seat. Both brake pedals operate regardless of seat position. For safe operation of all controls the operator’s seat must be locked in either the forward facing or rear facing position. FRONT AND REAR ORIENTATION NOTE: The dozer blade is considered to be at the front of the machine. The attachment is considered to be at the rear of the machine. Therefore in the forward facing position the operator’s seat is facing the dozer blade and in the rear facing position the operator’s seat is facing the attachment.

8.14

E625C-22

REAR FACING FOOT PEDALS (SEAT FACING REAR OF MACHINE)

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

FOOT PEDAL CHARACTERISTICS • Electric Potentiometer • Start of Control:0% / 0 Deg / 750 (±250) mV • End of Control:100%/ 17 Deg/ 3875 (±375) mV Foot Pedal Characteristics 4800

Milli-Volts

4000 3200 2400 1600 800 0 0

100

Pedal Position %

Pedal motion is transmitted to the potentiometer through a mechanical linkage. A spring return automatically returns the pedal to the neutral position when not in use. The pedal moves through 17° of motion. The potentiometer signal ranges from 750 mV (at 0°) to 3875 mV (at 17°) (VOLTAGE IN - Drive Pedal Fwd or Drive Pedal Rev). These signals are sent to the IQAN XS module of the computer control system to control the travel/engine speed and direction of travel of the machine. Through internal logic the computer control system uses the signal from the pedal to control engine speed, drive pump stroke and drive motor stroke. A three pin connector is used to connect each pedal to the machine electrical system: Pin A: ground (white) Pin B: signal Pin C: supply (red) The position of the foot pedal is directly proportional to the travel/engine speed of the machine. Travel speed may also be limited by the position of the maximum speed control. Refer MAXIMUM TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL in THIS SECTION for more information.

8.15

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder DIRECTION SELECTION SWITCH

Drive

(ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING)

DIRECTION SELECTION SWITCH

The direction selection switch is located on the left hand joystick. This switch selects the direction of travel for the travel/engine speed pedal in use (either forward facing or rear facing). This is a three position switch. Place switch in the forward position to travel in a FORWARD* direction . Place switch in the center position for neutral. Place switch in the rear position to travel in a REVERSE* direction . This control is a three position switch with a proportional output. The signal generated by the switch position (VOLTAGE IN - Travel Direction Selection) is sent to the IQAN XS2 module of the computer control system to control travel direction FORWARD*, NEUTRAL or REVERSE* based on the position of the switch.

E625C-11

*NOTE: Control of machine travel is automatically transferred by the computer control system from the forward facing travel/engine speed pedal to the rear facing travel/engine speed pedal based on the position of the operator’s seat. Therefore FORWARD and REVERSE as described above are considered to be forward and reverse as viewed by the operator either from the forward facing seat position or the rear facing seat position. Refer also to TRAVEL/ENGINE SPEED PEDAL and MAXIMUM SPEED CONTROL in THIS SECTION.

8.16

LEFT HAND JOYSTICK

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder MAXIMUM SPEED CONTROL

Drive

(ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING)

MAXIMUM SPEED CONTROL

The maximum speed control is located on the left hand joystick. This control allows the operator to set the maximum travel speed of the machine to maintain a given travel speed without having to feather the drive pedals. Push control forward to increase the maximum travel speed. Pull control back to decrease the maximum travel speed of the machine. This control can be used while the machine is in motion. Caution: Setting the maximum speed control to the minimum setting lowers maximum travel speed only, it will NOT prevent the machine from travelling when the forward or reverse travel controls are used.

E625C-11

This control is a friction maintained proportional slider. The signal generated by the slider control position (VOLTAGE IN - Travel Speed Control) is sent to the computer control system to limit the travel speed of the machine based on the position of the slider. Refer also to TRAVEL/ENGINE SPEED PEDAL and DIRECTION SELECTION SWITCH in THIS SECTION.

8.17

LEFT HAND JOYSTICK

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder TRAVEL/ENGINE SPEED PEDALS

Drive

(STATIONARY SEAT & STEERING WHEEL) Two travel/engine speed pedals are located on the floor of the operator's cab. The right foot pedal is used to move the machine in a forward direction. The left foot pedal is used to move the machine in a reverse direction. A backup horn will sound when travelling in reverse. A drive prevent logic circuit built into the computer control system prevents the machine from being driven when the parking brake is in the ON position. Refer also to PARKING BRAKE in SECTION 9 of THIS MANUAL. FOOT PEDAL CHARACTERISTICS • Electric Potentiometer

635C-31

• Start of Control:0% / 0 Deg / 750 (±250) mV

Pedal motion is transmitted to the potentiometer through a mechanical linkage. A spring return automatically returns the pedal to the neutral position when not in use.

• End of Control:100%/ 17 Deg/ 3875 (±375) mV Foot Pedal Characteristics

The pedal moves through 17° of motion. The potentiometer signal ranges from 750 mV (at 0°) to 3875 mV (at 17°) (VOLTAGE IN - Drive Pedal Fwd or Drive Pedal Rev). These signals are sent to the IQAN XS module of the computer control system to control the travel/engine speed and direction of travel of the machine. Through internal logic the computer control system uses the signal from the pedal to control engine speed, drive pump stroke and drive motor stroke.

4800

Milli-Volts

4000 3200 2400 1600 800 0 0

TRAVEL/ENGINE SPEED PEDALS

100

A three pin connector is used to connect each pedal to the machine electrical system:

Pedal Position %

Pin A: ground (white) Pin B: signal Pin C: supply (red) The position of the foot pedal is directly proportional to the travel/engine speed of the machine. Travel speed may also be limited by the position of the maximum speed control. Refer MAXIMUM TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL ~ STATIONARY SEAT & STEERING WHEEL in THIS SECTION for more information. Engine speed may also be controlled using the engine speed control switch to increase engine speed when performing functions which do not require machine travel.

635D-006

DRIVE PEDAL ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

8.18

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

MAXIMUM SPEED CONTROL DIAL

(STATIONARY SEAT & STEERING WHEEL) The maximum speed control dial is located on the control panel in the operator's cab. This control allows the operator to set the maximum travel speed of the machine to maintain a given travel speed without having to feather the drive pedals. Turn the dial clockwise to increase the maximum travel speed. E625C-27X

Turn the dial counterclockwise to decrease the maximum travel speed of the machine.

CONTROL PANEL

This control can be used while the machine is in motion. Caution: Turning the maximum speed control dial completely counterclockwise (minimum setting) lowers maximum travel speed only, it will NOT prevent the machine from travelling when the forward or reverse travel pedals are used. This control dial is a potentiometer with 330° of rotation. The signal generated by the control dial position (VOLTAGE IN - Travel Speed Control) is sent to the computer control system to limit the travel speed of the machine based on the rotational position of the dial.

635D-007

MAXIMUM SPEED CONTROL DIAL ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC Maximum Speed Control Dial Characteristics

A 3 pin connector is used to connect this control to the machine electrical system.

100% Drive Motor Output (%)

90%

Refer also to TRAVEL/ENGINE SPEED PEDALS in THIS SECTION.

80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% 0% 0

1000

2000

3000

Dial Position (Milli-volts)

8.19

4000

5000

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

TRANSMISSION - SINGLE SPEED MECHANICAL

BELOW RIGHT HAND CAB DOOR

The transmission drives both the front and rear axles of the machine. Power is supplied by two hydraulic motors mounted to the input side of the transmission. The output shafts transmit the power to both the front and rear axles.

TRANSMISSION DIPSTICK

The gears and bearings in the transmission are lubricated by splash lubrication inside the case. The oil level in the transmission must always be kept up to the proper level indicated on the dipstick. Refer SECTION 3 of this manual for the recommended lubricant.

E620C-18

TRANSMISSION OIL FILL LOCATION

TRANSMISSION DIPSTICK AND FILL LOCATION DISCONNECT LEVER

The transmission disconnect lever is used to shift the transmission between the DRIVE and NEUTRAL positions, e.g. NEUTRAL for towing the machine. The transmission disconnect lever is located under the cab near the front yoke of the transmission. A short bar is placed through the hole in the lever and pulled upwards to put the transmission into neutral. IMPORTANT ! When the transmission is in neutral, never tow the machine at over 2 mph (3.2 km/h) and never press the forward or reverse pedals, as this will cause significant damage to the transmission. For more information on towing, Refer to TOWING INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

342-1

8.20

TRANSMISSION DISCONNECT LEVER SHOWN IN NEUTRAL

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

635D-012

Drive

DRIVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - JOYSTICK STEERING (6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050) 8.21

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

635D-013

Drive

DRIVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - STEERING WHEEL (6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050) 8.22

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

635D-019

Drive

DRIVE CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC (6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050) 8.23

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

635D-017

Drive

DRIVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - JOYSTICK STEERING (6205241 TO 6205613, 6303051 TO 6303500) 8.24

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

635D-018

Drive

DRIVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - STEERING WHEEL (6205241 TO 6205613, 6303051 TO 6303500) 8.25

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-088

Drive

DRIVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - JOYSTICK STEERING (SINGLE SPEED MECHANICAL TRANSMISSION) (6205614 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000) 8.26

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-089

Drive

DRIVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - STEERING WHEEL (SINGLE SPEED MECHANICAL TRANSMISSION) (6205614 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000) 8.27

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

635D-020

Drive

DRIVE CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC (6205241 TO 6206200, 6303051 TO 6304000) 8.28

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder TRANSMISSION - EHS (OPTIONAL)

Drive EHS TRANSMISSION COOLER

The EHS transmission drives both the front and rear axles of the machine. Power is supplied by two hydraulic motors mounted to the input side of the transmission. The output shafts transmit the power to both the front and rear axles. The EHS transmission is capable of providing the tractive effort of the deepest gear ratio offered in Tigercat’s single speed mechanical transmission as well as the top speed of the shallowest gear ratio offered in the single speed mechanical transmission.

A/C CONDENSER

CHARGE AIR HYDRAULIC COOLER (CAC) OIL COOLER

RADIATOR

This is accomplished with more sophisticated computer logic. When operating conditions demand high tractive effort, both hydrostatic motors are working. When tractive effort requirements are reduced (when traveling empty or loaded on flat terrain) all of the pump flow is directed to one motor for higher travel speeds.

EHS TRANSMISSION COOLER (IF EQUIPPED)

The gears and bearings in the transmission are lubricated by splash lubrication inside the case. Some machines are factory equipped (or field updated) with forced lubrication to improve input bearing lubrication on extreme slopes. These machines use the existing transmission pump and transmission filter for this purpose.

632E-015

COOLER PACKAGE

Machines equipped with an EHS transmission are also have an EHS transmission cooler mounted in front of the cooler package. Some early machines may not have been factory equipped with an EHS transmission cooler.

The oil level in the transmission must always be kept up to the proper level indicated on the dipstick. Refer SECTION 3 of this manual for the recommended lubricant.

Refer also to COOLER PACKAGE in SECTION 10.

IMPORTANT! Before towing, the transmission must always be disconnected from the drive wheels. Never tow a machine in gear. If the machine is subjected to hard pulling while in gear, the extremely high forces created will cause significant damage to the components of the hydrostatic drive system and the transmission

For detailed cleaning procedures, refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER AND COOLER PACKAGE in SECTION 3.

For more information on towing, Refer to TOWING INSTRUCTIONS - EHS TRANSMISSION in SECTION 2. BELOW RIGHT CAB DOOR

TRANSMISSION DIPSTICK

620E-045

RETURN FROM TRANSMISSION FILTER

TRANSMISSION OIL FILL LOCATION

TRANSMISSION DIPSTICK AND FILL LOCATION

630E-085

8.29

FORCED LUBRICATION EHS TRANSMISSION

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder EHS TRANSMISSION CLUTCH MANIFOLD (IF EQUIPPED)

Drive PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE SENSOR

The EHS transmission clutch manifold controls the clutch pressure of the EHS transmisssion.

CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL REDUCING/RELIEVING SOLENOID VALVE

This manifold contains: TS1

Adjustable clutch pressure control proportional reducing/relieving solenoid valve. (CURRENT OUT - Clutch Motor LH) clutch pressure control.

RV1

Adjustable relief valve

SV1

Clutch pressure solenoid valve. (DIGITAL OUT - Clutch Load).

Pressure/temperature sensor(VOLTAGE IN - Clutch Pressure) (VOLTAGE IN Transmission Oil Temperature)

Tank port

Clutch pressure control

CLUTCH UNLOADING SOLENOID VALVE

630E-107

EHS EHS TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION CLUTCH CLUTCH MANIFOLD MANIFOLD (EARLIER DESIGN) CLUTCH UNLOADING SOLENOID VALVE

PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE SENSOR

CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL REDUCING/RELIEVING SOLENOID VALVE 630E-031

EHS TRANSMISSION CLUTCH MANIFOLD (LATER DESIGN)

EHS TRANSMISSION CLUTCH MANIFOLD HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

630E-022

630E-017

EHS TRANSMISSION CLUTCH MANIFOLD ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 8.30

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-018

Drive

DRIVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - JOYSTICK STEERING (EHS TRANSMISSION - EARLIER EHS TRANSMISSION CLUTCH MANIFOLD ) 8.31

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-085

Drive

DRIVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - JOYSTICK STEERING (EHS TRANSMISSION - LATER EHS TRANSMISSION CLUTCH MANIFOLD) 8.32

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-020

Drive

DRIVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - STEERING WHEEL (EHS TRANSMISSION - EARLIER EHS TRANSMISSION CLUTCH MANIFOLD ) 8.33

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-086

Drive

DRIVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - STEERING WHEEL (EHS TRANSMISSION - LATER EHS TRANSMISSION CLUTCH MANIFOLD) 8.34

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-024

Drive

DRIVE CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC (EHS TRANSMISSION WITHOUT FORCED LUBRICATION ) 8.35

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-087

Drive

DRIVE CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC (EHS TRANSMISSION WITH FORCED LUBRICATION) 8.36

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder DRIVE PUMP PRESSURE CHECKS (6205201-6205240, 6303001- 6303050)

Drive DRIVE PUMP PRESSURE CHECKS (6205241-6206200, 6303051-6304000)

CHECK CHARGE PRESSURE

The drive pump is electro-hydraulically controlled and factory set. It requires no adjustment.

1. Park machine on level ground. Install articulation lock. Parking brake ON, grapple and dozer blade down and engine OFF.

NOTE: Charge pressure is regulated by a nonadjustable cartridge style relief valve in the drive pump . CHECK CHARGE PRESSURE

POR ADJUSTMENT

1. Park machine on level ground. Install articulation lock. Parking brake ON, grapple and dozer blade down and engine OFF.

'CHARGE' TEST PORT

DRIVE PUMP EARLIER DESIGN (6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050)

CHARGE PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT

FIGURE 2-620C

2. Connect a 0-1000 psi (0 -70 bar) gauge to the 'CHARGE' test port.

CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

3. Start engine and allow to idle. 4. Ensure that hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. Refer to HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE in THIS SECTION. 5. Check charge pressure.

635D-167

Reading should be 350-360 psi (24-25 bar) at an engine speed of 950 rpm.

CHARGE PRESSURE TEST PORT LATER DESIGN (6205241-6206200, 6303051-6304000)

2. Connect a 0 -70 bar (0-1000 psi) gauge to the 'CHARGE' test port.

6. Turn the engine off.

3. Start engine and allow to idle.

7. If charge pressure readings are not correct check the charge filter for proper operation before taking further corrective action.

4. Ensure that hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. Refer to HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE in THIS SECTION.

ADJUST CHARGE PRESSURE

5. Check charge pressure.

8. If necessary, adjust the charge pressure adjustment screw on the drive pump.

Reading should be 300-400 psi (21-28 bar) at an engine speed of 950 rpm.

Turning the screw IN will increase the pressure.

6. If charge pressure readings are not correct check the charge filter for proper operation before taking further corrective action.

Turning the screw OUT will decrease the pressure. 9. Repeat steps 3 to 7 and verify correct pressure reading.

8.37

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder DRIVE MOTOR SPEED VERIFICATION

Drive 5. A correct reading indicates the there is full flow in the drive pump.

Drive motor speed should be checked prior to making any drive motor pressure checks or adjustments. Fasten your seat belt and move the machine to a suitable test area, where it can be safely driven at full speed for approximately 150 ft (45 m). Grapple UP, CLOSED and ROTATED TO CENTER. Dozer blade UP. CHECK FOR FULL DRIVE PUMP FLOW 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the maximum speed control to its lowest setting ).

An incorrect reading indicates a problem with flow from the drive pump or drive pump max current settings may be out of calibration. Refer to HYDROSTATIC SETUP PROCEDURE in THIS SECTION. CHECK FOR CORRECT MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the maximum speed control to its highest setting ). 3. Use the computer to view motor speed information from the cab. From the main menu navigate to INFORMATION MENU (F3) . Refer to COMPUTER~INFORMATION MODE MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information. 4. Drive the machine forward with the drive pedal fully depressed. The drive motor speed display should read 3800-4000 rpm. 6. A correct reading indicates the motor minimum displacement is set correctly if the drive motor max current settings are calibrated correctly. Refer to HYDROSTATIC SETUP PROCEDURE~DRIVE MOTOR MAX CURRENT in THIS SECTION. An incorrect reading indicates the motor minimum displacement requires adjustment or drive motor max current settings may be out of calibration.

3. Use the computer to view motor speed information from the cab. From the main menu navigate to INFORMATION MENU (F3) . Refer to COMPUTER~INFORMATION MODE MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information.

Refer to HYDROSTATIC SETUP PROCEDURE in THIS SECTION.

4. Drive the machine forward with the drive pedal fully depressed. On machines equipped with a 180cc drive pump (6205201-6205240, 6303001-6303050), the drive motor speed display should read 1225-1275 rpm. On machines equipped with a 165cc drive pump (6205241-6206200), the drive motor speed display should read 1125-1175 rpm. On machines equipped with a 210cc drive pump (6303051-6304000), the drive motor speed display should read 1425-1475 rpm.

8.38

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder HYDROSTATIC SETUP PROCEDURE (6205201-6205240, 6303001-6303050) (EARLIER DRIVE PUMP 180 cc)

Drive F.

Motor maximum speed/minimum displacement may be checked and adjusted independently (sections PREPARATION,F,G,H in order). Note that drive motor max current must be reset after this procedure.

DO NOT adjust drive motor and drive pump pressure settings without first confirming the need to do so. All motor adjustments must be performed on BOTH MOTORS. The hydrostatic setup procedure is a series of steps that must be done in a proper sequence to achieve optimum performance from the machine. Any deviation from the procedures could present a safety hazard, damage components and/or affect the operation of the machine.

Motor Maximum Speed/Minimum Displacement

G. Drive Pump Max Current Drive pump max current may be adjusted independently of other procedures. H. Drive Motor Max Current Drive motor max current may be adjusted independently of other procedures.

Setup Preparation. Setup preparation is required prior to performing all drive pump and drive motor adjustments (sections B,C,D,E,F).

WARNING To prevent injury caused by accidental steering of the machine when setting pressures, make sure the articulation lock pin is held securely in place by the lynch pins provided.

IMPORTANT ! • When installing a new or rebuilt motor, ensure minimum displacement screw is set correctly. •

Improper adjustment of minimum displacement adjusting screw can result in motor failure due to overspeeding.

•

It may be necessary to verify the length of adjusting screw used by removing and measuring the screw.

C. Drive Pump High Pressure Relief. Drive pump high pressure relief may be checked and adjusted independently (sections PREPARATION,C,D,G,H in order). Note that drive pump POR must be reset after this procedure. D. Drive Pump POR Drive pump POR may be checked and adjusted independently, however it is recommended that drive pump high pressure relief settings be checked prior to performing this procedure (sections PREPARATION,C,D,G,H in order). E. Motor Begin of Displacement Control Pressure Motor Begin of displacement may be checked and adjusted independently (sections PREPARATION,E,G,H in order). Note that drive motor max current must be reset after this procedure.

8.39

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SETUP PREPARATION

Drive 9.

NOTE: This procedure as written can be completed with all four wheels on the ground.

Ensure that the drive motor minimum displacement screws on both the left and right drive motors are set as follows: On machines equipped with a 180cc drive pump (6205201-6205240, 6303001-6303050) set to approximately 13.5 mm (with 90mm screw – measured from end of screw to top of jam-nut) as follows.

A clear open area with fairly flat ground and at least 80 m (250 ft) of space to drive the machine during setup is required to complete some sections of this procedure with all four wheels on the ground.

These measurements are a starting point and may have to be adjusted for proper calibration.

If an open flat area of sufficient size is not available hydrostatic setup can also be completed with all four wheels lifted clear of the ground on suitable stands.

"X"

1. Park the machine on level ground. 2. Lower grapple and dozer blade to rest firmly on the ground. 3. Engage the parking brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key.

DIM X

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

The “X” dimension is the measured from the top of the locknut to the end of the exposed screw. Always check the overall length of the adjusting screw before setting the “X” dimension.

7. Install the articulation lock bar. 8.

The shifting time of the Drive Motors is controlled by the IQAN software, not using hydraulic timing orifices. If installing a new or rebuilt motor has been replaced ensure orifices are out of M1 port on both Drive Motors.

BEGIN OF REGULATION SCREW

M1 PORTS LOCATED ON BOTTOM LEFT HAND SIDE OF EACH MOTOR

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW

POR SCREW FIGURE 1

DRIVE MOTORS

DRIVE MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW "X" DIMENSION

10. On both the left and right drive motors, turn the drive motor POR adjusting screw all the way IN until lightly seated, then back out 1/4 turn. 11. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch. 12. Insert the ignition key. 13. Turn the ignition switch to the RUN position to provide power to the computer system. 14. Connect a PC/Laptop to the MD3 module using the proper communication cable, open the IQANrun 2 program. Refer to CONNECT TO THE MD3 WITH IQANrun 2 or IQANrun 3 as applicable in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for connection information.

8.40

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

15. If you are updating the IQAN program refer to the Tigercat Dealer Website and open the appropriate application for the machine then update it in the MD3. Refer to IQAN SOFTWARE~ APPLICATION PROGRAM UPDATES , IQAN SOFTWARE ~ DOWNLOADING APPLICATIONS FROM DEALER WEBSITE and IQANRUN 2 ~ UPDATING APPLICATION in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL. Proceed to step 16. If you are not updating the IQAN program proceed to step 16. NOTE: Update of the IQAN program may be required as a result of PSB updates, program improvement updates or other component updates. 16. Login to the application from the MD3 to access the hydrostatic drive adjust group. Refer to IQANrun 2 ~ LOGIN in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

18. For accurate setup it is necessary to temporarily increase the motor maximum current setting. Adjust the Motor Max Current as high as it will go (ie. 1000 mA) and press OK. Using the computer from any screen MENU BUTTON ~ADJUST~ Hydrostatic Drive Group Adjust ~ Motor Max Current. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE ~ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information.

17. For accurate setup it is necessary to temporarily increase the pump maximum current setting. Adjust the Pump Max Current as high as it will go (ie. 700 mA) and press OK. Using the computer from any screen MENU BUTTON ~ADJUST~ Hydrostatic Drive Group Adjust ~ Max Pump Current. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE ~ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information.

19. For accurate setup it is necessary to ensure Engine High Idle is set to 2200 rpm. Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – ADJUST – Engine Adjust – Engine High Idle. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENUENGINE SETTINGS – ENGINE HIGH IDLE ADJUST in SECTION 2 for more information.

8.41

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

20. For accurate setup it is necessary to ensure Auto rpm is set to Max rpm. Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – ADJUST – Engine Adjust – Engine High Idle. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENUENGINE SETTINGS – ENGINE HIGH IDLE ADJUST in SECTION 2 for more information.

Drive

22. Check speed control channel readings (Travel Speed Control MAC) in the Drive HP Test Group. When the maximum speed control is at its lowest setting ( ) the reading should be should be 0% and at its highest setting ( ) the reading should be 100%. Using the computer display press the menu button , press Measure (F2) then select the Drive/HP test group. Refer to COMPUTER – MAIN MENU PAGE - MEASURE MENU – EXAMPLE - MEASURE MENU in SECTION 6. 23. Ensure that hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. Refer to HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE in THIS SECTION. 24. Turn OFF the engine. 25. Remove the ignition key. 26. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

21. Ensure the program mode is set to NORMAL. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2 of THIS MANUAL. IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged. In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

8.42

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

A. DRIVE PUMP CHARGE PRESSURE POR ADJUSTMENT 'CHARGE' TEST PORT

EARLIER DESIGN (6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050)

CHARGE PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT

FIGURE 2-620C

Connect a 0-1000 psi (0 -70 bar) gauge to the 'CHARGE' test port.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Insert the ignition key

Start the engine and allow to idle.

Check charge pressure. Reading should be 350-360 psi (24-25 bar) at an engine speed of 950 rpm.

Turn the engine off.

If charge pressure readings are not correct check the charge filter for proper operation before taking further corrective action.

ADJUST CHARGE PRESSURE 10. If necessary, adjust the charge pressure adjustment screw on the drive pump.

Turning the screw IN will increase the pressure.

Turning the screw OUT will decrease the pressure.

11. Repeat steps 1 to 9 and verify correct pressure reading. 12. Turn OFF the engine. 13. Remove the ignition key. 14. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch 15. Remove the gauge from the charge pressure test port.

8.43

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

B. DRIVE PUMP HYDRAULIC NEUTRAL

Pump Neutral Adjustment (if Required)

Check for Correct Pump Neutral Adjustment

11. Remove the ignition key.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

12. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

Insert the ignition key.

Turn the ignition switch to the RUN position to provide power to the computer system.

13. Two 0-600 psi (0-41 bar) gauges are required to perform this adjustment (or a single differential pressure gauge may be used). HYDRAULIC CENTERING SCREW

POR ADJUSTMENT

MECHANICAL CENTERING SCREW

EARLIER DESIGN (6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050)

635D-174

14. Connect ports X1 and X2 with a hose. NOTE: The X2 port is on the right side opposite the X1 port shown in the illustration. 4.

15. Connect 0-600 psi (0-41 bar) gauges to the MA and MB ports.

Use the computer display to view Forward and Reverse drive pressure information from the cab.

CONNECTORS

From the main menu select INFORMATION MODE MENU (F3). Forward and Reverse drive pressure displayed on this screen. Refer to COMPUTER – INFORMATION MODE MENU in SECTION 2 for more information. 5.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine and allow to idle.

Perform the following check:

DRIVE PUMP

Engage the parking brake and check to ensure that the Forward and Reverse drive pressure readings differ by less than 75 psi (5.2 bar) . 9.

Turn the engine OFF.

10. If the drive pressure readings differ by more than 75 psi (5.2 bar), the drive pump neutral will need to be reset. Proceed to step 11.

E620C-01

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205201-6205240, 6303001-6303050)

16. Prior to performing this procedure disconnect the two connectors on the drive pump. This is a safety precaution to prevent the machine from travelling during the procedure.

If the pump does not require adjustment proceed to Section C.

8.44

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

17. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch. 18. Insert the ignition key. 19. Start engine and allow to idle with the parking brake engaged. 20. Adjust the mechanical centering screw until both gauges read the same pressure. NOTE: The hydraulic centering screw is held in place by an eccentric locking screw which will only turn +/- 90°. 21. Remove gauges from the MA and MB ports. 22. Remove the hose connecting ports X1 and X2. 23. Connect the 0-600 psi (0-41 bar) gauges to the X1 and X2 ports. 24. Adjust the hydraulic centering screw until both gauges read the same pressure. NOTE: The hydraulic centering screw is held in place by an eccentric locking screw which will only turn +/- 90°. 25. Turn the engine OFF. 26. Remove the ignition key. 27. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch 28. Remove the gauges. 29. Reconnect the two connectors on the drive pump. 30. Proceed to Section C.

8.45

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

C. DRIVE PUMP HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF

EARLIER DESIGN (6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050) FIGURE 2-620C

To check the high pressure relief valve settings it is necessary to temporarily turn the drive pump POR screw all the way IN (until lightly seated).

Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

Record the number of turns to turn the POR adjusting screw fully IN. Once the high pressure reliefs have been set the POR adjusting screws will need be returned to their original position as a starting point to reset POR. 2.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Insert the ignition key.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine.

Change the program mode from NORMAL to DRIVE PUMP POR SETUP and press OK.

IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged. In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message. 9.

8.46

Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive 14. Start measuring. 15. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, apply left foot firmly against service brake and apply the drive pedal slowly with the right foot.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT

Apply left foot firmly against service brake and apply the forward drive pedal slowly with the right foot.

Build and maintain an engine speed of about 2200 rpm on the MD3. NOTE: On machines equipped with 180cc drive pumps, if the drive pedal is pressed too far it may cause the engine to stall.

10. Use the computer to view engine speed information from the cab. From the main menu select ENGINE MENU (F1). Engine speed is displayed on this screen. Refer to COMPUTER~ENGINE MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information.

16. Pressure reading will stabilize at the relief setting. Maintain relief pressure for 3 seconds. 17. Release the drive pedal and the service brake. Engage the parking brake. 18. Stop measuring.

START PAUSE STOP

DRAG TIME MARKERS CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL

MAINTAIN CONSTANT PRESSURE AT 2200 RPM

TRUE RMS FIGURE 5

11. Using IQANrun click on the MEASURE tab, select Drive/HP Test measure group and observe the channels:

19. Drag the time markers to select the section where the pressure stabilized.

Drive Pressure Fwd VIN Drive Pressure Rev VIN Refer to IQANrun – MEASURE/GRAPH in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information about graphing. 12. Disengage the parking brake. 13. Move the machine to a suitable* area to perform this procedure. *NOTE: A clear open area with fairly flat ground and at least 80 m (250 ft) of space to drive the machine.

8.47

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

FORWARD HIGH PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT (REVERSE ON BOTTOM)

EARLIER DESIGN (6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050) FIGURE 2-620C

20. To find the average relief pressure, select the Drive Pressure Fwd channel below the graph page (the graph data for the selected channel will be highlighted or bold when selected and the statistics will be shown to the right. The True RMS of the selected portion of the graph should read between 6450–6600 psi (445-455 bar). 21. If the reading is correct proceed to step 23. If the pressure is not in this range, adjust the forward high pressure relief setting screw on the pump.

Turning the screw IN will increase the pressure

Turning the screw OUT will decrease the pressure.

Repeat steps 14 to 21 until the correct reading is obtained. 22. Repeat steps 14 to 21 for the reverse direction to set the reverse high pressure relief (Drive Pressure Rev). 23. Proceed to next section to reset drive pump POR.

8.48

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

D. DRIVE PUMP POR

6. POR ADJUSTMENT

JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, apply left foot firmly against service brake and apply the drive pedal slowly with the right foot.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT EARLIER DESIGN (6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050)

The forward drive pressure will rise and then level off as the pump POR activates. Maintain this pressure level for 3 seconds.

FIGURE 2-620C

Apply left foot firmly against service brake and apply the forward drive pedal slowly with the right foot.

To set the drive pump POR, begin by turning the pump POR screw OUT the number of turns recorded in SECTION C step 1 (when it was temporarily turned IN).

Release the drive pedal and the service brake. Engage the parking brake.

Stop measuring.

This setting is a starting point, you will need to adjust it as detailed below.

10. Drag the time markers to select the section where the pressure stabilized.

START PAUSE STOP

11. To find the average relief pressure, select the Drive Pressure Fwd channel below the graph page (the graph data for the selected channel will be highlighted or bold when selected and the statistics will be shown to the right. The True RMS of the selected portion of the graph should read between 5800–6000 psi (400-415 bar).

CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL

POR ADJUSTMENT

Using IQANrun click on the MEASURE tab, select Drive/HP Test measure group and observe the channels:

EARLIER DESIGN (6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050)

Drive Pressure Fwd VIN Drive Pressure Rev VIN Engine % Torque PIN Refer to IQANrun – MEASURE/GRAPH in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more formation about graphing. 2.

FIGURE 2-620C

12. If reading is correct proceed to the next step. If the pressure is not in this range, adjust the drive pump POR setting.

Disengage the parking brake.

Move the machine to a suitable* area to perform this procedure.

Turning the screw IN will increase the pressure.

*NOTE: A clear open area with fairly flat ground and at least 80 m (250 ft) of space to drive the machine.

Turning the screw OUT will decrease the pressure.

Repeat steps 5 to 11 until the correct reading is obtained.

Start measuring. 8.49

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

13. If, after adjusting the POR screw, the pressure does not stabilize within the specified range or the engine appears to lug down excessively*, contact Tigercat customer service for further assistance. *NOTE: Normal engine torque during POR Test should be 20 – 40%.

14. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

Use the computer to view engine speed information from the cab.

From the main menu select ENGINE MENU (F1). Engine speed is displayed on this screen. Refer to COMPUTER~ENGINE MENU in SECTION 2 of THIS MANUAL for more information.

IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally. Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only. When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

12. If the engine torque is higher than 20 – 40% during the POR test, the drive pump is actually operating on the high pressure reliefs, not the POR. This will cause significant heat increase and substantially higher fuel consumption. Either the POR must be lowered slightly or the high pressure reliefs raised.

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message. 15. Turn the engine OFF. 16. Remove the ignition key. 17. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch 18. Remove the gauges.

8.50

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

E. MOTOR BEGIN OF DISPLACEMENT CONTROL PRESSURE CAB LOCKING PIN

SAFETY CABLE

CAB SUPPORT BRACE (3291B). MUST USE CAB & CHASSIS LUGS SHOWN CAB LOCKING PIN

E620C-17

PARTIAL TILT WITH CAB SUPPORT BRACE

Tilt the cab over and install the cab tilt safety bar.

BEGIN OF REGULATION SCREW

M1 PORTS LOCATED ON BOTTOM LEFT HAND SIDE OF EACH MOTOR

Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2. IMPORTANT !

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW

When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

POR SCREW FIGURE 1

Change the program mode from NORMAL to DRIVE MOTOR SETUP and press OK.

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

DRIVE MOTORS

Connect two 0-5000 psi (0 - 345 bar) gauges to the RM1 (Right Motor M1) and LM1 (Left Motor M1) test ports.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Insert the ignition key.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine.

Wheels may turn during this procedure. If the machine is on the ground place the dozer blade against a hard stop (a stump can be used as a hard stop).

10. Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

8.51

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive 17. Slowly move maximum speed control towards . Drive Motor COUT will increase. The motor current readings should start increasing from 0 mA.

START PAUSE STOP

Continue increasing the maximum speed control setting until one of the M1 gauges reaches half of system pressure. Record the current value on the computer display for the first motor.

CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL

11. Select Measure and scroll to the Drive/HP Test measure group and observe channels: Drive Pressure Fwd VIN Drive Motor RH COUT Drive Motor LH COUT Refer to IQANrun – MEASURE/GRAPH in SECTION 6 for more information. 12. Disengage the parking brake. 13. Set the maximum speed control to its lowest setting ( ).

NOTE: If the Drive Motor LH COUT and Drive Motor RH COUT readings increase in different proportions ensure the Drive Motor Current is adjusted to as high as it will go, as described in Preparation step 18. 18. Continue increasing the maximum speed control setting until the second M1 gauge reaches half of system pressure. Again record the current value displayed on the MD3 for the second motor. 19. Although both motors do not have to reach half of system pressure at the same time or amperage, each motor should reach half of system pressure no earlier than 400 mA and no later than 410 mA. If both motors are set correctly, proceed to Step 23.

14. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, apply left foot firmly against service brake and apply the drive pedal all the way to the floor with the right foot.

If either motor does not meet this requirement the begin of displacement screw on the motor(s) must be adjusted, proceed to next step. NOTE: It is NOT NECESSARY for both motors to have the same settings. Motors may perform differently from one machine to another or even from one motor to another on the same machine.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT

Apply left foot firmly against service brake and apply the forward drive pedal all the way to the floor with the right foot.

15. The drive system should build and then maintain a constant pressure. The wheels may creep at a slow speed.

20. With the service brake and drive pedal still fully applied, adjust the maximum speed control so that Drive Motor COUT is 405 mA.

16. The drive motors will not begin to displace until the LM1 and RM1 control pressures on the gauges reach half of the system pressure.

21. With the aid of an assistant maintain this condition and adjust the lefthand motor beginning of regulation screw until the gauge pressure is half of the Drive Pressure FWD [psi] value.

For example, if the system pressure stabilizes at 4000 psi (276 bar) while holding the service brake and drive pedal in the drive motor setup program mode , the motors will not be physically shifting until the control pressure reaches 2000 psi (138 bar).

Adjust the right motor to the same pressure. Release the drive pedal and service brake. NOTE: While adjusting the second motor, it may be difficult to achieve exactly half of the Drive Pressure FWD [psi] value—while trying to zero in the pressure, the gauge will continue to move and settle either above or below half of system pressure. If this is the case, have 8.52

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

the beginning of regulation screw set as close as possible to this “switch point”. 22. Return the maximum speed control to its lowest setting ( ). Repeat steps 15 to 22 until each motor reaches half of system pressure no earlier than 400 mA and no later than 410 mA.

23. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2. IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally. Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only. When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged. In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message. 24. Engage the parking brake 25. Turn OFF the engine. 26. Remove the ignition key. 27. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch 28. Remove the gauges from the motor test ports. 29. Remove the cab tilt support brace and return the cab to its normal position. 8.53

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder F.

MOTOR MAXIMUM SPEED/MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Insert the ignition key.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine.

Drive

START PAUSE STOP

CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL

Select Measure and scroll to the Drive/HP Test measure group and observe channel: Drive Motor RH Speed FIN Refer to IQANrun – MEASURE/GRAPH in SECTION 6 for more information about graphing.

10. Disengage the parking brake. 11. Move the machine to a suitable* area to perform this procedure.

*NOTE: A clear open area with fairly flat ground and at least 80 m (250 ft) of space to drive the machine. 12. Set the maximum speed control to its highest setting ( ). 13. Start measuring. 14. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, fully apply the drive pedal.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT Fully apply the forward drive pedal. Allow the machine to reach top speed and maintain for 3 seconds. Release the drive pedal and allow the wheels to stop. 15. Stop measuring.

Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

8.54

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive f.

Adjust the RH and LH drive motors as required.

DRAG TIME MARKERS

MAINTAIN CONSTANT PRESSURE AT 2200 RPM

BEGIN OF REGULATION SCREW MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW

TRUE RMS FIGURE 5

16. Drag the time markers to select a smooth section of the graph where the machine was at top speed.

POR SCREW

g. Turning each screw OUT 1/4 turn should increase the top speed by approximately 100 rpm. Turning each screw IN 1/4 turn should decrease the top speed by approximately 100 rpm. h. Remove the cab tilt support brace and return the cab to its normal position.

18. The True RMS of the selected portion of the graph should read 3750 rpm ± 50 If the value recorded does not fall into this range, the minimum displacement screw must be adjusted on the RH and LH drive motor. 19. If the average top speed is acceptable, proceed to step 22. If the average top speed is not acceptable adjustment is required. 20. To adjust maximum displacement if required a. Turn the engine OFF.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch

Remove the articulation lock bar

k. Insert the ignition key. l.

Start the engine.

21. Repeat steps 12 to 20 until Drive Motor average top speed falls in the correct range, 3750 rpm ± 50. 22. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK.

b. Remove the ignition key.

Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

c. Install the articulation lock bar. d. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch CAB LOCKING PIN

IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally.

CAB SUPPORT BRACE (3291B). MUST USE CAB & CHASSIS LUGS SHOWN

Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only. When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

CAB LOCKING PIN

E620C-17

DRIVE MOTORS

FIGURE 1

17. To find the average maximum drive motor speed at , select the Drive Motor Speed channel at the bottom of the graph page (the graph data for the selected channel will be highlighted or bold when selected and the statistics will be shown to the right.

SAFETY CABLE

M1 PORTS LOCATED ON BOTTOM LEFT HAND SIDE OF EACH MOTOR

PARTIAL TILT WITH CAB SUPPORT BRACE

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

e. Tilt the cab over and install the cab tilt support brace.

8.55

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

23. Engage the parking brake 24. Turn OFF the engine. 25. Remove the ignition key. 26. Install the articulation lock bar. 27. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

8.56

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

G. DRIVE PUMP MAX CURRENT 1.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Insert the ignition key.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine.

START PAUSE STOP

CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL

Select Measure and scroll to the Drive/HP Test measure group and observe channel: Drive Motor RH Speed FIN Refer to IQANrun – MEASURE/GRAPH in SECTION 6 for more information about graphing.

10. Disengage the parking brake. 11. Move the machine to a suitable* area to perform this procedure.

Change the program mode from NORMAL to ENGINE HP TEST and press OK. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2. IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

*NOTE: A clear open area with fairly flat ground and at least 80 m (250 ft) of space to drive the machine. 12. Set the maximum speed control to its lowest setting . 13. Start measuring. 14. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT

Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun 2 program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

Fully apply the forward drive pedal.

Allow the machine to reach top speed and maintain for 3 seconds.

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message. 8.

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, fully apply the drive pedal.

Release the drive pedal, allow the wheels to stop and engage the parking brake. 15. Stop measuring.

8.57

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

DRAG TIME MARKERS

MAINTAIN CONSTANT PRESSURE AT 2200 RPM

TRUE RMS FIGURE 5

16. Drag the time markers to select a smooth section of the graph where the machine was at top speed. 17. To find the average maximum drive motor speed at , select the Drive Motor Speed channel at the bottom of the graph page (the graph data for the selected channel will be highlighted or bold when selected and the statistics will be shown to the right.

19. Use the computer to reset the Pump Max Current as follows. Using the computer from any screen MENU BUTTON ~ADJUST~ Hydrostatic Drive Group Adjust ~ Max Pump Current. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE ~ADJUST MENU in SECTION 2 of THIS MANUAL for more information

18. The True RMS of the selected portion of the graph should be: On machines equipped with a 180cc drive pump (6205201 to 6205240, 6303001 to 6303050) approximately 1230 rpm.

20. Lower the pump max current in 5 mA increments repeating steps 13 to 18 until the drive motor speed drops at least 10 rpm from the initial value found in step 18. 21. Once the average maximum drive motor speed at has dropped by 10 rpm, change the pump max current back to the last value used prior to the drop. This will ensure that the drive pump is fully stroking and drawing maximum horsepower, but will prevent excess current from delaying the pump response. Example results are shown in Table 1.

Table 1: Example results for setting Drive Pump Max Current Drive Pump COUT Drive Motor RPM Notes MAX CURRENT 700 mA 1438 rpm < Maximum speed control @ 660 mA 1440 rpm 655 mA 1435 rpm 650 mA 1430 rpm 645 mA 1432 rpm 640 mA 1434 rpm 635 mA 1432 rpm < Drive Motor rpm decreased 630 mA 1410 rpm 635 mA 1433 rpm < Drive Motor rpm back to original maximum setting 640 mA 1435 rpm < Add 5 mA for final setting

8.58

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

22. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2. IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally. Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only. When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged. In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message. 23. Engage the parking brake. 24. Turn OFF the engine. 25. Remove the ignition key.

8.59

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

H. DRIVE MOTOR MAX CURRENT 1.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Insert the ignition key.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine.

START PAUSE STOP

CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL

Select Measure and scroll to the Drive/HP Test measure group and observe channel: Drive Motor RH Speed FIN Refer to IQANrun – MEASURE/GRAPH in SECTION 6 for more information about graphing.

10. Disengage the parking brake. 11. Move the machine to a suitable* area to perform this procedure.

Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun 2 program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, fully apply the drive pedal.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT Fully apply the forward drive pedal. Allow the machine to reach top speed and maintain for 5 seconds. Release the drive pedal , allow the wheels to stop and engage the parking brake. 15. Stop measuring.

8.60

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

DRAG TIME MARKERS

MAINTAIN CONSTANT PRESSURE AT 2200 RPM

TRUE RMS FIGURE 5

16. Drag the time markers to select a smooth section of the Drive Motor Speed graph where the machine was at top speed. 17. To find the average maximum drive motor speed at , select the Drive Motor Speed channel at the bottom of the graph page (the graph data for the selected channel will be highlighted or bold when selected and the statistics will be shown to the right.

19. Use the computer display to reset the Motor Max Current as follows. Using the computer from any screen MENU BUTTON ~ADJUST~ Hydrostatic Drive Group Adjust ~ Motor Max Current. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE ~ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information

18. Initially, the True RMS of the selected portion of the graph should read between 3600-3700 rpm.

20. Lower the motor max current in 5 mA increments repeating steps 13 – 18 until the drive motor speed drops by at least 50 rpm from the initial value found in step 18. Leave the motor max current at this value as it will ensure the drive motors will be responsive to sudden changes in torque load. Example results are shown in Table 2.

Table 2: Example results for setting Drive Motor Max Current Drive Motor COUT MAX CURRENT 1000 mA 960 mA 955 mA 950 mA 945 mA 940 mA 935 mA 930 mA 925 mA 920 mA

Drive Motor RPM 3622 rpm 3620 rpm 3627 rpm 3618 rpm 3622 rpm 3625 rpm 3628 rpm 3625 rpm 3675 rpm 3621 rpm

Notes < Maximum speed control @

< Final setting - decrease of at least 50 rpm

8.61

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

21. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2. IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally. Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only. When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged. In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message. 22. Engage the parking brake 23. Turn OFF the engine. 24. Remove the ignition key. 25. Install the articulation lock bar. 26. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

8.62

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder HYDROSTATIC SETUP PROCEDURE SINGLE SPEED MECHANICAL TRANSMISSION MACHINES (6205241-6206200, 6303051-6304000) LATER DRIVE PUMP 165cc OR 210cc DO NOT adjust drive motor and drive pump pressure settings without first confirming the need to do so. All motor adjustments must be performed on BOTH MOTORS. The hydrostatic setup procedure is a series of steps that must be done in a proper sequence to achieve optimum performance from the machine. Any deviation from the procedures could present a safety hazard, damage components and/or affect the operation of the machine. Setup Preparation.

Drive G. Drive Motor Maximum Speed/Minimum Displacement Motor maximum speed/minimum displacement may be checked and adjusted independently (sections PREPARATION,G,H,I). H. Drive Motor Max Current Drive motor max current may be adjusted independently of other procedures (sections PREPARATION,H,I). I.

Drive pump max current may be adjusted independently of other procedures. J. Parking Brake Release Test The parking brake release test may be performed independently of other procedures.

Setup preparation is required prior to performing all drive pump and drive motor adjustments (sections B,C,D,E,F,G,H).

WARNING To prevent injury caused by accidental steering of the machine when setting pressures, make sure the articulation lock bar is held securely in place by the lynch pins provided.

A. Drive Pump Charge Pressure. Drive pump charge pressure may be checked independently of other procedures. Refer also to DRIVE PUMP PRESSURE CHECKS in THIS SECTION. B. Drive Pump Hydraulic Neutral Drive pump hydraulic neutral may be checked and adjusted independently (sections PREPARATION,B,H,I). C. Drive Pump Beginning of Displacement Drive pump hydraulic beginning of displacement may be checked and adjusted independently (sections PREPARATION,C,H,I). D. Drive Pump Maximum Displacement Drive pump maximum displacement may be checked and adjusted independently (sections PREPARATION,D,H,I).

IMPORTANT ! • When installing a new or rebuilt motor, ensure minimum displacement screw is set correctly. •

Improper adjustment of minimum displacement adjusting screw can result in motor failure due to overspeeding.

•

It may be necessary to verify the length of adjusting screw used by removing and measuring the screw.

E. Drive Pump High Pressure Relief. Drive pump high pressure relief may be checked and adjusted independently (sections PREPARATION,E,H,I). F.

Drive Pump Max Current

Drive Motor Beginning of Displacement Motor Beginning of displacement may be checked and adjusted independently (sections PREPARATION,F,H,I).

8.63

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder Drive HYDROSTATIC SETUP SHEET – SINGLE SPEED MECHANICAL TRANSMISSION Make copies to use as a guide and a record of each setup. Date Serial Number Technician

Setup Preparation □ Ensure orifices have been removed from M1 ports in both motors □ Ensure drive motor minimum displacement set screws on the left and right drive motors are set correctly. □ Turn in the Pressure Override Screw fully and back out ¼ turn on both drive motors □ Ensure latest IQAN program is installed on the MD3 □ Use IQANrun to login to the MD3. (Use IQANrun2 for Tier 3 and Tier 4i. Use IQANrun3 for Tier 2/Tier 4F) □ Maximize pump and motor currents (Hydrostatic Drive adjust group) □ Set RH mA Motor Reg Setup channel to 0 mA □ Set LH mA Motor Reg Setup channel to 0 mA □ Ensure Engine High Idle is set to 2200 rpm (Tier 2 set to 2100 rpm) □ Ensure Auto rpm is set to Max rpm □ Check maximum speed control readings (Travel Speed Control MAC 0% to 100%) A. Drive pump charge pressure Drive Pump Charge Pressure

psi or bar

B. Drive pump Hydraulic neutral Drive Pressure Forward Drive Pressure Reverse

psi or bar

D. Drive pump maximum E. Drive pump high pressure relief displacement Forward/Reverse Drive Motor RH Speed Forward Drive Motor RH Speed Reverse

rpm

Drive Pressure Fwd VIN Drive Pressure Rev VIN

psi or bar

C. Drive pump beginning of displacement Forward/Reverse Drive Pressure Fwd VIN start to increase Drive Pressure Rev VIN start to increase

F. Drive motor beginning of displacement METHOD A Right Motor shifting point Left Motor shifting point METHOD B Left Motor M1 port pressure Right Motor M1 port pressure Drive Pressure VIN

mA psi or bar

G. Drive motor maximum speed/minimum Right Drive Motor

Left Drive Motor

Drive Motor Speed (rpm) Exposed length(mm)

H. Drive Motor Max Current

Right Drive Motor Max Current RH Drive RH Motor RH Motor Motor Max Current Max Current Speed (210cc) (165cc) (rpm) 1100 mA 1100 mA 1030 mA 960 mA 1020 mA 950 mA 1010 mA 940 mA 1000 mA 930 mA 990 mA 920 mA 980 mA 910 mA 970 mA 900 mA 960 mA 890 mA 950 mA 880 mA 940 mA 870 mA 930 mA 860 mA 920 mA 850 mA 910 mA 840 mA Final should be: Final should be: 870-940 mA 940-1010 mA

I. Drive pump Max Current

Drive Pump Max Current Pump Max RH Drive Current Motor Speed (rpm)

EARLIER PUMP COILS LATER PUMP COILS

600 mA 590 mA 580 mA 570 mA 560 mA 550 mA 540 mA 530 mA 520 mA 510 mA Final should be: 535-560 mA Final should be: 560-600 mA

COMMENTS:

8.64

J. Parking Brake Release Time Maximum Release Time [ms]

Parking Brake Release Time

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SETUP PREPARATION NOTE: This procedure as written can be completed with all four wheels on the ground.

Drive 9. Ensure the drive motor minimum displacement set screws on the right and left drive motors are set correctly for the machine configuration.

"X"

If an open flat area of sufficient size is not available hydrostatic setup can also be completed with all four wheels lifted clear of the ground on suitable stands.

DIM X

1. Park the machine on level ground.

The “X” dimension is the measured from the top of the locknut to the end of the exposed screw. Always check the overall length of the adjusting screw before setting the “X” dimension.

2. Lower grapple and dozer blade to rest firmly on the ground. 3. Engage the parking brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine.

Table 1

5. Remove the ignition key.

Minimum displacement screw length

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch 7. Install the articulation lock bar.

RH MOTOR LH MOTOR

8. The shifting time of the Drive Motors is controlled by the computer controls system software, not using hydraulic timing orifices.

M1 PORTS LOCATED ON BOTTOM LEFT SIDE OF EACH MOTOR

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW

630D/635D, 630E/635E/632E/635G machines are equipped with a 210cc drive pump. These measurements are a starting point and may have to be adjusted for proper calibration 10. On both the left and right drive motors, turn the drive motor POR adjusting screw all the way IN until lightly seated, then back out 1/4 turn. 11. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch. 12. Insert the ignition key.

POR SCREW 620E-131

90 mm 90 mm

X = setting 165 CC 210CC PUMP PUMP 14 mm 9 mm 14 mm 9 mm

604C/610C/615C, 620D, 610E/615E/620E/625E machines are equipped with a 165cc drive pump.

If installing a new or rebuilt motor ensure orifices are out of M1 port on both Drive Motors.

BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SCREW

DRIVE MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW "X" DIMENSION

DRIVE MOTORS

13. Turn the ignition switch to the RUN position to provide power to the computer system.

8.65

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

14. Connect a PC/Laptop to the MD3 module using the proper communication cable, open the appropriate IQANrun program. Refer to CONNECT TO THE MD3 WITH IQANrun 2 or IQANrun 3 as applicable in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for connection information.

Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE –ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information.

NOTE: IQANrun 2 (used for Tier 3 and Tier 4i machine programs) and IQANrun 3 (used for Tier 4f and Tier 2 machine programs). 15. If you are updating the program refer to the Tigercat Dealer Website and open the appropriate application for the machine then update it in the MD3. Refer to IQAN SOFTWARE – APPLICATION PROGRAM UPDATES , IQAN SOFTWARE – DOWNLOADING APPLICATIONS FROM DEALER WEBSITE and IQANrun – UPDATING APPLICATION in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL. Proceed to step 16. If you are not updating the program proceed to step 16. NOTE: Update of the program may be required as a result of PSB updates, program improvement updates or other component updates.

18. For accurate setup it is necessary to temporarily increase the motor maximum current setting.

16. Login to the application from the MD3 to access the hydrostatic drive adjust group. Refer to IQANrun – LOGIN in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

17. For accurate setup it is necessary to temporarily increase the pump maximum current setting. Adjust the Pump Max Current as high as it will go and press OK. Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – ADJUST – Hydrostatic Drive Group Adjust – Max Pump Current. 8.66

Adjust the Motor Max Current as high as it will go and press OK. Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON ~ADJUST~ Hydrostatic Drive Group Adjust ~ Motor Max Current. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE ~ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information.

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

19. Set RH mA Motor Reg Setup channel to 0 mA and press OK. Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – ADJUST – Hydrostatic Drive Adjust Group – RH mA Motor Reg Setup. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE –ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 for more information.

20. Set LH mA Motor Reg Setup channel to 0 mA and press OK. Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – ADJUST – Hydrostatic Drive Adjust Group – LH mA Motor Reg Setup. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE –ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 for more information.

Drive

21. For accurate setup it is necessary to ensure Engine High Idle is set to 2200 rpm (Tier 2 only 2100 rpm). Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – ADJUST – Engine Adjust – Engine High Idle. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENUENGINE SETTINGS – ENGINE HIGH IDLE ADJUST in SECTION 2 for more information.

22. For accurate setup it is necessary to ensure Auto rpm is set to Max rpm. Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – ADJUST – Engine Adjust – Engine High Idle. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENUENGINE SETTINGS – ENGINE HIGH IDLE ADJUST in SECTION 2 for more information.

8.67

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive Using the computer display press the menu button , press Measure (F2) then select the Drive/HP test group. Refer to COMPUTER – MAIN MENU PAGE - MEASURE MENU – EXAMPLE - MEASURE MENU in SECTION 2. 25. Ensure that hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. Refer to HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE in THIS SECTION. 26. Turn OFF the engine. 27. Remove the ignition key. 28. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

23. Ensure the program mode is set to NORMAL. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2 of THIS MANUAL. IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged. In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

24. Check speed control channel readings (Travel Speed Control MAC) in the Drive HP Test Group. When the maximum speed control is at its lowest setting ( ) the reading should be should be 0% and at its highest setting ( ) the reading should be 100%. 8.68

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

A. DRIVE PUMP CHARGE PRESSURE 1.

Connect a 0-1000 psi (0 -70 bar) gauge to the CHARGE test port.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Insert the ignition key

Start the engine and allow to idle.

Check charge pressure.

610E/615E

CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

CHARGE TEST PORT 610E-016

CHARGE PRESSURE TEST PORT 620E/625E/630E/635E

Reading should be 300-400 psi (21-28 bar) @ low idle. 8.

CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

If charge pressure readings are not correct check the charge filter for proper operation. The charge pressure is non-adjustable.

CHARGE TEST PORT

Turn OFF the engine.

10. Remove the ignition key. 11. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch 12. Remove the gauge from the charge pressure test port.

620E-051

CHARGE PRESSURE TEST PORT 600C/600D SERIES CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER CHARGE TEST PORT

615C-039

CHARGE PRESSURE TEST PORT 632E/635G SERIES CHARGE TEST PORT

CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

632E-036

8.69

CHARGE PRESSURE TEST PORT

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

B. DRIVE PUMP HYDRAULIC NEUTRAL

Pump Neutral Adjustment (if Required)

Check for Correct Pump Neutral Adjustment

11. Remove the ignition key.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

12. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

Insert the ignition key.

Turn the ignition switch to the RUN position to provide power to the computer system.

FORWARD MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW (FORWARD ON BOTTOM) REVERSE BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SLEEVE (FORWARD ON BOTTOM) HYDRAULIC NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT

MS (MP ON BOTTOM) FORWARD HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF (REVERSE ON BOTTOM)

Z CHARGE PRESSURE RELIEF Y 630E-193

DRIVE PUMP (LATER)

13. Two 0-600 psi (0-41 bar) gauges are required to perform this adjustment (or a single differential pressure gauge may be used). 4.

14. Connect 0-600 psi (0-41 bar) gauges to the MP and MS ports.

Use the computer display to view Forward and Reverse drive pressure information from the cab.

DRIVE PUMP

From the main menu select INFORMATION MODE MENU (F3). Forward and Reverse drive pressure displayed on this screen. Refer to COMPUTER – INFORMATION MODE MENU in SECTION 2 for more information. 5.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine and allow to idle.

Perform the following check:

CONNECTORS

630E-192

Engage the parking brake and check to ensure that the Forward and Reverse drive pressure readings differ by less than 75 psi (5.2 bar) . 9.

Turn the engine OFF.

10. If the drive pressure readings differ by more than 75 psi (5.2 bar), the drive pump neutral will need to be reset. Proceed to step 11. If the pump does not require adjustment proceed to Section C.

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE 15. Prior to performing this procedure disconnect the two connectors on the drive pump. This is a safety precaution to prevent the machine from travelling during the procedure. 16. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch. 17. Insert the ignition key. 18. Start the engine and allow to idle with the parking brake engaged.

8.70

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

19. Turn the hydraulic neutral adjustment until the gauge readings are less than 30 psi (2 bar) apart (preferably equal). 20. Turn the engine OFF. 21. Remove the ignition key. 22. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch 23. Remove the gauges. 24. Reconnect the two connectors on the drive pump. 25. Proceed to Section C.

8.71

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder C. DRIVE PUMP BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT 1.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Insert the ignition key.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine.

Drive 9.

Using IQANrun click on the MEASURE tab, select Drive/HP Test measure group and observe the channels: Drive Pump Fwd-/Rev+ COUT Drive Pressure Fwd VIN Drive Pressure Rev VIN NOTE: The Forward and Reverse drive pressures should be approximately equal to the charge pressure reading as noted in Section A step 7 (+/- 50 psi [3.4 bar]). Note these readings.

10. Disengage the parking brake. 11. Move the machine to a suitable* area to perform this procedure. *NOTE: A clear open area with fairly flat ground and at least 80 m (250 ft) of space to drive the machine. 12. Set the maximum speed control to its lowest setting ( ). 13. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

Change the program mode from NORMAL to DRIVE PUMP REGULATION SETUP and press OK.

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, apply left foot firmly against service brake and apply the drive pedal all the way to the floor with the right foot.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT

Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

Apply left foot firmly against service brake and apply the forward drive pedal all the way to the floor with the right foot.

DRIVE PRESSURE INCREASING

Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

DRIVE PUMP COUT 220-230 MA

14. Slowly move maximum speed control towards . and watch the Drive Pump COUT value increase in mA. As the value reaches 220-230 mA, Drive Pressure Fwd VIN should start to increase from the original reading.

8.72

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder FORWARD MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW (FORWARD ON BOTTOM) REVERSE BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SLEEVE (FORWARD ON BOTTOM) HYDRAULIC NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT

Drive MS (MP ON BOTTOM)

18. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

FORWARD HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF (REVERSE ON BOTTOM)

IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally.

Z CHARGE PRESSURE RELIEF

Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only.

Y 630E-193

When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

DRIVE PUMP (LATER)

15. If readings are correct proceed to step 18. If Drive Pressure Fwd VIN increases earlier than 220 mA or later than 230 mA adjustment is required.

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

16. To adjust Drive Pressure if required: a. Turn the engine OFF. b. Remove the ignition key. c. Install the articulation lock bar. d. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch e. Loosen the lock nut on the forward beginning of displacement sleeve. f.

19. Turn the engine OFF. 20. Remove the ignition key. 21. Install the articulation lock bar. 22. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

Turn the sleeve IN to increase current or OUT to decrease current.

g. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch h. Remove the articulation lock bar i.

Insert the ignition key.

Start the engine.

17. Repeat the steps 12 to 16 for the reverse direction.

8.73

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

D. DRIVE PUMP MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT 1.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Insert the ignition key.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine.

DRIVE MOTOR RH SPEED FIN

Using IQANrun click on the MEASURE tab, select Drive/HP Test measure group and observe the channel:

Drive Motor RH Speed FIN

Refer to IQANrun – MEASURE/GRAPH in SECTION 6. 10. Disengage the parking brake. 11. Move the machine to a suitable* area to perform this procedure. 7.

*NOTE: A clear open area with fairly flat ground and at least 80 m (250 ft) of space to drive the machine. 12. Set the maximum speed control to its lowest setting ( ).. 13. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position and apply the drive pedal all the way to the floor.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT

Apply the forward drive pedal all the way to the floor.

14. Measure the Drive Motor Speed RH FIN. The drive motor speed display should read:

Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

Drive Pump

Drive Motor RH Speed Tier 4f, 4i, 3

Tier 2

165cc

1120-1150 rpm

1069-1099 rpm

210cc

1428-1458 rpm

1363-1393 rpm

15. Repeat steps 13 to 14 for the reverse direction.

8.74

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder FORWARD MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW (FORWARD ON BOTTOM) REVERSE BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SLEEVE (FORWARD ON BOTTOM) HYDRAULIC NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT

Drive MS (MP ON BOTTOM)

19. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

FORWARD HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF (REVERSE ON BOTTOM)

IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally.

Z CHARGE PRESSURE RELIEF

Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only.

Y 630E-193

When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

DRIVE PUMP (LATER)

16. If the forward and reverse readings are approximately equal proceed to step 19. If the forward and reverse readings are not equal adjustment of maximum displacement is required.

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

17. To adjust maximum displacement if required a. Turn the engine OFF.

20. Turn the engine OFF.

b. Remove the ignition key.

21. Remove the ignition key.

c. Install the articulation lock bar.

22. Install the articulation lock bar.

d. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

23. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

e. Adjust the maximum displacement screws as required. f.

Turn screw IN to decrease setting or OUT to increase setting (1 turn changes motor speed reading by 30 rpm).

g. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch h. Remove the articulation lock bar i.

Insert the ignition key.

Start the engine.

18. Repeat steps 13 to 17 until readings are correct.

8.75

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

E. DRIVE PUMP HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF FORWARD MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW (FORWARD ON BOTTOM)

Start the engine.

Change the program mode from NORMAL to DRIVE PUMP POR SETUP and press OK.

MS (MP ON BOTTOM)

HYDRAULIC NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT

FORWARD HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF (REVERSE ON BOTTOM)

1 POR CONTROL

PRESSURE SCREW

3 POR CONTROL

REVERSE BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SLEEVE (FORWARD ON BOTTOM) Y 635D-175

PRESSURE SCREW

2 POR CONTROL

PRESSURE SCREW CHARGE PRESSURE RELIEF

DRIVE PUMP (EARLIER)

For earlier drive pumps POR is nonadjustable. Mechanical controls must be disabled as described below, for proper operation of this machine.

Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

Turn drive pump POR controls, items 1 and 2, all the way IN. These screws will remain permanently disabled. Turn the drive pump POR control, item 3, all the way OUT (it is mechanically restricted from being removed completely). FORWARD MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW (FORWARD ON BOTTOM) REVERSE BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SLEEVE (FORWARD ON BOTTOM) HYDRAULIC NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT

IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

MS (MP ON BOTTOM) FORWARD HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF (REVERSE ON BOTTOM)

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message. 9.

Z CHARGE PRESSURE RELIEF Y 630E-193

DRIVE PUMP (LATER)

For later drive pumps POR is non-adjustable and pumps are not equipped with mechanical controls. 2.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Insert the ignition key.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up. 8.76

Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder DRAG TIME MARKERS

START PAUSE STOP

Drive 19. To find the average relief pressure, select the Drive Pressure Fwd channel below the graph page (the graph data for the selected channel will be highlighted or bold when selected and the statistics will be shown to the right. The True RMS of the selected portion of the graph should read:

CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL

Drive Pump

TRUE RMS

10. Using IQANrun click on the MEASURE tab, select Drive/HP Test measure group and observe the channels: Drive Pressure Fwd VIN Drive Pressure Rev VIN Refer to IQANrun – MEASURE/GRAPH in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information about graphing.

210cc

6500-6700

448-461

IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally. Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only.

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, apply left foot firmly against service brake and apply the drive pedal slowly with the right foot.

When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT

16. Release the drive pedal and the service brake. Engage the parking brake.

427-441

Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

14. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

Maintain relief pressure for 3 seconds.

6200-6400

21. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK.

13. Start measuring.

15. Pressure reading will stabilize at the relief setting.

165cc

POR is non-adjustable.

*NOTE: A clear open area with fairly flat ground and at least 80 m (250 ft) of space to drive the machine.

Apply left foot firmly against service brake and apply the forward drive pedal slowly with the right foot.

bar

20. Repeat steps 13 to 19 for the reverse direction (Drive Pressure Rev).

12. Move the machine to a suitable* area to perform this procedure.

psi

The relief valves on this pump are cartridge style, factory set and nonadjustable.

11. Disengage the parking brake.

Drive Pressure True RMS

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message. 22. Turn the engine OFF. 23. Remove the ignition key. 24. Install the articulation lock bar. 25. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

17. Stop measuring. 18. Drag the time markers to select the section where the pressure stabilized.

8.77

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder F.

DRIVE MOTOR BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT

In this section two procedures will be described. Tigercat strongly recommends to proceed as per method “A”. Method “B” can be performed as a double check method.

Drive 8.

Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

Ensure that RH mA Motor Reg Setup channel is set to 0 mA per Preparation step 19

METHOD A (RECOMMENDED) 1.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Insert the ignition key.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine.

NOTE: LH mA Motor Reg Setup channel remains set at 0 mA per Preparation step 20. DRAG TIME MARKERS

START PAUSE STOP

CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL TRUE RMS

10. Using IQANrun click on the MEASURE tab, select Hydrostatic Set-up measure group and observe the channel:

RH Drive Motor COUT Drive Motor RH Speed FIN

Refer to IQANrun – MEASURE/GRAPH in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information about graphing. 11. Move the machine to a suitable* area to perform this procedure. 7.

Change the program mode from NORMAL to DRIVE PUMP REGULATION SETUP and press OK. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2. IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged. In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

*NOTE: A clear open area with fairly flat ground and at least 80 m (250 ft) of space to drive the machine. 12. Start measuring. 13. Disengage the parking brake. 14. Set the maximum speed control to its highest setting ( ). 15. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, apply the drive pedal all the way to the floor with the right foot.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT

Apply the forward drive pedal all the way to the floor with the right foot.

16. Allow motors to reach maximum speed. Observe speed reading on RH mA Motor Reg Setup screen. 8.78

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

Maximum Drive Motor RH Speed FIN Drive Pump

Drive Motor RH Speed Tier 4f, 4i, 3

Tier 2

165cc

1120-1150 rpm

1069-1099 rpm

210cc

1428-1458 rpm

1363-1393 rpm

18. Set RH mA Motor Reg Setup channel to 350 mA. This is a start point. 19. Begin increasing RH mA Motor Reg Setup until the Drive Motor RH Speed FIN reading on the computer display begins to increase. NOTE: Motor Reg Setup should be increased 1 mA at a time by tapping the up arrow to obtain a graph which can be used to find the shifting point easily. Drive Motor RH Speed FIN reading will oscillate as the setting is increased. The shifting point (motor beginning of displacement) will be the point at which the reading oscillates at a slightly higher range just before drive motor speed increases more quickly.

17. Check Drive Motor Speed readings with RH mA Motor Reg setup at 0, 100, 200 and 300 mA. These readings should be approximately the same. Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – ADJUST – Hydrostatic Drive Adjust Group – RH mA Motor Reg Setup. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE –ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 for more information. If readings are not consistent the motor beginning of displacement screw may be out of position. This is rare but may cause the motor to start shifting before expected. To correct adjust beginning of displacement screw before proceeding. See step 26 below

Example results are shown in Table 2 20. Continue increasing RH mA Motor Reg Setup well past 410 mA to make finding the shifting point easier. 21. Stop measuring. 22. Engage parking brake

Table 2 Motor Beginning of Displacement example Drive Motor COUT (mA) Drive Motor Speed (RPM) 0

1123-1124

100

1124-1125

200

1123-1125

300

1123-1124 1123-1124 1123-1124 1124-1125 1123-1125 1123-1124 1125-1126 <Shifting point 1126-1128 1129-1130

350-398 399 400 401 402 403 405 407

Observations Ensure Drive Motor Speed is approximately the same at 0, 100, 200 and 300 mA. If not, the beginning of displacement screw may be out of position. This is rare but may cause the motor to start shifting before expected. To correct adjust beginning of displacement screw before proceeding. Increase 1 mA at a time.

8.79

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

23. Select channel Drive Motor RH Speed FIN and slowly drag arrow to find the point at which the drive motor speed starts to increase. Adjust graph scale for accuracy if necessary.

25. If the beginning of displacement is within the 400-410 mA range proceed to step 28. If beginning of displacement is not within the 400-410 mA range adjustment is required. M1 PORTS LOCATED ON BOTTOM LEFT SIDE OF EACH MOTOR

BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SCREW MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW

POR SCREW

DRIVE MOTORS

620E-131

26. To adjust RH motor beginning of displacement a. Turn the engine OFF. b. Remove the ignition key. c. Install the articulation lock bar. NOTE: To Scale RH Speed FIN channel or any other channel. Double click on it. Select MIN and MAX scale values. 24. At the point of right drive motor beginning of displacement Drive Motor RH COUT must read 400-410 mA

630E-199

GRAPH WITHOUT SCALE ADJUSTMENT

BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SHIFTING POINT DRIVE MOTOR LH COUT

DRIVE MOTOR RH SPEED FIN MOTOR DISPLACEMENT < MAXIMUM MOTOR DISPLACEMENT = MAXIMUM

630E-204

GRAPH WITH SCALE ADJUSTED FOR ACCURACY 8.80

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

d. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

DRAG TIME MARKERS

e. Adjust the RH motor beginning of displacement set screw. . f.

START PAUSE STOP

Turn OUT if reading is less than 400 mA. Turn IN if reading is greater than 410 mA

CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL

g. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch h. Remove the articulation lock bar i.

Insert the ignition key.

Start the engine.

27. Repeat steps 12 to 26 until right drive motor beginning of displacement occurs with Drive Motor RH COUT between 400-410 mA 28. Save the final graph for your records.

TRUE RMS

30. Using IQANrun click on the MEASURE tab, select Hydrostatic Set-up measure group and observe the channel:

Drive Motor LH COUT Drive Motor RH Speed FIN

Refer to IQANrun – MEASURE/GRAPH in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information about graphing. 31. Start measuring. 32. Disengage the parking brake. 33. Set the maximum speed control to its highest setting ( ). 34. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

29. Reset RH mA Motor Reg Setup channel to 0 mA.

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, apply the drive pedal all the way to the floor with the right foot.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT

Apply the forward drive pedal all the way to the floor with the right foot.

35. Allow motors to reach maximum speed. Observe speed reading on RH mA Motor Reg Setup screen. Maximum Drive Motor RH Speed FIN Drive Pump

8.81

Drive Motor RH Speed Tier 4f

Tier 2

165cc

1120-1150 rpm

1069-1099 rpm

210cc

1428-1458 rpm

1363-1393 rpm

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

36. Check Drive Motor Speed readings with LH mA Motor Reg setup at 0, 100, 200 and 300 mA. These readings should be approximately the same. Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – ADJUST – Hydrostatic Drive Adjust Group – RH mA Motor Reg Setup. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE –ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 for more information.

Drive

37. Set LH mA Motor Reg Setup channel to 350 mA. This is a start point. 38. Begin increasing LH mA Motor Reg Setup until the Drive Motor RH Speed FIN on the computer display begins to increase. NOTE: Motor Reg Setup should be increased 1 mA at a time by tapping the up arrow to obtain a graph which can be used to find the shifting point easily. Drive Motor RH Speed FIN reading will oscillate as the setting is increased. The shifting point (motor beginning of displacement) will be the point at which the reading oscillates at a slightly higher range just before drive motor speed increases more quickly.

If readings are not consistent the motor beginning of displacement screw may be out of position. This is rare but may cause the motor to start shifting before expected. To correct adjust beginning of displacement screw before proceeding. See step 44 below.

Example results are shown in Table 2. 39. Continue increasing RH mA Motor Reg Setup well past 410 mA to make finding the shifting point easier. 40. Stop measuring. 41. Engage parking brake

Table 2 Motor Beginning of Displacement example Drive Motor COUT (mA) Drive Motor Speed (RPM) 0

1123-1124

100

1124-1125

200

1123-1125

300

1123-1124 1123-1124 1123-1124 1124-1125 1123-1125 1123-1124 1125-1126 <Shifting point 1126-1128 1129-1130

350-398 399 400 401 402 403 405 407

8.82

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

42. Select channel Drive Motor RH Speed FIN and slowly drag arrow to find the point at which the drive motor speed starts to increase. Adjust graph scale for accuracy if necessary.

Turn IN if reading is greater than 410 mA g. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch h. Remove the articulation lock bar i.

Insert the ignition key.

Start the engine.

45. Repeat steps 31 to 44 until right drive motor beginning of displacement occurs with Drive Motor RH COUT between 400-410 mA 46. Save the final graph for your records. 47. Reset LH mA Motor Reg Setup channel to 0 mA and press OK. Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – ADJUST – Hydrostatic Drive Adjust Group – RH mA Motor Reg Setup. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE –ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information. NOTE: RH mA Motor Reg Setup channel remains set at 0 mA per Preparation step 19. NOTE: To Scale RH Speed FIN channel or any other channel. Double click on it. Select MIN and MAX scale values.

BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SCREW

M1 PORTS LOCATED ON BOTTOM LEFT SIDE OF EACH MOTOR

48. Turn OFF the engine. 49. Remove the ignition key. 50. Install the articulation lock bar. 51. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. Proceed to section G step 1 if motor beginning of displacement has been set successfully using method A.

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW

POR SCREW

DRIVE MOTORS

620E-131

43. If the beginning of displacement is within the 400-410 mA range proceed to step 46 . If beginning of displacement is not within the 400-410 mA range adjustment is required. 44. To adjust LH motor beginning of displacement a. Turn the engine OFF. b. Remove the ignition key. c. Install the articulation lock bar. d. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch e. Adjust the RH motor beginning of displacement set screw. . f.

Turn OUT if reading is less than 400 mA. 8.83

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

METHOD B (ALTERNATE METHOD/CHECK) NOTE: In this section two procedures to set drive motor beginning of displacement will be described. Tigercat strongly recommends to proceed as per method “A”. Method “B” can be performed as a double check method. CAB LOCKING PIN

SAFETY CABLE

CAB SUPPORT BRACE (3291B). MUST USE CAB & CHASSIS LUGS SHOWN CAB LOCKING PIN

9. PARTIAL TILT WITH CAB SUPPORT BRACE

620E-064

Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

Tilt the cab over and install the cab tilt support brace.

BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SCREW

M1 PORTS LOCATED ON BOTTOM LEFT SIDE OF EACH MOTOR

IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

POR SCREW 620E-131

DRIVE MOTORS

Connect two 0-5000 psi (0 - 345 bar) gauges to the RM1 (Right Motor M1) and LM1 (Left Motor M1) test ports.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Insert the ignition key.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine.

Wheels may turn during this procedure. If the machine is on the ground place the dozer blade against a hard stop (a stump can be used as a hard stop).

Change the program mode from NORMAL to DRIVE MOTOR SETUP and press OK.

10. Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

8.84

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive DRIVE MOTOR CURRENT 400-410 mA

15. The drive system should build and then maintain a constant pressure. The wheels may creep at a slow speed. 16. The drive motors will not begin to displace until the LM1 and RM1 control pressures on the gauges reach half of the system pressure. For example, if the system pressure stabilizes at 2600 psi (180 bar) while holding the service brake and drive pedal in the drive motor setup program mode , the motors will not be physically shifting until the control pressure reaches 1300 psi (90 bar).

DRIVE PRESSURE STABLE

17. Slowly move maximum speed control towards . Drive Motor COUT will increase. The motor current readings should start increasing from 0 mA. Continue increasing the maximum speed control setting until one of the M1 gauges reaches half of system pressure. Note the current value on the computer display for the first motor.

11. Select Measure and scroll to the Drive/HP Test measure group and observe channels: Drive Pressure Fwd VIN Drive Motor RH COUT Drive Motor LH COUT

Refer to IQANrun – MEASURE/GRAPH in SECTION 6 for more information. 12. Disengage the parking brake. 13. Set the maximum speed control to its lowest setting ( ). 14. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, apply left foot firmly against service brake and apply the drive pedal all the way to the floor with the right foot.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT

Apply left foot firmly against service brake and apply the forward drive pedal all the way to the floor with the right foot.

18. Continue increasing the maximum speed control setting until the second M1 gauge reaches half of system pressure. Again note the current value displayed on the computer display for the second motor. 19. Although both motors do not have to reach half of system pressure at the same time or amperage, each motor should reach half of system pressure no earlier than 400 mA and no later than 410 mA. If both motors are set correctly, proceed to step 25. If either motor does not meet this requirement the beginning of displacement screw on the motor(s) must be adjusted, proceed to next step. NOTE: It is NOT NECESSARY for both motors to have the same settings. Motors may perform differently from one machine to another or even from one motor to another on the same machine.

8.85

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

20. With the service brake and drive pedal fully applied, adjust the maximum speed control so that Drive Motor RH COUT is 405 mA.

21. With the aid of an assistant maintain this condition and adjust the left motor beginning of displacement screw until the gauge pressure is half of the Drive Pressure FWD [psi] value.

IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally.

Adjust the right motor to the same pressure. Release the drive pedal and service brake.

Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only.

NOTE: While adjusting the second motor, it may be difficult to achieve exactly half of the Drive Pressure FWD [psi] value while trying to zero in the pressure, the gauge will continue to move and settle either above or below half of system pressure. If this is the case, have the beginning of displacement screw set as close as possible to this “switch point”.

When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged. In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

22. Return the maximum speed control to its lowest setting ( ). Repeat steps 15 to 22 until each motor reaches half of system pressure no earlier than 400 mA and no later than 410 mA.

25. Engage the parking brake 26. Turn OFF the engine. 27. Remove the ignition key.

23. Verify beginning of displacement settings a. With the service brake and drive pedal fully applied, adjust the maximum speed control so that LH Drive Motor COUT and RH Drive Motor COUT channel readings are 385 mA.

28. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch 29. Remove the gauges from the motor test ports. 30. Remove the cab tilt support brace and return the cab to its normal position.

b. Take an M1 gauge reading. c. Repeat for 390 mA, 395 mA, 400 mA, 405 mA, 410 mA. d. Example results are shown in Table 3. e. Verify that each motor reaches half of system pressure no earlier than 400 mA and no later than 410 mA.

Table 3 Example results for Verification of Beginning of Displacement Settings Drive Pressure Drive Pressure M1 Pressure M1 Pressure Drive Motor VIN VIN COUT (mA) psi bar 385 390 400 405 410

2600 2600 2600 2600 2600

0 500 1100 1300= ½ 2600 1500

8.86

180 180 180 180 180

0 34 76 90= ½ 180 103

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

G. MOTOR MAXIMUM SPEED/MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT 1.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Insert the ignition key.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine.

DRAG TIME MARKERS

START PAUSE STOP

CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL TRUE RMS

Select Measure and scroll to the Drive/HP Test measure group and observe channel: Drive Motor RH Speed FIN Refer to IQANrun – MEASURE/GRAPH in SECTION 6 for more information about graphing.

Change the program mode from NORMAL to MAX CURRENT SETUP and press OK. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2. IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

12. Set the maximum speed control to its highest setting ( ). 13. Start measuring. 14. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, fully apply the drive pedal.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT Fully apply the forward drive pedal. Allow the machine to reach top speed and maintain for 3 seconds. Release the drive pedal and allow the wheels to stop.

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

15. Stop measuring.

Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

17. To find the average maximum drive motor speed at , select the Drive Motor RH Speed channel at the bottom of the graph page (the graph data for the selected channel will be highlighted or bold when selected and the statistics will be shown to the right.

16. Drag the time markers to select a smooth section of the graph where the machine was at top speed.

8.87

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

Remove the articulation lock bar

Start the engine.

21. Repeat steps 12 to 20 until Drive Motor average top speed falls in the correct range, 3750 rpm ± 50. 22. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

b. Remove the ignition key. c. Install the articulation lock bar. d. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally.

CAB LOCKING PIN

Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only.

CAB SUPPORT BRACE (3291B). MUST USE CAB & CHASSIS LUGS SHOWN

When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

CAB LOCKING PIN

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

PARTIAL TILT WITH CAB SUPPORT BRACE

620E-064

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch

k. Insert the ignition key.

a. Turn the engine OFF.

SAFETY CABLE

e. Tilt the cab over and install the cab tilt support brace.

23. Engage the parking brake

24. Turn OFF the engine.

Adjust the RH and LH drive motors as required.

BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SCREW

M1 PORTS LOCATED ON BOTTOM LEFT SIDE OF EACH MOTOR

25. Remove the ignition key. 26. Install the articulation lock bar. 27. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW

POR SCREW 620E-131

DRIVE MOTORS

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

H. DRIVE MOTOR MAX CURRENT 1.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Insert the ignition key.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine.

10. For accurate setup temporarily adjust the pump maximum current setting to 350 mA and press OK. Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – ADJUST – Hydrostatic Drive Group Adjust – Max Pump Current. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE –ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 for more information. DRAG TIME MARKERS

Change the program mode from NORMAL to MAX CURRENT SETUP and press OK.

START PAUSE STOP

Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL TRUE RMS

Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

11. Select Measure and scroll to the Drive/HP Test measure group and observe channel: Drive Motor RH Speed FIN Refer to IQANrun – MEASURE/GRAPH in SECTION 6 for more information about graphing. 12. Disengage the parking brake. 13. Move the machine to a suitable* area to perform this procedure. *NOTE: A clear open area with fairly flat ground and at least 80 m (250 ft) of space to drive the machine.

Ensure the Drive Motor Current is adjusted to as high as it will go, as described in Preparation step 18.

8.89

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

14. Set the maximum speed control to its highest setting ( ). 15. Start measuring. 16. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, fully apply the drive pedal.

17. Stop measuring. 18. Drag the time markers to select a smooth section of the Drive Motor Speed graph where the machine was at top speed.

Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON ~ADJUST~ Hydrostatic Drive Group Adjust ~ Motor Max Current. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE ~ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 for more information

19. To find the average maximum drive motor speed at , select the Drive Motor Speed channel at the bottom of the graph page (the graph data for the selected channel will be highlighted or bold when selected and the statistics will be shown to the right.

22. Lower the motor max current to start point: 1030 mA (165cc pump) 960 mA (210cc pump)

20. The True RMS of the selected portion of the graph should be approximately: Drive Pump

23. Continue lowering the motor max current in 10 mA increments and repeating steps 13 to 19 until the RH drive motor speed drops by at least 7 rpm from the value found in the previous adjustment 3 consecutive times.

Drive Motor RH Speed True RMS Tier 4f, 4i, 3

Tier 2

165cc

1520 rpm

1451 rpm

210cc

1330 rpm

1269 rpm

Example results are shown in Table 4. 24. Increase the motor max current by 30 mA to the final setting (drop of 7 rpm for the 1st time). This will be the final setting as it will ensure the drive motors will be responsive to sudden changes in torque load.

Table 4 Example results for setting Drive Motor Max Current Motor Max Current 165cc pump 1100 mA 1030 mA 1020 mA 1010 mA 1000 mA 990 mA 980 mA 970 mA 960 mA 950 mA 940 mA 930 mA 920 mA

Drive Motor RH Speed 165cc pump 1537 rpm 1536 rpm 1535 rpm 1524 rpm 1524 rpm 1523 rpm 1523 rpm 1523 rpm 1523 rpm 1516 rpm 1508 rpm 1490 rpm 1480 rpm

RH Motor Max Current 210cc pump 1100 mA 960 mA 950 mA 940 mA 930 mA 920 mA 910 mA 900 mA 890 mA 880 mA 870 mA 860 mA 850 mA

Drive Motor RH Speed 210cc pump 1340 rpm 1341 rpm 1341 rpm 1330 rpm 1329 rpm 1331 rpm 1330 rpm 1329 rpm 1325 rpm 1315 rpm 1300 rpm 1280 rpm 1260 rpm

8.90

Observations < Maximum speed control @

< Final setting - decrease ≥ 7rpm for 1st time < Verify Drive Motor rpm decreased ≥ 7rpm < Verify Drive Motor rpm decreased ≥ 7rpm < Verify Drive Motor rpm decreased ≥ 7rpm

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

25. Final Motor Max Current should be: 940-1010 mA (165cc drive pump) 870-940 mA (210cc drive pump) NOTE: Tier 2 setting may be higher by up to 40 mA. 26. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2. IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally. Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only. When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged. In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message. 27. Engage the parking brake 28. Turn OFF the engine. 29. Remove the ignition key. 30. Install the articulation lock bar. 31. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch 32. Drive pump max current must be reset correctly to complete this procedure. Proceed to SECTION I.

8.91

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder I.

DRIVE PUMP MAX CURRENT

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Insert the ignition key.

Start the engine.

Drive DRAG TIME MARKERS

START PAUSE STOP

CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL TRUE RMS

10. Select Measure and scroll to the Drive/HP Test measure group and observe channel: Drive Motor RH Speed FIN Refer to IQANrun – MEASURE/GRAPH in SECTION 6 for more information about graphing. 11. Disengage the parking brake. 12. Move the machine to a suitable* area to perform this procedure. *NOTE: A clear open area with fairly flat ground and at least 80 m (250 ft) of space to drive the machine. 7.

13. Set the maximum speed control to its highest setting ( ).

Change the program mode from NORMAL to DRIVE PUMP REGULATION SETUP and press OK.

14. Start measuring. 15. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT

IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

Release the drive pedal, allow the wheels to stop and engage the parking brake. 16. Stop measuring.

Ensure the Pump Max Current is adjusted to as high as it will go and both RH and LH mA Motor Reg Setup are set to 0 mA as described in Preparation steps 17, 18 and 19. Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

Fully apply the forward drive pedal.

Allow the machine to reach top speed and maintain for 3 seconds.

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message. 8.

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, fully apply the drive pedal.

17. Drag the time markers to select a smooth section of the graph where the machine was at top speed. 18. To find the average maximum drive motor speed at , select the Drive Motor Speed channel at the bottom of the graph page (the graph data for the selected channel will be highlighted or bold when selected and the statistics will be shown to the right.

8.92

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

19. The True RMS of the selected portion of the graph should be approximately: Drive Pump

22. Increase the pump max current by 30 mA to the final setting (10 mA above the drop of 7 rpm for the 1st time).

Drive Motor RH Speed True RMS Tier 4f, 4i, 3

Tier 2

165cc

1125 rpm

1074 rpm

210cc

1430 rpm

1365 rpm

This will be the final setting as it will ensure that the drive pump is fully stroking and drawing maximum horsepower, but will prevent excess current from delaying the pump response. 23. The final pump max current should be:

EARLIER DESIGN COILS

615E-020

DRIVE PUMP (EARLIER)

530-560 mA for drive pumps with earlier design coils.

20. Use the computer display to reset the Pump Max Current as follows. Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON ~ADJUST~ Hydrostatic Drive Group Adjust ~ Max Pump Current. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE ~ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 for more information 21. Begin with the pump max current set to 600 mA, then lower in 10 mA increments repeating steps 14 to 20 until the drive motor speed drops by at least 7 rpm from the value found in the previous adjustment 3 consecutive times. Example results are shown in Table 5.

LATER DESIGN COILS

630E-193

DRIVE PUMP (LATER)

560-600 mA for drive pumps with later design coils.

Table 5 Example results for setting Drive Pump Max Current (later coil results shown) Drive Motor Drive Motor RH Speed RH Speed Notes Drive Pump 165cc pump 210cc pump Max Current 600 mA 1121 rpm 1426 rpm < Maximum speed control @ 590 mA 1119 rpm 1425 rpm 580 mA 1120 rpm 1430 rpm 570 mA 1120 rpm 1425 rpm 560 mA 1119 rpm 1425 rpm < Decrease ≥ 7rpm for 1st time 550 mA 1111 rpm 1414 rpm < Verify Drive Motor rpm decreased ≥ 7rpm 540 mA 1100 rpm 1400 rpm < Verify Drive Motor rpm decreased ≥ 7rpm 530 mA 1083 rpm 1392 rpm < Increase to final setting from 1st time decrease ≥ 7rpm 1119 rpm 1423 rpm 560 mA

8.93

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

24. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2. IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally. Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only. When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged. In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message. 25. Engage the parking brake. 26. Turn OFF the engine. 27. Remove the ignition key. 28. Install the articulation lock bar. 29. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

8.94

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

J. PARK BRAKE RELEASE TIME 1.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Insert the ignition key.

Start the engine.

Use the computer display to observe: Park Brake Release Time Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – MEASURE – Engage/ Release Time Group. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE – MEASURE MENU in SECTION 6 for more information

9. 7.

Move the machine to a suitable* area to perform this procedure. *NOTE: A clear open area with fairly flat ground and at least 80 m (250 ft) of space to drive the machine.

Ensure the program mode is set to NORMAL. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

10. Fully depress the drive pedal for forward travel for 5 seconds. Wait 5 seconds and fully depress the drive pedal for forward travel again for 5 seconds

IMPORTANT !

11. Repeat previous step 6 times.

When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

12. Record highest value for Park Brake Release Time.

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

13. Park Brake Release Time should be 250 ms or less. 14. If Park Brake Release Time is greater the maximum values above contact Tigercat Customer Service. 15. Engage the parking brake. 16. Turn OFF the engine. 17. Remove the ignition key. 18. Install the articulation lock bar. 19. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

8.95

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

8.96

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder HYDROSTATIC SETUP PROCEDURE EHS TRANSMISSION MACHINES

Drive H. RH Drive Motor Max Current Right drive motor max current may be adjusted independently (sections PREPARATION H,I,J).

DO NOT adjust drive motor and drive pump pressure settings without first confirming the need to do so.

All motor adjustments must be performed on BOTH MOTORS.

J. LH Drive Motor Max Current Left drive motor max current may be adjusted independently of other procedures.

The hydrostatic setup procedure is a series of steps that must be done in a proper sequence to achieve optimum performance from the machine. Any deviation from the procedures could present a safety hazard, damage components and/or affect the operation of the machine.

K. Clutch Max Current / Clutch Engagement Current The clutch max current and clutch engagement current may be adjusted independently of other procedures.

Setup Preparation. Setup preparation is required prior to performing all drive pump and drive motor adjustments (sections B,C,D,E,F,G,H).

L. Clutch Engagement and Parking Brake Release Test The clutch engagement and parking brake release test may be performed independently of other procedures.

A. Drive Pump Charge Pressure. Drive pump charge pressure may be checked independently of other procedures. Refer also to DRIVE PUMP PRESSURE CHECKS in THIS SECTION.

WARNING

B. Drive Pump Hydraulic Neutral Drive pump hydraulic neutral may be checked and adjusted independently (sections PREPARATION,B,H,I,J).

To prevent injury caused by accidental steering of the machine when setting pressures, make sure the articulation lock bar is held securely in place by the lynch pins provided.

C. Drive Pump Beginning of Displacement Drive pump hydraulic beginning of displacement may be checked and adjusted independently (sections PREPARATION,C,H,I,J). D. Drive Pump Maximum Displacement Drive pump maximum displacement may be checked and adjusted independently (sections PREPARATION,D,H,I,J).

IMPORTANT ! • When installing a new or rebuilt motor, ensure minimum displacement screw is set correctly.

E. Drive Pump High Pressure Relief. Drive pump high pressure relief may be checked and adjusted independently (sections PREPARATION,E,H,I,J).. F.

Drive Pump Max Current Drive pump max current may be adjusted independently of other procedures.

•

Improper adjustment of minimum displacement adjusting screw can result in motor failure due to overspeeding.

•

It may be necessary to verify the length of adjusting screw used by removing and measuring the screw.

Drive Motor Beginning of Displacement Motor Beginning of displacement may be checked and adjusted independently (sections PREPARATION,F,H,I,J).

G. Drive Motor Maximum Speed/Minimum Displacement Motor maximum speed/minimum displacement may be checked and adjusted independently (sections PREPARATION,G,H,I,J).

8.97

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

HYDROSTATIC SETUP SHEET – EHS TRANSMISSION Make copies to use as a guide and a record of each setup. Date Serial Number Technician

psi or bar

Drive Pressure Forward Drive Pressure Reverse

D. Drive pump maximum displacement Forward/Reverse Drive Motor RH Speed Forward Drive Motor RH Speed Reverse

rpm

C. Drive pump beginning of displacement Forward/Reverse

B. Drive pump Hydraulic neutral psi or bar

Drive Pressure Fwd VIN start to increase Drive Pressure Rev VIN start to increase

E. Drive pump high pressure relief

Drive Pressure Fwd VIN Drive Pressure Rev VIN

F. Drive motor beginning of displacement METHOD A Right Motor shifting point Left Motor shifting point METHOD B Left Motor M1 port pressure Right Motor M1 port pressure Drive Pressure VIN

psi or bar

mA psi or bar

G. Drive motor maximum speed/minimum Right Motor

Left Motor

Drive Motor Speed (rpm) Exposed length(mm)

H. Right Drive Motor Max Current RH Motor Max Current (165cc) 1300 mA 810 mA 800 mA 790 mA 780 mA 770 mA 760 mA 750 mA 740 mA 730 mA 720 mA 710 mA 700 mA Final should be: 720-790 mA

Right Drive Motor Max Current RH Motor RH Motor Max Current Max Current (210cc) (210cc with 200cc right motor) 1300 mA 1300 mA 720 mA 710 mA 700 mA 690 mA 680 mA 670 mA 660 mA 650 mA 640 mA 630 mA 620 mA 610 mA

I. Drive pump Max Current

Drive Pump Max Current Pump Max RH Drive Current Motor Speed (rpm)

RH Drive Motor Speed (rpm)

840 mA 830 mA 820 mA 810 mA 800 mA 790 mA 780 mA 770 mA 760 mA 750 mA 740 mA 730 mA

EARLIER PUMP COILS LATER PUMP COILS

600 mA 590 mA 580 mA 570 mA 560 mA 550 mA 540 mA 530 mA 520 mA 510 mA Final should be: 530-560 mA Final should be: 560-600 mA

1300 mA 1220 mA 1210 mA 1200 mA 1190 mA 1180 mA 1170 mA 1160 mA 1150 mA 1140 mA 1130 mA 1120 mA 1110 mA 1100 mA

Final should be: be: 630-700 mA 750-820 mA

Final should be: 1120-1200 mA

K. Clutch max current/clutch engagement current

Clutch manifold Gauge port Clutch max current Clutch engagement current

J. Left Drive Motor Max Current

Left Drive Motor Max Current LH Motor LH Drive Motor Max Current Speed

psi or bar mA mA

# plates # plates

L. Clutch engagement and park release test

Clutch Pressure VIN: @140 mA & @180 mA Clutch Pressure VIN: @ 470 mA Clutch Engagement time Park Brake Release time

psi or bar psi or bar ms ms

COMMENTS:

8.98

psi or bar

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

SETUP PREPARATION NOTE: This procedure as written can be completed with all four wheels on the ground.

9. Ensure the drive motor minimum displacement set screws on the RH and LH drive motors are set correctly for the machine configuration.

"X"

If an open flat area of sufficient size is not available hydrostatic setup can also be completed with all four wheels lifted clear of the ground on suitable stands.

DIM X

1. Park the machine on level ground.

The “X” dimension is the measured from the top of the locknut to the end of the exposed screw. Always check the overall length of the adjusting screw before setting the “X” dimension.

2. Lower grapple and dozer blade to rest firmly on the ground. 3. Engage the parking brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine.

Table 1

5. Remove the ignition key.

X = setting

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 7. Install the articulation lock bar. 8. The shifting time of the Drive Motors is controlled by the computer controls system software, not using hydraulic timing orifices.

RH MOTOR LH MOTOR

If installing a new or rebuilt motor ensure orifices are out of M1 port on both Drive Motors.

LH MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW 615C-031

DRIVE MOTORS

165cc PUMP

210cc PUMP

110 mm 90 mm 50 mm

20 mm 0 mm 17 mm

11 mm N/A 17 mm

210CC PUMP (with 200cc RH motor) 15 mm N/A 17 mm

630D/635D, 630E/635E machines are equipped with a 210cc drive pump. 632E/635G machines are equipped with a 210cc drive pump with a 200cc RH motor.

BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SCREW POR SCREW

Minimum displacement screw length

604C/610C/615C, 620D, 610E/615E/620E/625E machines are equipped with a 165cc drive pump.

RH MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW

M1 PORTS LOCATED ON BOTTOM LEFT SIDE OF EACH MOTOR

DRIVE MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW "X" DIMENSION

These measurements are a starting point and may have to be adjusted for proper calibration. 10. On both the left and right drive motors, turn the drive motor POR adjusting screw all the way IN until lightly seated, then back out 1/4 turn. 11. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch. 12. Insert the ignition key. 13. Turn the ignition switch to the RUN position to provide power to the computer system.

8.99

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

14. Connect a PC/Laptop to the MD3 control module using the proper communication cable, open the appropriate IQANrun program. Refer to CONNECT TO THE MD3 WITH IQANrun 2 or IQANrun 3 as applicable in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for connection information.

Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE –ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information.

NOTE: IQANrun 2 (used for Tier 3 and Tier 4i machine programs) and IQANrun 3 (used for Tier 4F and Tier 2 machine programs). 15. If you are updating the program refer to the Tigercat Dealer Website and open the appropriate application for the machine then update it in the MD3. Refer to IQAN SOFTWARE – APPLICATION PROGRAM UPDATES , IQAN SOFTWARE – DOWNLOADING APPLICATIONS FROM DEALER WEBSITE and IQANrun – UPDATING APPLICATION in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL. Proceed to step 16. If you are not updating the program proceed to step 16 . NOTE: Update of the program may be required as a result of PSB updates, program improvement updates or other component updates. 16. Login to the application from the MD3 to access the hydrostatic drive adjust group. Refer to IQANrun – LOGIN in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

18. For accurate setup it is necessary to temporarily increase motor maximum current settings. Adjust the LH Motor Max Current as high as it will go and press OK. Adjust the RH Motor Max Current as high as it will go and press OK. Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – ADJUST – Hydrostatic Drive Adjust Group – LH Motor Max Current or RH Motor Max Current. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE ~ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information.

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

22. For accurate setup it is necessary to ensure Auto rpm is set to Max rpm.

8.101

Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – ADJUST – Engine Adjust – Engine High Idle. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENUENGINE SETTINGS – ENGINE HIGH IDLE ADJUST in SECTION 2 for more information.

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive button , press Measure (F2) then select the Drive/HP test group. Refer to COMPUTER – MAIN MENU PAGE - MEASURE MENU – EXAMPLE - MEASURE MENU in SECTION 2. 25. Ensure that hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. Refer to HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE in THIS SECTION. 26. Turn OFF the engine. 27. Remove the ignition key. 28. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

23. Ensure the program mode is set to NORMAL. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged. In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

A. DRIVE PUMP CHARGE PRESSURE

610E/615E

Connect a 0-1000 psi (0 -70 bar) gauge to the CHARGE test port.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Insert the ignition key

Start the engine and allow to idle.

Check charge pressure.

CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

CHARGE' TEST PORT 610E-016

CHARGE PRESSURE TEST PORT 620E/625E/630E/635E

Reading should be 300-400 psi (21-28 bar) @ low idle. 8.

CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

If charge pressure readings are not correct check the charge filter for proper operation. The charge pressure is non-adjustable.

CHARGE TEST PORT

Turn OFF the engine.

10. Remove the ignition key. 11. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch 12. Remove the gauge from the charge pressure test port.

620E-051

CHARGE PRESSURE TEST PORT 600C/600D SERIES CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

CHARGE TEST PORT

615C-039

CHARGE PRESSURE TEST PORT 632E/635G SERIES CHARGE TEST PORT

CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

632E-036

8.103

CHARGE PRESSURE TEST PORT

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

B. DRIVE PUMP HYDRAULIC NEUTRAL

Pump Neutral Adjustment (if Required)

Check for Correct Pump Neutral Adjustment

11. Remove the ignition key.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

12. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

Insert the ignition key.

Turn the ignition switch to the RUN position to provide power to the computer system.

FORWARD MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW (FORWARD ON BOTTOM) REVERSE BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SLEEVE (FORWARD ON BOTTOM) HYDRAULIC NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT

MS (MP ON BOTTOM) FORWARD HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF (REVERSE ON BOTTOM)

Z CHARGE PRESSURE RELIEF Y 630E-193

DRIVE PUMP (LATER)

13. Two 0-600 psi (0-41 bar) gauges are required to perform this adjustment (or a single differential pressure gauge may be used). 4.

14. Connect 0-600 psi (0-41 bar) gauges to the MP and MS ports.

Use the computer display to view Forward and Reverse drive pressure information from the cab.

DRIVE PUMP

From the main menu select INFORMATION MODE MENU (F3). Forward and Reverse drive pressure displayed on this screen. Refer to COMPUTER – INFORMATION MODE MENU in SECTION 2 for more information. 5.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine and allow to idle.

Perform the following check:

CONNECTORS

630E-192

Engage the parking brake and check to ensure that the Forward and Reverse drive pressure readings differ by less than 75 psi (5.2 bar) . 9.

Turn the engine OFF.

8.104

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

8.105

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

C. DRIVE PUMP BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT 1.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Insert the ignition key.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine.

Using IQANrun click on the MEASURE tab, select Drive/HP Test measure group and observe the channels: Drive Pump Fwd-/Rev+ COUT Drive Pressure Fwd VIN Drive Pressure Rev VIN

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, apply left foot firmly against service brake and apply the drive pedal all the way to the floor with the right foot.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT

Change the program mode from NORMAL to DRIVE PUMP REGULATION SETUP and press OK.

Apply left foot firmly against service brake and apply the forward drive pedal all the way to the floor with the right foot.

DRIVE PRESSURE INCREASING

Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2. IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged. In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message. 8.

Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

DRIVE PUMP COUT 220-230 MA

8.106

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder FORWARD MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW (FORWARD ON BOTTOM) REVERSE BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SLEEVE (FORWARD ON BOTTOM) HYDRAULIC NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT

Drive MS (MP ON BOTTOM)

FORWARD HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF (REVERSE ON BOTTOM)

IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally.

Z CHARGE PRESSURE RELIEF

Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only.

Y 630E-193

When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

DRIVE PUMP (LATER)

15. If readings are correct proceed to step 18. If Drive Pressure Fwd VIN increases earlier than 220 mA or later than 230 mA adjustment is required.

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

19. Turn the engine OFF. 20. Remove the ignition key. 21. Install the articulation lock bar. 22. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

Turn the sleeve IN to increase current or OUT to decrease current.

g. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch h. Remove the articulation lock bar i.

Insert the ignition key.

Start the engine.

17. Repeat the steps 12 to 16 for the reverse direction.

8.107

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

D. DRIVE PUMP MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT 1.

Check that all personnel are clear of the Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Insert the ignition key.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine.

DRIVE MOTOR RH SPEED FIN

Using IQANrun click on the MEASURE tab, select Drive/HP Test measure group and observe the channel:

Drive Motor RH Speed FIN

Refer to IQANrun – MEASURE/GRAPH in SECTION 6. 10. Disengage the parking brake. 11. Move the machine to a suitable* area to perform this procedure.

*NOTE: A clear open area with fairly flat ground and at least 80 m (250 ft) of space to drive the machine.

12. Set the maximum speed control to its lowest setting ( ).. 13. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position and apply the drive pedal all the way to the floor.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT

Apply the forward drive pedal all the way to the floor.

14. Measure the Drive Motor RH Speed FIN. The drive motor speed display should read:

Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

Drive Pump

Tier 4f, 4i, 3

Drive Motor RH Speed Tier 2

165cc

725-755 rpm

692-722 rpm

210cc

927-957 rpm

885-915 rpm

210cc w/200 cc RH motor

857-895 rpm

815-845 rpm

15. Repeat steps 13 to 14 for the reverse direction. 8.108

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder FORWARD MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW (FORWARD ON BOTTOM) REVERSE BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SLEEVE (FORWARD ON BOTTOM) HYDRAULIC NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT

Drive 19. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK.

MS (MP ON BOTTOM)

Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

FORWARD HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF (REVERSE ON BOTTOM)

IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally.

Z CHARGE PRESSURE RELIEF

Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only.

Y 630E-193

When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

DRIVE PUMP (LATER)

16. If the forward and reverse readings are approximately equal proceed to step 19. If the forward and reverse readings are not equal adjustment of maximum displacement is required.

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

17. To adjust maximum displacement if required a. Turn the engine OFF.

20. Turn the engine OFF.

b. Remove the ignition key.

21. Remove the ignition key.

c. Install the articulation lock bar.

22. Install the articulation lock bar.

d. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

23. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

e. Adjust the maximum displacement screws as required. f.

Turn screw IN to decrease setting or OUT to increase setting (1 turn changes motor speed reading by 30 rpm).

g. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch h. Remove the articulation lock bar i.

Insert the ignition key.

Start the engine.

18. Repeat steps 13 to 17 until readings are correct.

8.109

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

E. DRIVE PUMP HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF FORWARD MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW (FORWARD ON BOTTOM)

Start the engine.

Change the program mode from NORMAL to DRIVE PUMP POR SETUP and press OK.

MS (MP ON BOTTOM) HYDRAULIC NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT

FORWARD HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF (REVERSE ON BOTTOM)

1 POR CONTROL

PRESSURE SCREW

3 POR CONTROL

REVERSE BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SLEEVE (FORWARD ON BOTTOM) Y 635D-175

PRESSURE SCREW

2 POR CONTROL

PRESSURE SCREW CHARGE PRESSURE RELIEF

DRIVE PUMP (EARLIER)

For earlier drive pumps POR is nonadjustable. Mechanical controls must be disabled as described below, for proper operation of this machine.

Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

MS (MP ON BOTTOM) FORWARD HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF (REVERSE ON BOTTOM)

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message. 9.

Z CHARGE PRESSURE RELIEF Y 630E-193

DRIVE PUMP (LATER)

For later drive pumps POR is non-adjustable and pumps are not equipped with mechanical controls. 2.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Insert the ignition key.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up. 8.110

Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder DRAG TIME MARKERS

START PAUSE STOP

CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL

Drive Pump

TRUE RMS

210cc

6500-6700

448-461

IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally. Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only.

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, apply left foot firmly against service brake and apply the drive pedal slowly with the right foot.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT

16. Release the drive pedal and the service brake. Engage the parking brake.

427-441

Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

14. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

Maintain relief pressure for 3 seconds.

6200-6400

21. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK.

13. Start measuring.

15. Pressure reading will stabilize at the relief setting.

165cc

POR is non-adjustable.

*NOTE: A clear open area with fairly flat ground and at least 80 m (250 ft) of space to drive the machine.

Apply left foot firmly against service brake and apply the forward drive pedal slowly with the right foot.

bar

20. Repeat steps 13 to 19 for the reverse direction (Drive Pressure Rev).

12. Move the machine to a suitable* area to perform this procedure.

psi

The relief valves on this pump are cartridge style, factory set and nonadjustable.

11. Disengage the parking brake.

Drive Pressure True RMS

22. Turn the engine OFF. 23. Remove the ignition key. 24. Install the articulation lock bar. 25. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

17. Stop measuring. 18. Drag the time markers to select the section where the pressure stabilized.

8.111

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder F.

Drive

DRIVE MOTOR BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT

In this section two procedures will be described. Tigercat strongly recommends to proceed as per method “A”. Method “B” can be performed as a double check method.

Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

Ensure that RH mA Motor Reg Setup channel is set to 0 mA per Preparation step 19

METHOD A (RECOMMENDED) 1.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Insert the ignition key.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine.

NOTE: LH mA Motor Reg Setup channel remains set at 0 mA per Preparation step 20. DRAG TIME MARKERS

START PAUSE STOP

CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL TRUE RMS

10. Using IQANrun click on the MEASURE tab, select Hydrostatic Set-up measure group and observe the channel:

RH Drive Motor COUT Drive Motor RH Speed FIN

Refer to IQANrun – MEASURE/GRAPH in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information about graphing. 11. Move the machine to a suitable* area to perform this procedure. 7.

*NOTE: A clear open area with fairly flat ground and at least 80 m (250 ft) of space to drive the machine.

12. Start measuring. 13. Disengage the parking brake. 14. Set the maximum speed control to its highest setting ( ). 15. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, apply the drive pedal all the way to the floor with the right foot.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT

Apply the forward drive pedal all the way to the floor with the right foot.

16. Allow motors to reach maximum speed. Observe speed reading on RH mA Motor Reg Setup screen. 8.112

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive To correct adjust beginning of displacement screw before proceeding. See step 26 below

Maximum Drive Motor RH Speed FIN Drive Pump

Drive Motor RH Speed Tier 4f, 4i, 3

Tier 2

165cc

725-755 rpm

692-722 rpm

210cc

927-957 rpm

885-915 rpm

210cc w/200 cc RH motor

857-895 rpm

815-845 rpm

18. Set RH mA Motor Reg Setup channel to 350 mA. This is a start point. 19. Begin increasing RH mA Motor Reg Setup until the Drive Motor RH Speed FIN reading on the MD3 display begins to increase. Example results are shown in Table 2. NOTE: Motor Reg Setup should be increased 1 mA at a time by tapping the up arrow to obtain a graph which can be used to find the shifting point easily. Drive Motor RH Speed FIN reading will oscillate as the setting is increased. The shifting point (motor beginning of displacement) will be the point at which the reading oscillates at a slightly higher range just before drive motor speed increases more quickly.

17. Check Drive Motor Speed readings with RH mA Motor Reg setup at 0, 100, 200 and 300 mA. These readings should be approximately the same. Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – ADJUST – Hydrostatic Drive Adjust Group – RH mA Motor Reg Setup. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE –ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 for more information. If readings are not consistent the motor beginning of displacement screw may be out of position. This is rare but may cause the motor to start shifting before expected. Table 2 Motor Beginning of Displacement example Drive Motor COUT (mA) Drive Motor Speed (RPM) 0

723-724

100

724-725

200

723-725

300

723-724 723-724 723-724 724-725 723-725 723-724 725-725 <Shifting point 726-728 729-730

350-398 399 400 401 402 403 405 407

20. Continue increasing RH mA Motor Reg Setup well past 410 mA to make finding the shifting point easier. 21. Stop measuring. 22. Engage parking brake Observations Ensure Drive Motor Speed is approximately the same at 0, 100, 200 and 300 mA. If not, the beginning of displacement screw may be out of position. This is rare but may cause the motor to start shifting before expected. To correct adjust beginning of displacement screw before proceeding. Increase 1 mA at a time.

8.113

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

23. Select channel Drive Motor RH Speed FIN and slowly drag arrow to find the point at which the drive motor speed starts to increase. Adjust graph scale for accuracy if necessary.

25. If the beginning of displacement is within the 400-410 mA range proceed to step 28. If beginning of displacement is not within the 400-410 mA range adjustment is required. RH MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW

M1 PORTS LOCATED ON BOTTOM LEFT SIDE OF EACH MOTOR BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SCREW POR SCREW LH MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW

DRIVE MOTORS 26. To adjust RH motor beginning of displacement 615C-031

a. Turn the engine OFF. b. Remove the ignition key. NOTE: To Scale RH Speed FIN channel or any other channel. Double click on it. Select MIN and MAX scale values. 24. At the point of right drive motor beginning of displacement Drive Motor RH COUT must read 400-410 mA

630E-199

GRAPH WITHOUT SCALE ADJUSTMENT

BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SHIFTING POINT DRIVE MOTOR LH COUT

DRIVE MOTOR RH SPEED FIN MOTOR DISPLACEMENT < MAXIMUM MOTOR DISPLACEMENT = MAXIMUM

630E-204

GRAPH WITH SCALE ADJUSTED FOR ACCURACY 8.114

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

c. Install the articulation lock bar.

DRAG TIME MARKERS

d. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch e. Adjust the RH motor beginning of displacement set screw. . f.

START PAUSE STOP

Turn OUT if reading is less than 400 mA. Turn IN if reading is greater than 410 mA

CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL

g. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch

TRUE RMS

h. Remove the articulation lock bar i.

Insert the ignition key.

Start the engine.

27. Repeat steps 12 to 26 until right drive motor beginning of displacement occurs with Drive Motor RH COUT between 400-410 mA 28. Save the final graph for your records.

30. Using IQANrun click on the MEASURE tab, select Hydrostatic Set-up measure group and observe the channel:

LH Drive Motor COUT Drive Motor RH Speed FIN

29. Reset RH mA Motor Reg Setup channel to 0 mA.

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, apply the drive pedal all the way to the floor with the right foot.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT

Apply the forward drive pedal all the way to the floor with the right foot.

35. Allow motors to reach maximum speed. Observe speed reading on RH mA Motor Reg Setup screen. Maximum Drive Motor RH Speed FIN

8.115

Drive Pump

Drive Motor RH Speed Tier 4f, 4i, 3

Tier 2

165cc

725-755 rpm

692-722 rpm

210cc

927-957 rpm

885-915 rpm

210cc w/200 cc RH motor

857-895 rpm

815-845 rpm

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

36. Check Drive Motor Speed readings with LH mA Motor Reg setup at 0, 100, 200 and 300 mA. These readings should be approximately the same. If readings are not consistent the motor beginning of displacement screw may be out of position. This is rare but may cause the motor to start shifting before expected. To correct adjust beginning of displacement screw before proceeding. See step 44 below.

37. Set LH mA Motor Reg Setup channel to 350 mA. This is a start point. 38. Begin increasing LH mA Motor Reg Setup until the Drive Motor RH Speed FIN on the MD3 display begins to increase. NOTE: Motor Reg Setup should be increased 1 mA at a time by tapping the up arrow to obtain a graph which can be used to find the shifting point easily. Drive Motor RH Speed FIN reading will oscillate as the setting is increased. The shifting point (motor beginning of displacement) will be the point at which the reading oscillates at a slightly higher range just before drive motor speed increases more quickly. Example results are shown in Table 2. 39. Continue increasing RH mA Motor Reg Setup well past 410 mA to make finding the shifting point easier. 40. Stop measuring. 41. Engage parking brake

Table 2 Motor Beginning of Displacement example Drive Motor COUT (mA) Drive Motor Speed (RPM) 0

723-724

100

724-725

200

723-725

300

723-724 723-724 723-724 724-725 723-725 723-724 725-725 <Shifting point 726-728 729-730

350-398 399 400 401 402 403 405 407

8.116

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

42. Select channel Drive Motor RH Speed FIN and slowly drag arrow to find the point at which the drive motor speed starts to increase. Adjust graph scale for accuracy if necessary.

Turn OUT if reading is less than 400 mA. Turn IN if reading is greater than 410 mA

g. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch h. Remove the articulation lock bar i.

Insert the ignition key.

Start the engine.

48. Turn OFF the engine. 49. Remove the ignition key. 50. Install the articulation lock bar.

43. If the beginning of displacement is within the 400-410 mA range proceed to step 46 .

51. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

If beginning of displacement is not within the 400-410 mA range adjustment is required.

Proceed to section G step 1 if motor beginning of displacement has been set successfully using method A.

RH MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW

M1 PORTS LOCATED ON BOTTOM LEFT SIDE OF EACH MOTOR BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SCREW POR SCREW LH MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW 615C-031

DRIVE MOTORS

44. To adjust LH motor beginning of displacement a. Turn the engine OFF. b. Remove the ignition key. c. Install the articulation lock bar. d. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch e. Adjust the RH motor beginning of displacement set screw. . 8.117

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

SAFETY CABLE

CAB SUPPORT BRACE (3291B). MUST USE CAB & CHASSIS LUGS SHOWN CAB LOCKING PIN

9. PARTIAL TILT WITH CAB SUPPORT BRACE

620E-064

Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

Tilt the cab over and install the cab tilt support brace. RH MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW

M1 PORTS LOCATED ON BOTTOM LEFT SIDE OF EACH MOTOR

IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SCREW

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

POR SCREW LH MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW 615C-031

DRIVE MOTORS

Connect two 0-5000 psi (0 - 345 bar) gauges to the RM1 (Right Motor M1) and LM1 (Left Motor M1) test ports.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Insert the ignition key.

Start the engine.

Wheels may turn during this procedure. If the machine is on the ground place the dozer blade against a hard stop (a stump can be used as a hard stop).

Change the program mode from NORMAL to DRIVE MOTOR SETUP and press OK.

10. Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

8.118

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive 15. The drive system should build and then maintain a constant pressure. The wheels may creep at a slow speed.

DRIVE MOTOR CURRENT 400-410 mA

16. The drive motors will not begin to displace until the LM1 and RM1 control pressures on the gauges reach half of the system pressure. For example, if the system pressure stabilizes at 2600 psi (180 bar) while holding the service brake and drive pedal in the drive motor setup program mode , the motors will not be physically shifting until the control pressure reaches 1300 psi (90 bar). 17. Slowly move maximum speed control towards . Drive Motor LH COUT and Drive Motor RH COUT will increase.

DRIVE PRESSURE STABLE

The motor current readings should start increasing from 0 mA. 11. Select Measure and scroll to the Drive/HP Test measure group and observe channels:

Continue increasing the maximum speed control setting until one of the M1 gauges reaches half of system pressure. Note the current value displayed on the MD3 for the first motor.

Drive Pressure Fwd VIN Drive Motor RH COUT Drive Motor LH COUT

NOTE: If the Drive Motor LH COUT and Drive Motor RH COUT readings increase in different proportions ensure the LH Drive Motor Current and RH Drive Motor Current are adjusted to as high as it they will go, as described in Preparation step 18.

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, apply left foot firmly against service brake and apply the drive pedal all the way to the floor with the right foot.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT

Apply left foot firmly against service brake and apply the forward drive pedal all the way to the floor with the right foot.

18. Continue increasing the maximum speed control setting until the second M1 gauge reaches half of system pressure. Again note the current value displayed on the MD3 for the second motor. 19. Although both motors do not have to reach half of system pressure at the same time or amperage, each motor should reach half of system pressure no earlier than 400 mA and no later than 410 mA. If both motors are set correctly, proceed to step 25. If either motor does not meet this requirement the beginning of displacement screw on the motor(s) must be adjusted, proceed to next step. NOTE: It is NOT NECESSARY for both motors to have the same settings. Motors may perform differently from one machine to another or even from one motor to another on the same machine.

8.119

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

20. With the service brake and drive pedal fully applied, adjust the maximum speed control so that LH Drive Motor COUT and RH Drive Motor COUT channel readings are 405 mA.

21. With the aid of an assistant maintain this condition and adjust the left motor beginning of displacement screw until the gauge pressure is half of the Drive Pressure FWD [psi] value.

IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally.

Adjust the right motor to the same pressure. Release the drive pedal and service brake.

Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only.

Repeat steps 16 to 22 until each motor reaches half of system pressure no earlier than 400 mA and no later than 410 mA.

26. Turn OFF the engine. 27. Remove the ignition key.

23. Verify beginning of displacement settings

28. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

a. With the service brake and drive pedal fully applied, adjust the maximum speed control so that LH Drive Motor COUT and RH Drive Motor COUT channel readings are 385 mA.

29. Remove the gauges from the motor test ports. 30. Remove the cab tilt support brace and return the cab to its normal position.

Table 3 Example results for Verification of Beginning of Displacement Settings Drive Pressure Drive Pressure M1 Pressure M1 Pressure Drive Motor VIN VIN COUT (mA) psi bar 385 390 400 405 410

2600 2600 2600 2600 2600

0 500 1100 1300= ½ 2600 1500

8.120

180 180 180 180 180

0 34 76 90= ½ 180 103

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

G. MOTOR MAXIMUM SPEED/MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT 1.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Insert the ignition key.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine.

DRAG TIME MARKERS

START PAUSE STOP

CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL TRUE RMS

Select Measure and scroll to the Drive/HP Test measure group and observe channels: Drive Motor RH Speed FIN. Refer to IQANrun – MEASURE/GRAPH in SECTION 6 for more information about graphing.

12. Set the maximum speed control to its highest setting ( ).

Change the program mode from NORMAL to MAX CURRENT SETUP and press OK.

13. Start measuring.

14. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, fully apply the drive pedal.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT Fully apply the forward drive pedal. Allow the machine to reach top speed and maintain for 3 seconds. Release the drive pedal and allow the wheels to stop.

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

15. Stop measuring.

Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

16. Drag the time markers to select a smooth section of the graph where the machine was at top speed.

8.121

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

18. The True RMS of the selected portion of the graph should read 4000 rpm ± 50.

h. Remove the cab tilt support brace and return the cab to its normal position.

If the value recorded does not fall into this range, the minimum displacement screw must be adjusted on the RH drive motor.

If the average top speed is not acceptable adjustment is required. 20. To adjust maximum displacement if required

Remove the articulation lock bar Start the engine.

21. Repeat steps 12 to 20 until the RH Drive Motor average top speed falls in the correct range, 4000 rpm ± 50. 22. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

b. Remove the ignition key. c. Install the articulation lock bar. d. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally.

CAB LOCKING PIN

Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only.

CAB SUPPORT BRACE (3291B). MUST USE CAB & CHASSIS LUGS SHOWN

When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

CAB LOCKING PIN

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

PARTIAL TILT WITH CAB SUPPORT BRACE

620E-064

j. l.

a. Turn the engine OFF.

SAFETY CABLE

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch

k. Insert the ignition key.

NOTE: At top speed, Drive Motor LH Speed FIN should be 0 rpm. 19. If the average top speed is acceptable, proceed to step 22.

e. Tilt the cab over and install the cab tilt support brace.

23. Engage the parking brake

24. Turn OFF the engine.

Adjust the RH and LH drive motors as required. RH MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW

M1 PORTS LOCATED ON BOTTOM LEFT SIDE OF EACH MOTOR

25. Remove the ignition key. 26. Install the articulation lock bar. 27. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

BEGINNING OF DISPLACEMENT SCREW POR SCREW LH MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW

DRIVE MOTORS g. Turning each screw OUT 1/4 turn should increase the top speed by approximately 100 rpm. Turning each screw IN 1/4 turn should decrease the top speed by approximately 100 rpm.

615C-031

8.122

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

H. RH DRIVE MOTOR MAX CURRENT 1.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Insert the ignition key.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine.

10. For accurate setup temporarily adjust the pump maximum current setting to 350 mA and press OK. Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – ADJUST – Hydrostatic Drive Adjust Group – Max Pump Current. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE –ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 for more information. DRAG TIME MARKERS

Change the program mode from NORMAL to MAX CURRENT SETUP and press OK.

START PAUSE STOP

Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL TRUE RMS

Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

Ensure the RH Drive Motor Current is adjusted to as high as it will go, as described in Preparation step 18.

8.123

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

14. Set the maximum speed control to its highest setting ( ). 15. Start measuring. 16. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, fully apply the drive pedal.

21. Use the computer display to reset the RH Motor Max Current as follows.

17. Stop measuring. 18. Drag the time markers to select a smooth section of the Drive Motor RH Speed graph where the machine was at top speed. 19. To find the average maximum right drive motor speed at , select the Drive Motor RH Speed channel at the bottom of the graph page (the graph data for the selected channel will be highlighted or bold when selected and the statistics will be shown to the right. 20. The True RMS of the selected portion of the graph should be approximately: Drive Pump

Drive Motor RH Speed True RMS Tier 4f, 4i, 3

Tier 2

165cc

1665 rpm

1589 rpm

210cc

1445 rpm

1379 rpm

210cc w/200 cc RH motor

1343 rpm

1282 rpm

Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON ~ADJUST~ Hydrostatic Drive Group Adjust ~ Motor Max Current. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE ~ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 for more information 22. Lower the motor max current to start point: 810 mA (165cc pump) 720 mA (210cc pump) 840 mA (210 cc pump w/200 cc right motor) 23. Continue lowering the motor max current in 10 mA increments and repeating steps 13 to 19 until the RH drive motor speed drops by at least 7 rpm from the value found in the previous adjustment 3 consecutive times. Example results are shown in Table 4. 24. Increase the motor max current by 30 mA to the final setting (drop of 7 rpm for the 1st time). This will be the final setting as it will ensure the drive motors will be responsive to sudden changes in torque load.

Table 4 Example results for setting RH Drive Motor Max Current RH Motor Max Current RH Motor Max Drive Motor RH Motor Max 210cc pump Current RH Speed Current w/200cc right motor 165cc pump 165cc pump 210cc pump 1300 mA 1667 rpm 1300 mA 1300 mA 810 mA 1665 rpm 720 mA 840 mA 800 rpm 1667 rpm 710 mA 830 mA 790 mA 1665 rpm 700 mA 820 mA 780 mA 1670 rpm 690 mA 810 mA 770 mA 1660 rpm 680 mA 800 mA 760 mA 1650 rpm 670 mA 790 mA 750 mA 1660 rpm 660 mA 780 mA 740 mA 1661 rpm 650 mA 770 mA 730 mA 1649 rpm 640 mA 760 mA 720 mA 1638 rpm 630 mA 750 mA 710 mA 1615 rpm 620 mA 740 mA 700 mA 1600 rpm 610 mA 730 mA

8.124

Drive Motor Observations RH Speed 210cc pump 1440 rpm < Maximum speed control @ 1445 rpm 1440 rpm 1445 rpm 1447 rpm 1448 rpm 1445 rpm 1440 rpm 1443 rpm < Final setting - decrease ≥ 7rpm for 1st time 1430 rpm 1418 rpm < Verify Drive Motor rpm decreased ≥ 7rpm 1400 rpm < Verify Drive Motor rpm decreased ≥ 7rpm 1400 rpm < Verify Drive Motor rpm decreased ≥ 7rpm

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

25. Final RH Motor Max Current should be: 720-790 mA (165cc pump) 630-700 mA (210cc pump) 750-820 mA (210cc pump w/200cc right motor) NOTE: Tier 2 setting may be higher by up to 40 mA. 26. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2. IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally. Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only. When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged. In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message. 27. Engage the parking brake 28. Turn OFF the engine. 29. Remove the ignition key. 30. Install the articulation lock bar. 31. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch 32. Drive pump max current must be reset correctly to complete this procedure. Proceed to SECTION I.

8.125

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder I.

DRIVE PUMP MAX CURRENT

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Insert the ignition key.

Start the engine.

Drive DRAG TIME MARKERS

START PAUSE STOP

CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL TRUE RMS

13. Set the maximum speed control to its highest setting ( ).

Change the program mode from NORMAL to DRIVE PUMP REGULATION SETUP and press OK.

14. Start measuring.

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, fully apply the drive pedal.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT Fully apply the forward drive pedal.

Allow the machine to reach top speed and maintain for 3 seconds. Release the drive pedal, allow the wheels to stop and engage the parking brake. 16. Stop measuring.

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message. 8.

15. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

17. Drag the time markers to select a smooth section of the graph where the machine was at top speed. 18. To find the average maximum drive RH motor speed at , select the Drive Motor RH Speed channel at the bottom of the graph page (the graph data for the selected channel will be highlighted or bold when selected and the statistics will be shown to the right.

8.126

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

19. The True RMS of the selected portion of the graph should be approximately: Drive Pump

22. Increase the pump max current by 30 mA to the final setting (10 mA above the drop of 7 rpm for the 1st time).

Drive Motor RH Speed True RMS Tier 4f, 4i, 3

Tier 2

165cc

743 rpm

709 rpm

210cc

945 rpm

902 rpm

210cc w/200 cc RH motor

890 rpm

849 rpm

EARLIER DESIGN COILS

615E-020

DRIVE PUMP (EARLIER)

530-560 mA for drive pumps with earlier design coils.

LATER DESIGN COILS

630E-193

DRIVE PUMP (LATER)

560-600 mA for drive pumps with later design coils.

Example results are shown in Table 5. Table 5 Example results for setting Drive Pump Max Current (later coil results shown) Drive Motor Drive Motor Drive Motor RH Speed RH Speed RH Speed Notes Drive Pump 210cc pump 165cc pump 210cc pump Max Current w/200cc right motor 600 mA 743 rpm 943 rpm 895 rpm < Maximum speed control @ 590 mA 742 rpm 945 rpm 894 rpm 580 mA 741 rpm 945 rpm 895 rpm 570 mA 740 rpm 943 rpm 895 rpm 560 mA 739 rpm 945 rpm 894 rpm < Decrease ≥ 7rpm for 1st time 550 mA 723 rpm 928 rpm 887 rpm < Verify Drive Motor rpm decreased ≥ 7rpm 540 mA 700 rpm 896 rpm 880 rpm < Verify Drive Motor rpm decreased ≥ 7rpm 530 mA 680 rpm 875 rpm 875 rpm < Increase to final setting from 1st time decrease ≥ 7rpm 740 rpm 928 rpm 894 rpm 560 mA

8.127

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

8.128

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

J. LH DRIVE MOTOR MAX CURRENT 1.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Insert the ignition key.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Start the engine.

DRAG TIME MARKERS

START PAUSE STOP

CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL TRUE RMS

10. Select Measure and scroll to the Drive/HP Test measure group and observe channel: Drive Motor LH Speed FIN Refer to IQANrun – MEASURE/GRAPH in SECTION 6 for more information about graphing. 11. Disengage the parking brake. 12. Move the machine to a suitable* area to perform this procedure. *NOTE: A clear open area with fairly flat ground and at least 80 m (250 ft) of space to drive the machine. 7.

13. Set the maximum speed control to its lowest setting ( ).

14. Start measuring. 15. JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT

Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14. Ensure the LH Drive Motor Current is adjusted to as high as it will go, as described in Preparation step 18.

With seat facing forward and direction selection switch in the forward position, fully apply the drive pedal.

STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT Fully apply the forward drive pedal. Allow the machine to reach top speed and maintain for 3 seconds. Release the drive pedal , allow the wheels to stop and engage the parking brake. 16. Stop measuring. 17. Drag the time markers to select a smooth section of the Drive Motor LH Speed graph where the machine was at top speed. 18. To find the average maximum left drive motor speed at select the Drive Motor LH Speed channel at the bottom of the graph page (the graph data for the selected channel will be highlighted or bold when selected and the statistics will be shown to the right.

8.129

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

19. The True RMS of the selected portion of the graph should be approximately: Drive Pump

21. Lower the motor max current to 1200 mA then in 10 mA increments repeating steps 14 to 20 until the LH drive motor speed drops by at least 50 rpm from the value found in the previous adjustment.

Drive Motor LH Speed True RMS Tier 4f, 4i, 3

Tier 2

165cc

2575 rpm

2457 rpm

210cc

3300 rpm

3150 rpm

210cc w/200 cc RH motor

2780 rpm

2654 rpm

Example results are shown in Table 6. 22. Increase the LH motor max current to the final setting 10 mA above the point the LH drive motor speed drops by at least 50 rpm. 23. The final LH motor max current should be 1120-1200 mA. 24. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK. Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2. IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally. Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only. When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

20. Use the computer display to reset the LH Motor Max Current as follows. Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – ADJUST – Hydrostatic Drive Adjust Group – LH Motor Max Current. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE – ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 for more information

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

Table 6 Example results for setting LH Drive Motor Max Current LH Drive Motor Drive Motor LH rpm Max Current 165cc pump 1300 mA 2576 rpm 1210 mA 2580 rpm 1200 mA 2588 rpm 1190 mA 2576 rpm 1180 mA 2575 rpm 1170 mA 2579 rpm 1160 mA 2578 rpm 1150 mA 2574 rpm 1140 mA 2575 rpm 1130 mA 2581 rpm 1120 mA 2505 rpm 1110 mA 2459 rpm 1100 mA 2400 rpm 2581 rpm 1130 mA

Drive Motor LH rpm 210cc pump 3304 rpm 3300 rpm 3292 rpm 3288 rpm 3285 rpm 3290 rpm 3270 rpm 3275 rpm 3274 rpm 3275 rpm 3200 rpm 3120 rpm 3000 rpm 3272 rpm

Drive Motor LH rpm 210cc pump w/200cc right motor 2780 rpm 2781 rpm 2779 rpm 2781 rpm 2760 rpm 2770 rpm 2781 rpm 2770 rpm 2760 rpm 2770 rpm 2715 rpm 2600 rpm 2520 rpm 2770 rpm

8.130

Notes < Maximum speed control @

< Drive motor rpm decreased ≥ 50 rpm < Verify Drive Motor rpm decreased < Verify Drive Motor rpm decreased < Increase to final setting

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

25. Engage the parking brake 26. Turn OFF the engine. 27. Remove the ignition key. 28. Install the articulation lock bar. 29. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

8.131

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

K. CLUTCH MAX CURRENT / CLUTCH ENGAGEMENT CURRENT NOTE: This section applies to two versions of the EHS transmission. To determine which version is in the machine locate the serial number stamp on the gearbox housing or patent plate.

GEARBOX SERIAL NUMBER

EHS 4-Plate Serial Numbers

44862BXXXXX 52424BXXXXX 53769BXXXXX 54145BXXXXX

CLUTCH MANIFOLD TEST PORT

CLUTCH MANIFOLD RELIEF

615C-037

EHS 6-Plate Serial Numbers

CLUTCH MANIFOLD

60765BXXXXX Any Gearbox w/Black Serial Number Plate CLUTCH MANIFOLD TEST PORT

CLUTCH MANIFOLD TEST PORT 632E Connect a 0-1000 psi (0 -70 bar) gauge to the CLUTCH MANIFOLD test port.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Insert the ignition key.

Start the engine.

Set the maximum speed control to its lowest setting ( ).

630E-194

615C-040

615C-042

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION (EARLIER DESIGN)

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION (LATER DESIGN)

8.132

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

10. Ensure that transmission oil temperature is 100-120 °F (38-93 °C) before performing this procedure. From the main menu select INFORMATION MODE MENU (F3). Transmission oil temperature displayed on this screen. Refer to COMPUTER – INFORMATION MODE MENU in SECTION 2 for more information. 11. Check clutch manifold relief pressure at low idle. The gauge reading should be 850 psi (58.5 bar). DRAG TIME MARKERS

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message. 9.

START PAUSE STOP

Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

CHECK TO SELECT CHANNEL TRUE RMS

12. Select Measure and scroll to the Drive/HP Test measure group and observe channel: Clutch Pressure VIN Refer to IQANrun – MEASURE/GRAPH in SECTION 6.

8.133

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

13. Use the computer display to adjust the Clutch Max Current as follows.

16. Use the computer display to adjust the Clutch Engagement Current as follows.

Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – ADJUST – Clutch Adjust Group – Clutch Max Current. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE – ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 for more information

Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – ADJUST – Clutch Adjust Group – Clutch Engagement Current. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE – ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 for more information

14. First, before setting Clutch Max Current find the correct setting for Clutch Engagement Current (to be used later).

17. Adjust the Clutch Engagement Current to match the value recorded in step 14. Press OK to confirm the setting.

At low idle decrease Clutch Max Current until the Clutch Pressure VIN reading reaches:

18. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK.

EHS 4-PLATE TRANSMISSION 425 psi (29 bar). Clutch Max Current will be approximately 450-470 mA.

Using the computer display from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 2.

EHS 6-PLATE TRANSMISSION 325 psi (22 bar). Clutch Max Current will be approximately 390-410 mA.

IMPORTANT ! Machine must be in the Normal Program Mode to operate normally.

Record the Clutch Max Current value. It will be used later to set the Clutch Engagement Current.

Other program modes are used for service/ setup procedures only.

Do not Press OK. 15. Next set Clutch Max Current.

When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

At low idle increase Clutch Max Current until the Clutch Pressure VIN reading reaches: EHS 4-PLATE TRANSMISSION 575 psi (40 bar). Clutch Max Current will be approximately 540-560 mA.

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

EHS 6-PLATE TRANSMISSION 425 psi (29 bar). Clutch Max Current will be approximately 450-470 mA.

19. Engage the parking brake.

Press OK to confirm the setting.

20. Turn OFF the engine. 21. Remove the ignition key. 22. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch 8.134

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

L. CLUTCH ENGAGEMENT AND PARK BRAKE RELEASE TEST L1 CLUTCH PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE PERFORMANCE TEST

CLUTCH MANIFOLD TEST PORT

CLUTCH MANIFOLD RELIEF

615C-037

GEARBOX SERIAL NUMBER

electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

CLUTCH MANIFOLD

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

CLUTCH MANIFOLD TEST PORT

630E-194

Ensure that a PC/Laptop is still connected to the MD3 with IQANrun program open and the correct application program on screen as described in Preparation step 14.

Ensure that transmission oil temperature is 100-120 °F (38-93 °C) before performing this procedure.

CLUTCH MANIFOLD TEST PORT 632E

Connect a 0-1000 psi (0 -70 bar) gauge to the CLUTCH MANIFOLD test port.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Insert the ignition key.

Start the engine.

From the main menu select INFORMATION MODE MENU (F3). Transmission oil temperature displayed on this screen. Refer to COMPUTER – INFORMATION MODE MENU in SECTION 2 for more information.

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

10. Set the maximum speed control to its lowest setting ( ).

16. Clutch Pressure VIN readings should fall within the expected range for each setting as shown in the table.

11. Check clutch manifold relief pressure at low idle. The gauge reading should be 850 psi (58.5 bar).

17. The 4th reading must be greater than the 3rd. 18. If Clutch Pressure VIN doesn’t fall within range or 4th reading is not greater that the 3rd reading, contact Tigercat Customer Service.

12. If necessary adjust clutch manifold relief pressure. 13. Using IQANrun click on the MEASURE tab, select Drive/HP Test measure group and observe the channels:

19. Reset Clutch Max Current by repeating section K of this procedure.

Clutch Pressure VIN

14. Adjust the Clutch Max Current setting to 0 mA to start. Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – ADJUST – Clutch Adjust Group – Clutch Max Current. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE –ADJUST MENU in SECTION 6 for more information. 15. Adjust the Clutch Max Current setting each of the 12 settings shown in Table 7 and observe the Clutch Pressure VIN readings for each setting. Table 7 Clutch Pressure Reducing Valve Performance Test Expected Clutch Clutch Max Pressure VIN Observations Current mA psi bar 0 0-25 0-1.7 1st 100 0-25 0-1.7 2nd 140 0-25 0-1.7 3rd 180 10-50 0.7-3.4 <- At this point (180 mA) pressure must be greater than previous point (140 mA) 4th 220 35-85 2.4-5.9 5th 260 80-130 5.5-8.9 6th 300 135-185 9.3-12.8 7th 340 185-235 12.8-16.2 8th 380 250-308 17.2-21.2 9th 420 310-380 21.3-26.2 10th 470 392-465 27.0-32.1 <- Record this Value on the Hydrostatic Setup Sheet. 11th 520 480-560 33.1-38.6 12th

8.136

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

L.2 CLUTCH ENGAGEMENT & PARK BRAKE RELEASE TIME 1.

Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Remove the articulation lock bar.

Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

Insert the ignition key.

Start the engine.

Use the computer display to observe: Clutch Engagement Time Park Brake Release Time Using the computer display from any screen MENU BUTTON – MEASURE – Engage/ Release Time Group. Refer to MAIN MENU PAGE – MEASURE MENU in SECTION 6 for more information

Move the machine to a suitable* area to perform this procedure. *NOTE: A clear open area with fairly flat ground and at least 80 m (250 ft) of space to drive the machine.

10. Fully depress the drive pedal for forward travel for 5 seconds. Wait 5 seconds and fully depress the drive pedal for forward travel again for 5 seconds

IMPORTANT !

11. Repeat previous step 6 times.

When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

12. Record highest value for both Clutch Engagement Time and Park Brake Release Time.

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

13. Clutch Engagement Time should be 800 ms or less. 14. Park Brake Release Time should be 250 ms or less. 15. If either Clutch Engagement Time or Park Brake Release Time are greater the maximum values above contact Tigercat Customer Service. 16. Engage the parking brake. 17. Turn OFF the engine. 18. Remove the ignition key. 19. Install the articulation lock bar. 20. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch 8.137

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE

Drive 9.

There is a specific procedure to heat up the hydraulic oil in the machine in preparation for performing pressure measurements and setups.

10. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Place a sheet of cardboard in front of oil cooler section of the heat exchanger. The radiator and charge air cooler must remain uncovered to prevent engine overheating.

1. Park the machine on level ground.

11. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

2. Lower grapple and dozer blade to rest firmly on the ground.

12. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

3. Engage the parking brake.

13. Insert the ignition key

4. Turn OFF the engine.

14. Start the engine and set to high idle.

5. Remove the ignition key.

15. Make sure that the area is clear operate EITHER the arch out or boom down in function (whichever you have chosen) and HOLD in the operating position, while monitoring the ENGINE coolant temperature and the HYDRAULIC oil temperature. Temperatures can be monitored on the computer display. This should be done at high idle and will take 10 to 45 minutes.

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch 7. Install the articulation lock bar. CONNECTORS DRIVE PUMP

IMPORTANT ! DO NOT leave the machine while heating the oil, as overheating of engine or oil can cause serious damage. 16. Ensure that the hydraulic oil temperature is between 120 and 140°F (49 and 60°C).

E620C-01

17. Once the hydraulic oil is up to temperature, proceed to required hydraulic set-up procedure.

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205201-6205240, 6303001-6303050)

IMPORTANT ! Remove the cardboard blocking the oil cooler if necessary to maintain the proper temperature.

DRIVE PUMP

CONNECTORS

635D-161

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205241-6206200, 6303051-6304000) 8.

Prior to performing this procedure disconnect the two connectors on the drive pump. This is a safety precaution to prevent the machine from travelling during the procedure.

8.138

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

DRIVE MOTOR SPEED SENSOR INSTALLATION 1. Carefully screw the speed sensor by hand into the adapter until internal contact is reached with the gear crown, see DETAIL A. 2. Unscrew the sensor by 60° ±10° (1 flat ±1/6 flat), see DETAIL B. 3. Hold the sensor body in place with a wrench and tighten the lock nut.

DRIVE MOTOR SPEED SENSOR INSTALLATION

8.139

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

AXLES Power from the two drive motors is transmitted to the front and rear axles via a transmission and the front and rear drive shafts. The rear axle assembly is bolted directly to the rear frame. The front axle assembly is pivot mounted to the front frame allowing it to oscillate. Apart from the mounting, both front and rear axle assemblies are configured in a similar way except that the front axle has internal brakes and the rear has none. Each axle assembly consists of: (1) Differential gear set (2) Hydraulic differential lock (3) Wet disk brake assembly, (1-each side in front axle only) (4) Outboard planetary final drive wheelends, (1-each side) (5) Axle housings and shafts The final drive (4) is an outboard mounted planetary gear wheelend, which further reduces speed and increases torque to the axles. The input side receives drive power from the differential via a sun gear splined to an axle shaft. The output side wheel hub is splined onto the axle and rotates on the bearings. The lubricant in both axle assemblies is axle gear oil. The axle assemblies are a closed circuit with one breather per axle. There are lines plumbed to each axle to activate the differential locks and/ or brakes, which use the same hydraulic oil as the machine.

This condition provides positive drive to both wheels of the axle when tractive conditions might otherwise allow one wheel to spin. NOTE: This machine is equipped with a 10 minute AUTO-OFF feature which automatically deactivates the differential locks after 10 minutes have passed.

IMPORTANT !

Use differential locks sparingly and for brief periods and only when additional traction is needed or serious damage may occur. Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE and SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS in SECTION 3 for more information.

2 4

E620C-48A

Using the differential lock selector switch the operator chooses to activate front, rear or both differential lock(s). Pressing differential lock ON/OFF switch to activate the differential locks, energizes the differential lock control valve solenoid(s) (located on the multifunction manifold) and directs pilot oil to the corresponding differential clutch pack assembly pistons to lock the differential(s).

AXLE LUBRICATION

DIFFERENTIAL AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS The differentials (1) distribute the power to each side of the axle while allowing the wheels to turn at different speeds. The differential locks (4), in the front and rear axle assemblies, are hydraulically controlled and can be independently turned ON or OFF by switches in the cab.

AXLE ASSEMBLY (FRONT AXLE SHOWN) 8.140

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive SERVICE BRAKES (FRONT AXLE ONLY)

FRONT DIFFERENTIAL SERVICE LOCK BRAKE

TANK

The “wet” disk type service brakes (3) consist of a piston, reaction disks and friction brake disks with brake facing material. One brake assembly is located on each side of the differential within the housing. The reaction disks are tanged to the housing interior, the friction disks are splined to the axle shaft and the piston is attached to the differential.

E620C-47

FRONT AXLE

REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCK

TANK

When the brake foot control is depressed, brake pressure oil moves the piston applying force to the brake friction and reaction disks, generating brake torque at the axle shaft. Maximum operating pressure is 1000 psi. For information on the brake hydraulic circuit refer to SECTION 9 of THIS MANUAL. PISTON

FRICTION DISK

E620C-46 E620C-42

REAR AXLE HYDRAULIC CONNECTIONS

8.141

SERVICE BRAKE

REACTION DISK

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

SERVICE BRAKE WEAR PLATE INSPECTION

BLEED SCREWS

Brake wear plate inspection is recommended every 2000 hours (or seasonally). 1. Park machine on level ground, install articulation lock bar, lower dozer and grapple to the ground, stop engine, pull parking brake ON. CONNECTORS DRIVE PUMP SERVICE BRAKE INSPECTION PORT E620C-41

FRONT AXLE SERVICE BRAKE

BRAKE BLEEDING

E620C-01

The front axle assembly is equipped with two brake bleed screws, one for each side. Brakes must be bled whenever there has been potential for air to enter the system, such as removal of hydraulic line. Both passages must be bled one at a time.

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

2. Prior to performing procedure disconnect the two connectors on the drive pump. This is a safety precaution to prevent the machine from travelling while the procedure is being performed.

1. Park machine on level ground, lower grapple and dozer and set parking brake ON. Install articulation lock pin and stop engine. CONNECTORS

3. Remove plug from brake inspection port. DRIVE PUMP

4. With the aid of an assistant start engine and fully apply brakes. 5. Insert feeler gage blade between reaction plate ears. 6. Service point minimum dimension is 0.177 in (4.5 mm). If dimension is less than 0.177 in (4.5 mm) brakes must be serviced. 7. Stop engine. 8. Replace plug in brake inspection port. PISTON

FRICTION DISK

REACTION DISK

E620C-01

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE

2. Prior to bleeding brakes disconnect the two connectors on the drive pump. This is a safety precaution to prevent the machine from travelling while brake bleeding is being performed. 3. Place a clear plastic tube over bleed screw with other end in a container. 4. Start engine and run at IDLE E620C-42

SERVICE BRAKE 8.142

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

5. Loosen bleed screw 6. With the aid of an assistant push and hold brake pedal down until brake bleeding procedure is complete (no air bubbles in clear plastic tube). 7. Tighten bleed screw when oil is free of air. 8. Release brake foot pedal. 9. Repeat above procedure for each bleed screw. 10. Reconnect the two connectors on the drive pump.

8.143

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive 3.

FRONT AXLE OSCILLATION SHIM CHECK AND ADJUSTMENT

Set a dial indicator against the spiral bevel input pinion shaft on the input end of the axle.

1. The axle must be securely bolted to the chassis through the axle supports (front and back). Torque all axle mounting bolts. Refer to TORQUE CHART in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. 2. Temporarily remove the two grease hoses from the axle pivot to prevent grease pressure from affecting the set-up. Plug hose ends to avoid contamination. AXLE-05

SET DIAL INDICATOR

4. Using a long pry bar between the chassis and the axle housing pry the axle backward. It may be necessary to tip the axle from side to side to position the axle fully back for a proper reading.

E620C-34

E620C-33

REMOVE GREASE HOSE

E620C-36

USE LONG PRY BAR

E620C-35

BETWEEN CHASSIS AND AXLE HOUSING

REMOVE GREASE HOSE

5. Zero the dial indicator. 6. Using a long pry bar between the chassis and the axle housing pry the axle forward. It may be necessary to tip the axle from side to side to position the axle fully forward for a proper reading. 8.144

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive SHIMS

THRUST WASHER

E620C-32

TIP AXLE SIDE TO SIDE

AXLE-16

THRUST WASHER AND SHIMS

11. If the measurement was below .004” (0.1 mm) ADD shims to get the required range. A 0.010” (0.25 mm) shim will change the reading by 0.010” (0.25 mm). Stock shims are 0.010” and 0.040” (0.25 and 1.0 mm) thick. 12. If the measurement was above .014” (0.4 mm) REMOVE SHIMS to correct the reading. A 0.010” (0.25 mm) shim will change the reading by 0.010” (0.25 mm). Stock shims are 0.010” and 0.040” (0.25 and 1.0 mm) thick. 13. Replace the thrust washer. Note that on earlier machines the thrust washer has a plastic coating. Plastic coated thrust washer must be installed with the plastic coated side out.

TIP AXLE SIDE TO SIDE 7. Read the dial indicator. Axle movement should be 0.004” to 0.014” (0.1 to 0.4 mm). Check the reading twice by repeating steps 4 through 7. E620C-28

8. If the reading is within the required range go to step 16. 9. If the reading is not within the required range follow steps 10 through 15 to adjust.

Later machines are equipped with all metal thrust washers. All metal thrust washers can be installed either side out. 14. Replace the center pivot cover plate. Make sure that the thrust washer and shims do not slide out of place and become damaged. Torque cover bolts (12) to 100 lbf-ft (135 Nm). 15. Repeat steps 4 to 7 to check the adjustment again. This reading should be checked twice. 16. Reinstall grease hoses in the axle pivot and add grease until back pressure is felt.

E620C-30

REMOVE CENTER PIVOT COVER

10. Remove the outer cover plate. Carefully remove the center pivot cover plate from the axle (12 bolts). Care must be taken to ensure that the thrust washer and shims do not fall. 8.145

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

PLANETARY WHEEL END (EARLIER DESIGN) DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY PROCEDURES A. Planetary Wheel End Removal B. Planetary Wheel End Disassembly C. Disassembly of the Planetary Spider Assembly D. Spindle and Planetary Ring Gear SubAssembly E. Wheel Hub, Inner Bearing Spacer, Wheel Bearings, Seal, and Spindle Sub-Assembly F.

Metal Face Seal into Hub and into Spindle

G. Check for Correct Installation of the Metal Face Seal H. Wheel Hub to Spindle Assembly I.

Planetary Spider Sub-Assembly

Planetary Spider Assembly, Spindle & Planetary Ring Gear Assembly, and Wheel Hub Assembly

K. Install the Planetary Wheel End Assembly On the Axle Housing

8.146

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

A. PLANETARY WHEEL END REMOVAL NOTE: There may be some small quantity of oil remaining within the planetary wheel end reduction when the planetary assembly is opened. Care should be taken to capture this small amount of oil and dispose of it properly.

3. Loosen without removing the M18 lock nuts and washers at the studs at the spindle to axle housing joint.

CAUTION Do Not remove the studs as they support the planetary ring gear and spindle assembly on the axle housing. Use care to keep planetary ring gear from falling off spindle flange.

M18 CAP SCREWS AND WASHERS

LIFTING STRAP PLANETARY RING GEAR

SPINDLE FLANGE

WHEEL END ASSEMBLY

E620C-05

1. Remove the M18 capscrews and washers from the spindle to axle housing joint. NOTE: These capscrews had blue loctite added at original axle assembly. LIFTING STRAP

M18 LOCK NUTS

E620C-06

WHEEL END ASSEMBLY

2. Support the wheel end to be serviced with a lifting device.

REMOVE O-RING

E620C-07

TWO M18 CAPSCREWS AND NUTS INSTALLED, FOR SAFETY

4. Use a brass or leather mallet to hit spindle flange and loosen wheel end assembly from the axle housing. 5. Remove O-Ring from inner side of ring gear. For safety, remove M18 lock nuts while wheel end is still supported by studs, assemble (2) M18 capscrews with washers through spindle flange and planetary ring gear mounting holes and assemble (2) nuts with washers onto capscrew threads so the ring gear cannot fall off the spindle flange. 6. Remove the wheel end assembly from the axle housing assembly and place safely on a work bench, where further wheel end disassembly can be completed as needed.

8.147

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

B. PLANETARY WHEEL END DISASSEMBLY NOTE: If further disassembly is required to service all the internal wheel end components, the following procedure is recommended:

SPINDLE AND HUB ASSEMBLY

M8 CAPSCREW SNAP RING

O-RING

PLANETARY SPIDER ASSEMBLY

BOLTS NUTS AND WASHERS FOR SAFETY

RING GEAR 50mm THICK SPACER

E620C-08

1. Set with planetary pin facing downward with planet pins on a 50mm thick spacer whose O.D. is smaller than ring gear’s I.D.

COVER

PLANETARY SPIDER ASSEMBLY E620C-10

3. Remove the cover and O-ring from the driver. 4. Remove the snap ring from the planetary spider. The snap ring removal will now permit the wheel end spindle and hub assembly to be carefully removed as a sub assembly from the planetary spider assembly. DRIVER O-RING

M8 CAPSCREW

E620C-11

DRIVER REMOVAL

O-RING

M8 CAPSCREW

COVER

E620C-09

2. Remove the socket head M8 capscrews from the cover on the planetary wheel end. NOTE: These capscrews had a blue loctite applied at original production assembly.

5. Remove the (3) M8 socket head capscrews that retain the driver to wheel hub. NOTE: These capscrews had blue loctite applied at original assembly. 6. Remove the driver and larger O-ring from the wheel hub.

8.148

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder INNER BEARING CONE

BEARING CONE

Drive 10. If required, use a suitable bearing cup puller to remove both the cups from the planetary hub assembly. Wrap both the bearing cups to prevent contamination. If bearing cups are not to be removed, please proceed to the next step.

CAPSCREW LOCK PLATE

WARNING INNER BEARING SPACER SPINDLE HUB ASSEMBLY E620C-12

M E T A L FACE SEAL ASSEMBLY

Observe all warnings and cautions provided by the press manufacturer to avoid serious personal injury.

WHEEL BEARING ADJUSTING NUT

11. Remove the inner bearing spacer from the spindle only if required. This spacer has had Loctite 680 or equivalent applied at original production assembly and should not be removed unless damaged.

7. Remove the (3) M8 socket head capscrews from the lockplate that retains the wheel bearing adjusting nut. NOTE: These capscrews had blue loctite applied at original assembly.

NOTE: Should the planetary spider and gearsets need to be disassembled, please go to the specific section for disassembly required.

8. Remove the wheel bearing adjusting nut. Early design nut was hexagonal. Later design is round nut shown. A special tool (Tigercat Part # 204691) is available that fits both nuts. Refer to SPECIAL TOOLS FOR WHEEL END ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION.

O-RING SPINDLE

NOTE: The bearing cups stay with the wheel hub and the outer bearing cone will be loose while being disassembled from spindle. The inner bearing cone will be removed with the wheel hub assembly and will not stay on the spindle during hub assembly removal. Half of the metal face seal will be removed as part of the planetary hub assembly when removed. 9. Remove both the inner and outer bearing cones, planetary hub assembly, and metal face seal half from the spindle. Wrap the inner and outer bearing cones and the (2) halves of the metal face seal to prevent contamination and set aside for later cleaning, inspection and re-assembly.

RING GEAR

E620C-13

12. Separate the planetary ring gear and O-ring from the spindle flange, if required. Set aside these components for later inspection and reassembly.

8.149

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

C. DISASSEMBLY OF THE PLANETARY SPIDER ASSEMBLY

6. Using the grease pencil, label the outer washer with the same number as marked for the planetary gear/needle roller assembly.

SNAP RING

7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 for each planetary gear to be removed.

INNER THRUST WASHER

NOTE: Removal and reassembly of the pinion shafts can change the precision pinion shaft locations relative to each other.

PLANETARY PINION GEAR ROLLERS

IMPORTANT ! DO NOT remove the planetary pinion shafts from the planet spider.

OUTER THRUST WASHER PLANETARY PINION SHAFT

The planetary pinion shafts are not serviceable items and must not be pressed out of the planetary spider shaft.

PLANETARY SPIDER E620C-14

Be careful not to bump or damage the pinion shafts.

1. Place the planetary spider assembly safely in a vertical position with the planetary gears facing upwards. NOTE: Using a grease pencil, mark each planet pinion shaft/planetary pinion gear with same number to identify which pinion shaft and gear were originally pre-assembled together for later re-assembly. 2. Mark each planet pinion shaft and its planetary pinion gear with matching numbers. 3. Remove the snap ring from the groove near end of each planetary pinion shaft. 4. Remove the inner washer from each planetary pinion shaft. During removal, mark the washer with the pinion shaft number to retain with same original planetary shaft/gear assembly or place in numbered plastic bags. NOTE: The (33) needle rollers/planetary gear assembly should also be placed in separate bags as removed from each planetary pinion / shaft assembly and marked to keep the rollers with the same planet gear/shaft for later inspection and re-assembly. 5. Carefully lift the planet pinion gear, full complement of needle rollers, and outer thrust washer as an assembly. It may be easier to slide a thin shim stock under the thrust washer or planetary pinion gear as it is lifted to capture all the loose needle rollers. The needle rollers should be retained or replaced, if required, as a set for each planetary pinion and pinion shaft.

8.150

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive Method 2:

D. SPINDLE AND PLANETARY RING GEAR SUB-ASSEMBLY

An optional assembly method is as follows if a press is not used:

INSTALL BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS, FOR SAFETY

1. Apply a light coat of grease to the O-Ring. 2. Install the O-Ring into the groove of the planetary ring gear face. Care should be taken not to twist or damage the O-Ring during assembly. 3. Apply a light coat of oil to the outer diameter edge of the planetary ring gear that will be pressed into the spindle flange bore.

RING GEAR

O-RING

SPINDLE

E620C-15

The planetary ring gear is installed between the spindle and axle housing. The ring gear can first be reassembled onto the axle housing or onto the spindle. In either case, the final assembly requires O-rings installed in the grooves on both sides of the ring gear. If the planetary ring gear was disassembled from the spindle earlier, one of the following two assembly procedures are recommended to reassemble the ring gear and spindle. IMPORTANT ! Care should be taken not to press directly on the spindle threads as damage to these threads may occur. Use of 3 steel bars assembled to allow the press to push on the spindle flange directly and not on the spindle threads is recommended.

4. Set the spindle over the planetary ring gear and O-Ring already assembled and align the holes in the spindle flange with the planetary ring gear spacing by using 1 or 2 temporary guide pins that fit the M18 holes. 5. Using a rubber or rawhide mallet (NOT a steel hammer) tap the spindle over the planetary ring gear by hitting around the spindle flange several times until ring gear is seated. 6. Remove the temporary guide pins. 7. A piece of thin shim stock ~0.0254mm (0.001in) is to be inserted in several places around the diameter to check the ring gear is properly seated.

Method 1: 1.

Apply light coat of grease to the O-Ring.

2. Install the O-Ring into the groove on the planetary ring gear face. Care should be taken not to twist or damage the O-Ring during assembly. 3.

Align the capscrew holes in the ring gear when you are pressing the ring gear into the spindle. The hole alignment must be done prior actually pressing ring gear into spindle.

4. A piece of thin shim stock ~0.0254mm (0.001") is to be inserted in several places around the diameter to check the ring gear is properly seated. 5. Install (2) bolts, nuts and washers, for safety.

8.151

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

E. WHEEL HUB, INNER BEARING SPACER, WHEEL BEARINGS, SEAL, AND SPINDLE SUB-ASSEMBLY OUTER BEARING CUP

4. Remove the wheel hub from the press and place on suitable workbench for further safe assembly. NOTE: The inner bearing cone must be installed in the wheel hub and not on the spindle bearing diameter because the Metal Face Seal, once installed in the wheel hub assembly will not fit over the bearing cone assembly.

BEARING CONE LOCKPLATE

5. Apply a light coat of oil to the inner bearing cone rollers and install in the wheel hub assembly. CAPSCREW ADJUSTING NUT

E620C-16

SPINDLE BEARING SPACER

If the wheel hub,spindle, and bearings were disassembled during disassembly, the following procedure is recommended.

WARNING Observe all warnings and cautions provided by the press manufacturer to avoid serious personal injury.

PRESS TOOL BEARING CUP

WHEEL HUB

E620C-18

6. If the wheel bearing spacer was previously removed, apply Adhesive #Q58-Grade -226 or #Q44 to the spindle face of the bearing spacer. 7. Slide the spacer over the spindle and against the spindle shoulder tapping with a brass rod to properly seat the wheel bearing spacer. Alternatively, a large, thin-wall tube (TOOL 1), for installing the inner bearing onto the spindle during hub assembly, could be used to push the bearing spacer onto the spindle. Refer to SPECIAL TOOLS FOR WHEEL END ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION.

BEARING CUP

E620C-17

1. Place the wheel hub upright in a press to install the bearing cups. 2. Press each bearing cup into the wheel hub against the shoulder in the wheel hub by using the appropriate bearing cup drivers, TOOL 2 and TOOL 3 . Refer to SPECIAL TOOLS FOR WHEEL END ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION. 3. A piece of thin shim stock ~0.0254mm (0.001") is to be inserted in several places around the diameter to check the bearing cups are properly seated.

8.152

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder F.

Drive

METAL FACE SEAL INTO HUB AND INTO SPINDLE

IMPORTANT ! Install face seal halves in the same positions where they were located prior to disassembly. Mixing up face seal halves can cause component damage.

3 4

E620C-19

1. Make sure the formed seal ring, Toric Ring (O-ring) and wheel hub are clean and free of any oil or other contaminants. If required, use a solvent like isopropyl alcohol, that evaporates quickly, leaves no residue, and is compatible with the Toric Ring.

WARNING Solvent cleaners can be flammable, poisonous and cause burns. Examples of solvent cleaners are carbon tetrachloride, emulsion-type cleaners and petroleumbase cleaners. To avoid serious personal injury when you use solvent cleaners, you must carefully follow the manufacturer’s instructions and these procedures: • • • • •

The Metal Face Seal halves must be installed in the spindle and in the hub before the hub can be assembled to the spindle. Install the Metal Face Seal halves in the spindle and in the hub as follows:

IMPORTANT ! Check for solvent residue on all seating surfaces. Solvents that leave a residue on the Toric Ring, metal face seal or on housing seal seating surface can cause the Toric Ring to roll into the seal, rather than slide. Damage to the seal can result.

1. Seal Ring

5. Seal Ring Housing

2. Toric Ring (O-ring)

6. Seal Ring Face

3. Housing Retainer Lip

7. Installation Tool

4. Housing Ramp

IMPORTANT ! Install the Toric Ring into the seal ring and make sure it is flat. Do not twist the Toric Ring when installing onto the seal ring. A twisted Toric Ring will not seal correctly, allowing leakage of lubricant and pumping of debris past the ring. Damage to components can result. 2. Install the Toric Ring onto the formed seal ring so that it rests in the radius of the tail of the seal ring and is not twisted. Install the Toric Ring onto the seal ring as follows: A. Wet the Toric Ring with isopropyl alcohol and install it onto the formed seal ring so that it is seated at the bottom of the seal ring ramp and against the retaining lip.

Wear safe eye protection. Wear clothing that protects your skin. Work in a well-ventilated area. Do not use gasoline, or solvents that contain gasoline. Gasoline can explode. You must use hot solution tanks or alkaline solutions correctly. Carefully follow the manufacturer’s instructions.

IMPORTANT ! Do not use Stanosol® or any other liquid that leaves an oily film and does not evaporate quickly, since this may result in incorrect seating of the Toric Ring in the housing, resulting in seal leakage.

B. Make sure the Toric Ring is not twisted by rapidly pulling it away from the seal ring and letting it snap back. Do this in a number of places until the seal is correctly seated. Be careful not to nick or cut the Toric Ring seal, as this will cause leaks.

8.153

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive INSTALLATION TOOL (207897)

2 3

E620C-22

E620C-20

1. Seal Ring Ramp

3. Seal Ring Retaining Lip

2. Toric Ring (O-ring)

4. Seal Ring

6. Shake excess lubricant from the assembly. Immediately install (“pop”) the seal into the wheel hub with a firm push of the installation tool. 7. Remove the installation tool. INSTALLATION TOOL (207897)

E620C-21

MAKE SURE TORIC RING IS NOT TWISTED

3. Coat the Toric Ring with isopropyl alcohol so that it slides easily past the retainer lip in the wheelhub and installs correctly on the spindle ramp. 4. Place installation tool (Tigercat Part #207897) around the metal seal ring and Toric Ring. Refer to SPECIAL TOOLS FOR WHEEL END ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION. 5.

E620C-23

8. Follow the same procedure to install the other half of the face seal assembly onto the wheel spindle.

Wipe the Toric Ring with a lint-free towel or clean foam brush saturated with isopropyl alcohol.

8.154

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive 3. Apply isopropyl alcohol as a lubricant to the Toric Ring and place in the seating area. If installation does not appear smooth, flat and correct, remove the seal from the spindle and repeat the process.

G. CHECK FOR CORRECT INSTALLATION OF THE METAL FACE SEAL Check the spindle and wheel hub for correct installation of the Metal Face Seal before the hub can be installed onto the spindle.

IMPORTANT ! Apply isopropyl alcohol to the Toric Ring. Check the retaining lip of the seal seating area for burrs or fins, which can cause a seal to leak. Damage to components can result. IMPORTANT ! To prevent slippage of the Toric Ring, allow sufficient evaporation time for the assembly lubricant before proceeding with further assembly. Damage to components can result.

CHECK ASSEMBLED HEIGHT VARIATION

E620C-24

1. Check assembled height variation (A) in at least four places, 90 degrees apart, using a caliper, toolmaker’s rule, or other accurately calibrated measuring device. The difference in height around the ring must not be more than 0.5 mm (0.02 in).

4. Seat Toric Ring correctly. Once correctly in place, the Toric Ring must roll on ramp only. See below for examples of incorrect installation.

2. If required, adjust the seal standout height by using the following methods. •

If the standout height cannot be brought into specification: Remove the seal and repeat the installation procedure. IMPORTANT ! Push or pull the Toric Ring and face seal only. Do not push or pull directly on the seal ring. This can cause component damage.

E620C-25

A. Use the installation tool to push down on the Toric Ring and face seal. B. With your fingers, pull up uniformly on the Toric Ring and face seal.

8.155

EXAMPLES OF INCORRECT INSTALLATION

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

H. WHEEL HUB TO SPINDLE ASSEMBLY NOTE: Complete the assembly of the wheel hub to the spindle. Before installing the wheel hub onto the spindle, however, keep the following points in mind to ensure correct sealing between the faces of the Metal Face Seal: 1. Check both sealing faces carefully to make sure they are clean and free of any dirt, debris, lint, and even human hair. IMPORTANT ! Bring the housings together slowly. High impact can result in component damage. Remove protective pad from the spindle’s seal journal.

E620C-27

•

Shown above, the Toric Rings have slipped, instead of rolling on the left-hand side of the seal. Note how the top Toric Ring is to the right and the bottom Toric Ring is to the left. The same seals are also shown after the bottom half is rotated 90 degrees.

•

If the Toric Ring slips at any location, it will twist, causing the formed seal rings to seat incorrectly.

2. Remove the protective pad from the spindle’s seal journal. IMPORTANT ! Do not apply lubricant to the Toric Ring. The Toric Ring can leak. Damage to components can result.

FACE SEAL MATING SURFACES

4. Install the hub. Use a large thin-wall tube (tool number 1, see Special Tool Section), to push the inner bearing onto spindle while installing hub onto spindle.

E620C-26

3. Apply a light coating of Dow Corning GN molybdenum assembly paste lubricant to the two mating surfaces of the face seal’s steel rings only. Do not allow this lubricant to contact the Toric Ring. The Toric Ring can leak. •

•

When installing the hub onto the spindle, both seal housings must be aligned correctly.

•

Slowly bring the hub and spindle assembly together as the spindle bearing adjustment nut is tightened. OUTER BEARING CUP METAL FACE SEAL

BEARING CONE LOCKPLATE

BEARING SPACER

If the seals are not aligned correctly: The seals will move. Any wobbling motion of the seals is an indication of incorrectly positioned (cocked) seals. Dirt can enter past the Toric Ring.

CAPSCREW E620C-28

INNER BEARING CONE

ADJUSTING NUT

5. Apply a light coat of oil to the bearing cone rollers and install the outer bearing cone onto the spindle. NOTE: The (3) M8 threaded holes in the wheel bearing adjusting nut should be facing outward as the nut is assembled against the 8.156

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive I.

wheel bearing cone. Rotate the wheel hub by hand while tightening adjusting nut in order to seat the wheel bearings and seal assembly.

The planetary pinion shafts are not serviceable items and should not have been disassembled from the planetary spider.

6. Install the wheel bearing adjusting nut using the wheel bearing adjusting nut tool (Tigercat Part # 204691). Tighten the nut to 500 lbf-ft (678 N-m). Refer to SPECIAL TOOLS FOR WHEEL END ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION. 7. Rotate the hub three to five revolutions in both directions. 8. Tighten the nut to 500 lbf-ft (678 N-m) again. 9. Rotate the hub three to five revolutions in each direction again. 10. Repeat above steps until nut torque level stabilizes. 11. Install the wheel bearing lock plate over the wheel bearing adjusting nut and align the tabs on lock plate with slots in the spindle. 12. Review the alignment of the holes in the lock plate and holes in the spindle nut. Review amount the spindle bearing nut must be loosened to make the holes align with lock plate. 13. Repeat steps 11 & 12 with lock plate indexed 180 degrees and review the hole alignment in the lock plate and wheel bearing adjusting nut. 14. Choose between the (2) lock plate positions that requires the “least loosening” of the wheel nut. The maximum recommendation is no more than 5.5 degrees “loosening” of the adjusting nut. NOTE: Do not further tighten the wheel nut to align the capscrew holes. 15. Add a few drops of BLUE Loctite to each capscrew threads to install the (3) lock plate M8 capscrews and tighten to 28.2 lbf-ft (38.3 N-m). Safely set the planetary wheel hub, planetary ring gear, and spindle assembly on a workbench.

PLANETARY SPIDER SUB-ASSEMBLY

Further sub-assembly of the planetary pinion gears, needle rollers, and thrust washers is as follows if the planetary spider gears had been removed. Re-Use Components If the re-assembly of the planetary spider will re-use the components that were previously disassembled and inspected: 1. Open each bag containing the previously removed planet gear, snap ring, thrust washers, and needle bearing components that were marked and match to the planetary pinion shaft from which they were removed. Keep these parts matched to their planetary pinion shaft during assembly. New Components If new components are to be assembled on the planetary pinion shafts, please follow the identical recommended procedure: Repeat the following steps for each planetary pinion shaft /gear assembly. 1. Place the planetary spider with the (4) planetary pinion shafts pointing upward in a safe workbench orientation so the planetary spider assembly will not roll or fall off the work bench and cause personal injury or component damage. 2. Apply a light coating of oil or grease to the base of planetary spider where the outer thrust washer will be placed and the planetary pinion shaft,outer thrust washer faces and slide the outer washer over the pinion shaft and against the spider. IMPORTANT ! Never mix new and old needle rollers, nor needle rollers from different manufacturers, on the same planetary pinion shaft and gear assembly. Component damage can occur.

8.157

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

Two optional methods of assembling the planetary gears with needle rollers to each planetary pinion shaft are recommended: SNAP RING

Method 2: 3. Apply a light coat of grease to the planetary gear bore and install the gear over the planetary pinion shaft. NOTE: Oscillating the planetary pinion gear will help in seating the needle rollers during assembly. Use of a pointed tool to stick between the needle rollers may be required until all rollers are aligned and installed with no gap large enough for an additional roller.

INNER THRUST WASHER PLANETARY PINION GEAR ROLLERS OUTER THRUST WASHER PLANETARY PINION SHAFT PLANETARY SPIDER E620C-29

Method 1: 3. Apply a light coat of grease to the planetary pinion gear bore and assemble the (33) needle rollers into the planet gear bore until there is no further space to add additional needle rollers. If new needle rollers are being used in the planetary gear assembly, they must be from the same vendor, and belong to the same tolerance group (0.002mm). 4. Carefully, lift the planet gear with needle rollers assembled and place on the planetary pinion shaft. It is recommended to use a pointed tool to stick between the needle rollers to help align the needle rollers and verify there is no gap large enough to insert an extra roller. Proceed to step 5.

4. Individually add each needle roller to the gear assembly until all (33) rollers are installed. Proceed to step 5. 5. Add light coat of oil or grease to the faces of the inner thrust washer and slide over the planetary pinion shaft and insert the locking tab into the planetary pinion shaft to eliminate the thrust washer rotation. NOTE: The snap ring should rotate freely in the groove on the planetary pinion shaft when properly seated. 6. Install the snap ring into the planetary pinion shaft groove to retain the planetary gear assembly on the planetary spider assembly. NOTE: If the gear does not rotate smoothly or if excessive axial end play is noted, the outer thrust washer may have been omitted and this gear assembly should be removed and checked that all components were assembled. 7. After each planetary pinion gear,needle rollers, thrust washers and snap ring are assembled on each pinion shaft, a check should be done to assure the planetary gear rotates smoothly and has little axial endplay ( ~ < 0.07mm or 0.003") . 8. Safely set the assembled planetary spider shaft on a work bench for later assembly into the planetary wheel end.

8.158

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

J. PLANETARY SPIDER ASSEMBLY, SPINDLE & PLANETARY RING GEAR ASSEMBLY, AND WHEEL HUB ASSEMBLY To assemble the planetary wheel end using the above sub-assemblies, the following procedure is recommended:

E620C-31

3. Apply a light coat of grease to the O-ring that will be fitted onto the driver pilot diameter and install O-ring onto the driver against the flange. Care should be taken to not twist or damage the O-ring during this assembly. 4. Slide the driver and O-ring assembly onto the planetary spider shaft splines. Fit the driver pilot diameter in the wheel hub pilot bore, aligning the (3) M8 capscrew mounting holes. 5.

NOTE: The snap ring should rotate freely in the snap ring groove, if properly seated.

E620C-30

1. Using a lifting strap to secure the planetary spider assembly, place the assembly with the planet pins setting on a 50 mm thick spacer whose O.D. is smaller than ring gear’s I.D. 2. Using a lifting strap to secure the spindle, wheel hub and planetary ring gear assembly, safely lower this assembly onto the planetary spider allowing the planetary spider shaft to pass through the spindle bore and then mesh the planetary gears into the planetary ring gear teeth as the subassembly is slowly and safely lowered together.

Add BLUE Loctite to the (3) M8 Allen head capscrew threads and tighten the capscrews to 28.2 lbf-ft (38.3 N-m).

6. Install the snap ring into the groove of the planetary spider shaft, locking it against the driver. 7. Apply a light coat of grease to the O-ring and add Oring to the cover groove. Care should be taken not to twist or damage the O-ring during assembly on the cover groove. 8. Place the cover against the wheel driver and the end of the planetary spider. 9.

NOTE: Use care not to damage or twist the O-ring during assembly.

8.159

Add BLUE Loctite to each of the (8) holes in the wheel driver and install the (8) M8 Allen head capscrews and tighten to 28.2 lbf-ft (38.3 N-m).

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

K. INSTALL THE PLANETARY WHEEL END ASSEMBLY ON THE AXLE HOUSING

SHIM

WARNING Take care when using lifting devices. When you use a lifting strap, inspect the strap for damage before you use it. Do not use a lifting strap to shock load or drop load a component. Serious personal injury can result. To continue with this axle assembly, the axle housing should have carrier input horizontal. All instructions provided are per axle housing end and must be repeated on the opposite housing end for a complete axle assembly. LIFTING STRAP PLANETARY RING GEAR

SPINDLE FLANGE

WHEEL END ASSEMBLY

E620C-33

DOWEL

3. Carefully install the (0.8 mm thick) shim with the adhesive side against the axle housing flange face while guided on the wheel end studs. Apply pressure around the shim surface to make sure the shim will be bonded to the entire axle flange diameter surface. 4. Apply a thin coat of grease to the O-ring that will be assembled to the planetary ring gear face. 5. Install the O-ring into the groove on the face of the planetary ring gear with care not to twist or damage the O-ring during installation.

O-RING E620C-32

TWO M18 CAPSCREWS AND NUTS INSTALLED, FOR SAFETY

1. If (2) studs are not already installed in the axle housing flanges, then add a few drops of BLUE Loctite into (2) threaded holes at 10:00 and 2:00 positions in the axle housing flange and add (2) M18 studs. Tighten to engage all threads. NOTE: The following 2 steps apply only to axles equipped with Outboard Wet Disk Brakes. If the axle being assembled does not have the outboard wet disk brake option, proceed to step 4.

WARNING Take care when you use adhesives, thread locking compounds, silicone gasket materials or any sealants to avoid serious personal injury. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions to prevent irritations to the eyes and skin.

6. Using the lifting strap, carefully lift the preassembled planetary wheel end assembly and slide the assembly along the (2) wheel end studs that were installed in the axle housing flange. Remove the (2) M18 safety bolts, nuts and washers, if installed, through the spindle flange and ring gear. 7. Align the sun gear and planet teeth . 8. Verify that O-rings have not fallen out of grooves on both sides of ring gear. 9. Fully insert the ring gear into the pilot on the axle housing. 10. Add BLUE Loctite to the (18) M18 axle housing flange threads. Install the (18) M18 capscrew and washers to the axle housing flange/wheel end assembly. Torque to 375.4 lbf-ft (509 N-m). 11. Install the (2) nuts and washers on the (2) studs. NOTE: Thread locker is NOT required as these nuts are lock nuts. Torque to 303.9 lbf-ft (412 N-m).

2. If the axle uses outboard wet disk brakes and if a shim is not installed against axle housing flange face, then apply a thin uniform coat of adhesive #Q58-grade-226 on one side of the ring gear shim. 8.160

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder PLANETARY WHEEL ENDS (LATER DESIGN) DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY PROCEDURES

Drive

A. Planetary Wheel End Removal B. Planetary Wheel End Disassembly C. Inspection Of Parts D. Cleaning E. Guidelines For Bearing Heating And Freezing F.

Installation Procedure For Es100 Type Face Seal

G. Reassembling Planetary Wheel Ends H. Axle Shaft Endplay Adjustment And Wheel End Installation

8.161

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

A. PLANETARY WHEEL END REMOVAL

WARNING

NOTE: There may be some small quantity of oil remaining within the planetary wheel end reduction when the planetary assembly is opened. Care should be taken to capture this small amount of oil and dispose of it properly. LIFTING STRAP

Take care when using lifting devices. When you use a lifting strap, inspect the strap for damage before you use it. Do not use a lifting strap to shock load or drop load a component. Serious personal injury can result. 2. Remove the M18 capscrews and washers from the spindle to axle housing joint.

WHEEL END ASSEMBLY

NOTE: These capscrews had blue loctite added at original axle assembly. 3. Use a brass or leather mallet to loosen wheel end assembly from the axle housing. Care should be taken to keep planetary gear from falling off the wheel end assembly as it is removed. 4. Remove the wheel end assembly from the axle housing assembly and place safely on a work bench (gear side up), where further wheel end disassembly can be completed as needed.

M18 CAPSCREWS

1. Support the wheel end to be serviced with a lifting device.

5. Remove o-ring from inner side of the ring gear.

INNER BEARING CUP INNER BEARING CONE BRONZE SPACER PLANET CARRIER WHEEL BEARING NUT NUT LOCKING PLATE SHIMS

RETAINING RING O-RING RING GEAR PLANETARY BEARING PLANET GEAR RETAINING RING

SPINDLE

FACE SEAL SUN GEAR

OUTER BEARING CONE OUTER BEARING CUP HOUSING 3664D

PLANETARY WHEEL END (LATER DESIGN) 8.162

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

B. PLANETARY WHEEL END DISASSEMBLY NOTE: If further disassembly is required to service all the internal wheel end components, the following procedure is recommended: 1. Set wheel end assembly on a suitable work bench with gear side up.

630D-51

5. Remove the snap ring from the groove near end of the planetary pinion shaft using a suitable snap ring tool.

630D-54

2. Remove the ring gear. 3. Remove the o-ring from outer side of ring gear.

630D-50 630D-59

4. Mark each planetary pinion shaft and its planetary gear with matching numbers.

6. Remove the planet gear and needle roller bearing as an assembly using a suitable puller tool. (Snap-on puller shown) 7. Repeat steps 4 to 6 for each planetary gear. IMPORTANT ! Be careful not to bump or damage the pinion shafts.

8.163

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

630D-41

630D-45

8. Remove the snap ring from the planet carrier using a suitable snap ring tool.

11. Remove shims.

630D-28 630D-44

12. Remove planet carrier using a suitable lifting device.

9. Remove the nut locking plate.

630D-32

630D-26

10. Remove the wheel bearing nut. A special wheel end nut torque tool (Tigercat Part # 44504B) is required. Refer to SPECIAL TOOLS FOR WHEEL END ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION.

13. Remove bronze spacer

8.164

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630D-25

630D-18

14. Remove inner wheel bearing cone and cup.

Drive

630D-23

630D-60

16. Remove Outer wheel bearing cup, cone and the face seal.

630D-24

15. Remove housing

8.165

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder C. INSPECTION OF PARTS Every part should be visually inspected for any damage, nicks, dirt, rust, burrs, machining chip, sharp edges, dust, and other possible debris. Small nicks and burrs may be removed with appropriate tools, and then parts must be washed and cleaned appropriately. D. CLEANING Clean all parts thoroughly using washing fluid, a soft cloth and compressed air. It is recommended that parts be immersed in cleaning fluid and agitated slowly until parts are thoroughly cleaned of all lubricants, dust and foreign materials.

Drive E. GUIDELINES FOR BEARING HEATING AND FREEZING Tapered roller bearings often must be cooled or heated to aid in assembly or removal from housings with a press fit. Since temperature extremes can cause permanent bearing metallurgical damage, it is important to take proper precautions and use correct methods when heating and cooling bearings. COOLING Cups that are to be assembled in housings with a press fit may be shrunk in a deep freeze unit. Bearings should not be cooled below -65° F (-54° C). In addition to cooling the bearing cup, in some instances it may be necessary to heat the housing. To control temperature, it is best to use a thermostat along with a freezer unit or a properly calibrated thermometer. Regardless of the method, check the cup’s final seating against the housing shoulder with feeler gauges. HEATING Take extreme care that standard product bearings are never heated above 250°F (120°C). If bearings are heated above this temperature, their metallurgical structure may soften, rendering them unsuitable for use. Keep the bearings away from direct contact with high-heat sources that may raise the bearing temperature too high, resulting in race hardness reduction. When heating bearings, be sure that they have enough time to fully heat. Use heat-resistant gloves to handle heated bearings. Use feeler gauges to make sure the cup is fully seated against the shoulder after the parts are cooled.

8.166

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder F.

Drive

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR ES100 TYPE FACE SEAL 1

635D-46

STRUCTURE OF ES100 TYPE FACE SEAL

O-RING IS TWISTED

The above illustration shows a section when ES100 type face seal is installed in equipment. Both sides of the face seal are the same and interchangeable.

635D-47

INCORRECT INSTALLATIONS

The illustrations above show incorrect installations which will cause seal failure.

INSPECTION BEFORE SEAL INSTALLATION •

O-RING IS PRESSED IN

The sealing surface of seal rings should be free of nicks, scratches, or any other damage

•

Lubricate housing/spindle installation surface, o-ring outer circumference, and seal ring to make inserting o-ring easier.

•

Place the installation tool (Tigercat Part # 207897) around the seal ring with o-ring (face seal). Confirm the seal ring is positioned correctly. Refer to SPECIAL TOOLS FOR WHEEL END ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION.

•

O-ring should be free of any surface defects

•

Remove all oil and any protective coating from the face seal

•

Confirm that there are not any burrs, nicks, scratches or damage on the installation surfaces of the housing and spindle. Remove any burrs with sandpaper or a similar device as burrs can cause damage to the o-ring. Clean parts again.

•

Apply even pressure on the guiding tool during installation.

•

Remove the installation tool and confirm the seal is installed correctly (face seal floats and is not twisted).

Remove all oil and any protective coating from installation surfaces of housing and spindle

•

Apply oil to the sliding surface as lubrication for break-in.

•

Once both halves of the face seal are installed use care to avoid damage to the metal seal surfaces as the assembly process proceeds

•

SEAL INSTALLATION

IMPORTANT POINTS FOR INSTALLATION

 635D-47

•

If installing face seal without the installation tools, push outer circumference of o-ring with a thin plate while applying light even pressure to the seal ring sliding surface.

•

If the seal is installed incorrectly (twisted or pressed in) disassemble and reinstall. Adjustment after assembly is not recommended as it may damage the seal.

CORRECT INSTALLATION

The illustration above shows an ideal installation of a face seal. 8.167

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

G. REASSEMBLING PLANETARY WHEEL ENDS

630D-16

630D-20

1. Place spindle on a suitable work bench using a suitable lifting device.

630D-17

3. Lubricate and install face seal using the installation tool (Tigercat Part #207897). Refer to INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR ES100 TYPE FACE SEAL in THIS SECTION. Refer also to SPECIAL TOOLS FOR WHEEL END ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION.

630D-21

4. Lubricate the bearing and the sliding surface of face seal.

2. Heat bearing for a minimum of 1 hr at 250°F (121°C) and install bearing as shown. IMPORTANT ! Do not heat bearing above 250°F (121°C). IMPORTANT ! After returning to room temperature, check the bearing with a 0.001-0.002 in (.025-.051 mm) feeler gage to make sure it is pressed tightly against the shoulder. Refer also to GUIDELINES FOR BEARING HEATING AND FREEZING in THIS SECTION.

8.168

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

630D-22

630D-18

5. Freeze small bearing cup and install into housing, if it was removed during disassembly. IMPORTANT ! Do not freeze below -65°F (-54°C).

7. Lubricate and install face seal using the installation tool (Tigercat Part #207897). Refer to INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR ES100 TYPE FACE SEAL in THIS SECTION. Refer also to SPECIAL TOOLS FOR WHEEL END ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION.

IMPORTANT ! After returning to room temperature, check bearing cup with a 0.001-0.002 in (.025-.051 mm) feeler gage to make sure it is pressed tightly against the shoulder. Refer also to GUIDELINES FOR BEARING HEATING AND FREEZING in THIS SECTION.

630D-23

8. Lubricate both bearing cups and the sliding surface of face seal.

630D-19

6. Freeze large bearing cup and install into housing, if it was removed during disassembly. IMPORTANT ! Do not freeze below -65°F (-54°C). IMPORTANT ! After returning to room temperature, check bearing cup with a 0.001-0.002 in (.025-.051 mm) feeler gage to make sure it is pressed tightly against the shoulder.

8.169

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

630D-24

9. Assemble housing and spindle.

630D-25

10. Install upper bearing and lubricate.

630D-26

12. Install bronze thrust washer.

630D-28

13. Lubricate spline surfaces of spindle and carrier. Install planet carrier over spindle using a suitable lifting device.

630D-27

11. Rotate housing three revolutions in both directions. 630D-29

14. Lubricate threads and thrust surfaces.

8.170

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

630D-33

630D-32

15. Install nut and torque to 1350 lbf-ft (1830 N-m) to seat the bearings.

18. Place at least two lead balls on spindle surface

A special wheel end nut torque tool (Tigercat Part # 44504B) is required. Refer to SPECIAL TOOLS FOR WHEEL END ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION.

630D-34

19. Torque nut to 20 lbf-ft (27 N-m). A special wheel end nut torque tool (Tigercat Part # 44504B) is required. Refer to SPECIAL TOOLS FOR WHEEL END ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION.

630D-31

16. Rotate housing three revolutions in both directions.

630D-31

630D-32

17. Remove nut.

20. Rotate housing three revolutions in both directions.

A special wheel end nut torque tool (Tigercat Part # 44504B) is required. Refer to SPECIAL TOOLS FOR WHEEL END ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION. 8.171

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

630D-32

630D-36

21. Take a rolling torque measurement and note this measurement.

23. Remove nut. A special wheel end nut torque tool (Tigercat Part # 44504B) is required. Refer to SPECIAL TOOLS FOR WHEEL END ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION.

630D-34

22. Increase nut torque until nominal target rolling torque is achieved: 120 to 290 lbf-in (13.5 to 32.7 N-m) greater than the initial measurement at step 21. Note this nominal torque.

630D-39

24. Remove lead balls, measure and record thickness/compression.

A special wheel end nut torque tool (Tigercat Part # 44504B) is required. Refer to SPECIAL TOOLS FOR WHEEL END ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION.

630D-40

25. Determine required shim stack based on step 24 measurement. Must be +0.000 to -0.002 in (+0.000 to -.051 mm) of the this measurement.

8.172

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

630D-36

28. Verify rolling torque is the same as nominal target rolling torque value as noted in step 22.

630D-41

26. Install shims, place thinner shims towards the top.

Adjust as required. Adding a 0.001 in (.025 mm) shim adds approximately 30 lbf-in (3.4 N-m) of torque.

630D-32

27. Install nut. Torque to minimum 1350 lbf-ft (1830 N-m). A special wheel end nut torque tool (Tigercat Part # 44504B) is required. Refer to SPECIAL TOOLS FOR WHEEL END ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION.

630D-44

29. Install locking plate. Slowly increase nut torque in small intervals as required to align lobes. Locking plate should drop in easily. Do not hammer the plate into place.

630D-45

30. Install snap ring into planet carrier using a suitable snap ring tool.

8.173

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630D-46

Drive

630D-49

31. Install bearings into gears as required.

c. Bearing should be recessed approximately 0.375 in (9.5 mm) from top face of gear.

630D-47

a. Install bearings into gears. Ensure part number of bearing and gear are facing the same side.

630D-50

32. Heat gears for a minimum of 1 hr at 250°F (121°C) and install on planet carrier. IMPORTANT ! Do not heat above 250°F (121°C). Refer also to GUIDELINES FOR BEARING HEATING AND FREEZING in THIS SECTION. Ensure gears are installed with the bearing shoulder facing down.

630D-48

b. Use press and driving tool to fully seat bearing into gear. Ensure the lock ring snaps into place.

8.174

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630D-51

33. Use tool to fully seat bearing down on shoulders while bearings are heated, and install snap rings using a suitable snap ring tool.

630D-52

34. Lubricate needle rollers and verify gears rotation without obstruction.

Drive

630D-54

36. Align and install ring gear with o-ring on wheel end.

630D-55

37. If not installing immediately cover the assembled wheel end to prevent contamination.

630D-53

35. Grease and install o-ring on ring gear.

8.175

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

H. AXLE SHAFT ENDPLAY ADJUSTMENT AND WHEEL END INSTALLATION 1. Spring tension pin, shims (with a total thickness of 0.100 in [2.54 mm]) and the bronze spacer should be added to the righthand side shaft (when looking at the input side of the axle). 2. Insert the left hand side shaft (when looking at the input side of the axle) and fully assemble the wheel end on the side without the spacer Add blue loctite to bolts and torque the bolts to 300 lbf-ft (407 N-m). 3. Apply 0.118” (3mm) solder wire to the end of the spacer and insert the shaft with the spacer. 4. Using 5 equally spaced bolts connect the wheel end to the axle and torque the bolts to 300 lbf-ft (407 N-m) . 5. Remove the wheel end and shaft to measure the solder crush. Note this measurement. 6. Shaft endplay must be set between 0.090 to 0.110 in (2.29 to 2.80 mm). 7. Add or remove shims as needed to adjust end play. 8. Repeat steps 3 to 7 until end play has been set to between 0.090 to 0.110 in (2.29 to 2.80 mm). 9. When end play has been set correctly install the wheel end. Add blue loctite to bolts and torque the bolts to 300 lbf-ft (407 N-m).

8.176

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

HOUSING

INPUT SIDE OF AXLE

BRONZE SPACER

SHIMS SPRING TENSION PIN SHAFT

SUN GEAR

WHEELEND

PLANETARY WHEEL END INSTALLATION (LATER DESIGN) 8.177

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

SPECIAL TOOLS FOR WHEEL END ASSEMBLY Ø184 APPROX

TOOL 1

TOOL 2 AND 3

3/4-10 UNC-28 OR M18 X 1.5-6H

INNER WHEEL BEARING CONE INSTALLATION 260

10 E620C-34

Ø161 ± 0.4

TIGERCAT PART # 204691 TOOL - WHEEL BEARING NUT ADJUSTMENT

TIGERCAT PART # 44504B WHEELEND NUT TORQUE TOOL PLANETARY WHEEL ENDS (LATER DESIGN)

E620C-35

Ø252 ±0.4 FOR TOOL #2 INNER CUP INSTALLATION Ø238 ±0.4 FOR TOOL #2 INNER CUP INSTALLATION

Ø180 MAX

TIGERCAT PART # 207897 TOOL METAL FACE SEAL INSTALLATION E620C-36

E620C-37

630D-57

8.178

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder WHEEL INSTALLATION

Drive

NOTE: All wheel installation joints and surfaces should be clean free of paint, grease and oil etc. Use grade 8 bolts, hardened washers and standard torque practices. •

Use tapered assembly studs to help with wheel installation. Two or three studs can be used on each side. 7/8-14 MACHINE THREADS Ø.406in [Ø10.30mm] THRU

1.25in [31.7mm] .77in [19.5mm]

20° .79 in [20.0 mm]

4.25in [108.0mm] 5.50in [139.7mm]

600067

Tapered Assembly Stud for 7/8in Bolts

A Minimum Full Thread

The tapered assembly stud shown can be fabricated to aid in wheel installation on an axle flange. This Tool is now also available as Tigercat part number 54861A. •

Thoroughly clean the wheel bolts, washers and the tapped holes in the axle flange. When cleaning in flange, double check and be sure to use the proper size tap , 7/8” UNF thread.

•

Install the wheel with the aid of the tapered assembly studs.

•

Install wheel bolts by hand to insure bolts are not cross threaded.

•

Remove assembly studs and install the remaining bolts.

•

Torque wheel bolts to the following values: 7/8” UNF bolts to 501 lbf/ft (679 Nm).

IMPORTANT ! If a power wrench is used, be sure that the wheel bolts are first hand-engaged to prevent stripping. Operate the wrench slowly to prevent damage to the threads.

8.179

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Drive

8.180

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SECTION 9 - BRAKES AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS CONTENTS-SECTION 9

ISSUE 3.0, JULY 2018

ACCUMULATOR ACCUMULATOR....................................................................................................................... 9.5 CHARGING AND TESTING DEVICE........................................................................................ 9.5 CHARGING THE ACCUMULATOR........................................................................................... 9.5 CHECKING GAS PRESSURE.................................................................................................. 9.5 CHARGING VALVE, ACCUMULATOR..........................................................................................9.5 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION..............................................................................................................9.9 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 6205201 TO 6205278, 6303001 TO 6303092......................................................................... 9.11 6205279 TO 6205613, 6303093 TO 6303500......................................................................... 9.13 6205614 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000......................................................................... 9.15 CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC 6205201 TO 6205613, 6303001 TO 6303500......................................................................... 9.16 6205614 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000......................................................................... 9.17 ELECTRONIC SERVICE BRAKE (IF EQUIPPED).....................................................................9.31 MAIN PUMP..................................................................................................................................9.2 MAIN PUMP HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC EARLIER MAIN PUMP BLOCK................................................................................................. 9.3 LATER MAIN PUMP BLOCK..................................................................................................... 9.3 MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD......................................................................................................9.6 PARKING BRAKE CALIPER (6205614 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000) INITIAL ADJUSTMENT OF NEWLY INSTALLED PARKING BRAKE................................. 9.28 DRIVELINE (6205201 TO 6205278, 6303001 TO 6303092)................................................... 9.19 BRAKE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL........................................................................................... 9.20 LEVER (6205279 TO 6205613, 6303093 TO 6303500).......................................................... 9.24 CABLE ADJUSTMENTS...................................................................................................... 9.26 CHECKING FOR PROPER ADJUSTMENT......................................................................... 9.26 LIMIT SWITCH ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................ 9.27 PARKING BRAKE ASSEMBLY............................................................................................ 9.25 PRESSURE SETTINGS, MAIN PUMP.......................................................................................9.30 PRIORITY VALVE.................................................................................................SEE SECTION 11 SERVICE BRAKES BRAKE PEDAL VALVE.............................................................................................................. 9.4 FRONT AXLE BRAKE.........................................................................................SEE SECTION 8

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder MAIN PUMP

Brakes and Differential Locks

The main pump is driven off the power take off of the drive pump. The main pump provides hydraulic oil to the brake circuit and priority valve, which in turn provides hydraulic oil to the steer circuit, brake circuit and control valve (winch, arch, dozer, grapple, boom) circuits. The main pump also provides pilot oil to the multifunction manifold (differential locks, winch freespool, parking brake, variable pitch fan).

SOLENOID, INTEGRATED MAIN PUMP UNLOADING VALVE

STANDBY PRESSURE

POR ADJUSTMENT

The main pump is a variable displacement pressure compensated axial piston pump. This pump is made variable by slipping the pump pistons against a tiltable swashplate cradle. The volume of oil flow from the piston pump is determined by the angle of this swashplate. When the swashplate is stroked to a maximum displacement angle, the piston pump will produce maximum flow to the open loop. As the swashplate is destroked the flow smoothly decreases until there is no flow at an angle of zero (0°).

E620C-23

The pressure compensator is mounted directly onto the pump and has a STANDBY pressure adjustment and a POR (pressure override) adjustment. An integrated unloading valve is sandwiched between the POR valve and the main pump to effectively de-stroke the swashplate when an electric signal is provided.

630D-065

MAIN PUMP

MAIN PUMP BLOCK (EARLIER DESIGN) POR ADJUSTMENT

The pressure compensator provides maximum pump flow until the main pump reaches the preset main pump POR setting. The pressure compensator then regulates output flow to match machine requirements for the steering, brake, winch, arch, grapple, boom and dozer functions.

STANDBY PRESSURE

SOLENOID, INTEGRATED MAIN PUMP UNLOADING VALVE

When the parking brake is ON and the integrated main pump unloading valve is energized the standby pressure can be read using the MAIN test port. When the parking brake is OFF, the main pump unloading valve is de-energized and the main pump is fully loaded the main pump POR pressure can be read using the MAIN test port. Refer to MAIN PUMP UNLOADING VALVE in SECTION 7 of THIS MANUAL.

MAIN PUMP BLOCK (LATER DESIGN)

630E-132

*NOTE: For machines equipped with a high speed winch a secondary POR is used in addition to the main pump POR. Refer to SECONDARY POR (HIGH SPEED WINCH ONLY) and PRESSURE SETTINGS MAIN PUMP SECONDARY POR AND STANDBY PRESSURES (HIGH SPEED WINCH ONLY) in SECTION 13 for details and correct procedure for machines equipped with a high speed winch.

9.2

MAIN PUMP

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Brakes and Differential Locks

STANDBY VALVE

MAIN PUMP POR VALVE

INTEGRATED UNLOADING VALVE

630E-076

MAIN PUMP HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC - EARLIER MAIN PUMP BLOCK

STANDBY VALVE

MAIN PUMP POR VALVE

INTEGRATED UNLOADING VALVE

630E-075

MAIN PUMP HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC - LATER MAIN PUMP BLOCK 9.3

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder BRAKE PEDAL VALVE

Brakes and Differential Locks

The brake pedal valve is a manually operated directional valve and operates on the same principal as a pressure reducing valve. As the pedal is depressed, pressure is provided to the brakes in the front axle from the accumulator. A reaction piston in the valve senses this increase in brake pressure and relays feedback to the operator, i.e. as brake pressure increases the pedal effort increases proportionately. A positive stop in the brake valve limits the brake pressure to a preset value. This preset value is determined by the requirements of the brakes in the front axle, which in this case is 1000 psi (69 Bar). The brake pedal therefore regulates the pressure in the brake lines to 1000 psi (69 Bar). When the pedal is released, the spool returns to its neutral position and allows the brake cylinders to drain to tank. A

T A P

MO-02

CROSS SECTION OF VALVE BODY MO-01

BRAKE VALVE

9.4

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder ACCUMULATOR

Brakes and Differential Locks CHARGING THE ACCUMULATOR

The accumulator is bladder type and is installed with a nitrogen pre-charge pressure of approximately 1000 psi (69 Bar).

WARNING USE ONLY NITROGEN for charging accumulators, NEVER USE OXYGEN OR AIR, due to the risk of explosion.

WARNING Hydraulic circuits with accumulators store hydraulic oil under pressure, therefore the system may remain pressurized after the engine is turned off.

NOTE: A detailed instruction sheet is provided with the charging and testing device. The following is only a suggested guide. NITROGEN BOTTLE

Prior to performing any maintenance or system modifications, exercise CAUTION and release stored system pressure by stopping the engine and fully applying the brake foot pedal 50 times or more.

HOSE*

PRESSURE GAUGE*

ADAPTER* ADAPTER* ACCUMULATOR

VALVE GUARD ACCU-2

VALVE CAP GAS VALVE

BODY

CHARGING AND TESTING DEVICE

•

Close the drain valve on the charging and testing device and connect the hose to the nitrogen bottle.

•

Remove the valve guard and cap.

•

Screw the charging and testing device onto the gas valve.

BLADDER

NOTE: Accumulator must be upright (gas valve at the top) while being charged. POPPET (Seats against oil port after oil evacuation)

HYDRAULIC CONNECTION ACCU-1

ACCUMULATOR (BLADDER TYPE)

•

Open the gas shut-off valve on the nitrogen bottle and allow gas to flow slowly into the accumulator.

•

Close the shut-off valve frequently and check the value of the pre-charge by depressing the button on the charging device and observe the gauge.

•

If the pre-charge pressure is too high, it may be reduced by opening the drain valve and carefully depressing the button on the charging device.

CHECKING THE GAS PRE-CHARGE PRESSURE Bleed off the system pressure as stated earlier. After the accumulator has been put in service, the pre-charge pressure should be checked with an accumulator charging and testing device. Install the charging and testing device onto the gas valve. While depressing the button on the charging device, observe gas pressure reading on gauge.

NOTE: The pre-charge pressure will vary dependant upon the temperature. Once the desired pre-charge is reached, wait two minutes for the gas temperature to equalize. Re-check pre-charge and adjust if necessary.

If the gas pre-charge is low, investigate cause and correct. Possible causes of lost pre-charge pressure include leaking or damaged gas valve, or damaged bladder.

•

Disconnect hose from nitrogen bottle.

•

Remove charging and testing device from accumulator and install valve cap and guard, torque to 175-350 lbf-in (20-40 N-m).

•

Check to ensure there are no leaks, if gas valve is leaking, it should be replaced. Use only valves approved for accumulator service. NEVER USE AN AUTOMOTIVE TYPE VALVE.

WARNING The accumulator must not be altered. DO NOT weld or machine the pressure vessel.

9.5

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD

Brakes and Differential Locks SECONDARY PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ‘PRA’

The multifunction manifold controls the winch freespool, rear differential lock, front differential lock, parking brake (if equipped) and variable pitch fan (if equipped) functions.

PRESSURE RELIEF VAVLE ‘RV1’

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ‘PR1’

This manifold contains a non-adjustable pressure reducing valve and pressure relief valve to provide pilot oil for use by the solenoid operated pilot valves in the manifold when a function is activated. There are five sections labelled A, B, C, D and E. The valves in each section are different and specific to the function for which they are used. Section A is controlled by a soilenoid operated pilot valve and contains a secondary pressure reducing valve which further reduces the pressure of the pilot oil supplied for the winch freespool function when activated.

E620C-20

MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD

PARKING BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE in THIS SECTION. Section E is controlled by two solenoid operated pilot valves operating together to provide pilot oil to the variable pitch fan functions (FULL ON, AUTO, CLEAN) when a function is operated.

Sections B,C are controlled by solenoid operated pilot valves and provide pilot oil to the rear differential lock and front differential lock functions respectively when a function is activated.

This manifold has two tank ports T and T1. Coil resistance for all solenoids is 33.8 ohms.

DRIVELINE PARKING BRAKE (6205201 TO 6205278, 6303001 TO 6303092)

For information about the rear differential lock, parking brake release and front differential lock functions refer to THIS SECTION.

Section D is controlled by a solenoid operated pilot valve and provides pilot oil to the parking brake release function when activated.

For information about the winch freespool function refer to SECTION 13 of THIS MANUAL.

PARKING BRAKE LEVER (6205279 TO 6205613, 6303093 TO 6303500)

For information about the variable pitch fan function refer to SECTION 10 in THIS MANUAL.

Section D is not used on machinges equipped with a parking brake lever. CALIPER PARKING BRAKE (6205614 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000) Section D (solenoid SVD removed for this application) provides pilot oil to the parking brake function. These machines are equipped with separate parking brake solenoid valve which controls the parking brake function. Refer to

E620C-32

MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC 9.6

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Brakes and Differential Locks PARKING BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE (6205614 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000)

630E-031

MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

AT430

PARKING BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE

This valve is used only on machines equipped with a caliper parking brake. The parking brake solenoid valve is a separate solenoid mounted on the bottom of the hydraulic tank. The parking brake solenoid valve is a 2 position 3 way solenoid valve which controls the parking brake release function. The parking brake pressure switch is located on port 2. Pilot oil to the parking brake solenoid is provided via section D of the multifunction manifold.

630E-030

MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC (WITH PARKING BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE)

9.7

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Brakes and Differential Locks

9.8

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder BRAKE AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Brakes and Differential Locks DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS Oil is supplied to the multifunction manifold from the main pump.

BRAKES

When the operator presses the differential lock ON/OFF switch on the joystick a signal (DIGITAL IN - Diff Lock) is sent to the computer control system.

Oil is supplied by a variable displacement piston pump (main pump). Oil is directed through a check valve to the brake accumulator. The oil from the brake accumulator side of the check valve is sent to the brake foot control valve to operate the front brakes. The main pump also supplies oil to the priority valve for steering and control valve functions. The main pump also provides pilot oil to the multifunction manifold.

The computer control system sends signals out (DIGITAL OUT- Front Diff Lock and DIGITAL OUT - Rear Diff Lock) to the differential lock selector switch. The position of the differential lock selector switch determines the flow of the electrical signals to the differential lock solenoid(s).

The brake accumulator ensures that the brake remains responsive at all times by maintaining an optimum pressure to the brake foot control valve. The brake accumulator holds sufficient pressure for up to 5 brake applications after the engine stalls or is shut down. Beyond this the pressure drops substantially.

If the differential lock selector switch is in the FRONT position the electrical signal from the computer control system (DIGITAL OUT-Front Diff Lock) passes through the selector switch to activate the front differential lock solenoid on the multifunction manifold and provide pilot oil to the front differential lock. A signal is also sent from the selector switch back to the computer control system (DIGITAL IN - Front Diff Indicator) to indicate that the front differential locks are engaged. The signal to the rear differential lock is blocked at the selector switch.

As the brake pedal is depressed, pressure from the accumulator is provided to the brakes in the front axle. A reaction piston in the valve senses this increase in brake pressure and relays feedback to the operator; i.e. as brake pressure increases the pedal effort increases proportionately.

If the differential lock selector switch is in the FRONT AND REAR position the electrical signals from the computer control system (DIGITAL OUTFront Diff Lock and DIGITAL OUT - Rear Diff Lock) pass through the selector switch to activate the front differential lock solenoid and rear differential lock solenoid on the multifunction manifold and provide pilot oil to the front differential lock and rear differential lock. A signal is also sent from the selector switch back to the computer control system (DIGITAL IN - Front Diff Indicator and DIGITAL IN - Rear Diff Indicator) to indicate that the front and rear differential locks are engaged.

A positive stop in the brake valve limits the brake pressure to a preset value. This preset value is determined by the requirements of the brakes in the front axle, which in this case is 1000 psi (69 Bar). The brake pedal therefore regulates the pressure in the brake lines to 1000 psi (69 Bar). When the pedal is released, the spool returns to its neutral position and allows the brake cylinders to drain to tank. Note this machine equipped with a brake pressure switch which sends a signal to the computer control system (VOLTAGE IN - Brake Pressure Low) when service brake pressure falls below 800 psi (55 Bar). This signal triggers a Brake Pressure Low warning message in the event of a loss of brake pressure.

If the differential lock selector switch is in the REAR position the electrical signal from the computer control system (DIGITAL OUT - Rear Diff Lock) pass through the selector switch to activate the rear differential lock solenoid on the multifunction manifold and provide pilot oil to the front differential lock and rear differential lock. A signal is also sent from the selector switch back to the computer control system (DIGITAL IN - Rear Diff Indicator) to indicate that the rear differential locks are engaged. The signal to the front differential lock is blocked at the selector switch.

For more information about the front axle service brakes refer to SECTION 8 - DRIVE in THIS MANUAL.

9.9

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder DIFFERENTIAL LOCK ACTIVATION NOTES: The differential locks can be engaged while the machine is in motion. It is important to note that the differential lock icons on the main menu of the computer display are controlled by the electrical system and not by the hydraulic system. Each icon light will illuminate when the joystick differential switch depressed with the differential lock selector switch in the FRONT or FRONT AND REAR or REAR position and not when the differential lock is hydraulically engaged. Note that for all machines equipped with 4 wheels (without curvic couplings) the rear diff lock selector relay is always ON bypassing the curvic coupling signal used for bogie axle machines only. The position of the rear diff lock selector relay is controlled by a signal from the computer control system (DIGITAL OUT - Diff Selector Relay) based on machine model settings. Machine model settings are accessible by service technicians. Refer to SERVICING the MD3 with IQANrun 2 in SECTION 6 of this manual. Refer also to SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for complete electrical schematics and more detailed information about the computer control system. NOTE: This machine is equipped with a 10 minute AUTO-OFF feature which automatically deactivates the differential locks after 10 minutes have passed.

Brakes and Differential Locks DRIVELINE PARKING BRAKE (6205201 TO 6205278, 6303001 TO 6303092) On machines equipped with a parking brake switch and driveline brake (6205201 to 6205278, 6303001 to 6303092) oil is supplied to the multifunction manifold from the main pump. The driveline parking brake is spring applied and hydraulically released. When the parking brake is momentarily pressed ON to ENGAGE the parking brake a signal is sent to the park brake on relay which closes. When the park brake on relay is closed and the park brake off relay is open current is supplied to the main pump unloading valve to unload the main pump (standby pump pressure will be available while the parking brake is ON) When the parking brake is momentarily pressed OFF to DISENGAGE the parking brake an electrical signal is sent to the parking brake off relay contact, current passes through the closed door switches to latch the parking brake off relay closed and engergizes the parking brake valve releasing the parking brake. When the parking brake off relay closes current to the main pump unloading valve is blocked. The main pump unloading valve de-energizes to load the main pump (full pump pressure will be available while the parking brake is OFF). A parking brake pressure switch is mounted on the multifunction manifold which sends a signal (DIGITAL IN - Park Brake Sensor) to the computer control system to indicate that the parking brake is DISENGAGED. Note that the computer control system has interlocks in place to prevent the machine from being driven with the doors open or the parking brake ON. This prevents accidental or improper operation of the controls from anywhere but the operator’s seat. When the parking brake is DISENGAGED and a cab door is opened the circuit is broken at the door switch de-energizing the parking brake valve and automatically ENGAGING the spring applied parking brake.

9.10

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630D-004

Brakes and Differential Locks

BRAKE AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CIRCUIT (6205201 TO 6205278, 6303001 TO 6303092) 9.11

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Brakes and Differential Locks

PARKING BRAKE LEVER (6205279 TO 6205613, 6303093 TO 6303500) On machines equipped with a parking brake lever control, when the lever is in the engaged position the limit switch mounted on the side of the parking brake lever sends a signal (DIGITAL IN - Park Brake Sensor) to the computer control system to indicate that the parking brake is ENGAGED. Note that the computer control system has interlocks in place to prevent the machine from being driven with the doors open or the parking brake ON. This prevents accidental or improper operation of the controls from anywhere but the operator’s seat. When the parking brake is DISENGAGED and a cab door is opened the circuit is broken at the door switch de-energizing the parking brake valve and automatically ENGAGING the spring applied parking brake. Refer also to PARKING BRAKE LEVER in THIS SECTION for additional information.

9.12

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630D-008

Brakes and Differential Locks

BRAKE AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CIRCUIT (6205279 TO 6205613, 6303093 TO 6303500) 9.13

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Brakes and Differential Locks

PARKING BRAKE CALIPER (6205614 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000)

(Park Brake Sensor DIN) to monitor the parking brake pressure switch.

On machines with a parking brake switch and caliper parking brake oil is supplied to the multifunction manifold from the main pump.

A parking brake pressure switch is mounted on parking brake solenoid which sends a signal (DIGITAL IN - Park Brake Sensor) to the computer control system to indicate that the parking brake is DISENGAGED.

The multifunction manifold provides pilot oil via section D to a separate parking brake solenoid which operates the parking brake function. The parking brake calliper is spring applied and hydraulically released. When the parking brake switch is momentarily pressed ON to ENGAGE the parking brake a signal is sent to the park brake on relay which closes. When the park brake on relay is closed and the parking brake off relay is open current is supplied to the main pump unloading valve to unload the main pump (standby pump pressure will be available while the parking brake is ON)

Note that the computer control system has interlocks in place to prevent the machine from being driven with the doors open or the parking brake ON. This prevents accidental or improper operation of the controls from anywhere but the operator’s seat. When the parking brake is DISENGAGED and a cab door is opened the circuit is broken at the door switch de-energizing the parking brake valve and automatically ENGAGING the spring applied parking brake.

When the parking brake is momentarily pressed OFF to DISENGAGE the parking brake an electrical signal is sent to the parking brake off relay contact, current passes through the closed door switches to latch the parking brake off relay closed and a signal (DIGITAL IN - Park Brake CMD) is sent to the computer control system and based on programming /conditions a signal (DIGITAL OUT - Park Brake Off) is sent out from the computer control system which energizes the parking brake solenoid valve releasing the parking brake. When the parking brake off relay closes current to the main pump unloading valve is blocked. The main pump unloading valve de-energizes to load the main pump (full pump pressure will be available while the parking brake is OFF). When the machine is not travelling the computer control system turns off the override signal (DOUT Park Brake Override/Load Sense Overrride) to two relays located in harness 69792B. When deenergized the Park Brake Override relay blocks the signal to the parking brake solenoid valve and engages the parking brake while the machine is stopped. When de-energized the Park Brake Bypass Relay directs the computer signal (Park Brake Sensor DIN) to monitor the cab door circuit. When the machine is in motion the computer control system sends a signal (DOUT Park Brake Override/Load Sense Overrride) through two relays located in harness 69792B. When energized the Park Brake Override relay allows the parking brake solenoid to be energized and release the brake. When energized the Park Brake Bypass Relay directs the computer signal 9.14

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630D-014

Brakes and Differential Locks

BRAKE AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CIRCUIT (6205614 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000) 9.15

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630D-003

Brakes and Differential Locks

BRAKE AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC (6205201 TO 6205613, 6303001 TO 6303500) 9.16

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Brakes and Differential Locks STANDARD

TO SUCTION STRAINER

OPTIONAL

FOUR WHEEL SKIDDER PRIORITY VALVE

DIFF. LOCK

PRIORITY VALVE

TO SUCTION STRAINER FRONT AXLE

REAR AXLE (4 WHEEL SKIDDER)

EXTERNAL RELIEF

BRAKES

DIFF. LOCK

SIX WHEEL SKIDDER

PARK BRAKE BREATHER

TO STEER VALVE LS PORT

DIFF. LOCK

PRESSURE SWITCH

TO STEER VALVE P PORT TO TANK VALVE SOLENOID

TO CONTROL VALVE P1 PORT

REAR (BOGIE) AXLE (6 WHEEL SKIDDER)

3 1 GP

LSB

LSA

TO TANK

SVE2 BLOCK/ INCREASE

OR2 Ø .030"

SV1

SVE1 DECREASE /BLOCK

SVD P.BRAKE RELEASE

SVC FRONT DIF/LK

SVB REAR DIF/LK

TO PT. M TO PT. L

CV1

WINCH SECTION VARIES WITH TYPE OF WINCH REFER TO SECTION 13 FOR DETAILS.

E OR1 Ø .030"

MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD TO TANK

IF EQUIPPED WITH CARCO HIGH SPEED WINCH SOLENOID VALVE

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

1 3

4 2

BRAKE ACCUMULATOR

FRONT BRAKE VALVE

REAR BRAKE VALVE (JOYSTICK STEER OPTION ONLY)

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SPOOL BRAKE PRESSURE

R4 CUT-OFF PRESSURE SPOOL R1

CHECK VALVE

PRESSURE SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED)

ACC.

MAIN PUMP BLOCK

TO SUCTION STRAINER

LEGEND PRESSURE

MAX

PILOT TANK SUCTION EQUIPMENT

630E-038X

TO SUCTION STRAINER FROM MAIN HYDRAULIC TANK

BRAKE AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC (6205614 TO 6206200, 6303501 TO 6304000) 9.17

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Brakes and Differential Locks

9.18

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder PARKING BRAKE, DRIVELINE

Brakes and Differential Locks

(6205201 TO 6205278, 6303001 TO 6303092)

PARKING BRAKE ASSEMBLY

604-63

CONTROL PANEL

A parking brake switch activates and deactivates the parking brake, also the parking brake will be activated when the key switch is ‘OFF’.

604-62

SPRINGS

STATIONARY DISKS

DRIVE SHAFT

ROTATING DISKS

Recommended parking brake lubricating oil is specified in the SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. Refer to PARKING BRAKE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL in THIS SECTION and DRAINING PARKING BRAKE OIL in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

724E-007

PARKING BRAKE The parking brake assembly is installed in the drive line between the transmission and the rear axle. Five rotating disks are splined to the brake shaft and 6 stationary disks are held in place in the brake housing. The brake is spring applied and hydraulically released. BRAKE HYDRAULIC HOSE PORT

VENT HOSE PORT

2 LUBRICATING OIL FILL AND LEVEL PLUG DRAIN HOSE 724E-035X

9.19

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Brakes and Differential Locks

PARKING BRAKE

PARKING BRAKE ASSEMBLY

The spring applied and hydraulically released parking brake assembly installed in the drive line between the transmission and the rear axle does not require any adjustment. Service of the brake assembly is limited to oil change or removal, disassembly and replacement of worn or damaged parts and reinstallation of the brake assembly.

604-63

BRAKE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL 1. Park machine on level ground, lower grapple and dozer blade to the ground, install articulation lock bar, shut engine off.

635C-41

635C-46

SPRINGS

STATIONARY DISCS

DRIVE SHAFT

ROTATING DISCS

BLOCK WHEELS

2. Install wheel blocks in front of and in rear of all four wheels 3. Remove the cover plate under the rear chassis to access the brake assembly.

724E-007

4. Disconnect the hydraulic hose and breather hose at the brake assembly. Plug the hose ends and ports on the brake housing.

PARKING BRAKE

5. Disconnect and remove the drive shafts at the brake assembly.

724E-035

6. Remove the four hex head bolts nuts and washers. Slide the assembly over and support the brake assembly using a floor jack.

BL026

7. Lower the brake assembly out of the rear chassis.

9.20

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Brakes and Differential Locks - ASSEMBLY

• 24

•

17 20 28 26 27

724E-008

•

13 22

•

• •

•

• 21 25

•

• •

•

• •

29 18

•

BL026

•

9 10

•

• PARKING BRAKE 9.21

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder PARTS DESCRIPTION

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Qty.

1 1 1 7 as req. 2 1 1 18 18 13 1 1 5 2

Brakes and Differential Locks Item

Description

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

ASSEMBLY . Disk, primary . Cap, end . Bolt, hex. . Shim . Bearing, tapered roller . Shaft, splined . O-ring . Spring, outer . Spring, inner . Spring, inner * . Retainer, spring . Plate, power . Disk, rotating . Plug

Qty. 5 1 1 6 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Disk, stationary Gasket Housing Bolt Pin, torque Ring, retaining Spacer Plug, protective Seal, oil Seal, oil O-ring Piston O-ring Valve, pressure relief

* Item 11 used on later design only.

BRAKE DISASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

1. Remove the yokes from the input shaft.

1. Reverse disassembly procedure for assembly with the following notes and additions.

2. Position the brake with the power plate (13) up, the side with the mounting lugs. 3. Remove spacers (22) from each end. 4. Remove the bolts alternately and slowly, keeping power plate parallel to the housing to prevent damage to the bearings. Use extreme caution springs (9, 10 and 11*) can cause power plate to pop off housing. 5. After the bolts have been removed, remove the power plate assembly from brake.

2. Pre-lube O-rings, piston and cylinder of the power plate with hydraulic oil. Piston Assembly 3. Assemble piston into power plate using a shop press. Take care not to damage O-ring or teflon back-up rings. 4. Visually align the centre of the cutouts in the piston with the torque pin holes in the power plate. CAUTION: The depth the piston is installed into the power plate is critical. The surface of the piston at the cutouts must be flush to 3.05 mm (0.120”) below the surface of the power plate or the piston will cock resulting in complete loss of braking.

6. Remove shaft and disk stack from the brake. If the disk stack is to be serviced use a shop press to remove the bearing cones from the shaft. 7. Remove primary plate (2), springs and spring retainer from housing spring pocket. 8. Remove piston (27) from power plate by using Low Pressure air 1 Bar (15 psi) through hydraulic inlet. Make sure the piston is directed away from the operator. 9. Remove O-rings from the OD and ID of the groove of the piston. NOTE: If the bearings or seals are removed both must be replaced. Seal can be removed by prying it out with an appropriate tool taking care not to damage the bore.

Bearing Assembly 5. Using a shop press install one cone on the shaft, bearing must be seated tight against the stop. Press only on the inner race of the bearing cone, not on the rollers. 6. Install the disk in the order shown in the parts illustration. Install the other bearing cone on the shaft observing the preceding cautions.

10. Thoroughly clean all the parts. 11. Inspect and replace any worn, damaged or defective parts. 9.22

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Brakes and Differential Locks

Brake Assembly

BRAKE HYDRAULIC HOSE PORT

7. Install parts in reverse order of disassembly leaving the shaft seals to last. Release the brake using 20.7 Bar (300 psi) and measure the torque to rotate the shaft. The free rolling torque of the brake shaft is an indication of bearin seating and fit. The rolling torque should be 2.26 Nm (20 inch lbs) maximum. If it does not meet this specification, check that the bearings are well seated.

VENT HOSE PORT

2 LUBRICATING OIL FILL AND LEVEL PLUG DRAIN HOSE 724E-035X

INSTALLATION 1. Install the brake assembly in reverse order as removed. Torque the mounting bolts to 216237 Nm (159-175 lbf/ft ). 2. Reinstall the breather hose in port (3) and hydraulic hose in port (1).

724E-007

Lip Seal Assembly 8. After the brake is assembled, install the shaft seals with caution not to cut the seal lips on the shaft splines. The inner seals are installed with spring facing inwards. The outer seals are installed with spring facing outward.

3. Remove lubricating oil fill and level plug (2) on side of brake assembly and fill the brake with recommended oil as specified by SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. 4. Install the drive shafts. Torque the yoke (universal joint) retainer bolts to 50 Nm (37 lbf/ ft ). 5. Install the cover plate on the bottom of the rear chassis.

10. Install the spacers and yokes on the brake assembly. Torque the yoke retainer bolts to 244 Nm (180 lbf/ft).

9.23

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder PARKING BRAKE, LEVER

Brakes and Differential Locks

(6205279 TO 6205613, 6303093 TO 6303500) The parking brake lever is located to the left of the operator’s seat. It is connected by a cable to a main disk brake caliper assembly mounted on the output side of the transmission. Pulling up on the parking brake lever engages the brake caliper on the brake disk. A limit switch mounted on the side of the parking brake lever is also activated.

LIMIT SWITCH

METAL BAR

Pushing down on the lever releases the brake and de-activates the limit switch. The limit switch signal (DIGITAL IN - Park Brake Sensor) is sent to the computer control system. The computer control system uses the parking brake input signal for three main functions:

PARKING BRAKE LEVER

1. Enable engine start. The parking brake must be ON to start the engine. 2. Drive prevent logic. The parking brake must be OFF to travel. 3. Main pump unloading valve control. When the parking brake is ON, the main pump unloading valve is energized and standby pressure is available (main pump destroked). When the parking brake is OFF, the main pump unloading valve is de-energized and the main pump is fully loaded (full pressure available for functions).

620C-68

9.24

PARKING BRAKE LIMIT SWITCH

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

CENTER ADJUSTING BOLT

•

Brakes and Differential Locks

CALIPER MOUNTING NUTS (2) REAR CALIPER TORQUE PLATE

• •

CARRIER AND LINING ASSEMBLY

•

CALIPER MOUNTING BOLTS (2)

• SLEEVES (2)

•

INNER SEAL (RUBBER)

•

BALL BEARINGS (3)

•

SPRING

•

RUBBER BOOT

•

SLEEVE SEAL (2)

•

FRONT CALIPER TORQUE PLATE

THRUST WASHER

• •

•

STAINLESS WASHER

•

INNER CAM

•

RETAINER OUTER CAM

•

LEVER WASHER (2)

BRAKE CABLE

•

• • ••

INNER ADJUSTING NUT

SPRING

•

HARDENED WASHER

OUTER ADJUSTING NUT

•

• •

NUT (3)

COTTER PIN

CLEVIS CLEVIS PIN

PARKING BRAKE LEVER

ADJUSTING KNOB

•

LOCKING SET SCREW

•

• LIMIT SWITCH

635C36

••

METAL BAR

PARKING BRAKE 9.25

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder CHECKING FOR PROPER PARKING BRAKE CABLE ADJUSTMENT The parking brake is properly adjusted when Resistance is encountered half way through the brake lever’s travel.

Brakes and Differential Locks PARKING BRAKE CABLE ADJUSTMENTS LEVER END ADJUSTMENT: Turn the knob on the end of the brake lever to increase or decrease braking effect. (Set screw on side of adjusting knob will lock the setting) ½” GAP

ADJUSTING KNOB

635D-56A

PARKING BRAKE ~ ENGAGED POSITION

SET SCREW

WARNING All brake adjustments and service must be followed by a test drive using these procedures and then checked for proper caliper “float”. The parking brake must be kept properly adjusted at all times and should be lubricated every 500 hours under normal operating conditions.

620C-97

PARKING BRAKE HANDLE ADJUSTMENT

CALIPER END ADJUSTMENT: 1. Remove the set screw in the parking brake handle. 2. Turn the parking brake handle knob clockwise to back off the cable tension. Continue turning the knob clockwise until the pin is approximately 1/2 in (12 mm) from the end of the slot closest to the handle pivot point.

BRAKE CALIPER ADJUSTMENT NUT

BRAKE CALIPER LEVER

BRAKE CALIPER LOCKNUT

ADJUST CLEVIS FOR ¼”GAP 620C-96

CLEVIS JAM NUT

CLEVIS

ENSURE PIN IS INSERTED IN OUTER HOLE

PARKING BRAKE CALIPER ADJUSTMENT 3. Remove the clevis from the brake caliper lever. 4. Loosen the clevis jam nut. 5. Thread the clevis as far onto the cable as possible. Leave a 1/4 in (6 mm) gap between the spring tension jam-nut and the clevis jam-nut. (NOTE: This ensures that the overall cable length is as short as possible and results in additional brake handle adjustment.)

9.26

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder 6. Reattach the clevis to the brake caliper lever. Ensure it is installed in the outer hole on the brake caliper lever. (NOTE: At this step the brake pads should be starting to or very close to clamping onto the brake disc.) 7. Tighten the clevis jam nut. 8. Using a set of feeler gauges measure the clearance between the brake pad face and the brake disc. Clearance should be approximatel +.125 .020+−..005 000 in .500−.000 (mm).

Brakes and Differential Locks LIMIT SWITCH The parking brake limit switch should be adjusted so that there is between 1/32 - 1/16 in (1-1.5 mm) travel left when the parking brake is OFF. Do not adjust the switch so that the switch bottoms out before the parking brake mechanism as this may result in premature switch failure. After making adjustments verify that the switch will operate the drive prevent logic circuit when the parking brake is in the ON position.

9. If clearance is correct proceed to step 13. If clearance needs to be adjusted proceed to step 10. 10. Loosen the brake caliper lock nut. 11. Turn the adjustment nut clockwise to reduce clearance or counterclockwise to increase clearance. 12. Once the clearance is correct, tighten the jam-nut. Double-check the clearance after tightening the jam-nut. 13. Turn the parking brake handle knob counter clockwise pulling up on the brake lever approximately every 5 turns. The parking brake should take approximately 60–80 lbf (265-355 N) to activate brake. 14. Apply the parking brake by pulling up on the lever. 15. Once the cable tension is adjusted correctly, insert the handle set screw to lock the setting.

9.27

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder PARKING BRAKE CALIPER

Brakes and Differential Locks

(SPRING APPLIED HYDRAULIC RELEASE) (6205614 to 6206200, 6303501 to 6304000) This machine is equipped with a spring applied hydraulic release parking brake. For towing purposes or in the event of a failure of the pressure release the parking brake can be released manually. Refer to PARKING BRAKE – MANUAL RELEASE OF PARKING BRAKE in SECTION 3.

620D-223

PARKING BRAKE CALIPER (SPRING APPLIED HYDRAULIC RELEASE)

For parking brake adjustment refer to PARKING BRAKE – PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT in SECTION 3.

22 23 5

7 2

630E-028

11 12

18 19

HOUSING

THRUST PAD

PISTON

PISTON EXTENSION

MAGNET

TOLERANCE RING

PARK BRAKE PAD

DUST BOOT

CUP SEAL

BELLEVILLE SPRING

O-RING

RETAINING RING

DUST CAP

O-RING

BLEEDER

BLEEDER CAP

ADJUSTING SCREW

JAM NUT

PLUG

ADAPTER

GUIDE PIN

COTTER PIN

PARKING BRAKE (SPRING APPLIED HYDRAULIC RELEASE) 9.28

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Brakes and Differential Locks

INITIAL ADJUSTMENT OF NEWLY INSTALLED PARKING BRAKE When first installing a new or rebuilt parking brake the initial adjustment should be done with the parking brake bracket bolts loosened. This will aid in achieving proper alignment of the parking brake.

14. Check parking brake again for proper adjustment to ensure proper adjustment and operation. Refer to PARKING BRAKE – PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT in SECTION 3.

This procedure is required only for newly installed parking brakes being adjusted for the first time. 1. Park the machine on level ground. 2. Lower the grapple and dozer blade to rest firmly on the ground. 3. Engage the parking brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Block wheels 7. Install the articulation lock bar. 8. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 9. Install new parking brake according to kit instructions. 10. Loosen the parking brake bracket mounting bolts slightly prior to adjustment. Parking brake brackets have either 4 bolts or 2 bolts as shown. 11. For proper adjustment the parking brake must be released during this procedure. Refer to PARKING BRAKE – MANUAL RELEASE OF PARKING BRAKE in SECTION 3 12. Adjust parking brake. Refer to PARKING BRAKE – PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT in SECTION 3. 13. Tighten bracket mounting bolts.

4 BOLTS

630E-029

2 BOLTS

PARKING BRAKE BRACKETS 9.29

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder PRESSURE SETTINGS MAIN PUMP POR AND STANDBY PRESSURES

Brakes and Differential Locks DRIVE PUMP

NOTE: For machines equipped with a high speed winch a secondary POR is used in addition to the main pump POR. Refer to SECONDARY POR (HIGH SPEED WINCH ONLY) and PRESSURE SETTINGS SECONDARY POR, MAIN PUMP POR AND STANDBY PRESSURES (HIGH SPEED WINCH ONLY) in SECTION 13 for details and correct procedure for machines equipped with a high speed winch. 1. Park the machine on level ground, lower grapple and dozer blade to the ground, set parking brake ON, and shut off the engine. Install articulation lock.

‘MAIN’ TEST PORT

CONNECTORS

635D-161

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205241-6206200, 6303051-6304000) 4. Prior to performing this procedure disconnect the two connectors on the drive pump. This is a safety precaution to prevent the machine from travelling. 5. Start the engine. Set engine speed to 2200 rpm. 6. Disengage the parking brake. This deactivates the main pump unloading valve. The main pump must be fully loaded to correctly set the main pump POR.

E620C-27

‘MAIN’ TEST PORT (RIGHT SIDE ACCESS)

2. Connect a 0-345 Bar (0-5000 psi) gauge to the ‘MAIN’ test port. All pressure readings for this procedure will be read from the ‘MAIN’ test port. 3. Ensure that the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. See HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE in SECTION 8 of THIS MANUAL.

POR ADJUSTMENT

E620C-23

CONNECTORS DRIVE PUMP

SOLENOID, INTEGRATED MAIN PUMP UNLOADING VALVE

STANDBY PRESSURE

MAIN PUMP

7. Set the main pump POR to 3500-3600 psi (241-248 bar) @ 2200 rpm. 8. Set engine speed to 950 rpm. 9. Engage the parking brake to activate the main pump unloading valve. The main pump must be unloaded to correctly set the main pump standby pressure. 10. Set the standby pressure to 200-250 (14-17 Bar) psi @ 950 rpm.

E620C-01

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205201-6205240, 6303001-6303050)

11. Turn off the engine, reconnect two connectors on drive pump, remove gauge, reinstall plugs on test ports, and replace the covers. Remove articulation lock. 9.30

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder ELECTRONIC SERVICE BRAKE (PSB2248)

Brakes and Differential Locks PROPORTIONAL REDUCING/ RELIEVING VALVE

Machines fitted with an optional factory electronic service brake kit and machines field updated per PSB2248 are equipped with an electronic service. The electronic service brake allows the electronic activation of the service brakes to improve downhill operation under load, reduce engine overspeeding during operation and the resulting engine overspeed alarms. The electronic service brake consists of a proportional reducing/relieving valve in the brake hydraulic circuit, computer control system programming and machine configuration in the computer control system selecting Electronic Service Brake (yes). Refer to COMPUTER – MAIN MENU PAGE - ADJUST MENU – MACHINE CONFIGURATION in SECTION 6.

71670B

ELECTRONIC SERVICE BRAKE PROPORTIONAL REDUCING/ RELIEVING VALVE

FRONT BRAKE VALVE

The electronic service brake proportional reducing relieving valve is mounted on a bracket above the multifunction manifold and is hydraulically connected as shown. Connector KK1 provides electronic connection to the computer control system, XA2-01 module (COUT Overspeed Brake).

REAR BRAKE VALVE

EC BRAKE KIT

MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD

ELECTRONIC SERVICE BRAKE VALVE

AXLE, FRONT

2 P1 T1

BRAKES

630E-003

9.31

ELECTRONIC BRAKE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (PSB2248)

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Brakes and Differential Locks

9.32

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SECTION 10-OIL COOLER AND FAN CONTENTS - SECTION 10

ISSUE 3.0, JULY 2018

COOLING PUMP..................................................................................................................................... 10.4 EHS TRANSMISSION COOLER..........................................................................................SEE SECTION 8 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK........................................................................................................SEE SECTION 2 MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD............................................................................................................... 10.15 OIL COOLER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050................................................................................... 10.6 6205241 TO 6206200, 6303051 TO 6304000................................................................................. 10.10 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050................................................................................... 10.7 6205241 TO 6206200, 6303051 TO 6304000................................................................................. 10.11 CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC 6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050................................................................................... 10.9 6205241 TO 6206200, 6303051 TO 6304000................................................................................. 10.13 OIL COOLER/ RADIATOR/ CHARGE AIR COOLER............................................................................... 10.3 SUCTION STRAINER.............................................................................................................................. 10.5 VARIABLE PITCH FAN (OPTIONAL)..................................................................................................... 10.14 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................... 10.16 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM............................................................................................................................ 10.17 CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC.................................................................................................. 10.17

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Oil Cooler and Fan

10.2

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder OIL COOLER/ RADIATOR/ CHARGE AIR COOLER/A-C CONDENSER

Oil Cooler and Fan CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC)

A/C CONDENSER HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER

RADIATOR

FRONT DOOR SCREEN

Machines equipped with an EHS transmission were not factory equipped with an EHS transmission cooler but may have been updated with an EHS transmission cooler mounted in front of the cooler package. The complete oil cooler/radiator/CAC/A-C condenser assembly is rubber isolation mounted to reduce the transmission of noise and to isolate the components from vibration.

620C-10

CLEAN A/C CONDENSER AND COOLING ASSEMBLY

For detailed cleaning procedures, refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER AND COOLING ASSEMBLY in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

A/C CONDENSER

CHARGE AIR HYDRAULIC COOLER (CAC) OIL COOLER

RADIATOR

620C-57

EHS TRANSMISSION COOLER (IF EQUIPPED)

632E-015

A/C CONDENSER AND COOLER PACKAGE

10.3

ENGINE FAN

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder COOLING PUMP

Oil Cooler and Fan

The cooling pump is a fixed displacement gear pump driven off the power take off of the main pump.

COOLING PUMP

On earlier machines (6205201 to 6205240, 6303001 to 6303050) the cooling pump is a single gear pump. On later machines (6205241 to 6206200, 6303051 to 6304000) the cooling pump is part of a two section gear pump which includes cooling and charge pumps. On machines with the EHS transmission (optional) it is part of a multi section gear pump which includes the cooling, drive charge and EHS transmission pumps.

E625C-25

The oil cooler bypass manifold is mounted on the outlet side of the cooling pump. The oil cooler bypass manifold ensures that the differential pressure between the oil cooler inlet and outlet does not exceed 100 psi (6.7 Bar).

COOLING PUMP (EARLIER MACHINES) COOLING PUMP

CHARGE PUMP

OUTLET DRIVEN (IDLER) GEAR

DRIVE GEAR

635D-162

TWO SECTION GEAR PUMP (LATER MACHINES)

DRIVE CHARGE PUMP

COOLING PUMP

EHS TRANSMISSION PUMP INLET GEAR1

TYPICAL GEAR PUMP

The operation of a typical external gear pump (so called because the gear teeth are on the external surface of the hub) is shown in Figure gear1. A gear pump carries oil from the inlet to the outlet in the spaces between gear teeth. The pumping chamber is formed by the gears, the pump housing, and thrust plates. One of the two gears, called the drive gear, will be connected to the drive shaft. The other idler gear is driven by the drive gear.

10.4

620E-101

MULTI SECTION GEAR PUMP

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SUCTION STRAINER

Oil Cooler and Fan

STRAINER HEAD

O-RING

SUCTION STRAINER

AY061

SUCTION STRAINER

10.5

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder OIL COOLER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Oil Cooler and Fan

(6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050)

The suction strainer collects hydraulic oil from case drains (drive pump, main pump, and drive motor), brake valve drain line, priority valve, multifunction manifold, front axle and rear chassis (winch and grapple) drain line. This oil passes through the suction strainer element before entering the cooling circuit. The cooling pump draws oil from the suction strainer and reservoir and sends it to the oil cooler via the cooler bypass manifold. The cooler bypass manifold ensures that the differential pressure between the oil cooler inlet and outlet does not exceed 100 psi (6.7 Bar). Pressure increases within the oil cooler can occur in cold weather when oil temperatures at start-up are very low. Cooling of the oil occurs as air is drawn over the oil cooler cooling fins. Cooled oil then passes through the front chassis return manifold, the double element filter and back to the hydraulic tank. Oil is added to the hydraulic reservoir using the hydraulic hand fill pump located on the front of the hydraulic tank (right side access). Oil is pumped through the double filter element directly into the reservoir. Oil entering the hydraulic reservoir passes through a diffuser situated inside the reservoir below the oil surface. Refer to HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

10.6

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

635D-23

Oil Cooler and Fan

OIL COOLER CIRCUIT (6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050) 10.7

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Oil Cooler and Fan

10.8

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

635D-22

Oil Cooler and Fan

OIL COOLER CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC (6205201 TO 6205240, 6303001 TO 6303050) 10.9

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder OIL COOLER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Oil Cooler and Fan

(6205241 TO 6206200, 6303051 TO 6304000)

10.10

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

635D-24

Oil Cooler and Fan

OIL COOLER CIRCUIT (6205241 TO 6206200, 6303051 TO 6304000) 10.11

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Oil Cooler and Fan

10.12

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

635D-25

Oil Cooler and Fan

OIL COOLER CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC (6205241 TO 6206200, 6303051 TO 6304000) 10.13

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder FLEXXAIRE® VARIABLE PITCH FAN (OPTIONAL)

Oil Cooler and Fan

The Flexxaire® variable pitch cooling fan is designed control fan air flow and direction to achieve the optimum operating temperatures for the engine coolant, engine intake air and hydraulic oil. In addition, CLEAN cycle reverses air flow which blows debris from the machines engine enclosure to eliminate potential overheating and poor machine performance caused by overheating. Fan blade pitch is hydraulically varied 30 degrees in both directions and spring applied to FULL ON.

635D-171X

10.14

VARIABLE PITCH FAN

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD

Oil Cooler and Fan SECONDARY PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ‘PRA’

The multifunction manifold controls the winch freespool, rear differential lock, front differential lock, parking brake and variable pitch fan (if equipped) functions.

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE ‘RV1’

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ‘PR1’

Refer to SECTION 9 for a full description of the multifunction manifold. For information about the rear differential lock, parking brake release and front differential lock functions refer to SECTION 9. Section E is controlled by two solenoid operated pilot valves operating together to provide pilot oil to the variable pitch fan functions (FULL ON, AUTO, CLEAN) when a function is operated. For information about the variable pitch fan function refer to VARIABLE PITCH FAN (OPTIONAL) in THIS SECTION.

E620C-20

MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD

For information about the winch freespool function refer to SECTION 13.

630E-031

MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

630E-030

10.15

MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder FAN CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Oil Cooler and Fan

Oil is supplied to the multifunction manifold from the main pump. The position of fan control switch sends an electrical signal to the computer control system (DIGITAL IN - Fan Full ON or DIGITAL IN - Fan Clean). The computer control system generates an electrical signals based on the position of the fan control switch (full on, automatic or clean), the air conditioning controls (on/off), hydraulic oil temperature sensor readings, engine coolant temperature sensor readings and charge air cooler temperature sensor readings ( DIGITAL OUT Fan Decrease/Block and/or DIGITAL OUT - Fan Block/Increase). These signals are sent to the multifunction manifold to control the flow of oil to the cooling fan blade pitch control. The pitch of the fan blades is adjusted to adjust the speed/ direction of air flow as required by control settings and/or operating conditions. The cooling fan is designed control fan air flow to achieve the optimum operating temperatures for the engine coolant, engine intake air and hydraulic oil. These optimum temperatures are dictated by the engine and hydraulic component manufacturers for maximum life and efficiency of their components. Significant power savings and reduced warm up times can be realized by reducing air flow when it is not needed. The operating temperature of the engine and hydraulic system will vary greatly depending on the operating conditions and cannot be specifically stated. Factors such as ambient air temperature, hydraulic oil viscosity, type of wood harvested, undergrowth and operator technique all have a major impact on the effectiveness of the cooling system. The computer control system begins to regulate air flow at the following temperature sensor readings: Coolant Charge Air Cooler Hydraulic Oil

With the fan control switch in the: AUTOMATIC POSITION - AUTOMATIC is the normal operating position for the fan control switch. When the switch is in the AUTOMATIC position, the fan will operate completely in an automatic mode. The computer control system will automatically control the fan pitch to minimize system energy losses and improve performance based on the temperature of the charge air, engine coolant and/or the temperature of the hydraulic oil. The computer system automatically adjusts fan air flow to the minimum required level to maintain optimal operating conditions. Note that when the switch is in the AUTOMATIC position and the air flow is minimal due to low charge air, engine coolant and hydraulic oil temperatures, turning ON the A/C will cause the computer system to immediately place the fan blades at a pitch to provide 30% air flow. This is to ensure that sufficient air flow is available for the cab A/C even while the machine is still warming up. In addition, when the switch is in the AUTOMATIC position, the system will automatically cycle through an auto clean cycle. The auto clean cycle is adjustable through the computer control system menu (ADJUSTMENT MENU ~ FAN SETTINGS). Refer also to COMPUTER ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU - FAN SETTINGS in SECTION 6.

190°F (88°C) 110°F (43°C) 68%*

The computer control system will continue to increase air flow until the following temperature sensor readings are reached: Coolant Charge Air Cooler Hydraulic Oil

* NOTE: Hydraulic oil temperature set points are expressed as a percentage of the hydraulic oil temperature high set point for the hydraulic oil grade in use. Each hydraulic oil grade has its own operating range settings. For proper operation ensure that the correct hydraulic oil grade for the type of hydraulic oil in use is selected. Refer to COMPUTER ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU - SERVICE SETTINGS ~ HYDRAULIC OIL GRADE in SECTION 6 for hydraulic oil grade selection settings information. Refer also to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for hydraulic oil operating range information.

205°F (96°C) 174°F (79°C) 85%*

When any one of these three readings are reached, the fan will be at maximum air flow (FULL ON).

FULL ON Position - When the switch is in the FULL ON position, the fan control system is overridden and the fan will run at FULL air flow (blades pitched to 100%), for cooling regardless of charge air, engine coolant or hydraulic oil temperatures. Normally the fan control switch is placed in the AUTOMATIC position for optimal cooling. The FULL ON position is intended for use in the event of a temporary failure of the control system.

10.16

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-042XX

635D-26

Oil Cooler and Fan

FAN CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

FAN CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 10.17

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Oil Cooler and Fan

CLEAN Position - start the automatic clean cycle, reversing the flow of air (there is no need to hold the switch down). The pitch of the fan blades is changed and the direction of airflow through the engine enclosure is reversed. This change in airflow blows debris from the machines engine enclosure to eliminate potential overheating and poor machine performance caused by overheating. Ensure that there are no personnel standing directly to the sides of the machine when performing this operation, as dust and debris will fly out. When the CLEAN cycle is complete the fan automatically returns to normal air flow direction. The auto clean cycle is adjustable through the computer control system menu (ADJUSTMENT MENU ~ FAN SETTINGS). Refer also to COMPUTER ~ ADJUSTMENT MENU - FAN SETTINGS in SECTION 6. It is also important to manually clean debris from the machine on a regular basis to maintain low machine operating temperatures. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER AND COOLING ASSEMBLY in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.. For more information about the computer control system and detailed electrical schematics refer to SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

10.18

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SECTION 11 - STEERING AND CENTER JOINT CONTENTS - SECTION 11

ISSUE 3.0, JULY 2018

CENTRE JOINT CHECKING CENTRE JOINT VISUALLY FOR LOOSENESS..........................................SEE SECTION 3 CHECKING THE CENTRE JOINT PRELOAD................................................................................... 11.16 CENTRE JOINT PRELOAD ADJUSTMENT................................................................................... 11.18 DIAGRAM................................................................................................................................11.17, 11.19 GREASE SEALS - ORIENTATION..................................................................................................... 11.18 LUBRICATION..................................................................................................................SEE SECTION 3 MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................SEE SECTION 3 JOYSTICK STEERING & ROTATING SEAT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM.............................................................................................................................. 11.8 CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC.................................................................................................... 11.9 LEFT HAND STEERING JOYSTICK.................................................................................................... 11.6 STEER CONTROL VALVE................................................................................................................... 11.7 PRIORITY VALVE.................................................................................................................................... 11.2 EXTERNAL PRIORITY RELIEF VALVE (IF EQUIPPED)..................................................................... 11.4 PRESSURE SETTINGS, EXTERNAL PRIORITY RELIEF VALVE....................................................... 11.4 STEERING WHEEL & STATIONARY SEAT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM............................................................................................................................ 11.14 CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC.................................................................................................. 11.15 STEER CONTROL VALVE METERED STEERING................................................................................................................... 11.10 QUICK STEER.................................................................................................................................11.11 TESTING THE STEERING WHEEL OPERATION............................................................................. 11.13

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Steering and Center Joint

PRIORITY VALVE

The priority valve receives hydraulic oil from the main hydraulic pump.

The oil then passes through the priority valve, where it is divided up to go to either the steer valve and on to the steer cylinders, or the grapple, dozer or winch functions.

The priority valve is a feature that allows the steer circuit to have first call on oil before the grapple, dozer or winch circuits. This control is accomplished by a load-sensing feedback circuit from the steer valve to the priority valve.

PRIORITY VALVE

AT028-2

The priority valve contains a built-in relief valve* which is factory set to 3000 psi (205 Bar) and is not adjustable. When this relief setting is exceeded, most of the flow will be directed to the auxiliary circuit (EF).

By splitting the system into two independent circuits, pressure transients are isolated in each circuit and only the flow required for steering goes to the steering circuit. The remaining flow is available for the grapple, dozer and winch functions. This provides safe, reliable operation because the steering circuit always has flow and pressure priority. When full oil flow is not required for steering the excess supply of oil is directed to the other circuits.

*NOTE: Some machines are equipped with an adjustable external priority relief valve. Refer to EXTERNAL PRIORITY RELIEF VALVE in THIS SECTION.

Back flow into the steering system is prevented by a check valve in the steer control valve.

OIL 'IN' FROM MAIN PUMP P

RELIEF VALVE CARTRIDGE

RETURN OIL TO TANK

AT028-1

LOAD SENSE CONNECTION TO STEER VALVE

EF HIGH PRESSURE CARRYOVER TO GRAPPLE, WINCH AND DOZER VALVE SECTIONS

AT028

PRIORITY VALVE 11.2

TO STEER VALVE

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Steering and Center Joint

STEERING CYLINDERS

LOAD SENSING STEERING UNIT

MANUAL INPUT

HIGH PRESSURE CARRYOVER STEERING RELIEF

FILTER

PRIORITY VALVE

DYNAMIC SIGNAL

PUMP

TANK

630C-256

SYSTEM DIAGRAM (STEERING WHEEL VALVE SHOWN) 11.3

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder EXTERNAL PRIORITY RELIEF VALVE (IF EQUIPPED)

Steering and Center Joint PRESSURE SETTING EXTERNAL PRIORITY RELIEF VALVE (IF EQUIPPED) NOTE: Main pump POR must be set correctly before beginning this procedure. Refer to PRESSURE SETTINGS, MAIN PUMP in SECTION 9. 1. Park the machine on level ground. 2. Lower the grapple and dozer blade to rest firmly on the ground. 3. Engage the parking brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine.

635E-006

EXTERNAL RELIEF VALVE (IF EQUIPPED) Some machines are equipped with an adjustable external priority relief valve.

5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Block wheels. 7. Install the articulation lock bar.

The adjustable external priority relief valve is intended to improve steering pressure to match requirements due to machine configuration or operating conditions.

'PRIORITY VALVE' TEST PORT

When the external relief valve is installed it replaces the non adjustable relief valve normally located in the tank port of the priority valve.

PRESSURE RELIEF ADJUSTMENT

The external priority relief valve must be adjusted to a minimum of 200 psi (13.8 bar) below the main pump POR setting. This pressure differential will ensure the arch, boom and other functions continue to work while machine steering is active.

635E-006

EXTERNAL RELIEF VALVE (IF EQUIPPED) 8. Connect a 0-345 Bar (0-5000 psi) gauge to the 'PRIORITY VALVE' test port.

11.4

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder ‘MAIN’ TEST PORT

Steering and Center Joint 15. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up. 16. Start the engine. 17. Set engine speed to 2200 rpm. 18. Disengage the parking brake. This deactivates the main pump unloading valve. The main pump must be fully loaded to correctly read the main pump POR setting.

‘MAIN’ TEST PORT (RIGHT SIDE ACCESS)

E620C-27

19. Set the external priority relief valve a minimum of 200 psi (13.8 bar) below the main pump POR setting as read from the 'MAIN' test port. For example if the 'MAIN' test port reading is 3500 psi (241 bar) the external priority relief valve must be set no higher than 3300 psi (227 bar)

9. Connect a 0-345 Bar (0-5000 psi) gauge to the ‘MAIN’ test port. 10. Ensure that the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. See HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE in SECTION 8

NOTE: It is important that there is a differential of at least 200 psi (13.8 bar) as this is will ensure proper operation of the priority valve and allow the arch, boom and other functions continue to work while machine steering is active.

DRIVE PUMP

NOTE: Main pump POR must be set correctly before beginning this procedure. Refer to PRESSURE SETTINGS, MAIN PUMP in SECTION 9. 20. Turn OFF the engine. 21. Remove the ignition key. CONNECTORS

22. Reconnect two connectors on drive pump 23. Remove gauges and cap test ports.

620E-032

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE

11.5

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder LEFT HAND STEERING JOYSTICK

Steering and Center Joint

(ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING)

DIRECTION SELECTION SWITCH

The left hand steering joystick is mounted on the operator's seat armrest. The joystick consists of a single axis analog joystick base, a direction selection switch and a maximum speed control.

MAXIMUM SPEED CONTROL

Movement of the joystick controls the steering function: Move the joystick to the RIGHT* to articulate the machine to the RIGHT* Move the joystick to the LEFT* to articulate the machine to the LEFT* . *NOTE: Steering control is automatically adjusted by the computer control system based on the position of the operator’s seat. Therefore LEFT articulation and RIGHT articulation as described above are considered to be left and right as viewed by the operator either from the forward facing seat position or the rear facing seat position.

E625C-11

It should also be noted that the machine steering invert function can be disabled. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - INFORMATION – MACHINE STEERING INVERT DISABLED and COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU - SERVICE SETTINGS – STEER INVERT (JOYSTICK STEERING ONLY) in SECTION 2. This machine is equipped with variable ratio load sensing steering. The speed that the vehicle responds to the steering control input will vary, depending on the speed at which the steering control is moved. When operating on the road, a slow movement of the steering control will not overcorrect and will steer a straight normal course. Operating in the woods requires quick steering changes and this is produced by a rapid movement of the steering control, which will quickly change the vehicle’s direction. For safe operation of all controls the operator’s seat must be locked in either the forward facing or rear facing position. Refer also to ROTATING SEAT KICK LEVER in THIS SECTION. Refer to SECTION 2 and SECTION 8 for information about the direction selection switch and the maximum speed control. Refer also to CONTROL LEVER in SECTION 2 MANUAL for more detailed function information.

11.6

LEFT HAND JOYSTICK

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Steering and Center Joint

STEERING CONTROL VALVE

(ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING) The steering control valve is located in the left hand step compartment below the left cab door. This control valve consists of an inlet section; one spool section; and an end section with integrated pilot supply. The inlet section receives oil from the pump and supplies the control valve section through the pressure gallery. For this application the inlet section is also used to direct oil back to tank via the T2 port. The end section internal and external ports have been plugged so that oil is internally redirected back to the T2 port of the inlet section. The inlet section also includes a plug which separates the pressure gallery and the free flow gallery for closed center operation of the valve. The inlet section is equipped with relief valve which acts as a main relief control valve. The end section connected to the external pilot source PS. The end section also contains a load dump cartridge connected with the load sensing system. Tank ports T1, T3 and TP are plugged to redirect tank oil back to the inlet section port T2. Spool sections are equipped with double acting three position spools blocked in the neutral position. Spool sections are operated by electrohydraulic proportional spool actuators with spring centering. Each solenoid valve is equipped with manual override and air bleeding functions. Each spool section's pressure gallery is fitted with a load-hold check valve to prevent load sinking of a heavy load while a light load is operated. Pressure relief ports in each spool are equipped differently according to the machine function controlled. The steering section is with pressure relief cartridges on both the A and B sides. All relief valves are cartridge style, factory set for each function and nonadjustable. Spool limiting set screws are factory set for all spool sections. (Factory settings are: dozer section 6mm from the end of the screw to the tightened jam nut, all other sections 10 mm)

STEERING CONTROL VALVE OPERATING DESCRIPTION AD610C-207

Oil is supplied by a variable displacement piston pump (main pump) via the priority valve. The priority valve directs oil to the steering control valve . Oil enters the inlet section and is allowed to pass through the closed center spool sections to the end section and is prevented from returning to tank by a plugs in the T1, T3 and TP ports. External pilot pressure is supplied by the multifuction manifold via the end section for use in operating the spool sections. If none of the functions of the control valve are in use there will be no oil flow through the valve, therefore oil flow to the control valve will be regulated to zero as the piston pump de-strokes to a zero angle. Each electro-hydraulically controlled spool section has a closed centered 3-position spool with spring centering. When a function is brought into use the electrical current from the computer control system creates a magnetic force proportional to the current supplied within the solenoid. The solenoid shifts the actuator and allows the spool to be shifted by internal pilot pressure applied to the end of the spool. Shifting the spool directs oil from the pressure gallery to operate the function required. Return oil from the function in use is directed through the control valve to the inlet section T2 port where it returns to tank. When more than one function is operating at the same time there will be reduced flow to each. To prevent over pressurizing of the operating circuits, some of the work ports in the spool sections have a port relief valve cartridge. All relief valves are cartridge style, factory set for each function and nonadjustable. All relief valves are anti-cavitation relief valves. Refer to SECTION 12 of THIS MANUAL for additional illustrations and information about this type of valve.

11.7

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-047X

Steering and Center Joint

STEER CIRCUIT - ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING 11.8

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-048X

Steering and Center Joint

STEER CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC ROTATING SEAT & JOYSTICK STEERING 11.9

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder STEERING

Steering and Center Joint

(STATIONARY SEAT & STEERING WHEEL) METERED STEER CONTROL VALVE This is a manually operated directional control valve. The steering wheel is directly connected to the steer valve through the floor of the cab. The use of load sensing power steering and a priority valve provides smooth pressure compensated steering that is unaffected by axle response or steering rate. The output flow of the steering control unit varies with the speed that the steering wheel is rotated. When moving the wheel slowly the output of the steering control is low, causing the machine to steer slowly. When the wheel is turned rapidly the output of the steering control is high, causing the machine to steer much faster.

STEER CONTROL VALVE (BELOW CAB)

630C-160

Fast steering (turning the steering wheel rapidly) is necessary when operating in the woods to provide the required maneuverability.

A RI

S RN

ORIGIN

Travelling on the road requires a slower steering response (turning the steering wheel slowly), making it easier to make minor corrections when travelling in a straight line. The cylinder ports 'L' and 'R' contain built-in anti-cavitation valves to protect against vacuum (cavitation) conditions. OPERATING DESCRIPTION The steering control valve has a spool that is able to rotate inside a sleeve. When the steering wheel is stationary, the unit is in the neutral position and the spool is aligned in the sleeve so that oil cannot flow through the valve. The steering cylinders to the rear chassis are prevented from moving by the oil that is trapped on both sides of the pistons. When the steering wheel is turned, the spool rotates inside the sleeve and opens passages to allow oil flow through the spool/sleeve assembly. This oil flows to the Gerotor section of the valve, causing the gerotor to rotate and then continues back into the valve and out the work port to the end of each steer cylinder. There is a small, variable bypass orifice in the spool/sleeve assembly that allows a small amount of oil into the pressure side of the steering valve. This will suppress the initial pressure surge when the steering wheel is partially turned. The orifice is closed off when the wheel is fully turned. The return oil from the cylinders enters back in the other work port, through the spool/sleeve

•

4 turns (steering quickly ) from full lock position to full lock position

•

8+ turns (steering slowly)

620C-98

METERED STEER CONTROL VALVE

assembly and back to tank. A load sense line, between the steering valve and priority valve, drains oil out of the load sense port in the priority valve. The oil drains to tank through an orifice located between the sleeve and gerotor on the steer valve. When the steering wheel has stopped moving, the gerotor gear continues to move and turns the sleeve until the sleeve moves to its center (neutral) position and stops sending oil to the gerotor. The valve is no longer sending oil to the cylinders. The speed that the steering wheel is rotated, determines the speed that the machine will turn. Turning the steering wheel slowly causes the variable orifice to decrease in size and it will take more turns of the wheel from stop to stop. If the wheel is turned quickly the orifice opens and it will take fewer turns of the wheel from stop to stop.

11.10

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Steering and Center Joint

QUICK STEER CONTROL VALVE (OPTIONAL) This is a manually operated gerotorless directional control valve. The steering wheel is directly connected to the steer valve through the floor of the cab. The use of load sensing power steering and a priority valve provides smooth pressure compensated steering that is unaffected by axle response or steering rate. The quick steer control valve enables the operator to put the vehicle in full lock while only turning the steering wheel 50 degrees in either direction.

STEER CONTROL VALVE (BELOW CAB)

620C-100

Steering is accomplished by deflecting only the spool.

0°

Steering speed (output flow of the control valve) is a function of steering wheel angle. Turning the steering wheel ±50° results in controlled flow, from zero to full steering flow.

0°

-50°

The cylinder ports 'L' and 'R' contain built-in anti-cavitation valves to protect against vacuum (cavitation) conditions. OPERATING DESCRIPTION The steering control valve has a spool that is able to rotate inside a sleeve. When the steering wheel is stationary, the unit is in the neutral position and the spool is aligned in the sleeve so that oil cannot flow through the valve. The steering cylinders to the rear chassis are prevented from moving by the oil that is trapped on both sides of the pistons. When the steering wheel is turned, the spool rotates inside the sleeve and opens passages to allow oil flow through the spool/sleeve assembly. This oil flows to an internal cylinder relief valve and out the work port to the end of each steer cylinder. There is a small, variable bypass orifice in the spool/sleeve assembly that allows a small amount of oil into the pressure side of the steering valve. This will suppress the initial pressure surge when the steering wheel is partially turned. The orifice is closed off when the wheel is fully turned.

•

Full lock by turning the steering wheel ±50°

620C-99

QUICK STEER CONTROL VALVE

When the steering wheel has stopped moving the valve is no longer sending oil to the cylinders. The angle that the steering wheel is rotated determines the speed that the machine will turn. Turning the steering wheel only a few degrees allows a more limited flow to the steering cylinders and steers the machine more slowly. If the wheel is turned fully (± 50°) full flow will result in quick steering and full lock of the steering cylinders.

The return oil from the cylinders enters back in the other work port, through the spool/sleeve assembly and back to tank. A load sense line, between the steering valve and priority valve, drains oil out of the load sense port in the priority valve. The oil drains to tank.

11.11

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Steering and Center Joint

'LS' LOAD SENSING PORT 'R' RIGHT

'P' PRESSURE

'L' LEFT

'T' TANK

STEERING COLUMN CONNECTION

LEFT

PUMP RETURN (TANK)

RIGHT

PUMP IN

HOUSING

BEARING

SPOOL

STEERING COLUMN CONNECTION

CENTERING SPRINGS AT027-1

SLEEVE

CHECK VALVE

DRIVE

WEAR PLATE

GEROTOR RING AND STAR

SPACER

STEER CONTROL VALVE (STATIONARY SEAT & STEERING WHEEL) 11.12

END CAP

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder TESTING THE STEERING WHEEL OPERATION:

Steering and Center Joint QUICK STEER STEERING VALVE

METERED STEERING VALVE 1. Move the skidder to a suitable, level and smooth test area, where it can be safely operated at full throttle. Grapple UP, CLOSED and ROTATED TO CENTER. Dozer blade UP. 2. With the parking brake OFF, differential locks OFF, NO service brakes applied and full throttle, turn the steering completely one way until it hits the stop.. 3. Turn the steering wheel the opposite way, as SLOWLY as possible, until it hits the end stop. This should take 7 1/2 to 8 turns of the wheel. 4. Turn the wheel back to the other end stop, very slowly to verify the 7 1/2 - 8 turns. 5. Turn the wheel back to the other end stop, as fast as possible. Resistance to turning the wheel will be felt during this operation. This should take 3 1/2 to 4 turns of the wheel.

1. Move the skidder to a suitable, level and smooth test area, where it can be safely operated at full throttle. Grapple UP, CLOSED and ROTATED TO CENTER. Dozer blade UP. 2. With the parking brake OFF, differential locks OFF, NO service brakes applied and full throttle. 3. Articulate the machine all the way to the left. Return the steering wheel to the neutral point. Turn the wheel to the right just enough to start turning the machine (5 to 10 degrees). It should take approximately 20 to 27 seconds to fully articulate the machine to the right. 4. Articulate the machine all the way to the right. Return steering wheel to the neutral point. Turn the wheel to the left just enough to start turning the machine (5 to 10 degrees). It should take approximately 20 to 27 seconds to fully articulate the machine to the left.

6. Turn the wheel back to the other end stop, as fast as possible to verify the 3 1/2 - 4 turns.

Note that it may be difficult to consistently get an accurate timing for the low speed steering test as results may vary operator to operator. It is more important to get timed values that are approximately the same for steering right and steering left.

7. If these values are not obtained, check the priority valve and/or steering control unit.

5. Articulate the machine all the way to the right. Turn the steering wheel back all the way to the left (full speed turn). It should take approximately 4 seconds to fully articulate the machine stop to stop. 6. Articulate the machine all the way to the left. Turn the steering wheel back all the way to the right (full speed turn). It should take approximately 4 seconds to fully articulate the machine stop to stop. 7. If these values are not obtained, check the priority valve and/or steering control unit.

11.13

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-045X

Steering and Center Joint

STEER CIRCUIT - STATIONARY SEAT & STEERING WHEEL 11.14

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-049X

Steering and Center Joint

STEER CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC STATIONARY SEAT & STEERING WHEEL 11.15

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder CENTRE JOINT

Steering and Center Joint

CHECKING THE CENTRE JOINT PRELOAD 1. Park the machine on level ground. 2. Lower the grapple and dozer blade to rest firmly on the ground. 3. Engage the parking brake. 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Remove the ignition key. 6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 7. Block wheels. 8. Install the articulation lock bar.

LOOSEN 4 PIN RETAINING BOLTS UNTIL DIAL INDICATOR STOPS MOVING.

600D 7 5⁄8 in (194 mm)

CENTRE JOINT

630E-137

B DIAL INDICATOR PLUNGER

DIAL INDICATOR

MAXIMUM DEFLECTION

630E-138

FRONT CHASSIS

13. The dial indicator should now show a change between lug 'A' and 'B' within the preload setting range. Refer to chart for proper bearing preload settings for your machine.

REAR CHASSIS

DIAL INDICATOR BASE 630E-134

CENTRE JOINT PRELOAD RANGE

CHECK PRELOAD

9. Position the magnetic base of a dial indicator as shown on the top surface of the rear chassis lower lug 'A' as close to the centre pin as possible. 10. Partially depress the plunger end of the dial indicator against the bottom surface of the rear chassis upper lug 'B' and position as shown above. 11. Zero the dial indicator. 12. Gradually loosen all four pin retaining bolts (item 14) on the bottom. Loosen evenly until the dial indicator stops moving. DO NOT REMOVE BOLTS.

LOWER

UPPER

0.018 in 0.457 mm

0.020 in 0.508 mm

14. If the dial indicator reading is within the desired deflection range the centre joint is already preloaded correctly. Re-torque the retaining bolts to 282 lbf-ft (382 Nm). 15. If the dial indicator reading is outside the lower preload range limit the bearing preload is incorrect. Adjustment is required, proceed to CENTRE JOINT PRELOAD ADJUSTMENT in THIS SECTION. NOTE: Most often when adjustment in the field is required it is due to a low reading.

11.16

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Steering and Center Joint 1

3 4 BOLT TIGHTENING SEQUENCE

FRONT CHASSIS

SEAL ORIENTATION

9 10 11

REAR CHASSIS

TORQUE TO 282 LBF-FT (382 NM)

14 NO LOCTITE REQUIRED

5 6 7 1 8 105.03.121

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

TORQUE TO 80 LBF-FT (108 NM) USE 243 LOCTITE (REMOVABLE)

CENTRE JOINT

GREASE FITTING RETAINER (IF EQUIPPED) INNER SEAL BEARING CUP BEARING CONE WIPER SEAL SEAL HOUSING BOLT, PIN RETAINING INNER BUSHING OUTER BUSHING PIN SHIM KIT PIN RETAINER BOLT, BEARING RETAINING

11.17

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Steering and Center Joint

CENTRE JOINT PRELOAD ADJUSTMENT Before making any adjustments to the centre joint, please follow CHECKING THE CENTRE JOINT PRELOAD procedure in THIS SECTION. With dial indicator still in place; 16. Shims in the bottom shim stack must be adjusted (most likely removal of shims) to maintain the correct range of deflection.

MAXIMUM DEFLECTION

630E-138

23. If the change in the dial indicator reading is greater than the upper preload range limit the shim thickness removed was too thick. Shim(s) will need to be added back to correct.

INSTALL PLATE AND 3/8 UNC BOLT TO RETAIN PIN DURING SHIM ADJUSTMENT

Repeat steps 18 through 22 until the change in the reading on the dial indicator is within the proper range.

630E-139

17. In order to ensure the bottom pin (item 11) does not fall off the bore, a plate must be installed with a 3/8UNC bolt as shown to hold the pin in place. 18. Remove all bottom pin retainer bolts (item 14), the bottom pin retainer plate (item 13) and all of the shims in the shim pack (items 12). 19. Remove or add shim(s) to adjust the shim pack as required. NOTE: Usually removing 0.005 in (0.127 mm) of shims will gain 0.001 in (0.025 mm) extra deflection on rear chassis centre joint lugs. This can slightly vary from chassis to chassis. 20. Reinstall the remaining shims, the retainer plate and the bolts. Leave the bolts loose. 21. Zero the dial indicator again and torque the bottom bolts in sequence to 282 lbf-ft (382 Nm). 22. A change within the bearing preload setting range should register on the dial indicator. Refer to chart for proper bearing preload settings for your machine. This is the proper bearing preload setting. CENTRE JOINT PRELOAD RANGE LOWER

UPPER

0.018 in 0.457 mm

0.020 in 0.508 mm

24. If the change in the dial indicator reading is less than lower preload range limit the shim thickness removed was too thin. More shim(s) will need to be removed to correct. Repeat steps 18 through 22 until the change in the reading on the dial indicator is within the proper range. 25. When the dial indicator reading is within desired deflection range re-torque the retaining bolts to 282 lbf-ft (382 Nm). 26. Remove the plate installed in step 17. ORIENTATION OF GREASE SEALS The pivot bearings (item 1) are sealed on both sides by grease seals (items 3 and 6). These seals have proven to have a long life. If replacement becomes necessary, new seals must be installed in the proper orientation. Refer to the centre joint diagram and follow these guidelines for correct installation; •

The two seals installed on either side of the top and bottom bearings must be installed with the seal lips facing away from the bearings.

Apply blue 243 Loctite (removable) and torque the six bolts (item 7) for the bearing retainer plate (item 8) to 80 lbf-ft * (108 Nm).

11.18

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Steering and Center Joint 1

3 4 BOLT TIGHTENING SEQUENCE

FRONT CHASSIS

SEAL ORIENTATION

9 10 11

REAR CHASSIS

TORQUE TO 282 LBF-FT (382 NM)

14 NO LOCTITE REQUIRED

5 6 7 1 8 105.03.121

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

TORQUE TO 80 LBF-FT (108 NM) USE 243 LOCTITE (REMOVABLE)

CENTRE JOINT

GREASE FITTING RETAINER (IF EQUIPPED) INNER SEAL BEARING CUP BEARING CONE WIPER SEAL SEAL HOUSING BOLT, PIN RETAINING INNER BUSHING OUTER BUSHING PIN SHIM KIT PIN RETAINER BOLT, BEARING RETAINING

11.19

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Steering and Center Joint

11.20

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SECTION 12 - GRAPPLE, ARCH AND BOOM CONTENTS - SECTION 12

ISSUE 3.0, JULY 2018

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ARCH/BOOM......................................................................................................................................12.16 GRAPPLE...........................................................................................................................................12.26 SINGLE ARCH...................................................................................................................................... 12.8 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS ARCH/BOOM......................................................................................................................................12.17 GRAPPLE...........................................................................................................................................12.27 SINGLE ARCH...................................................................................................................................... 12.9 CONTROL VALVE.................................................................................................................................... 12.2 CONTROL VALVE ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC....................................................................................... 12.5 GRAPPLE ROTATE SPEED CHECK..................................................................................................... 12.33 GRAPPLE ROTATOR ASSEMBLY......................................................................................................... 12.39 GRAPPLE SNUBBER MAINTENANCE...............................................................................SEE SECTION 3 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC, CIRCUIT...................................................................................................... 12.7 IQAN MODULES..................................................................................................................SEE SECTION 6 JOYSTICK (6-BUTTON)........................................................................................................................... 12.6 MAIN PUMP.........................................................................................................................SEE SECTION 9 PRESSURE CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS DUAL ARCH/BOOM ARCH IN/OUT................................................................................................................................. 12.18 BOOM UP/DOWN........................................................................................................................... 12.22 GRAPPLE OPEN/CLOSE.................................................................................................................. 12.34 GRAPPLE ROTATE........................................................................................................................... 12.29 SINGLE ARCH.................................................................................................................................... 12.11 PRIORITY VALVE.............................................................................................................. SEE SECTION 11 SNUBBER MAINTENANCE - GRAPPLE.............................................................................SEE SECTION 3

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder CONTROL VALVE

Grapple, Arch and Boom

FRONT

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE CARTRIDGE (INTERNAL PILOT SUPPLY)

OIL IN

OIL OUT

PILOT PRESSURE CONNECTION FOR EXTERNAL USE

INLET SECTION

A IN

WINCH

OUT

ARCH

DOZER

OPEN

A GRAPPLE B

IN CROSS SECTION VIEW TOWARD INLET SECTION

DOWN

INTERNAL PILOT PRESSURE SUPPLY

ROTATE

CCW

BOOM

DOWN SECTION A-A

END SECTION

620C-27

END SECTION (INTERNAL PILOT SUPPLY)

630C-162

HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY

CONTROL VALVE (dual function arch)

The control valve is located on the rear chassis above the rear axle and under the cover plate.

REDUCING VALVE AND PRESSURE RELIEF (PILOT SUPPLY)

This control valve consists of an inlet section; four, five or six spool sections (depending on machine options chosen); and an end section with integrated pilot supply.

SAFETY VALVE

The inlet section receives oil from the pump and supplies the control valve sections through the pressure gallery. For this application the inlet section is also used to direct oil back to tank via the T2 port. The end section internal and external ports have been plugged so that oil is internally redirected back to the T2 port of the inlet section. The inlet section also includes a plug which separates the pressure gallery and the free flow gallery for closed center operation of the valve. The inlet section is equipped with relief valve which acts as a main relief control valve.

COARSE FILTER WITH BY-PASS (FOR PILOT SUPPLY)

INTERNAL PILOT PRESSURE SUPPLY

END SECTION (INTERNAL PILOT SUPPLY)

630C-40

The end section contains the internal pilot pressure supply used to operate the spools. The internal pilot pressure supply is a valve function which acts as both a reducing valve and a pressure relief valve. A separate safety valve prevents maximum reduced pressure from being exceeded. Pilot pressure of 35 bar (508 psi) is generated by the pressure reducing valve and is available in the pilot gallery for operation of spool sections. A pilot pressure connection at port PS provides pilot pressure for external use (if required

PILOT PRESSURE CONNECTION FOR EXTERNAL USE

MANUAL OVERRIDE

630C-218A

12.2

MANUAL OVERRIDE

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

by machine options). Tank ports T1, T3 and TP are plugged to redirect tank oil back to the inlet section port T2. Spool sections are equipped with double acting three position spools blocked in the neutral position. Spool sections are operated by electrohydraulic proportional spool actuators with spring centering. Each solenoid valve is equipped with manual override and air bleeding functions. Each spool section's pressure gallery is fitted with a load-hold check valve to prevent load sinking of a PORT RELIEF & ANTICAVITANTION VALVE

HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY

LOAD HOLD CHECK VALVE

heavy load while a light load is operated. Pressure relief ports in each spool are equipped differently according to the machine function controlled. The arch, dozer, grapple open/close and boom spool sections are equipped with pressure relief cartridges on both the A and B sides. The grapple rotate section is equipped with pressure relief cartridges on both the A and B sides. The winch spool section is equipped with a pressure relief cartridge on the A side and a plug on the B side. All relief valves are cartridge style, factory set for each function and nonadjustable. Spool limiting set screws are factory set for all spool sections. Factory settings are: dozer section 5 mm (0.2 in) from the end of the screw to the tightened jam nut, all other sections 10 mm (0.4 in).

DOUBLE ACTING SPRING CENTRED SPOOL GRAPPLE ROTATE SECTION

ORIFICE CHECK VALVES

ELECTRO HYDRAULIC SPOOL ACTUATOR

SPOOL SECTION

630C-39

MANUAL OVERRIDE

GRAPPLE ROTATE SECTION EQUIPPED WITH ORIFICE CHECK VALVES

INTERNAL PILOT PRESSURE SUPPLY

SERVICE PORT B

630C-218

LOAD HOLD CHECK VALVE

SERVICE PORT A

ELECTRO HYDRAULIC SPOOL ACTUATOR PORT B

MANUAL OVERRIDE

ELECTRO HYDRAULIC SPOOL ACTUATOR PORT A

PILOT OIL RESTRICTOR

PILOT OIL RESTRICTOR 'X' SET SCREW ADJUSTMENT

SPOOL LIMITING SET SCREW

PORT B RELIEF VALVE CARTRIDGE

DOUBLE ACTING SPRING CENTRED SPOOL

NOTE: CROSS SECTION VIEW TOWARD END SECTION 630C-163

CROSS SECTION OF SPOOL SECTIONS 12.3

PORT A RELIEF VALVE CARTRIDGE

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

OPERATING DESCRIPTION Oil is supplied by a variable displacement piston pump (main pump) via the priority valve. The priority valve directs oil to the control valve (winch, arch, dozer, grapple, boom). The control valve is equipped with an inlet relief valve which acts as a main relief.

Oil enters the inlet section and is allowed to pass through the closed center spool sections to the end section and is prevented from returning to tank by a plugs in the T1, T3 and TP ports. Internal pilot pressure supply is generated by a pressure reducing valve in the end section for use in operating the spool sections. If none of the functions of the control valve are in use there will be no oil flow through the valve, therefore oil flow to the control valve will be regulated to zero as the piston pump de-strokes to a zero angle.

To prevent over pressurizing of the operating circuits, some of the work ports in the spool sections have a port relief valve cartridge. All relief valves are cartridge style, factory set for each function and nonadjustable. All relief valves are anti-cavitation relief valves. *NOTE: On earlier machines there are several variations of the control valve in use, depending on whether the machine has a single or dual function arch and whether a winch is included.

MAIN VALVE FUNCTIONS 32849AUNI R0

CONTROL VALVE CHARACTERISTICS •

Control Pressure Relief : 500 psi (34 Bar) (Non-Adjustable)

• Start of Control : 0 gpm / 580 mA / 102 psi (0 L/min / 580mA / 7 Bar) • End of Control: 46.5 US gpm /1450 mA /348 psi (176 L/min / 1450mA /24 Bar) • Coil Resistance : 5.4 ohms Control Valve Characteristics 50 45 40 35 Flow gpm

Each electro-hydraulically controlled spool section has a closed centered 3-position spool with spring centering. When a function is brought into use the electrical current from the computer control system creates a magnetic force proportional to the current supplied within the solenoid. Refer also to CONTROL VALVE CHARACTERISTICS in THIS SECTION. The solenoid shifts the actuator and allows the spool to be shifted by internal pilot pressure applied to the end of the spool. Shifting the spool directs oil from the pressure gallery to operate the function required. Return oil from the function in use is directed through the control valve to the inlet section T2 port where it returns to tank. When more than one function is operating at the same time there will be reduced flow to each.

30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0

200

400

600 800 (107) (164)

1000 1200 1400 1600 (220) (277) (334) (390)

Control Current mA Control Presure (psi)

A dual function arch and a winch will both add a spool section to the grapple control valve, making it either a five or six spool section valve. On later machines control valves are standardized.

12.4

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

CONTROL VALVE ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (EARLIER DESIGN)

635D-011

CONTROL VALVE ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (LATER DESIGN WITH XA2-A1 MODULE)

630E-078

12.5

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder JOYSTICK (6-BUTTON)

Grapple, Arch and Boom PIN 1 2 3 4

PIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

635C-02

JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER MOUNTED ON ARMREST

The joystick is mounted on the operator's seat armrest. The joystick consists of a dual axis analog joystick base and a six button joystick handle with a trigger switch. Movement of the joystick controls the arch and boom functions. Five of the buttons control the grapple functions. The grapple, arch and boom functions are described in THIS SECTION.

635D-35

JOYSTICK BASE 4-PIN CONNECTOR WIRE # FUNCTION P54 5VDC POWER SUPPLY G54 5VDC GROUND 254 X- ARCH +IN/-OUT 255 Y-BOOM +UP/-DOWN JOYSTICK HANDLE 12 PIN CONNECTOR WIRE # FUNCTION 66 24VDC POWER SUPPLY 186 TRIGGER - THROTTLE 206 BUTTON 1 - ROTATE CW 207 BUTTON 2 - ROTATE CCW 208 BUTTON 3 - GRAPPLE OPEN 209 BUTTON 4 - GRAPPLE CLOSE 165 BUTTON 5 - CONSTANT PRESSURE 150 BUTTON 6 - DIFF LOCK ON/OFF NOT USED NOT USED P186 5VDC POWER SUPPLY G186 5VDC GROUND

One button is used to turn the differential lock function on and off. Refer to SECTION 9 for more differential lock function information. The trigger switch is used to increase engine speed when performing machine functions which do not require machine travel. Refer also to CONTROL LEVER in SECTION 2 for more detailed function information.

JOYSTICK ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 12.6

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-065XX

Grapple, Arch and Boom

GRAPPLE, ARCH AND BOOM HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 12.7

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SINGLE ARCH CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Grapple, Arch and Boom

Oil is supplied by a variable displacement piston pump (main pump) via the priority valve. The priority valve directs oil to the control valve (winch, arch, dozer, grapple). The control valve is equipped with an inlet relief valve which acts as a main relief. Oil enters the inlet section of the control valve and is allowed to pass through the closed center spool sections to the end section and is prevented from returning to tank by a plugs in the T1, T3 and TP ports. Internal pilot pressure supply is generated by a pressure reducing valve in the end section for use in operating the spool sections. Two cylinders are used to move the ARCH IN and OUT. Each electro-hydraulically controlled spool section has a closed centered 3-position spool with spring centering. When the operator moves the joystick to the LEFT or RIGHT a signal (VOLTAGE IN - JOYSTICK X Arch %) is sent to the computer control system. The computer control system generates a signal (CURRENT OUT - Arch In-/Out+) which is sent out to a solenoid on the arch section of the control valve activating the ARCH IN or ARCH OUT function. When the ARCH IN or ARCH OUT function is activated electrical current from the computer control system creates a magnetic force proportional to the current supplied within the solenoid. The corresponding solenoid shifts the actuator and allows the spool to be shifted by internal pilot pressure applied to the end of the spool. Shifting the spool directs oil from the pressure gallery to either end of the two cylinders to move the ARCH IN or OUT. The arch section of the control valve is equipped with cartridge style relief valves to protect the arch circuit from over pressurizing. Return oil is directed through the control valve to the inlet section T2 port where it returns to tank. Refer also to SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for complete electrical schematics and more detailed information about the computer control system.

12.8

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-052X

Grapple, Arch and Boom

SINGLE ARCH CIRCUIT 12.9

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

12.10

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SINGLE ARCH PRESSURE

Grapple, Arch and Boom ARCH IN/OUT RELIEF PRESSURE CHECK 1. Park the machine on level ground.

WARNING

2. Ensure that the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. See HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE in SECTION 8 of THIS MANUAL.

Do not stand above or below the arch assembly, grapple or between the arch and rear chassis during this procedure. Before performing work on the arch assembly, lower it to the ground and/or use proper support devices.

3. Before shutting off the engine position grapple as described below. IMPORTANT ! To prevent lifting of the rear wheels when the arch is moved out during this procedure it is necessary to position the grapple as follows.

WARNING Use caution when working on top of the rear chassis, as there are many pinch areas between the arch, arch cylinders and winch. DO NOT move arch when workers are in this area.

Close grapple and rotate it to center. Lower grapple slowly to the ground and slowly move the machine backward while continuing to lower the grapple. This will fold the grapple under (towards the machine) and allow the arch to be fully extended in its out position without lifting the rear wheels off the ground. Take care to avoid damaging hydraulic hoses while positioning the grapple. POSITION GRAPPLE FOR ARCH IN/OUT PRESSURE SETTINGS

WARNING Do not work under the arch without properly supporting the arch/grapple assembly. NEVER move the arch/grapple assembly when workers are in this area.

WARNING Park machine on level ground, stop engine, set parking brake ON, lower dozer and grapple to the ground and block wheels. IMPORTANT ! Avoid blowing oil over the relief for longer than 5 seconds, as this will cause excessive heating of the hydraulic fluid and possible damage to hydraulic components.

620E-137

4. Lower the dozer blade to the ground. 5. Engage the parking brake. 6. Turn OFF the engine. 7. Remove the ignition key. 8. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 9. Block wheels. 10. Install the articulation lock bar.

12.11

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom 13. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch. 14. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

‘MAIN’ TEST PORT

15. Insert the ignition key and turn to the RUN position. 16. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up. 17. Start the engine. 18. Set engine speed to 2200 rpm.

‘MAIN’ TEST PORT (RIGHT SIDE ACCESS)

E620C-27

11. Connect a 0-345 bar (0-5000 psi) gauge to the ‘MAIN’ test port. All pressure readings for this procedure will be read from the 'MAIN' test port. NOTE: For machines equipped with a high speed winch use a 0-690 bar (0-10000 psi).

19. Disengage parking brake. This deactivates the main pump unloading valve. The main pump must be fully loaded to set main pump POR and accurately check function pressure readings. 20. It is necessary to temporarily increase the pressure of the main pump to 4500psi (310 bar) @high idle. NOTE: For machines equipped with a high speed winch a secondary POR is used in addition to the main pump POR. For these machines the main pump POR is already set higher, instead it is necessary to temporarily increase secondary POR setting to 4500psi (310 bar) @high idle. Refer to PRESSURE SETTINGS SECONDARY POR, MAIN PUMP POR AND STANDBY PRESSURES (HIGH SPEED WINCH ONLY) in SECTION 13.

CONNECTORS DRIVE PUMP

E620C-01

SHOWN WITH HOSES REMOVED FOR CLARITY

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205201-6205240, 6303001-6303050)

MAIN INLET RELIEF

DRIVE PUMP 625C-80

CONTROL VALVE MAIN RELIEF

a. Turn the main relief valve (located in control valve inlet) IN all the way until lightly seated.

CONNECTORS

635D-161

12.12

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

SOLENOID, INTEGRATED MAIN PUMP UNLOADING VALVE

STANDBY PRESSURE

POR ADJUSTMENT

E620C-23

MAIN PUMP

b. Set the main pump POR to 4500 psi (310 bar) @high idle. NOTE: The Engine Torque % reading, on the ENGINE FUNCTIONS (F1 from the main menu) screen, should be monitored while main pump POR is raised. If Engine Torque % readings jump by 15-30 % oil is flowing over the main relief. Main pump POR will need to be turned back to a pressure below this jump point in order to accurately set pressures.

21. Change the program mode from NORMAL to FUNCTION SETUP and press OK. In this mode the main pump will always be loaded and the foot pedals will be deactivated. Using the computer from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode – Function Setup Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL. IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged. In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

12.13

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom 30. Reset the main relief to 3800-4000 psi @ 2200 rpm (262-275 Bar @2200 rpm). NOTE: For machines equipped with a high speed winch a secondary POR is used in addition to the main pump POR. This requires a different procedure to set main relief, main pump POR and secondary POR pressures. Refer to PRESSURE SETTINGS SECONDARY POR, MAIN PUMP POR AND STANDBY PRESSURES (HIGH SPEED WINCH ONLY) in SECTION 13 for setting main relief pressure for these machines. 31. Reset the main pump POR to 3500-3600 psi (241-248 bar) @ 2200 rpm. NOTE: For machines equipped with a high speed winch a secondary POR is used in addition to the main pump POR. This requires a different procedure to set main relief, main pump POR and secondary POR pressures. Refer to PRESSURE SETTINGS SECONDARY POR, MAIN PUMP POR AND STANDBY PRESSURES (HIGH SPEED WINCH ONLY) in SECTION 13 for setting POR pressures for these machines.

22. It is also necessary to temporarily disable the Auto RPM function to check pressure readings. Using the computer navigate to the ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – ENGINE SETTINGS (F1) – AUTO RPM – change setting to OFF. Refer to Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information. 23. Set engine speed to low idle. 24. Make sure that the area is clear. 25. With the aid of an assistant, operate the ARCH OUT control and hold pressure.

32. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK. Using the computer from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode – Normal. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

26. ARCH OUT pressure reading should be in the relief setting range shown in the chart below @ low idle. 27. With the aid of an assistant operate the ARCH IN control and hold pressure. NOTE: Care must be taken as this will unfold and lift the grapple from the ground.

IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

28. ARCH IN pressure reading should be in the relief setting range shown in the chart below @ low idle. Control Valve Function

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

Relief Setting Range bar

psi

Arch OUT

175 - 195

2538 - 2838

Arch IN

280 - 300

4061 - 4361

NOTE: Earlier machines were factory equipped with a 265-285 bar (3843-4143 psi) Arch IN port relief. 29. Set engine speed to 2200 rpm.

33. Enable the Auto RPM function. Using the computer navigate to the ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – ENGINE SETTINGS (F1) – AUTO RPM – change setting to ON. 34. Engage the parking brake. 35. Turn OFF the engine.

12.14

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

36. Remove the ignition key. 37. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 38. Remove gauge and reinstall plugs on test ports. 39. Replace the covers. 40. Remove articulation lock. NOTE: All relief valves are cartridge style, nonadjustable and factory set for each function. Care should be taken to ensure that the proper relief valve cartridge is used for each function to ensure proper operation and avoid damage to the hydraulic circuit components due to pressure spikes.

12.15

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder ARCH/BOOM CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Grapple, Arch and Boom

solenoid. The corresponding solenoid shifts the actuator and allows the spool to be shifted by internal pilot pressure applied to the end of the spool. Shifting the spool directs oil from the pressure gallery to either end of the two cylinders to move the BOOM DOWN or UP. The boom section of the control valve is equipped with cartridge style relief valves to protect the boom circuit from over pressurizing. Return oil is directed through the control valve to the inlet section T2 port where it returns to tank. Refer also to SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for complete electrical schematics and more detailed information about the computer control system.

Two cylinders are used to move the ARCH IN and OUT and two cylinders are used to move the BOOM UP and DOWN. Each electro-hydraulically controlled spool section has a closed centered 3-position spool with spring centering. When the operator moves the joystick to the LEFT or RIGHT a signal (VOLTAGE IN - JOYSTICK X ARCH %) is sent to the computer control system. The computer control system generates a signal (CURRENT OUT - Arch In-/Out+) which is sent out to a solenoid on the arch section of the control valve activating the ARCH IN or ARCH OUT function. When the ARCH IN or ARCH OUT function is activated electrical current from the computer control system creates a magnetic force proportional to the current supplied within the solenoid. The corresponding solenoid shifts the actuator and allows the spool to be shifted by internal pilot pressure applied to the end of the spool. Shifting the spool directs oil from the pressure gallery to either end of the two cylinders to move the ARCH IN or OUT. The arch section of the control valve is equipped with cartridge style relief valves to protect the arch circuit from over pressurizing. When the operator moves the joystick FORWARD or BACK a signal (VOLTAGE IN -JOYSTICK Y BOOM %) is sent to the computer control system. The computer control system generates a signal (CURRENT OUT - Boom Up-/Dn+) which is sent out to a solenoid on the arch section of the control valve activating the BOOM DOWN or BOOM UP function. When the BOOM DOWN or BOOM UP function is activated electrical current from the computer control system creates a magnetic force proportional to the current supplied within the 12.16

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-054X

Grapple, Arch and Boom

ARCH/BOOM CIRCUIT 12.17

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder DUAL ARCH/BOOM PRESSURE

Grapple, Arch and Boom ARCH IN/OUT RELIEF PRESSURE CHECK 1. Park the machine on level ground.

WARNING Do not stand above or below the arch assembly, grapple or between the arch and rear chassis during this procedure. Before performing work on the arch assembly, lower it to the ground and/or use proper support devices.

2. Ensure that the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. See HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE in SECTION 8 of THIS MANUAL. 3. Before shutting off the engine position grapple as described below. IMPORTANT ! To prevent lifting of the rear wheels when the arch is moved out during this procedure it is necessary to position the grapple as follows.

WARNING Use caution when working on top of the rear chassis, as there are many pinch areas between the arch, arch cylinders and winch. DO NOT move arch when workers are in this area.

WARNING Do not work under the arch without properly supporting the arch/grapple assembly. NEVER move the arch/grapple assembly when workers are in this area.

POSITION GRAPPLE FOR ARCH IN/OUT PRESSURE SETTINGS

620E-137

12.18

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom 13. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch. 14. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

‘MAIN’ TEST PORT

15. Insert the ignition key and turn to the RUN position. 16. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up. 17. Start the engine. 18. Set engine speed to 2200 rpm.

‘MAIN’ TEST PORT (RIGHT SIDE ACCESS)

E620C-27

CONNECTORS DRIVE PUMP

E620C-01

SHOWN WITH HOSES REMOVED FOR CLARITY

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205201-6205240, 6303001-6303050)

MAIN INLET RELIEF

DRIVE PUMP 625C-80

CONTROL VALVE MAIN RELIEF

a. Turn the main relief valve (located in control valve inlet) IN all the way until lightly seated.

CONNECTORS

635D-161

12.19

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

SOLENOID, INTEGRATED MAIN PUMP UNLOADING VALVE

STANDBY PRESSURE

POR ADJUSTMENT

E620C-23

MAIN PUMP

22. It is also necessary to temporarily disable the Auto RPM function to check pressure readings. Using the computer navigate to 12.20

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

the ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – ENGINE SETTINGS (F1) – AUTO RPM – change setting to OFF. Refer to Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information.

WINCH ONLY) in SECTION 13 for setting POR pressures for these machines. 32. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK. Using the computer from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode – Normal. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

23. Set engine speed to low idle. 24. Make sure that the area is clear. 25. With the aid of an assistant, operate the ARCH OUT control and hold pressure. 26. ARCH OUT pressure reading should be in the relief setting range shown in the chart below @ low idle.

IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

27. With the aid of an assistant operate the ARCH IN control and hold pressure. NOTE: Care must be taken as this will unfold and lift the grapple from the ground. 28. ARCH IN pressure reading should be in the relief setting range shown in the chart below @ low idle.

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

Arch OUT

175 - 195

2538 - 2838

33. Enable the Auto RPM function. Using the computer navigate to the ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – ENGINE SETTINGS (F1) – AUTO RPM – change setting to ON.

Arch IN

280 - 300

4061 - 4361

34. Engage the parking brake.

Control Valve Function

Relief Setting Range bar

psi

NOTE: Earlier machines were factory equipped with a 265-285 bar (3843-4143 psi) Arch IN port relief. 29. Set engine speed to 2200 rpm. 30. Reset the main relief to 3800-4000 psi @ 2200 rpm (262-275 Bar @2200 rpm). NOTE: For machines equipped with a high speed winch a secondary POR is used in addition to the main pump POR. This requires a different procedure to set main relief, main pump POR and secondary POR pressures. Refer to PRESSURE SETTINGS SECONDARY POR, MAIN PUMP POR AND STANDBY PRESSURES (HIGH SPEED WINCH ONLY) in SECTION 13 for setting main relief pressure for these machines.

35. Turn OFF the engine. 36. Remove the ignition key. 37. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 38. Remove gauge and reinstall plugs on test ports. 39. Replace the covers. 40. Remove articulation lock. NOTE: All relief valves are cartridge style, nonadjustable and factory set for each function. Care should be taken to ensure that the proper relief valve cartridge is used for each function to ensure proper operation and avoid damage to the hydraulic circuit components due to pressure spikes.

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

BOOM UP/DOWN RELIEF PRESSURE CHECK

CONNECTORS

1. Park the machine on level ground.

DRIVE PUMP

2. Ensure that the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. See HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE in SECTION 8 of THIS MANUAL. 3. Lower the grapple and dozer blade to rest firmly on the ground. 4. Engage the parking brake. 5. Turn OFF the engine. 6. Remove the ignition key. 7. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 8. Block wheels.

E620C-01

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205201-6205240, 6303001-6303050)

9. Install the articulation lock bar. DRIVE PUMP ‘MAIN’ TEST PORT

CONNECTORS

635D-161

E620C-27

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205241-6206200, 6303051-6304000)

‘MAIN’ TEST PORT (RIGHT SIDE ACCESS)

10. Connect a 0-345 bar (0-5000 psi) gauge to the ‘MAIN’ test port. All pressure readings for this procedure will be read from the 'MAIN' test port. NOTE: For machines equipped with a high speed winch use a 0-690 bar (0-10000 psi).

11. Prior to performing this procedure disconnect the two connectors on the drive pump. This is a safety precaution to prevent the machine from travelling. 12. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch. 13. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine. 14. Insert the ignition key and turn to the RUN position. 15. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up. 16. Start the engine. 17. Set engine speed to 2200 rpm. 18. Disengage parking brake. This deactivates the main pump unloading valve. The main pump must be fully loaded to set main pump POR and accurately check function pressure readings.

12.22

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

19. It is necessary to temporarily increase the pressure of the main pump to 4500psi (310 bar) @high idle. NOTE: For machines equipped with a high speed winch a secondary POR is used in addition to the main pump POR. For these machines the main pump POR is already set higher, instead it is necessary to temporarily increase secondary POR setting to 4500psi (310 bar) @high idle. Refer to PRESSURE SETTINGS SECONDARY POR, MAIN PUMP POR AND STANDBY PRESSURES (HIGH SPEED WINCH ONLY) in SECTION 13. SHOWN WITH HOSES REMOVED FOR CLARITY

pressure below this jump point in order to accurately set pressures.

MAIN INLET RELIEF

625C-80

CONTROL VALVE MAIN RELIEF

a. Turn the main relief valve (located in control valve inlet) IN all the way until lightly seated.

20. Change the program mode from NORMAL to FUNCTION SETUP and press OK.

SOLENOID, INTEGRATED MAIN PUMP UNLOADING VALVE

STANDBY PRESSURE

In this mode the main pump will always be loaded and the foot pedals will be deactivated.

POR ADJUSTMENT

E620C-23

MAIN PUMP

b. Set the main pump POR to 4500 (310 bar) @high idle. NOTE: The Engine Torque % reading, on the ENGINE FUNCTIONS (F1 from the main menu) screen, should be monitored while main pump POR is raised. If Engine Torque % readings jump by 15-30 % oil is flowing over the main relief. Main pump POR will need to be turned back to a

Using the computer from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode – Function Setup Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL. IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged. In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

12.23

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom 29. Set engine speed to 2200 rpm. 30. Reset the main relief to 3800-4000 psi @ 2200 rpm (262-275 Bar @2200 rpm). NOTE: For machines equipped with a high speed winch a secondary POR is used in addition to the main pump POR. This requires a different procedure to set main relief, main pump POR and secondary POR pressures. Refer to PRESSURE SETTINGS SECONDARY POR, MAIN PUMP POR AND STANDBY PRESSURES (HIGH SPEED WINCH ONLY) in SECTION 13 for setting main relief pressure for these machines.

22. Set engine speed to low idle. 23. Make sure that the area is clear. 24. Position grapple off the ground, closed and rotated to center position.

25. With the aid of an assistant, operate the BOOM UP control and hold pressure. 26. BOOM UP pressure reading should be in the relief setting range shown in the chart below @ low idle. 27. Move BOOM DOWN and maintain pressure. (adjust the arch OUT to prevent the grapple from touching the ground) and maintain pressure.

IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

CAUTION: This should NOT raise the rear wheels off the ground.

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

28. BOOM DOWN pressure reading should be in the relief setting range shown in the chart below @ low idle. Control Valve Function

Relief Setting Range bar

psi

Boom UP

265 - 285

3843 - 4143

Boom DOWN

175 - 195

2538 - 2838

33. Enable the Auto RPM function. Using the computer navigate to the ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – ENGINE SETTINGS (F1) – AUTO RPM – change setting to ON. 34. Engage the parking brake.

NOTE: Earlier machines were factory equipped with a 240-260 bar (3480-3780 psi) Boom UP port relief.

12.24

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

12.25

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder GRAPPLE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Grapple, Arch and Boom

Oil is supplied by a variable displacement piston pump (main pump) via the priority valve. The priority valve directs oil to the control valve (winch, arch, dozer, grapple, boom). The control valve is equipped with an inlet relief valve which acts as a main relief. Oil enters the inlet section of the control valve and is allowed to pass through the closed center spool sections to the end section and is prevented from returning to tank by a plugs in the T1, T3 and TP ports. Internal pilot pressure supply is generated by a pressure reducing valve in the end section for use in operating the spool sections. GRAPPLE ROTATE WITH TIGERCAT GRAPPLE A hydraulic grapple rotate motor is mounted in the rotator box on the arch/boom, under a protective removable hood. It is used to rotate the grapple head clockwise or counterclockwise. The tigercat grapple is capable of continuous 360° rotation clockwise or counterclockwise.

The grapple rotate motor is a hydraulic gerotor motor and has an adjustable double acting cross-line relief valve for protection. If external rotational pressure is applied to the head, this valve bypasses the oil to protect the motor and seals. In addition the grapple control rotate valve is equipped with port relief valves to protect the motor and seals. These port reliefs help protect the motor and seals. The grapple rotate motor has a drain line which returns excess hydraulic oil to tank. Return oil is directed through the control valve to the inlet section T2 port where it returns to tank. Refer also to SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for complete electrical schematics and more detailed information about the computer control system. GRAPPLE OPEN/CLOSE

The grapple rotate motor is operated by push buttons on the joystick. When the operator presses a grapple rotate button a signal (DIGITAL IN Grapple Rotate CW or Grapple Rotate CCW) is sent to the computer control system. The computer control system generates a signal (DIGITAL OUT - Grapple Rotate CW or Grapple Rotate CCW ) which is sent out to a solenoid on the grapple rotate section of the control valve activating the GRAPPLE ROTATE CW or CCW function. Each electro-hydraulically controlled spool section has a closed centered 3-position spool with spring centering. When the GRAPPLE ROTATE CW or CCW function is activated electrical current from the computer control system creates a magnetic force proportional to the current supplied within the solenoid. The corresponding solenoid shifts the actuator and allows the spool to be shifted by internal pilot pressure applied to the end of the spool. Shifting the spool directs oil from the pressure gallery to either side of the motor causing it to rotate clockwise/counterclockwise and rotate the grapple. The grapple rotate section of the control valve is equipped with cartridge style anticavitation valves. Two flow control valves (orifice check valves) installed in each line to the grapple rotate motor, reduce the flow of oil and maintain a steady grapple rotate speed. They are located close to the grapple rotate valve ports. The arrow on each of these valves must point towards the valve.

The grapple cylinders are operated by push buttons on the joystick. When the operator presses grapple open or close button a signal (DIGITAL IN - Grapple Open or Grapple Close) is sent to the computer control system. The computer control system generates a signal (DIGITAL OUT Grapple Open or Grapple Close) which is sent out to a solenoid on the grapple open/close section of the control valve activating the GRAPPLE OPEN or CLOSE function. Each electro-hydraulically controlled spool section has a closed centered 3-position spool with spring centering. When the GRAPPLE OPEN or CLOSE function is activated electrical current from the computer control system creates a magnetic force proportional to the current supplied within the solenoid. The corresponding solenoid shifts the actuator and allows the spool to be shifted by internal pilot pressure applied to the end of the spool. Shifting the spool directs oil from the pressure gallery to either end of the cylinders causing the grapple arms to open or close. For machines equipped with Tigercat continuous rotation grapples the oil is directed to the cylinders via a rotary manifold mounted in the rotator box allowing continuous 360° rotation of the grapple. The grapple open/close section of the control valve is equipped with cartridge style relief valves to protect the circuit from over pressurizing. A constant pressure switch on the joystick is used to maintain a constant pressure hold on the grapple load and prevent slipping. When the constant pressure switch is activated it sends an electrical signal (DIGITAL IN - Constant Pressure) to the computer control system. The computer control system generates a signal (DIGITAL OUT -

12.26

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-056X

Grapple, Arch and Boom

GRAPPLE CIRCUIT 12.27

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

Grapple Close) which is sent out to the GRAPPLE CLOSE solenoid on the control valve activating the grapple close function. This will cause a constant pressure to be applied to the closed grapple arms to maintain a firm grip on the load and help prevent slippage. To release the constant pressure to the grapple, press the GRAPPLE OPEN button momentarily. Return oil is directed through the control valve to the inlet section T2 port where it returns to tank. Refer also to SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for complete electrical schematics and more detailed information about the computer control system.

12.28

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder GRAPPLE PRESSURE SETTINGS

Grapple, Arch and Boom GRAPPLE ROTATE HYDRAULIC ADJUSTMENTS 1. Park the machine on level ground.

WARNING

2. Ensure that the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. See HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE in SECTION 8 of THIS MANUAL.

WARNING

3. Lower the grapple and dozer blade to rest firmly on the ground. 4. Lower the grapple and dozer blade to rest firmly on the ground. 5. Engage the parking brake.

Use caution when working on top of the rear chassis, as there are many pinch areas between the arch, arch cylinders and winch. DO NOT move arch when workers are in this area.

6. Turn OFF the engine. 7. Remove the ignition key. 8. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 9. Block wheels.

WARNING Do not work under the arch without properly supporting the arch/grapple assembly. NEVER move the arch/grapple assembly when workers are in this area.

10. Install the articulation lock bar.

GRAPPLE MOTOR TEST PORT

CROSSLINE RELIEF ADJUSTING SCREW

GRAPPLE ROTATE MOTOR 630E-141

DRAIN LINE

GRAPPLE ROTATOR BOX

11. Connect a 0-345 Bar (0-5000 psi) gauge to the test port on the grapple rotate motor. Place the gauge so it can be read at a safe distance from the grapple.

12.29

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

CONNECTORS DRIVE PUMP

E620C-01

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205201-6205240, 6303001-6303050)

18. It is necessary to temporarily disable the Auto RPM function to check pressure readings. Using the computer navigate to the ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – ENGINE SETTINGS (F1) – AUTO RPM – change setting to OFF. Refer to Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information.

DRIVE PUMP

CONNECTORS

19. Make sure that the area is clear. POSITION GRAPPLE ON GROUND TO PREVENT ROTATION

635D-161

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205241-6206200, 6303051-6304000) 12. Prior to performing this procedure disconnect the two connectors on the drive pump. This is a safety precaution to prevent the machine from travelling. 13. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine. 14. Insert the ignition key and turn to the RUN position. 15. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up. 16. Start the engine. 17. Set engine speed to 950 rpm.

620E-136

12.30

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom 23. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK.

POSITION GRAPPLE ON GROUND TO PREVENT ROTATION

Using the computer from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode – Normal. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL. IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged. In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

620E-137

24. Enable the Auto RPM function. Using the computer navigate to the ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – ENGINE SETTINGS (F1) – AUTO RPM – change setting to ON.

20. Position the grapple on the ground to prevent it from rotating. 21. First turn the cross-line port relief adjusting screw OUT until the pressure reading falls well below 1500-1600 psi (100-110 Bar) on the motor test port gauge.

25. Engage the parking brake. 26. Turn OFF the engine.

22. With the aid of an assistant activate the grapple rotate controls in the direction which pressurizes the test gauge. Then turn the adjusting screw IN until pressure rises to 1500-1600 psi (100-110 Bar) (no further) on the motor test port gauge and tighten the locknut.

27. Remove the ignition key. 28. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 29. Remove gauge and reinstall plugs on test ports. 30. Replace the covers.

NOTE: Ensure that this adjustment is made as described above. It is possible to turn the adjusting screw in further than required without affecting the pressure reading on the gauge. Over adjustment of the cross-line relief may cause damage to the grapple rotate motor.

31. Remove articulation lock.

12.31

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

12.32

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

GRAPPLE ROTATE SPEED CHECK

11. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

1. Park the machine on level ground.

12. Insert the ignition key and turn to the RUN position.

2. Ensure that the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. See HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE in SECTION 8 of THIS MANUAL.

13. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

3. Lower the grapple and dozer blade to rest firmly on the ground.

14. Start the engine. 15. Set engine speed to 950 rpm.

4. Engage the parking brake. 5. Turn OFF the engine.

16. Raise grapple off the ground and rotate the grapple.

6. Remove the ignition key.

17. Count the number of rotations in one minute.

7. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

18. The correct grapple rotate speed should be approximately 10 rpm.

8. Block wheels.

19. Turn OFF the engine.

9. Install the articulation lock bar.

20. Remove the ignition key.

CONNECTORS

21. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

DRIVE PUMP

22. Remove gauge and reinstall plugs on test ports. 23. Replace the covers. 24. Remove articulation lock.

E620C-01

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205201-6205240, 6303001-6303050) DRIVE PUMP

CONNECTORS

635D-161

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205241-6206200, 6303051-6304000) 10. Prior to performing this procedure disconnect the two connectors on the drive pump. This is a safety precaution to prevent the machine from travelling.

12.33

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

GRAPPLE OPEN/CLOSE RELIEF CHECK

CONNECTORS

1. Park the machine on level ground.

DRIVE PUMP

E620C-01

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205201-6205240, 6303001-6303050)

9. Install the articulation lock bar. DRIVE PUMP ‘MAIN’ TEST PORT

CONNECTORS

635D-161

E620C-27

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205241-6206200, 6303051-6304000)

‘MAIN’ TEST PORT (RIGHT SIDE ACCESS)

12.34

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

pressure below this jump point in order to accurately set pressures.

MAIN INLET RELIEF

625C-80

CONTROL VALVE MAIN RELIEF

a. Turn the main relief valve (located in control valve inlet) IN all the way until lightly seated.

20. Change the program mode from NORMAL to FUNCTION SETUP and press OK.

STANDBY PRESSURE

In this mode the main pump will always be loaded and the foot pedals will be deactivated. Using the computer from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode – Function Setup Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

POR ADJUSTMENT

E620C-23

MAIN PUMP

b. Set the main pump POR to 4500 psi (310 bar) @high idle.

IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

NOTE: The Engine Torque % reading, on the ENGINE FUNCTIONS (F1 from the main menu) screen, should be monitored while main pump POR is raised. If Engine Torque % readings jump by 15-30 % oil is flowing over the main relief. Main pump POR will need to be turned back to a

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message. 12.35

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

21. It is also necessary to temporarily disable the Auto RPM function to check pressure readings. Using the computer navigate to the ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – ENGINE SETTINGS (F1) – AUTO RPM – change setting to OFF. Refer to Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information. 22. Set engine speed to low idle. 23. Make sure that the area is clear. 24. Position grapple off the ground, closed and rotated to center.

25. With the aid of an assistant, operate the GRAPPLE CLOSE control and hold pressure. 26. GRAPPLE CLOSE pressure reading should be in the relief setting range shown in the chart below @ low idle.

IMPORTANT !

27. With the aid of an assistant, operate the GRAPPLE OPEN control and hold pressure.

When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

28. GRAPPLE OPEN pressure reading should be in the relief setting range shown in the chart below @ low idle. Control Valve Function

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

Relief Setting Range bar

psi

Grapple OPEN

240 - 260

3480 - 3780

Grapple CLOSE

265 - 285

3843 - 4143

29. Set engine speed to 2200 rpm.

12.36

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

37. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 38. Remove gauge and reinstall plugs on test ports. 39. Replace the covers. 40. Remove articulation lock. NOTE: All relief valves are cartridge style, nonadjustable and factory set for each function. Care should be taken to ensure that the proper relief valve cartridge is used for each function to ensure proper operation and avoid damage to the hydraulic circuit components due to pressure spikes.

12.37

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom 1

GREASE FITTING

ADAPTER

BEARING CUP

BEARING CONE

SPACER

ROLLER BEARING

PINION

GEAR

GRAPPLE ROTATE MOTOER

SHIM

SOCKET HEAD BOLT M20

40 22 29 17

19 17

O-RING

PLUG

WASHER

HEX HEAD BOLT 1/2 UNC

ROTARY MANIFOLD

BRACKET

SOCKET HEAD BOLT M10

SPACER

TORQUE PLATE

HEX HEAD BOLT M20

HEX HEAD BOLT 1/2 UNC

GRAPPLE ROTATE SHAFT

BUSHING

COVER

WASHER, 5/8", GR

HEX HEAD BOLT 5/8 UNC

23 3

27 28

9 25

24 13

5 4

6 14

1 31

208.14.31

GRAPPLE ROTATOR 12.38

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder GRAPPLE ROTATOR ASSEMBLY

Grapple, Arch and Boom

Note that this procedure assumes the boom has been removed and the rotator fully disassembled prior to reassembly. 1. Freeze the tapered roller bearing cups for the rotate housing and the bushings for the boom. Use proper safety equipment and procedures if using liquid nitrogen.

4. Install the bronze bushings into the lugs on the boom (if required).

2. Install the bearing cup into the top side of rotate housing.

3. Turn the boom over and install the bearing cup into the bottom of the rotate housing.

5. Install the rotate shaft spacer onto the rotate shaft. Ensure that the spacer is fully contacting the flat face of the rotate shaft. There should be no gap. 6. Using an oven, heat the lower bearing cone uniformly to 320°F. 7. Install the lower bearing cone on the rotate shaft using gloves. 8. Allow bearing to cool. 9. Using clean grease, lubricate and install the O-ring on the rotate shaft. Ensure it seats in groove properly.

12.39

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

12. Install the rotate shaft into the rotate housing.

10. Pack the bearing cone with clean grease using a grease gun needle attachment.

11. With boom upside down, prepare the shaft for installation using a nylon strap and crane.

13. Clamp the rotate shaft in place so that it does not move and turn the boom back over to the right side up position. 12.40

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

14. Using a small paint scraper, gently go around the edge of the rotate shaft where it meets the bottom of the housing. The paint scraper should move freely around the outside without getting caught up on the O-ring. This will ensure that the O-ring is still seated properly in the groove. If the O-ring is not seated properly remove and reinstall the shaft again. Replace the O-ring if necessary.

17. Apply grease to the bottom of the upper bearing cone.

15. Fill the cavity around the rotate shaft with grease up to upper bearing cup.

18. Install the upper bearing cone on the rotate shaft. 19. Pack the bearing cone with clean grease using a grease gun needle attachment.

16. Install the upper roller bearing in the housing. 12.41

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

20. Measure the rotate gear thickness across its thinnest section several times using calipers. Record these numbers and take an average, this value can be referred to as D1 and will be used to calculate the required shim pack thickness. EXAMPLE: Imperial: D1 = (0.730 in+0.725 +0.735) ÷ 3 = 0.730 in Metric: D1 = (18.5 in + 18.4 + 18.6) ÷ 3 = 18.5 mm

22. Install 3 equally spaced M20 bolts ensure that one of the bolts is near the 1/4 in (6.3 mm) through hole on the gear. Torque bolts to 75 lbf-ft (102 N-m). 23. Remove the rotate shaft clamping fixture and turn the shaft 2 revolutions in each direction to seat the bearings. 24. Re-torque the M20 bolts (qty 3) to 75 lbf-ft (102 N-m).

21. Place the rotate gear on top of the shaft. Ensure that the side with the shallow pilot, 3/16 in (4.8 mm) deep, is towards the rotate shaft. 25. Measure the distance from the top face of the gear to the top face of the rotate shaft by placing the depth gauge on the calipers into the 1/4 in (6.3 mm) through hole on the gear, Record this dimension as D2. EXAMPLE: D2= 0.827 in (21.0 mm)

12.42

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

26. Subtract D1 from D2 to obtain the required thickness of the shim pack. EXAMPLE: Imperial: shim pack = D2 - D1 = 0.827 – 0.730 = .097 in Metric: shim pack = D2 - D1 = 21 – 18.5 = 2.5 mm 27. Re-install the rotate shaft clamping fixture. 28. Remove the three M20 bolts and the rotate gear.

32. Install M20 socket head bolts (qty 10) hand tight.

29. Find a combination of appropriate shims to achieve the shim pack dimension calculated above.

33. Torque bolts in a cross-bolt sequence, stepping up all bolts to 100 lbf-ft (136 N-m)

EXAMPLE:

34. Torque bolts in a cross-bolt sequence, to the final value of 350 lbf-ft (475 N-m).

Imperial: 0.040+0.040+0.005+0.005+0.007 = 0.097 in

NOTE: To prevent the shaft from turning during the torque procedure, a bar may be placed in the rotate shaft lug and held in a fixture. Do not insert a bar into the splined lug.

Metric: 1.016+1.016+ 0.127+0.127+0.178 = 2.5 mm

35. Remove the rotate shaft clamping fixture and turn the shaft 2 revolutions in each direction to seat the bearings. 36. Using the machined bore for the rotate pinion bearing as reference, inspect the rotate shaft runout while turning the shaft ensure that the gear spins true.

30. Place the shims onto the rotate shaft.

37. Install M20 hex head bolts (qty 2) and spacers hand tight. 38. Torque bolts stepping to 100 lbf-ft (136 N-m) 39. Torque bolts to the final value of 350 lbf-ft (475 N-m). 31. Place the rotate gear onto the rotate shaft. 12.43

NOTE: To prevent the shaft from turning during the torque procedure, a bar may be placed in the rotate shaft lug and held in a fixture. Do not insert a bar into the splined lug.

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

40. Re-torque the M20 bolts (qty 12) to 350 lbf-ft (475 N-m). 41. The shaft should have no axial play and should rotate without requiring excessive force.

42. Place the torque plate.

45. Install the rotate pinion on the motor assembly and tap the rotate pinion firmly to press fit the roller bearing. GREASE FITTING

43. Install the rotate motor onto the pilot adapter and torque the 1/2" bolts (qty 4) to 80-88 lbf-ft (108-119 N-m).

46. Apply grease to the bottom of the pilot adapter. 47. Install the grease fitting in the rotate pinion. 48. Apply grease to all teeth on both the rotate gear and rotate pinion.

44. Install the lower roller bearing on the motor assembly. 49. Install the motor assembly in the housing with gear teeth meshing. 12.44

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

50. Tap motor firmly to press fit the upper roller bearing. Motor assembly should be firmly seated.

Grapple, Arch and Boom

54. Install grapple hoses to rotary manifold.

51. Apply grease to the top of the pilot adapter. 55. Install the rotary manifold bracket assembly onto the housing feeding the hoses through the rotate shaft, rotating shaft until the manifold aligns with the groove in the rotate shaft.

52. Install the rotary manifold onto the rotary manifold bracket and torque the M10 bolts (qty 4) to 40-44 lbf-ft (54-60 N-m). 53. Install fittings on the rotary manifold.

12.45

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Grapple, Arch and Boom

56. Torque 1/2" bolts (qty 6) to 80-88 lbf-ft (108119 N-m). Note that the four rear bolts require spacers.

57. Install remaining grease fittings, hydraulic fittings, hoses before installing the grapple box cover.

12.46

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SECTION 13 - WINCH CONTENTS - SECTION 13

ISSUE 3.0, JULY 2018

ALLIED WINCH CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION...................................................................................................................... 13.6 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM.............................................................................................................................. 13.7 CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC.................................................................................................... 13.9 WINCH..................................................................................................................................................13.5 WINCH FREESPOOL SOLENOID VALVE........................................................................................... 13.4 CARCO WINCH DRIVE AWAY SOLENOID VALVE...................................................................................................... 13.12 HIGH SPEED (PISTON MOTOR, HP) CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................ 13.18 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM........................................................................................................................ 13.19 CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC.............................................................................................. 13.21 STANDARD (GEAR MOTOR) CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................ 13.14 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM........................................................................................................................ 13.15 CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC.............................................................................................. 13.17 WINCH................................................................................................................................................ 13.11 CONTROL VALVE................................................................................................... SEE ALSO SECTION 12 WINCH SECTION................................................................................................................................. 13.2 MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD................................................................................................................. 13.3 MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD.................................................................................. SEE ALSO SECTION 9 PRESSURE CHECKS WINCH IN...........................................................................................................................................13.22 PRESSURE SETTINGS SECONDARY POR, MAIN PUMP POR AND STANDBY PRESSURES (HIGH SPEED WINCH ONLY)............................................................................................................ 13.26 SECONDARY POR (HIGH SPEED WINCH ONLY)............................................................................... 13.13 WINCH CONTROL LEVER..................................................................................................SEE SECTION 2 WINCH MAINTENANCE - ALLIED.......................................................................................SEE SECTION 3 WINCH MAINTENANCE - CARCO......................................................................................SEE SECTION 3 WINCH SELECT SWITCH...................................................................................................SEE SECTION 2

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder CONTROL VALVE

Winch FRONT

The control valve is located on the rear chassis above the rear axle and under the cover plate.

OIL IN

OIL OUT INLET SECTION

This control valve consists of an inlet section; four, five or six spool sections (depending on machine options chosen); and an end section with integrated pilot supply. For detailed information and an operating description of the control valve refer to CONTROL VALVE in SECTION 12. WINCH SECTION The winch spool section is equipped with a pressure relief cartridge on the A side and a plug on the B side. All relief valves are cartridge style, factory set for each function and nonadjustable.

WINCH

OUT

ARCH

DOZER

OPEN

Spool limiting set screws are factory set for all spool sections. The factory setting for the winch section spool stops is 10mm from the end of the screw to the tightened jam nut. Refer also to CONTROL VALVE in SECTION 12.

IN DOWN

A GRAPPLE B

ROTATE

CCW

BOOM

DOWN

END SECTION

*NOTE: On earlier machines there are several variations of the control valve in use, depending on whether the machine has a single or dual function arch and whether a winch is included.

620C-27

A dual function arch and a winch will both add a spool section to the grapple control valve, making it either a five or six spool section valve.

CONTROL VALVE (dual function arch)

On later machines control valves are standardized.

MAIN VALVE FUNCTIONS 32849AUNI R0

13.2

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD

Winch SECONDARY PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE 'PRA'

The multifunction manifold controls the winch freespool, rear differential lock, front differential lock, parking brake and variable pitch fan (if equipped) functions.

PRESSURE RELIEF VAVLE 'RV1'

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE 'PR1'

Section A is controlled by a solenoid operated pilot valve and contains a secondary pressure reducing valve which further reduces the pressure of the pilot oil supplied for the winch freespool function when activated.

630E-031

MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD

MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

630E-030

13.3

MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder WINCH FREESPOOL SOLENOID VALVE (ALLIED WINCH)

620E-029

WINCH FREESPOOL SOLENOID

Machines equipped with an Allied winch and earlier design multifunction manifold require a separate winch freespool solenoid to operate the winch freespool function, mounted near the multifunction manifold. The winch freespool solenoid valve is a 4 way, 2 position, direct-acting, spool-type solenoid valve. The winch freespool solenoid valve is supplied via port A of the multifunction manifold via an internal secondary pressure reducing valve.

13.4

Winch

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder ALLIED WINCH

Winch

The winch is driven by a hydraulic motor through the sprag clutch and winch drive components. The pinion sprag holds the load in conjunction with the free spool clutch to prevent reverse rotation of the drum. The free spool clutch separates the drum from other drive components and permits the cable to unwind freely. The winch is controlled through the winch select switch and the winch control lever. The winch select switch is used to activate/deactivate the winch control lever and to activate the winch freespool function. The winch control lever when activate is used to wind in the winch. Refer to CAB CONTROLS – WINCH CONTROL LEVER , CAB CONTROLS – WINCH SELECT SWITCH in SECTION 2.

610C-41

ALLIED WINCH

Refer also to OPERATING MACHINE – OPERATING WINCH and SKIDDING – CABLE SKIDDING in SECTION 2. Refer to WINCH MAINTENANCE - ALLIED in SECTION 3. Refer to manufacturer's service manual for more information about the winch.

DRIVE MOTOR FREE SPOOL CLUTCH DRUM

SPRAG CLUTCH

RING GEAR AND PINION 630C-232

CROSS SECTION OF WINCH (ALLIED) 13.5

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION - ALLIED WINCH Oil is supplied to the winch hydraulic system by a variable displacement piston pump (main pump) via the priority valve. The priority valve directs oil to the control valve (winch, arch, dozer, grapple, boom). The control valve is equipped with an inlet relief valve which acts as a main relief. Oil enters the inlet section of the control valve and is allowed to pass through the closed center spool sections to the end section. Each electrohydraulically controlled spool section has a closed centered 3-position spool with spring centering. Oil is prevented from returning to tank by plugs in the T1, T3 and TP ports. Internal pilot pressure supply, which is used to operate the spool sections, is generated by a pressure reducing valve located at the end section of the control valve. A hydraulic winch motor is used to drive the winch during the winding IN of the cable. The hydraulic winch motor receives oil from the main pump via the winch spool section in the control valve. When winch select switch is placed in the I (ON) position the winch lever is activated. When the the operator pulls the winch control lever back a signal (VOLTAGE IN - Winch Lever) is sent to the computer control system. The computer control system generates a signal (DIGITAL OUT - Winch In) which is sent to the winch in solenoid on the winch section of the control valve activating the WINCH IN function.

Winch When winch select switch is placed in the O (OFF) position the winch lever is de-activated to prevent accidental operation of the winch. Oil is supplied to the multifunction manifold from the main pump. The multifunction manifold is equipped with a pressure reducing valve and pressure relief valve which provide pilot oil to all functions. Winch freespool is controlled by the winch select switch. When the winch select switch is placed in the (FREESPOOL) a signal (DIGITAL IN Winch Freespool) is sent to the computer control system. The computer control system displays the Winch Freespool On icon and generates a signal (DIGITAL OUT - Winch Freespool) which is sent to the winch freespool solenoid valve. The winch freespool solenoid valve is supplied via port A of the multifunction manifold via an internal secondary pressure reducing valve. The pilot signal from the winch freespool solenoid valve releases the freespool clutch, allowing the cable to unwind freely. Refer also to SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for complete electrical schematics and more detailed information about the computer control system.

When the WINCH IN function is activated, an electrical current from the computer control system creates a magnetic force proportional to the current supplied within the solenoid. The corresponding solenoid shifts the actuator and allows the spool to be shifted by internal pilot pressure applied to the end of the spool. Shifting the spool directs oil from the main pump to the winch motor. Return oil is directed through the control valve to the inlet section T2 port where it returns to tank. The winch section of the control valve is equipped with a cartridge style relief valve on the A side to protect the winch circuit from over pressurizing.

13.6

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-060X

Winch

WINCH CIRCUIT - ALLIED WINCH 13.7

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Winch

13.8

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-062XX

Winch

WINCH HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC - ALLIED WINCH 13.9

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Winch

13.10

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder CARCO WINCH

Winch

OIL LEVEL SIGHT GAUGE DYNAMIC BRAKE CLUTCH

WINCH FREESPOOL WINCH FREESPOOL TANK

DRAIN PLUG

630E-181

620E-093

CARCO STANDARD WINCH (GEAR MOTOR)

WARNING

The standard Carco winch is equipped with a gear motor.

630E-181

CARCO HIGH SPEED WINCH (PISTON MOTOR, HP)

The high speed Carco winch is equipped with a piston motor. The winch is controlled through the winch select switch and the winch control lever. The winch select switch is used to activate/deactivate the winch control lever and to activate the winch freespool function. The winch control lever when activate is used to wind in the winch. The Carco winch functions differently than other winches operators may be familiar with. The following are notes for Carco winch operators to remember: •

Do not use freespool (mechanical jaw clutch) to drop a suspended load or if there is tension on the cable

•

Use drive away (dynamic brake clutch) to lower a load, drive away from a load, to

•

After using freespool or drive away allow the clutches to fully re-engage before winching in. This is especially important when the oil is cold.

•

Use freespool only when pulling cable off the winch by hand

•

Both drive away and freespool clutches are spring applied hydraulic release

•

Read the operator's manual for complete winch operating instructions.

Refer to CAB CONTROLS – WINCH CONTROL LEVER , CAB CONTROLS – WINCH SELECT SWITCH in SECTION 2. Refer also to OPERATING MACHINE – OPERATING WINCH and SKIDDING – CABLE SKIDDING in SECTION 2. Refer to WINCH MAINTENANCE - CARCO in SECTION 3. Refer to manufacturer's service manual for more information about the winch.

13.11

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder DRIVE AWAY SOLENOID VALVE

Winch

(CARCO WINCH)

Machines equipped with a Carco winch and earlier design multifunction manifold require a driveaway solenoid valve to operate the dynamic brake release function for dropping a load on the fly or drive away from a load with slight tension on the cable.

DRIVE AWAY ADJUSTMENT

The driveaway solenoid valve is a 4 way, 2 position, direct-acting, spool-type solenoid valve. The driveaway solenoid valve is supplied by the multifunction manifold via a separate pressure reducing valve for pressure adjustment (if equipped).

630E-084

WITH SPACERS

630E-169

LATER WINCH (WITH SPACERS)

NOTE: Later high speed Carco winches (with spacers) installed on machines equipped with the earlier design multifunction manifold do not require the use of a pressure reducing valve.

13.12

MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SECONDARY POR (HIGH SPEED WINCH ONLY)

Winch

SECONDARY POR PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

SECONDARY POR SOLENOID VALVE

66869B-2

SECONDARY POR

NOTE: Machines equipped with a high speed winch are also equipped with an external secondary POR solenoid valve and pressure reducing valve in addition to the main pump POR. This allows the main pump POR to operate with a higher POR setting (main pump POR) for the high speed winch function and a lower POR setting (secondary POR) setting for other functions. The secondary POR consists of a 4 way, 2 position, direct-acting, spool-type solenoid valve and an adjustable pressure reducing relieving valve for adjustment. On machines equipped with an earlier design multifunction manifold the solenoid valve and pressure reducing valve are separate valves mounted on a bracket near the multifunction manifold. Refer to PRESSURE SETTINGS SECONDARY POR, MAIN PUMP POR AND STANDBY PRESSURES (HIGH SPEED WINCH ONLY) in THIS SECTION.

13.13

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION - CARCO WINCH STANDARD

Winch pressure relief valve which provide pilot oil to all functions.

Oil is supplied to the winch hydraulic system by a variable displacement piston pump (main pump) via the priority valve. The priority valve directs oil to the control valve (winch, arch, dozer, grapple, boom). The control valve is equipped with an inlet relief valve which acts as a main relief. Oil enters the inlet section of the control valve and is allowed to pass through the closed centre spool sections to the end section. Each electrohydraulically controlled spool section has a closed centred 3-position spool with spring centring. Oil is prevented from returning to tank by plugs in the T1, T3 and TP ports. Internal pilot pressure supply, which is used to operate the spool sections, is generated by a pressure reducing valve located at the end section of the control valve.

Winch freespool is controlled by the winch select switch. When the winch select switch is placed in the (FREESPOOL) position a signal (DIGITAL IN - Winch Freespool) is sent to the computer control system. The computer control system illuminates the Winch Freespool On icon and generates a signal (DIGITAL OUT - Winch Freespool) which is sent to the winch freespool solenoid on the multifunction manifold. The pilot signal from the multifunction manifold releases the freespool clutch, allowing the cable to unwind freely. The freespool function is intended for use in pulling the cable by hand only and must not be used when the cable is loaded. Improper use of the freespool function will result in damage to the winch.

WARNING

A hydraulic winch motor is used to drive the winch during the winding IN of the cable. The hydraulic winch motor receives oil from the main pump via the winch spool section in the control valve.

When the winch select switch is placed in the I (ON) position the winch lever is activated and the computer control system illuminates the winch icon . When the operator pulls the winch control lever back a signal (VOLTAGE IN - Winch Lever) is sent to the computer control system. The computer control system generates a signal (CURRENT OUT - Winch In) which is sent to the winch in solenoid on the winch section of the control valve activating the WINCH IN function. When the WINCH IN function is activated, an electrical current from the computer control system creates a magnetic force proportional to the current supplied within the solenoid. The corresponding solenoid shifts the actuator and allows the spool to be shifted by internal pilot pressure applied to the end of the spool. Shifting the spool directs oil from the main pump to the winch motor. Return oil is directed through the control valve to the inlet section T2 port where it returns to tank. The winch section of the control valve is equipped with a cartridge style relief valve on the A side to protect the winch circuit from over pressurizing. When the winch select switch is placed in the O (OFF) position the winch lever is de-activated to prevent accidental operation of the winch. Oil is supplied to the multifunction manifold from the main pump. The multifunction manifold is equipped with a pressure reducing valve and

When the winch select switch is placed in the I (ON) position the winch lever is activated and the computer control system illuminates the winch icon . When the operator pushes and holds the winch control lever FORWARD to release the dynamic brake a signal (VOLTAGE IN - Winch Lever) is sent to the computer control system. The computer control system generates a signal (DIGITAL OUT - Winch Drag Brake) which is sent to the winch drive away solenoid valve. The winch driveaway solenoid valve is supplied by the multifunction manifold via a separate pressure reducing valve. The pilot signal from the driveaway solenoid valve releases the dynamic brake for dropping a load on the fly or drive away from a load with slight tension on the cable. Refer also to SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for complete electrical schematics and more detailed information about the computer control system.

13.14

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-080X

Winch

WINCH CIRCUIT - CARCO STANDARD WINCH 13.15

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Winch

13.16

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-063X

Winch

WINCH HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC CARCO STANDARD WINCH 13.17

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION - CARCO WINCH HIGH SPEED (PISTON MOTOR, HP WINCH)

Winch

Oil is supplied to the winch hydraulic system by a variable displacement piston pump (main pump) via the priority valve. Machines equipped with a high speed winch are also equipped with an external secondary POR solenoid valve and pressure reducing valve in addition to the main pump POR. This allows the main pump POR to operate with a higher POR setting (main pump POR) for the high speed winch function and a lower POR setting (secondary POR) setting for other functions. The priority valve directs oil from the main pump to the control valve (winch, arch, dozer, grapple, boom). The control valve is equipped with an inlet relief valve which acts as a main relief. Oil enters the inlet section of the control valve and is allowed to pass through the closed centre spool sections to the end section. Each electrohydraulically controlled spool section has a closed centred 3-position spool with spring centring. Oil is prevented from returning to tank by plugs in the T1, T3 and TP ports. Internal pilot pressure supply, which is used to operate the spool sections, is generated by a pressure reducing valve located at the end section of the control valve. A hydraulic winch motor is used to drive the winch during the winding IN of the cable. The hydraulic winch motor receives oil from the main pump via the winch spool section in the control valve. When the winch select switch is placed in the I (ON) position the winch lever is activated and the computer control system illuminates the winch icon . When the operator pulls the winch control lever back a signal (VOLTAGE IN - Winch Lever) is sent to the computer control system. The computer control system generates two signals; (DIGITAL OUT - Secondary POR) which energizes the external secondary POR solenoid allowing the higher main pump POR setting to supply the control valve and (CURRENT OUT - Winch In) which is sent to the winch in solenoid on the winch section of the control valve activating the WINCH IN function. When the WINCH IN function is activated, an electrical current from the computer control system creates a magnetic force proportional to the current supplied within the solenoid. The corresponding solenoid shifts the actuator and allows the spool to be shifted by internal pilot

pressure applied to the end of the spool. Shifting the spool directs oil from the main pump to the winch motor. Return oil is directed through the control valve to the inlet section T2 port where it returns to tank. The winch section of the control valve is equipped with a cartridge style relief valve on the A side to protect the winch circuit from over pressurizing. When the winch lever is released the secondary POR solenoid de-energizes and the lower secondary POR setting resumes supplying the control valve. When the winch select switch is placed in the O (OFF) position the winch lever is de-activated to prevent accidental operation of the winch. Oil is supplied to the multifunction manifold from the main pump. The multifunction manifold is equipped with a pressure reducing valve and pressure relief valve which provide pilot oil to all functions. Winch freespool is controlled by the winch select switch. When the winch select switch is placed in the (FREESPOOL) position a signal (DIGITAL IN - Winch Freespool) is sent to the computer control system. The computer control system illuminates the Winch Freespool On icon and generates a signal (DIGITAL OUT - Winch Freespool) which is sent to the winch freespool solenoid on the multifunction manifold. The pilot signal from the multifunction manifold releases the freespool clutch, allowing the cable to unwind freely. The freespool function is intended for use in pulling the cable by hand only and must not be used when the cable is loaded. Improper use of the freespool function will result in damage to the winch.

WARNING When operating Carco winches the load MUST be removed from the cable before placing the winch control in the freespool position to avoid damage to the winch which could cause a safety hazard. Attempting to engage or disengage the freespool function with a load on the cable will cause damage to clutch halves, piston, final planetary gearing and/or output shaft. Damage to freespool components can cause a sudden loss of load control which could result in death or serious injury. When the winch select switch is placed in the I (ON) position the winch lever is activated and the computer control system illuminates the winch

13.18

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-081X

Winch

WINCH CIRCUIT - CARCO HIGH SPEED WINCH 13.19

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Winch

icon . When the operator pushes and holds the winch control lever FORWARD to release the dynamic brake a signal (VOLTAGE IN - Winch Lever) is sent to the computer control system. The computer control system generates a signal (DIGITAL OUT - Winch Drag Brake) which is sent to the winch drive away solenoid valve. The winch driveaway solenoid valve is supplied by the multifunction manifold via a separate pressure reducing valve. The pilot signal from the driveaway solenoid valve releases the dynamic brake for dropping a load on the fly or drive away from a load with slight tension on the cable. Refer also to SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for complete electrical schematics and more detailed information about the computer control system.

13.20

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-064X

Winch

WINCH HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC CARCO HIGH SPEED WINCH 13.21

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder WINCH PRESSURE

Winch WINCH IN RELIEF PRESSURE CHECK (STANDARD WINCH ONLY)

WARNING

NOTE: For high speed winch pressure relief cartridges is not possible to check relief pressure using this procedure due to the much higher pressure setting of these cartridges.

Do not stand above or below the arch, boom or grapple assembly, or between the arch/ boom and rear chassis during this procedure.

This procedure is for standard winches only.

Before performing work on the arch/boom assembly, lower it to the ground and/or use proper support devices.

1. Park the machine on level ground. 2. Ensure that the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. See HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE in SECTION 8 of THIS MANUAL.

WARNING Use caution when working on top of the rear chassis, as there are many pinch areas between the arch, arch cylinders boom, boom cylinders and winch. DO NOT move arch or boom when workers are in this area.

3. Lower the grapple and dozer blade to rest firmly on the ground. 4. Engage the parking brake. 5. Turn OFF the engine. 6. Remove the ignition key.

WARNING

7. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

Do not work under the arch or boom without properly supporting the arch/grapple assembly. NEVER move the arch/grapple assembly when workers are in this area.

8. Block wheels. 9. Install the articulation lock bar.

10. Ensure all pressure has been relieved from the system. Refer to PARKING THE MACHINE in SECTION 1. 11. To properly set check the winch relief pressure it is necessary to temporarily disconnect the main hoses from the winch section of the grapple control valve. Cap the ports on the winch section and plug the hose ends.

13.22

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Winch 14. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch. 15. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

‘MAIN’ TEST PORT

16. Insert the ignition key and turn to the RUN position. 17. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up. 18. Start the engine. 19. Set engine speed to 2200 rpm.

‘MAIN’ TEST PORT (RIGHT SIDE ACCESS)

E620C-27

12. Connect a 0-345 bar (0-5000 psi) gauge to the ‘MAIN’ test port. All pressure readings for this procedure will be read from the 'MAIN' test port. CONNECTORS DRIVE PUMP

20. Disengage parking brake. This deactivates the main pump unloading valve. The main pump must be fully loaded to set main pump POR and accurately check function pressure readings. 21. It is necessary to temporarily increase the pressure of the main pump to 4500psi (310 bar) @high idle. SHOWN WITH HOSES REMOVED FOR CLARITY

MAIN INLET RELIEF

E620C-01

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205201-6205240, 6303001-6303050)

625C-80

CONTROL VALVE MAIN RELIEF

a. Turn the main relief valve (located in control valve inlet) IN all the way until lightly seated.

DRIVE PUMP

CONNECTORS

635D-161

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205241-6206200, 6303051-6304000) 13. Prior to performing this procedure disconnect the two connectors on the drive pump. This is a safety precaution to prevent the machine from travelling.

13.23

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Winch

SOLENOID, INTEGRATED MAIN PUMP UNLOADING VALVE

STANDBY PRESSURE

POR ADJUSTMENT

E620C-23

MAIN PUMP

22. Change the program mode from NORMAL to FUNCTION SETUP and press OK. In this mode the main pump will always be loaded and the foot pedals will be deactivated. Using the computer from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode – Function Setup Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL. IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged. In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

23. It is also necessary to temporarily disable the Auto RPM function to check pressure readings. Using the computer navigate to the ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – ENGINE 13.24

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Winch

SETTINGS (F1) – AUTO RPM – change setting to OFF. Refer to Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information.

42. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK. Using the computer from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode – Normal. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL.

24. Set engine speed to low idle. 25. Make sure that the area is clear. 26. With the aid of an assistant, operate the WINCH IN control and hold pressure.

IMPORTANT !

27. WINCH IN pressure reading should be in the relief setting range shown in the chart below @ low idle. Control Valve Function Winch IN (Standard)

When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

Relief Setting Range A

bar

psi

210 - 230

3045 - 3345

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

28. Engage the parking brake.

43. Enable the Auto RPM function. Using the computer navigate to the ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – ENGINE SETTINGS (F1) – AUTO RPM – change setting to ON.

29. Turn OFF the engine. 30. Remove the ignition key. 31. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 32. Ensure all pressure has been relieved from the system. Refer to PARKING THE MACHINE in SECTION 1. 33. Reconnect main hoses to the winch section of the main control valve. 34. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

44. Engage the parking brake. 45. Turn OFF the engine. 46. Remove the ignition key. 47. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 48. Remove gauge and reinstall plugs on test ports.

35. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

49. Replace the covers.

36. Insert the ignition key and turn to the RUN position.

NOTE: All relief valves are cartridge style, nonadjustable and factory set for each function. Care should be taken to ensure that the proper relief valve cartridge is used for each function to ensure proper operation and avoid damage to the hydraulic circuit components due to pressure spikes.

37. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up. 38. Start the engine. 39. Set engine speed to 2200 rpm.

50. Remove articulation lock.

40. Reset the main relief to 3800-4000 psi @ 2200 rpm (262-275 Bar @2200 rpm). 41. Reset the main pump POR to 3500-3600 psi (241-248 bar) @ 2200 rpm.

13.25

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder PRESSURE SETTINGS SECONDARY POR, MAIN PUMP POR AND STANDBY PRESSURES (HIGH SPEED WINCH ONLY)

Winch

NOTE: Machines not equipped with a high speed winch are not equipped with a secondary POR. Refer PRESSURE SETTINGS MAIN PUMP POR AND STANDBY PRESSURES in SECTION 9 for details and correct procedure for machines not equipped with a high speed winch.

SOLENOID, INTEGRATED MAIN PUMP UNLOADING VALVE

STANDBY PRESSURE

POR ADJUSTMENT

IMPORTANT ! Avoid blowing oil over the relief for longer than 5 seconds, as this will cause excessive heating of the hydraulic fluid and possible damage to hydraulic components.

MAIN PUMP

E620C-23

12. Connect a 0-690 bar (0-10000 psi) gauge to the ‘MAIN’ test port. All pressure readings for this procedure will be read from the ‘MAIN’ test port.

1. Park the machine on level ground. 2. Ensure that the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. See HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE in SECTION 8 of THIS MANUAL.

DRIVE PUMP

3. Lower the grapple and dozer blade to rest firmly on the ground. 4. Engage the parking brake. 5. Turn OFF the engine. 6. Remove the ignition key. 7. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

CONNECTORS

8. Block wheels. 9. Install the articulation lock bar. 10. Ensure all pressure has been relieved from the system. Refer to PARKING THE MACHINE in SECTION 1. TO SECONDARY POR VALVE

620E-032

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE

13. Prior to performing this procedure disconnect the two connectors on the drive pump. This is a safety precaution to prevent the machine from travelling. 14. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch. 15. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

66869B-1

11. To properly set the main pump POR it is necessary to temporarily disconnect the hose which connects the main pump controller to the secondary POR valve at the main pump controller. Plug both ends (hose and controller connector). 13.26

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Winch

16. Insert the ignition key and turn to the RUN position. 17. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up. 18. Start the engine. 19. Set engine speed to 2200 rpm. 20. Disengage the parking brake. This deactivates the main pump unloading valve. The main pump must be fully loaded to correctly set the main pump POR. 21. It is necessary to temporarily increase the pressure of the main pump to 5075psi (350 bar) @high idle. pressure below this jump point in order to accurately set pressures.

MAIN INLET RELIEF

22. Gradually turn the main relief valve (located in control valve inlet ) out until the pressure gauge starts to drop, this is the set point. Set the main pressure relief to 5050 psi, this is the final setting. 630E-140

CONTROL VALVE MAIN RELIEF

a. Turn the main relief valve (located in control valve inlet) IN all the way until lightly seated.

23. Set the main pump POR to 4500-4600 psi (310-317 bar) @ 2200 rpm. 24. Engage the parking brake. 25. Turn OFF the engine. 26. Remove the ignition key. 27. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 28. Ensure all pressure has been relieved from the system. Refer to PARKING THE MACHINE in SECTION 1.

SOLENOID, INTEGRATED MAIN PUMP UNLOADING VALVE

STANDBY PRESSURE

POR ADJUSTMENT

E620C-23

MAIN PUMP

b. Set the main pump POR to 5075psi (350 bar) @high idle NOTE: The Engine Torque % reading, on the ENGINE FUNCTIONS (F1 from the main menu) screen, should be monitored while main pump POR is raised. If Engine Torque % readings jump by 15-30 % oil is flowing over the main relief. Main pump POR will need to be turned back to a

29. Reconnect the hose from secondary POR to the main pump controller. 30. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch. 31. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine. 32. Insert the ignition key and turn to the RUN position. 33. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up. 34. Start the engine. 35. Set engine speed to 2200 rpm. 36. Disengage the parking brake. This deactivates the main pump unloading valve. The main pump must be fully loaded to correctly set the main pump POR.

13.27

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Winch 41. Turn OFF the engine.

SECONDARY POR ADJUSTMENT

42. Remove the ignition key. 43. Reconnect two connectors on drive pump 44. Remove gauge and cap test port. 45. Replace the covers. 46. Remove articulation lock.

SECONDARY POR 66869B-2 37. Set the secondary POR to 3500-3600 psi (241-248 bar) @ 2200 rpm. 38. Set engine speed to 950 rpm.

39. Engage the parking brake to activate the main pump unloading valve. The main pump must be unloaded to correctly set the main pump standby pressure.

SOLENOID, INTEGRATED MAIN PUMP UNLOADING VALVE

STANDBY PRESSURE

POR ADJUSTMENT

E620C-23

MAIN PUMP

40. Set the standby pressure to 200-250 (14-17 Bar) psi @ 950 rpm.

13.28

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder CARCO WINCH SETUP

Winch

1. Park the machine on level ground. 2. Ensure that the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. See HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE in SECTION 8 of THIS MANUAL.

DRIVE AWAY ADJUSTMENT

3. Lower the grapple and dozer blade to rest firmly on the ground. 4. Engage the parking brake. 5. Turn OFF the engine. 6. Remove the ignition key. 7. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 8. Block wheels. 9. Install the articulation lock bar. TENSION CONTROL BOLT

JAM NUT

630E-084

MULTIFUNCTION MANIFOLD

12. Connect two 0-70 bar (0-1000 psi) gauge to test port GA (freespool) on the multifunction manifold and to the drive away test port on the drive away solenoid valve. 13. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch. 14. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

620E-095

ADJUST THE WINCH FREESPOOL TENSION

10. Adjust winch freespool tension to free the drum. • Loosen the jam nut. • Loosen the tension control bolt to decrease tension.

15. Insert the ignition key and turn to the RUN position. 16. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up. 17. Start the engine. 18. Set engine speed to low idle. 19. Disengage the parking brake.

11. Check to ensure the winch drum can rotated clockwise (viewing the drum from motor side). This motion makes the jaw clutch teeth go over the back slope of the teeth and creates a clicking noise. Jaw clutch with back slope teeth acts like ratchet and can be rotated by hand clockwise. NOTE: The clockwise direction should not be confused with the counterclockwise which will be mentioned later in these instructions.

13.29

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Winch 28. Place the winch select switch in the I (ON) position. Push and hold the winch control lever FORWARD to release the dynamic brake for dropping a load on the fly or drive away from a load with slight tension on the cable. 29. With the aid of an assistant verify that the test port GA (freespool) gauge reading is 0 psi (0 bar) and the drive away test port gauge reading is 415-425 psi (28.6-29.3 bar). 30. With the aid of an assistant verify that the drum can be rotated with some restriction counterclockwise (viewing the drum from motor side) by hand.

WITHOUT SPACERS

630E-169

31. When the winch control lever is released to centre the drive away pressure gauge reading should drop to 0 psi (0 bar). 32. Tighten the tension control bolt to stop the loose motion of the drum when rotating the drum with hands. Tighten the jam nut.

EARLIER WINCH (WITHOUT SPACERS)

NOTE: This may need to be readjusted in following steps when reading the line pull resistance with nylon rope.

EARLIER WINCH (WITHOUT SPACERS) 20. If setting up a later winch (with spacers) proceed next step 35.

33. Proceed to step 47.

21. Place the winch select switch in the (FREESPOOL) position. This will energize both valves. 22. The test port GA (freespool) gauge reading should be 610-630 psi (42-43 bar). There is no pressure adjustment. 23. For earlier winch the drive away test port gauge reading should be 415-425 psi (28.629.3 bar). 24. If required, adjust drive away pressure reducing valve to get a reading of 415-425 psi (28.6-29.3 bar) with the aid of an assistant. 25. Verify the pressure setting by repositioning the winch switch from O (OFF) position to the (FREESPOOL) a few times. 26. Place the winch select switch in the (FREESPOOL) position. 27. With the aid of an assistant verify that the drum can be freely rotated counterclockwise (viewing the drum from motor side) by hand.

13.30

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Winch 41. Place the winch select switch in the I (ON) position. Push and hold the winch control lever FORWARD to release the dynamic brake for dropping a load on the fly or drive away from a load with slight tension on the cable. 42. With the aid of an assistant verify that the test port GA (freespool) gauge reading is 0 psi (0 bar) and the test port GB (drive away) gauge reading is be 415-425 psi (28.6-29.3 bar) for standard winch or 610-630 psi (42-43 bar) for high speed winch.

WITH SPACERS

43. With the aid of an assistant verify that the drum can be rotated with some restriction counterclockwise (viewing the drum from motor side) by hand.

630E-169

44. When the winch control lever is released to centre the drive away pressure gauge reading should drop to 0 psi (0 bar).

LATER WINCH (WITH SPACERS)

45. Tighten the tension control bolt to stop the loose motion of the drum when rotating the drum with hands. Tighten the jam nut.

LATER WINCH (WITH SPACERS) 34. Place the winch select switch in the (FREESPOOL) position. This will energize both valves. 35. The test port GA (freespool) gauge reading should be 610-630 psi (42-43 bar). There is no pressure adjustment.

NOTE: This may need to be readjusted in following steps when reading the line pull resistance with nylon rope. 46. Proceed to step 47.

36. For standard winch (equipped with a drive away pressure reducing valve) drive away test port gauge reading should be 415-425 psi (28.6-29.3 bar). If required adjust drive away pressure reducing valve to get a reading of 415-425 psi (28.6-29.3 bar). 37. For high speed winch (without a drive away pressure reducing valve) the drive away test port gauge reading should be 610-630 psi (4243 bar). There is no pressure adjustment. 38. Verify the pressure setting by repositioning the winch switch from O (OFF) position to the (FREESPOOL) a few times. 39. Place the winch select switch in the (FREESPOOL) position. 40. With the aid of an assistant verify that the drum can be freely rotated counterclockwise (viewing the drum from motor side) by hand.

13.31

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Winch

CHECK WINCH ROTATION SPEED

64. Turn OFF the engine.

47. Set engine speed to high idle.

65. Remove the ignition key.

48. Close cab doors.

66. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch

49. Place the winch select switch in the I (ON) position. Pull and hold the winch control lever BACK to wind in the winch cable .

67. Remove the articulation lock bar.

50. Verify drum rotation speed clockwise (looking at drum from motor side): Carco standard winch: 21-23 rpm Carco high speed winch: 61-63 rpm 51. Turn OFF the engine. 52. Remove the ignition key. 53. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch WINCH FREESPOOL TENSION ADJUSTMENT

54. Connect a fish scale with nylon rope for tension adjustment. 55. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch. 56. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine. 57. Insert the ignition key and turn to the RUN position. 58. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up. 59. Start the engine. 60. Set engine speed to low idle. 61. Disengage the parking brake. 62. Place the winch select switch in the (FREESPOOL) position. 63. Use the fish scale with nylon rope and adjust the winch freespool tension to maintain the line pull resistance of 22-25 lbs (10-11.3 kg) . • Loosen the jam nut. • Tighten the tension control bolt to increase the tension and/or loosen it to decrease it. • Tighten the jam nut. 13.32

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder SECTION 14 - DOZER BLADE CONTENTS - SECTION 14

ISSUE 3.0 JULY 2018

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION......................................................................................................................... 14.6 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM................................................................................................................................. 14.7 CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC....................................................................................................... 14.5 CONTROL VALVE.................................................................................................................................... 14.3 DOZER BLADE CONTROL LEVER......................................................................................................... 14.4 PRESSURE CHECKS DOZER UP/DOWN RELIEFS............................................................................................................... 14.8

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Dozer blade

14.2

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder CONTROL VALVE

Dozer blade FRONT

The control valve is located on the rear chassis above the rear axle and under the cover plate.

OIL IN

OIL OUT INLET SECTION

This control valve consists of an inlet section; four, five or six spool sections (depending on machine options chosen); and an end section with integrated pilot supply. For detailed information and an operating description of the control valve refer to CONTROL VALVE in SECTION 12. DOZER SECTION Pressure relief ports in the dozer spool section are equipped with pressure relief cartridges on both the A and B sides. All relief valves are cartridge style, factory set for each function and nonadjustable.

WINCH

OUT

ARCH

DOZER

OPEN

Spool limiting set screws are factory set for all spool sections. The factory setting for the dozer section spool stop is 5 mm (0.2 in) from the end of the screw to the tightened jam nut. (Decreasing spool stop setting slows down dozer blade movement.) Refer also to CONTROL VALVE in SECTION 12.

IN DOWN

A GRAPPLE B

ROTATE

CCW

BOOM

DOWN

END SECTION

620C-27

*NOTE: On earlier machines there are several variations of the control valve in use, depending on whether the machine has a single or dual function arch and whether a winch is included.

CONTROL VALVE (dual function arch)

A dual function arch and a winch will both add a spool section to the grapple control valve, making it either a five or six spool section valve. On later machines control valves are standardized.

MAIN VALVE FUNCTIONS 32849AUNI R0

14.3

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder LOCATED TO THE RIGHT OF THE JOYSTICK ON THE RIGHT ARM REST

Dozer blade DOZER BLADE CONTROL LEVER Pull the lever BACK to RAISE

the dozer blade.

Push the lever FORWARD to LOWER dozer blade.

the

The control lever will return to the center neutral position when the handle is released. NOTE: Always travel with the dozer blade in the raised position to avoid obstacles.

CAUTION Never use the dozer blade to remove tree stumps or large boulders. E625C-12

DOZER BLADE CONTROL LEVER

WARNING When leaving the cab, always lower the dozer to the ground, engage the parking brake and turn the ignition switch off. If leaving the Skidder unattended, also remove the ignition key and switch the battery disconnect switch to the OFF position .

14.4

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-066XX

Dozer blade

DOZER HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 14.5

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder DOZER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Dozer blade

Oil is supplied to the dozer hydraulic system by a variable displacement piston pump (main pump) via the priority valve. The priority valve directs oil to the control valve (winch, arch, dozer, grapple, boom). The control valve is equipped with an inlet relief valve which acts as a main relief. Oil enters the inlet section of the control valve and is allowed to pass through the closed center spool sections to the end section. Each electrohydraulically controlled spool section has a closed centered 3-position spool with spring centering. Oil is prevented from returning to tank by plugs in the T1, T3 and TP ports. Internal pilot pressure supply, which is used to operate the spool sections, is generated by a pressure reducing valve located at the end section of the control valve. Two cylinders are used to move the dozer blade UP or DOWN. The dozer circuit receives hydraulic oil from the main pump. When dozer function is not in use there is no oil flow through the dozer valve section and the pressure compensated main piston pump destrokes. When the operator moves the dozer control lever forward or back a signal (VOLTAGE IN - Dozer Lever) is sent to the computer control system. The computer control system generates a signal (CURRENT OUT – Dozer Up-/Dn+) which is sent out to the a solenoid dozer section of the dozer control valve activating the DOZER UP or DOZER DOWN function. When the DOZER UP or DOZER DOWN function is activated electrical current from the computer control system creates a magnetic force proportional to the current supplied within the solenoid. The corresponding solenoid shifts the actuator and allows the spool to be shifted by internal pilot pressure applied to the end of the spool. Shifting the spool directs oil from the pressure gallery to either end of the two cylinders to move the DOZER UP or DOWN. The dozer section of the control valve is equipped with cartridge style relief valves to protect the circuit from over pressurizing. Return oil is directed through the control valve to the inlet section T2 port where it returns to tank. Refer also to SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for complete electrical schematics and more detailed information about the computer control system. 14.6

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

630E-058

Dozer blade

DOZER CIRCUIT 14.7

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder DOZER PRESSURE WARNING Do not stand above or below the arch, boom or grapple assembly, or between the arch/ boom and rear chassis during this procedure. Before performing work on the arch/boom assembly, lower it to the ground and/or use proper support devices.

WARNING Do not work under the arch or boom without properly supporting the arch/grapple assembly. NEVER move the arch/grapple assembly when workers are in this area.

Dozer blade DOZER UP/DOWN RELIEF PRESSURE CHECK 1. Park the machine on level ground. NOTE: Park the machine on level ground as this procedure will lift the front wheels off the ground when the dozer blade is operated in its down position. 2. Ensure that the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. See HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE in SECTION 8 of THIS MANUAL. 3. Lower the grapple and dozer blade to rest firmly on the ground. 4. Engage the parking brake. 5. Turn OFF the engine. 6. Remove the ignition key. 7. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 8. Block wheels. 9. Install the articulation lock bar. ‘MAIN’ TEST PORT

E620C-27

‘MAIN’ TEST PORT (RIGHT SIDE ACCESS)

14.8

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder CONNECTORS DRIVE PUMP

E620C-01

Dozer blade 19. It is necessary to temporarily increase the pressure of the main pump to 4500psi (310 bar) @high idle. NOTE: For machines equipped with a high speed winch a secondary POR is used in addition to the main pump POR. For these machines the main pump POR is already set higher, instead it is necessary to temporarily increase secondary POR setting to 4500psi (310 bar) @high idle. Refer to PRESSURE SETTINGS SECONDARY POR, MAIN PUMP POR AND STANDBY PRESSURES (HIGH SPEED WINCH ONLY) in SECTION 13.

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205201-6205240, 6303001-6303050) DRIVE PUMP

SOLENOID, INTEGRATED MAIN PUMP UNLOADING VALVE

STANDBY PRESSURE

POR ADJUSTMENT

CONNECTORS

MAIN PUMP

E620C-23

635D-161

a. Turn the main relief valve (located in control valve inlet) IN all the way until lightly seated.

DISCONNECT TWO CONNECTORS ON DRIVE PUMP PRIOR TO PERFORMING PROCEDURE (6205241-6206200, 6303051-6304000) 11. Prior to performing this procedure disconnect the two connectors on the drive pump. This is a safety precaution to prevent the machine from travelling.

SHOWN WITH HOSES REMOVED FOR CLARITY

MAIN INLET RELIEF

12. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch. 13. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine. 14. Insert the ignition key and turn to the RUN position. 15. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

625C-80

b. Set the main pump POR to 4500 psi (310 bar) @high idle.

16. Start the engine. 17. Set engine speed to 2200 rpm. 18. Disengage parking brake. This deactivates the main pump unloading valve. The main pump must be fully loaded to set main pump POR and accurately check function pressure readings.

CONTROL VALVE MAIN RELIEF

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Dozer blade

21. It is also necessary to temporarily disable the Auto RPM function to check pressure readings. Using the computer navigate to the ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – ENGINE SETTINGS (F1) – AUTO RPM – change setting to OFF. Refer to Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL for more information. 22. Set engine speed to low idle. 23. Make sure that the area is clear. 24. Ensure the front door is closed. IMPORTANT ! Dozer blade will damage the door if operated with the front door open. 25. With the aid of an assistant operate the DOZER UP control and hold.

20. Change the program mode from NORMAL to FUNCTION SETUP and press OK. In this mode the main pump will always be loaded and the foot pedals will be deactivated. Using the computer from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode – Function Setup Mode. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL. IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged.

26. DOZER UP pressure reading should be in the relief setting range shown in the chart below @ low idle. 27. With the aid of an assistant operate DOZER DOWN control and hold. CAUTION: This will raise the front wheels off the ground. 28. DOZER DOWN pressure reading should be in the relief setting range shown in the chart below @ low idle. Control Valve Function

In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message.

Relief Setting Range bar

psi

Dozer UP

265 - 285

3843 - 4143

Dozer DOWN

265 - 285

3843 - 4143

NOTE: Earlier machines were factory equipped with 240-260 bar (3480-3780 psi) dozer port reliefs. 29. Set engine speed to 2200 rpm. 14.10

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder 30. Reset the main relief to 3800-4000 psi @ 2200 rpm (262-275 Bar @2200 rpm). NOTE: For machines equipped with a high speed winch a secondary POR is used in addition to the main pump POR. This requires a different procedure to set main relief, main pump POR and secondary POR pressures. Refer to PRESSURE SETTINGS SECONDARY POR, MAIN PUMP POR AND STANDBY PRESSURES (HIGH SPEED WINCH ONLY) in SECTION 13 for setting main relief pressure for these machines.

Dozer blade 35. Turn OFF the engine. 36. Remove the ignition key. 37. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 38. Remove gauge and reinstall plugs on test ports. 39. Replace the covers. 40. Remove articulation lock.

31. Reset the main pump POR to 3500-3600 psi (241-248 bar) @ 2200 rpm. NOTE: For machines equipped with a high speed winch a secondary POR is used in addition to the main pump POR. This requires a different procedure to set main relief, main pump POR and secondary POR pressures. Refer to PRESSURE SETTINGS SECONDARY POR, MAIN PUMP POR AND STANDBY PRESSURES (HIGH SPEED WINCH ONLY) in SECTION 13 for setting POR pressures for these machines. 32. Change the program mode back to NORMAL and press OK. Using the computer from the main menu navigate to ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – SERVICE SETTINGS – Program Mode – Normal. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL. IMPORTANT ! When setup program modes are chosen an information message is shown on the electronic display until the message is acknowledged. In each program mode some controls are deactivated for safety during setup procedures. Attempting to use these controls will reactivate the information message. 33. Enable the Auto RPM function. Using the computer navigate to the ADJUSTMENT MENU (F2) – ENGINE SETTINGS (F1) – AUTO RPM – change setting to ON. 34. Engage the parking brake.

14.11

Tigercat 620D/630D Skidder

Dozer blade

14.12